Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 20, 2010

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

ServiceSource International, LLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   7380   81-0578975

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

634 Second Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 901-6030

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Michael A. Smerklo

Chief Executive Officer

634 Second Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 901-6030

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

Jeffrey D. Saper

Tony Jeffries

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 493-9300

 

Paul D. Warenski

Senior Vice President and

General Counsel

634 Second Street

San Francisco, California 94107

(415) 901-6030

 

Sarah K. Solum

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum

Aggregate Offering Price(1)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $75,000,000   $5,347.50
 
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

ServiceSource International, LLC, the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the issuance of any shares of common stock subject to this registration statement, ServiceSource International, LLC will convert into a Delaware corporation and change its name from ServiceSource International, LLC to ServiceSource International, Inc. Shares of the common stock of ServiceSource International, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Issued December 20, 2010

 

             Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

ServiceSource International, Inc. is offering             shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are offering             shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

 

We intend to apply for a listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “             .”

 

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page  12.

 

 

 

PRICE $              A SHARE

 

 

 

    

Price to

Public

  

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions

  

Proceeds to
ServiceSource

  

Proceeds to
Selling Stockholders

Per share

   $                $                $                $            

Total

   $                        $                        $                        $                    

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, with up to an additional             shares sold by us and up to an additional             shares sold by the selling stockholders.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2011.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES

 

 

 

WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY   LAZARD CAPITAL MARKETS     PIPER JAFFRAY   

 

 

 

JMP SECURITIES

                    , 2011


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     12   

Forward Looking Statements

     32   

Use of Proceeds

     33   

Dividend Policy

     33   

Capitalization

     34   

Dilution

     36   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     38   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     40   

Business

     70   

Management

     83   
     Page  
Executive Compensation      92   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     117   
Principal and Selling Stockholders      119   
Description of Capital Stock      122   
Shares Eligible for Future Sale      126   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     128   
Underwriters      131   
Legal Matters      136   
Experts      136   
Where You Can Find More Information      136   
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements      F-1   

 

 

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                     , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

 

ServiceSource is our registered trademark and Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, Channel Sales Cloud and our logo are our trademarks. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock, you should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in “Risk Factors,” our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, the terms “ServiceSource,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “our business” refer, prior to the conversion discussed below, to ServiceSource International, LLC and, after the conversion, to ServiceSource International, Inc., in each case together with its consolidated subsidiaries as a combined entity.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

Overview

 

ServiceSource is a leader in service revenue management, providing solutions that drive increased renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements for technology companies. Our integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under our customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, we provide end-to-end management and optimization of the service contract renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. Our business is built on our pay-for-performance model, whereby customers pay us based on renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. As of September 30, 2010, we managed over 90 engagements across more than 50 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management.

 

According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements across the technology sector is expected to total $141 billion in 2010. 1 Service revenue has become increasingly important for technology companies as it represents a significant and growing portion of total revenue, drives margin expansion and incremental profitability, can be highly recurring and correlates with end customer satisfaction. However, we believe the complexity of effective service revenue management, coupled with underinvestment in this area has led to suboptimal renewal rates on service contracts. Many technology companies lack the resources needed to maximize service revenue performance. These resources include enterprise systems and applications built specifically for service revenue data management as well as global service sales teams with the expertise to sell service contracts directly and through channel partners.

 

The foundation of our solution is our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, a data warehouse that incorporates transactional, analytical and industry data gathered from over two million service renewal transactions since our inception. The data housed within this platform fuels our applications, enables our service sales teams to improve service revenue performance, and allows us to provide analytical insights that we believe other third-party or internally-developed alternatives do not provide. Our suite of cloud applications increases visibility and control of service revenue management and is utilized by customers, channel partners, end customers and our service sales teams. Our dedicated service sales teams have specific expertise in our customers’ businesses, are deployed under our customers’ brands and follow an optimized sales process.

 

1   Gartner, Inc., IT Services Market Metrics Worldwide: Forecast Database, Kathryn Hale et al., September 9, 2010

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Taken together, these elements of our solution help us increase our customers’ service revenue, drive their profitability and improve end customer satisfaction. Based on our analysis of renewal rates from new customer engagements that were deployed in 2009, we have generated a meaningful increase in the average renewal rate for these engagements.

 

Our total revenue was $75.2 million, $100.3 million and $110.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and was $76.9 million and $108.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We had approximately 50, 60 and 80 engagements as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and over 90 engagements as of September 30, 2010.

 

Our Solution

 

We have developed an end-to-end solution to increase service revenue performance for our customers. The components of our integrated solution consist of a suite of purpose-built cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams and our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. We deploy our solution through offerings that are tailored either to address specific challenges of the renewals process or to provide end-to-end management of this process. Our highly scalable solution allows us to sell globally on behalf of our customers in over 30 languages. It is designed to provide effective service revenue management irrespective of revenue models, distribution models, and segments within the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries, including hardware, software and software-as-a-service.

 

Key benefits of our solution include:

 

Financial Benefits

 

   

Increased service revenue. Our solution is designed to increase customers’ service revenues. Each customer engagement begins with an in-depth analysis of customers’ current renewal rates, which we call our Service Performance Analysis (“SPA”). We monitor the renewal rates we drive on behalf of our customers throughout each engagement. When we generate higher renewal rates, we not only drive incremental service revenue for the associated period, but also have a compounding effect in increasing the base number of contracts eligible for renewal in subsequent periods, which expands the opportunity to generate greater revenue in future periods.

 

   

Increased margin and profitability. As costs associated with delivering maintenance, support and subscription services by our customers are relatively fixed, growth of service revenue can benefit our customers’ bottom line. In addition, customers that deploy our solution can avoid infrastructure expenditures and personnel costs that would otherwise be associated with managing service renewals internally. As a result, each incremental dollar of service revenue generated by our solution can drive greater profitability for our customers.

 

Operational Benefits

 

   

Improved end customer satisfaction. Our regular dialogue with end customers allows us to communicate the value of our customers’ maintenance, support and subscription services, and capture and address questions and concerns about our customers’ products.

 

   

Greater business insight and analytics. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform provides comparative and prescriptive analytics for our customers, enabling greater insight into their renewals business. All transactions, whether or not resulting in a successful renewal by an end customer, are recorded in our intelligence platform. We leverage this platform to provide benchmarking, end customer metrics, sales efficiency data and insight into successful and unsuccessful renewal efforts. The breadth of our data allows us to provide powerful analysis across regions, industries, channel partners and product segments.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
   

Greater visibility and forecasting tools. Our cloud applications deliver real-time analytics and visibility into a customer’s service revenue performance, sales efficiency and forecasts. We measure service revenue performance across over 100 Key Performance Indicators that are housed in our intelligence platform and provide real-time data to our customers through a clear and impactful web-based interface. CFOs and other executives utilize our applications to assist in forecasting their results and to measure progress against their forecasts on a real-time basis.

 

   

Strengthened channel loyalty. Our Channel Sales Cloud application and service sales teams empower our customers’ channel partners to generate higher sales by providing accurate, real-time data on their renewal opportunities and performance relative to quota as well as tools to sell more effectively to end customers. These cloud applications help our customers develop a closer relationship with their channel partners and enable our customers to increase renewals through the channel.

 

   

Global consistency. We are able to maintain a globally consistent renewals process for our customers as all of our six sales centers leverage a unified intelligence platform. Our solution automates the application of best practices to the service renewals process and provides all relevant constituencies with a consistent view of the data. This facilitates service renewals and provides reliable performance management and analytics.

 

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, including:

 

   

Proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. We have built a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform that aggregates the transactional, analytical and industry data we have gathered from over two million service renewal transactions. This information and associated business insight allows us to improve service revenue performance for each customer’s unique business. The intelligence platform powers substantially all of our business, including our SPA, the pricing and scoping of our solutions, performance optimization, customer benchmarking, and industry thought leadership, and influences the way in which we develop our cloud applications and optimized sales methodologies. We continue to enhance our intelligence platform as we grow our service revenue opportunity under management.

 

   

Pay-for-performance business model. Our customers pay us based on the renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. Our business model directly aligns our interests with our customers’ interests to drive greater service revenue. This self-funding model also eliminates the need for our customers to make large upfront investments in infrastructure that offer no guarantee of improved service revenue performance. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform is the critical element that allows us to price effectively on a pay-for-performance basis.

 

   

Industry leadership. We were founded nearly a decade ago and we believe that we have more service revenue opportunity under management and more service revenue performance data than any other third-party provider. Our industry leadership enables us to innovate best practices, continue to enhance our intelligence platform and attract new customers.

 

   

Purpose-built solution. Our entire solution is built from the ground up to deliver industry-leading service revenue performance across the key elements of the renewals process. We believe our combination of software, managed services and data is unmatched by any other third-party solution.

 

   

Renewal sales methodology.  Our service sales teams leverage our intelligence platform, sales processes and best practices to manage the end customer relationship and enhance service contract renewal rates. We engage in extensive ongoing training of our service sales teams to ensure consistency of execution across our entire organization.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
   

Global scale and expertise. Our service sales teams sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. Our sales footprint and localized capabilities enable us to better serve the increasingly global nature of our customers’ businesses.

 

Our Strategy

 

We intend to continue our industry leadership in service revenue management. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

expand customer base within existing industry verticals;

 

   

continue to build, deploy and monetize cloud applications;

 

   

increase footprint with existing customers to drive greater revenue per customer;

 

   

drive operating leverage by developing additional technology; and

 

   

add new customers from additional industry verticals and geographic markets.

 

Selected Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 for an explanation of these risks before investing in our common stock. In particular, the following considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our growth strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of our common stock and result in a loss of all or a portion of your investment:

 

   

our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a result of numerous factors, many of which may be outside of our control;

 

   

the market for our solution is relatively undeveloped and may not grow;

 

   

our estimates of service revenue opportunity under management and our analysis of renewal rates may prove inaccurate;

 

   

if close rates fall short of our predictions, our revenue will suffer and our ability to grow and achieve broader market acceptance of our solution could be harmed;

 

   

our revenue will decline if there is a decrease in the overall demand for our customers’ products and services for which we provide service revenue management;

 

   

if there is a widespread shift away from business consumers purchasing maintenance and support service contracts, we could be adversely impacted if we are not able to adapt to new trends or expand our target market;

 

   

if we are unable to compete effectively against current and future competitors, our business and operating results will be harmed;

 

   

the loss of one or more of our key customers could slow our revenue growth or cause our revenue to decline; and

 

   

consolidation in the technology sector is continuing at a rapid pace, which could harm our business in the event that our customers are acquired and their contracts are cancelled.

 

Conversion to a Corporation

 

We are currently a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the issuance of any of our shares of common stock in this offering, we will convert into a Delaware corporation and change our name from

 

 

4


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC to ServiceSource International, Inc. In conjunction with the conversion, all of our outstanding common shares will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding a description of the terms of our common stock following the conversion and the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. While as a limited liability company our outstanding equity is called our common shares, in this prospectus for ease of comparison we refer to such common shares as our common stock for periods prior to the conversion, unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated, we refer to members’ equity in this prospectus as stockholders’ equity. In this prospectus, we refer to all of the transactions related to our conversion to a corporation as the “Conversion.” See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Conversion to a Corporation.”

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 634 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94107, and our telephone number is (415) 901-6030. Our website address is www.servicesource.com. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Shares of common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Shares of common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares

 

Total

             shares

 

Over-allotment option to be offered by us

             shares

 

Over-allotment option to be offered by the selling stockholders

             shares

 

Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares (             shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)

 

Use of proceeds

We expect our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            , after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds of the offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the proceeds from the offering to acquire other businesses or technologies. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

“            ”

 

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 57,426,218 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Conversion to a Corporation” and excludes:

 

   

15,726,057 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.09 per share;

 

   

2,315,428 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 30, 2010, at an exercise price of $5.80 per share; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

the consummation of the Conversion prior to the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statement data on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements, and, in the opinion of our management, the unaudited consolidated financial data reflects all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of such data. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or for any other period. The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The additional financial data presented is used in addition to the financial measures reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and balance sheet data to help us evaluate our business.

 

 

8


Table of Contents
    Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
    (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Net revenue

  $ 75,189      $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 76,889      $ 108,468   

Cost of revenue (1)

    39,224        56,965        58,877        41,577        63,841   
                                       

Gross profit

    35,965        43,315        51,799        35,312        44,627   
                                       

Operating expenses

         

Sales and marketing (1)

    13,119        20,486        23,182        16,802        25,640   

Research and development (1)

           1,160        2,054        1,647        3,927   

General and administrative (1)

    10,475        10,571        13,777        10,214        13,806   

Amortization of intangible assets

    912        857        68        68          
                                       

Total operating expenses

    24,506        33,074        39,081        28,731        43,373   
                                       

Income from operations

    11,459        10,241        12,718        6,581        1,254   

Interest expense

    (2,305     (2,209     (1,116     (772     (940

Loss on extinguishment of debt

           (561                     

Other income (expenses), net

    (118     (1,497     639        465        (202
                                       

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    9,036        5,974        12,241        6,274        112   

Income tax (benefit) provision

    (632     1,153        1,866        730        1,368   
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 9,668      $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ 5,544      $ (1,256
                                       

Net income (loss) per common share (2) :

         

Basic

  $ 0.17      $ 0.09      $ 0.18      $ 0.10      $ (0.02
                                       

Diluted

  $ 0.16      $ 0.08      $ 0.18      $ 0.09      $ (0.02
                                       

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (2) :

         

Basic

    55,936        56,209        56,750        56,702        57,167   
                                       

Diluted

    58,706        58,733        58,912        58,510        57,167   
                                       

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (3)

         

Basic

      $                     $                
                     

Diluted

      $                     $                
                     

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:

         

Basic

         
                     

Diluted

         
                     

 

(1)   Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB ASC Topic 718, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Reported balances include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,096       $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 672       $ 843   

Sales and marketing

     1,100         1,570         2,340         1,706         2,214   

Research and development

                     541         399         598   

General and administrative

     1,680         2,608         2,265         1,663         2,362   
                                            

Total stock-based compensation

   $ 3,876       $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 4,440       $ 6,017   
                                            

 

 

9


Table of Contents
(2)   Our basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
(3)   Our pro forma net income (loss) per common share gives effect to the Conversion and to an assumed issuance of only that number of shares that would have been required to be issued to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility as of September 30, 2010 assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The diluted pro forma net income (loss) per common share calculation also assumes the conversion, exercise, or issuance of all potential common shares, unless the effect of inclusion would result in the reduction of a loss or the increase in net income per common share.

 

Other Financial Data:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Adjusted EBITDA (1)(2)

   $ 17,931       $ 19,046       $ 22,305       $ 13,388       $ 11,707   

 

(1)   We present Adjusted EBITDA, which we define as net income (loss), plus: income tax provision (benefit); loss on extinguishment of debt; interest expense; other (income) expense, net; depreciation; amortization of intangible assets; and stock-based compensation. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We have provided a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, to net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss), operating income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a basis upon which our management assesses financial performance and it eliminates the impact of items that we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we will incur expenses similar to the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by these expenses or any unusual or non-recurring items.
(2)   We reconcile net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
     2007     2008      2009     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,668      $ 4,821       $ 10,375      $ 5,544      $ (1,256

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (632     1,153         1,866        730        1,368   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            561                         

Interest expense

     2,305        2,209         1,116        772        940   

Other (income) expense net

     118        1,497         (639     (465     202   

Depreciation

     1,684        2,499         3,459        2,299        4,436   

Amortization of intangible assets

     912        857         68        68          

Stock-based compensation

     3,876        5,449         6,060        4,440        6,017   
                                         

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 17,931      $ 19,046       $ 22,305      $ 13,388      $ 11,707   
                                         

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2010  
     Actual      Pro  Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (2)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash

   $ 23,231       $                    $                

Working capital (3)

     18,887         

Total assets

     99,136         

Term loan, current and non-current

     15,834         

Obligations under capital leases, current and non-current

     1,956         

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     32,920         

 

(1)   The pro forma column in the summary consolidated balance sheet data above reflects the effect of the Conversion.
(2)   The pro forma as adjusted column in the summary consolidated balance sheet data above reflects the effect of: (i) the Conversion; (ii) our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (iii) the repayment of the $15.8 million outstanding under our loans as of September 30, 2010 with a portion of the net proceeds from this offering. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase cash and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease cash and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
(3)   Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks is realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate as a result of numerous factors, many of which may be outside of our control.

 

Our quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate. Some of the important factors that may cause our revenue, operating results and cash flows to fluctuate from quarter to quarter include:

 

   

our ability to attract new customers and retain existing customers;

 

   

fluctuations in the value of end customer contracts delivered to us;

 

   

fluctuations in close rates;

 

   

changes in our commission rates;

 

   

seasonality;

 

   

loss of customers for any reason including due to acquisition;

 

   

the mix of new customers as compared to existing customers;

 

   

the length of the sales cycle for our solution, and our level of upfront investments prior to the period we begin generating sales associated with such investments;

 

   

the timing of customer payments and payment defaults by customers;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating costs and capital expenditures related to the operations of our business;

 

   

the rate of expansion and productivity of our direct sales force;

 

   

the cost and timing of the introduction of new technologies or new services, including additional investments in our cloud applications;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

technical difficulties or interruptions in delivery of our solution;

 

   

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

changes in the effective tax rates;

 

   

regulatory compliance costs, including with respect to data privacy;

 

   

costs associated with acquisitions of companies and technologies;

 

   

extraordinary expenses such as litigation or other dispute-related settlement payments; and

 

   

the impact of new accounting pronouncements.

 

Many of the above factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in these Risk Factors. In addition, many of these factors are outside our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them might cause our operating results to vary widely. Accordingly, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue, operating results and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.

 

12


Table of Contents

The market for our solution is relatively undeveloped and may not grow.

 

The market for service revenue management is still relatively undeveloped, has not yet achieved widespread acceptance and may not grow quickly or at all. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the willingness of companies to engage a third party such as us to manage the sales of their support, maintenance and subscription contracts. Many companies have invested substantial personnel, infrastructure and financial resources in their own internal service revenue organizations and therefore may be reluctant to switch to a solution such as ours. Companies may not engage us for other reasons, including a desire to maintain control over all aspects of their sales activities and customer relations, concerns about end customer reaction, a belief that they can sell their support, maintenance and subscription services more cost-effectively using their internal sales organizations, perceptions about the expenses associated with changing to a new approach and the timing of expenses once they adopt a new approach, general reluctance to adopt any new and different approach to old ways of doing business, or other considerations that may not always be evident. New concerns or considerations may also emerge in the future. Particularly because our market is undeveloped, we must address our potential customers concerns and explain the benefits of our approach in order to convince them to change the way that they manage the sales of support, maintenance and subscription contracts. If companies are not sufficiently convinced that we can address their concerns and that the benefits of our solution are sufficient, then the market for our solution may not develop as we anticipate and our business will not grow.

 

Our estimates of service revenue opportunity under management and our analysis of renewal rates may prove inaccurate.

 

We use various estimates in formulating our business plans and analyzing our potential and historical performance, including our estimate of service revenue opportunity under management. We base our estimates upon a number of assumptions that are inherently subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate.

 

Service revenue opportunity under management (“opportunity under management”) is our estimate, as of a given date, of the value of all end customer service contracts that we will have the opportunity to sell on behalf of our customers over the subsequent twelve-month period. We estimate the value of such end customer contracts based on a combination of factors, including the value of end customer contracts made available to us by customers in past periods, the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us the opportunity to sell pursuant to the terms of their contracts with us, periodic internal business reviews of our expectations as to the value of end customer contracts that will be made available to us by customers, the value of end customer contracts included in the SPA and collaborative discussions with our customers assessing their expectations as to the value of service contracts that they will make available to us for sale. While the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us represents a portion of our estimated opportunity under management, a significant portion of the opportunity under management is estimated based on the other factors described above.

 

When estimating service revenue opportunity under management, we must, to a large degree, rely on the assumptions described above, which may prove incorrect. These assumptions are inherently subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate, causing the actual value of end customer contracts delivered to us in a given twelve-month period to differ from our estimate of opportunity under management. These factors include:

 

   

the extent to which customers deliver a greater or lesser value of end customer contracts than may be required or otherwise expected;

 

   

roll-overs of unsold service contract renewals from prior periods to the current period or future periods;

 

   

changes in the pricing or terms of service contracts offered by our customers;

 

   

increases or decreases in the end customer base of our customers;

 

   

the extent to which the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of a customer early in an engagement affect the amount of opportunity that the customer makes available to us later in the engagement;

 

13


Table of Contents
   

customer cancellations of their contracts with us due to acquisitions or otherwise; and

 

   

changes in our customers’ businesses, sales organizations, sales processes or priorities.

 

In addition, opportunity under management reflects our estimate for a forward twelve-month period and should not be used to estimate our opportunity for any particular quarter within that period. The value of end customer contracts actually delivered during a twelve-month period should not be expected to occur in even quarterly increments due to seasonality and other factors impacting our customers and their end customers.

 

In addition, we analyze certain metrics in evaluating our potential and historical performance, including the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of our customers. We compare the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of our customers to the renewal rates that we calculate during the SPA, based on the data provided to us by the customer. In calculating renewal rates, we cannot provide any assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the customer renewal data we receive during the SPA. To the extent that the actual data and information provided by our customers for use in the SPA is inaccurate, insufficient or misrepresents the contracts we would receive for renewal in future periods, our calculation of renewal rates may be inaccurate.

 

If close rates fall short of our predictions, our revenue will suffer and our ability to grow and achieve broader market acceptance of our solution could be harmed.

 

Given our pay-for-performance pricing model, our revenue is directly tied to close rates. Close rates represent the percentage of the actual opportunity delivered that we renew on behalf of our customers. If the close rate for a particular customer is lower than anticipated, then our revenue for that customer will also be lower than projected. If close rates fall short of expectations across a broad range of customers, or if they fall below expectations for a particularly large customer, then the impact on our revenue and our overall business will be significant. In the event close rates are lower than expected for a given customer, our margins will suffer because we will have already incurred a certain level of costs in both personnel and infrastructure to support the engagement. This risk is compounded by the fact that many of our customer relationships are terminable if we fail to meet certain specified sales targets over a sustained period of time. If actual close rates fall to a level at which our revenue and customer contracts are at risk, then our financial performance will decline and we will be severely compromised in our ability to retain and attract customers. Increasing our customer base and achieving broader market acceptance of our solution depends, to a large extent, on how effectively our solution increases service sales. As a result, poor performance with respect to our close rates, in addition to causing our revenue, margins and earnings to suffer, will likely damage our reputation and prevent us from effectively developing and maintaining awareness of our brand or achieving widespread acceptance of our solution, in which case we could fail to grow our business and our revenue, margins and earnings would suffer.

 

Our revenue will decline if there is a decrease in the overall demand for our customers’ products and services for which we provide service revenue management.

 

Our revenue is based on a pay-for-performance model under which we are paid a percentage commission based on the service contracts we sell on behalf of our customers. If a particular customer’s products or services fail to appeal to its end customers, our revenue may decline. In addition, if end customer demand decreases for other reasons, such as negative news regarding our customers or their products, unfavorable economic conditions, shifts in strategy by our customers away from promoting the service contracts we sell in favor of selling their other products or services to their end customers, or if end customers experience financial constraints and fail to renew the service contracts we sell, we may experience a decrease in our revenue as the demand for our customers’ service contracts declines.

 

14


Table of Contents

If there is a widespread shift away from business consumers purchasing maintenance and support service contracts, we could be adversely impacted if we are not able to adapt to new trends or expand our target markets.

 

As a result of our historical concentration in the software and hardware industries, a significant portion of our revenue comes from the sale of maintenance and support service contracts for the software and hardware products used by our customers’ end customers. Although we also sell other types of renewals, such as subscriptions to software-as-a-service offerings, those sales have to date constituted a relatively small portion of our revenue. The emergence of cloud computing and other alternative technology purchasing models, in which technology services are provided on a remote-access basis, may have a significant impact on the size of the market for traditional maintenance and support contracts. If these alternative models continue gaining traction and reduce the size of our traditional market, we will need to continue to adapt our solution to capitalize on these trends or our results of operations will suffer.

 

If we are unable to compete effectively against current and future competitors, our business and operating results will be harmed.

 

The market for service revenue management is evolving. Historically, technology companies have managed their service renewals through internal personnel and relied upon technology ranging from Excel spreadsheets to internally-developed software to customized versions of traditional business intelligence tools and CRM or ERP software from vendors such as Oracle, SAP, salesforce.com and NetSuite. Some companies have made further investments in this area using firms such as Accenture and McKinsey for technology consulting and education services focused on service renewals. These internally-developed solutions represent the primary alternative to our integrated approach. We also face direct competition from smaller companies that offer specialized service revenue management solutions, typically providing technology for their customers to use internal personnel for their sales efforts.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

   

service revenue industry expertise, best practices, and benchmarks;

 

   

performance-based pricing of solutions;

 

   

ability to increase service revenue, renewal rates, and close rates;

 

   

global capabilities;

 

   

completeness of solution;

 

   

ability to effectively represent customer brands to end customers and channel partners;

 

   

size of upfront investment; and

 

   

size and financial stability of operations.

 

We believe that more competitors will emerge. These competitors may have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers in our markets and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. Potential competitors of any size may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer or end customer requirements. Even if our solution is more effective than competing solutions, potential customers might choose new entrants unless we can convince them of the advantages of our integrated solution. We expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future.

 

The loss of one or more of our key customers could slow our revenue growth or cause our revenue to decline.

 

A substantial portion of our revenue has to date come from a relatively small number of customers. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010, our top ten customers accounted for 57% of our revenue, with our

 

15


Table of Contents

largest customer, Sun Microsystems, accounting for 17% of our revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2009, our top ten customers accounted for 64% of our revenue, with Sun Microsystems accounting for 24% of our revenue. Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. A relatively small number of customers may continue to account for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. The loss of any of our significant customers for any reason, including the failure to renew our contracts, a change of relationship with any of our key customers or their acquisition as discussed below, may cause a significant decrease in our revenue.

 

Consolidation in the technology sector is continuing at a rapid pace, which could harm our business in the event that our customers are acquired and their contracts are cancelled.

 

Consolidation among technology companies in our target market has been robust in recent years, and this trend poses a risk for us. Acquisitions of our customers could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those customers by the acquiring companies and could reduce the number of our existing and potential customers. For example, Oracle has acquired a number of our customers in recent years, including our then largest customer, Sun Microsystems, in January 2010, and another important customer, BEA in April 2008. Oracle has elected to terminate our service contracts with each customer because Oracle conducts its service revenue management internally. If mergers and acquisitions in the technology industry continue unabated or increase, we expect that some of the acquiring companies, and Oracle in particular, will terminate, renegotiate and/or elect not to renew our contracts with the companies they acquire, which could reduce our revenue.

 

Supporting our existing and growing customer base could strain our personnel resources and infrastructure, and if we cannot scale our operations and increase productivity, we may be unsuccessful in implementing our business plan.

 

Since 2003, we have experienced significant growth in our customer base, which has placed a strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate that additional investments in sales personnel, infrastructure and research and development spending will be required to:

 

   

scale our operations and increase productivity;

 

   

address the needs of our customers;

 

   

further develop and enhance our solution and offerings;

 

   

develop new technology; and

 

   

expand our markets and opportunity under management, including into new industry verticals and geographic areas.

 

Our success will depend in part upon our ability to manage our growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to increase the productivity of our existing employees and to hire, train and manage new employees as needed. To manage domestic and international growth of our operations and personnel, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls and our reporting processes and procedures, and implement more extensive and integrated financial and business information systems. These additional investments will increase our operating costs, which will make it more difficult for us to offset any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. Moreover, if we fail to scale our operations successfully and increase productivity, our overall business will be at risk.

 

We enter into long-term, commission-based contracts with our customers, and our failure to correctly price these contracts may negatively affect our profitability.

 

We enter into long-term contracts with our customers that are priced based on multiple factors determined in large part by the SPA we conduct for our customers. These factors include opportunity size, anticipated close rates and expected commission rates at various levels of sales performance. Some of these factors require

 

16


Table of Contents

forward looking assumptions that may prove incorrect. If our assumptions are inaccurate, or if we otherwise fail to correctly price our customer contracts, particularly those with lengthy contract terms, then our revenue, profitability and overall business operations may suffer. Further, if we fail to anticipate any unexpected increase in our cost of providing services, including the costs for employees, office space or technology, we could be exposed to risks associated with cost overruns related to our required performance under our contracts, which could have a negative effect on our margins and earnings.

 

Many of our customer contracts allow termination for failure to meet certain performance conditions.

 

Although most of our customer contracts are subject to multi-year terms, these agreements often have termination rights if we fail to meet specified sales targets. During the SPA and contract negotiation phase with a customer, we typically negotiate minimum performance levels for the engagement. If we fail to meet our required targets and our customers choose to exercise their termination rights, our revenue could decline. These termination rights may also create instability in our revenue forecasts and other forward looking financial metrics.

 

Our business may be harmed if our customers rely upon our service revenue forecasts in their business and actual results are materially different.

 

The contracts that we enter into with our customers provide for sharing of information with respect to forecasts and plans for the renewal of maintenance, support and subscription agreements of our customers. Our customers may use such forecasted data for a variety of purposes related to their business. Our forecasts are based upon the data our customers provide to us, and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forecasted expectations are based upon historical trends and data that may not be true in subsequent periods. Any material inaccuracies related to these forecasts could lead to claims on the part of our customers related to the accuracy of the forecasted data we provide to them, or the appropriateness of our methodology. Any liability that we incur or any harm to our brand that we suffer because of inaccuracies in the forecasted data we provide to our customers could impact our ability to retain existing customers and harm our brand and, ultimately, our business.

 

Changing global economic conditions and large scale economic shifts may impact our business.

 

Our overall performance depends in part on worldwide economic conditions that impact the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences markets. For example, the recent economic downturn resulted in many businesses deferring technology investments, including purchases of new software, hardware and other equipment, and purchases of additional or supplemental maintenance, support and subscription services. To a certain extent, these businesses also slowed the rate of renewals of maintenance, support and subscription services for their existing technology base. A future downturn could cause business customers to stop renewing their existing maintenance, support and subscription agreements or contracting for additional maintenance services as they look for ways to further cut expenses, in which case our business could suffer.

 

Conversely, a significant upturn in global economic conditions could cause business purchasers to purchase new hardware, software and other technology products, which we generally do not sell, instead of renewing or otherwise purchasing maintenance, support and subscription services for their existing products. A general shift toward new product sales could reduce our near-term opportunities for these contracts, which could lead to a decline in our revenue.

 

Our inability to expand our target markets could adversely impact our business and operating results.

 

We derive substantially all of our revenue from customers in certain sectors in the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries, and an important part of our strategy is to expand our existing customer base and win new customers in these industries. In addition, because of the service revenue opportunities

 

17


Table of Contents

that we believe exist beyond these industries, we intend to target new customers in additional industry vertical markets. In connection with the expansion of our target markets, we may not have familiarity with such additional industry verticals, and our execution of such expansion could face risks where our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform is less developed within a particular new vertical. We may encounter customers in these previously untapped markets that have different pricing and other business sensitivities than we are used to managing. As a result of these and other factors, our efforts to expand our solution to additional industry vertical markets may not succeed, may divert management resources from our existing operations and may require us to commit significant financial resources to unproven parts of our business, all of which may harm our financial performance.

 

Our business and growth depend substantially on customers renewing their agreements with us and expanding their use of our solution for additional available markets. Any decline in our customer renewals or failure to expand their relationships with us could harm our future operating results.

 

In order for us to improve our operating results and grow, it is important that our customers renew their agreements with us when the initial contract term expires and that we expand our customer relationships to add new market opportunities and related service revenue opportunity under management. Our customers have no obligation to renew their contracts with us after the initial terms have expired, and we cannot assure you that our customers will renew service contracts with us at the same or higher level of service, if at all, or provide us with the opportunity to manage additional opportunity. Although our renewal rates have been historically higher than those achieved by our customers prior to their using our solution, some customers have elected not to renew their agreements with us. Our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solution and results, our pricing, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customers or their end customers, the effects of economic conditions or reductions in our customers’ or their end customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their agreements with us, renew on less favorable terms or fail to contract with us for additional service revenue management opportunities, our revenue may decline and we may not realize improved operating results and growth from our customer base.

 

A substantial portion of our business consists of supporting our customers’ channel partners in the sale of service contracts. If those channel partners become unreceptive to our solution, our business could be harmed.

 

Many of our customers, including some of our largest customers, sell service contracts through their channel partners and engage our solution to help those channel partners become more effective at selling service contract renewals. These channel partners may have access to some of our cloud applications, such as our Channel Sales Cloud, in addition to other sales support services we provide. In this context, the ultimate buyers of the service contracts are end customers of those channel partners, who then receive the actual services from our customers. In the event our customers’ channel partners become unreceptive to our involvement in the renewals process, those channel partners could discourage our current or future customers from engaging our solution to support channel sales. This risk is compounded by the fact that large channel partners may have relationships with more than one of our customers or prospects, in which case the negative reaction of one or more of those large channel partners could impact multiple customer relationships. Accordingly, with respect to those customers and prospective customers who sell service contracts through channel partners, any significant resistance to our solution by their channel partners could harm our ability to attract or retain customers, which would damage our overall business operations.

 

We face long sales cycles to secure new customer contracts, making it difficult to predict the timing of specific new customer relationships.

 

We face a variable selling cycle to secure new customer agreements, typically spanning a number of months and requiring our effort to obtain and analyze our prospect’s business through the SPA, for which we are not paid. Moreover, even if we succeed in developing a relationship with a potential new customer, the scope of the

 

18


Table of Contents

potential service revenue management engagement frequently changes over the course of the business discussions and, for a variety of reasons, our sales discussions may fail to result in new customer acquisitions. Consequently, we have only a limited ability to predict the timing and size of specific new customer relationships.

 

If we experience significant fluctuations in our anticipated growth rate and fail to balance our expenses with our revenue forecasts, our results could be harmed.

 

Due to our evolving business model, the uncertain size of our markets and the unpredictability of future general economic and financial market conditions, we may not be able to accurately forecast our growth rate. We plan our expense levels and investment on estimates of future sales performance for our customers with respect to their end customers, future revenue and future customer acquisition. If our assumptions prove incorrect, we may not be able to adjust our spending quickly enough to offset the resulting decline in growth and revenue. Consequently, we expect that our gross margins, operating margins and cash flows may fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis.

 

If we cannot efficiently implement our offering for customers, we may be delayed in generating revenue, fail to generate revenue and/or incur significant costs.

 

In general, our customer engagements are complex and may require lengthy and significant work to implement our offerings. As a result, we generally incur sales and marketing expenses related to the commissions owed to our sales representatives and make upfront investments in technology and personnel to support the engagements one to three months before we begin selling end customer contracts. Each customer’s situation may be different, and unanticipated difficulties and delays may arise as a result of our failure, or that of our customer, to meet respective implementation responsibilities. If the customer implementation process is not executed successfully or if execution is delayed, we could incur significant costs without yet generating revenue, and our relationships with some of our customers may be adversely impacted.

 

Delayed or unsuccessful investment in new technology, services and markets may harm our financial results.

 

We plan to continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing offerings and introduce new offerings that will appeal to customers and potential customers. We have undertaken the development of new technology to offer improved and more scalable service revenue management, including enhancements to our applications. The development of new products and services entails a number of risks that could adversely affect our business and operating results, including:

 

   

the risk of diverting the attention of our management and our employees from the day-to-day operations of the business;

 

   

insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated with research, development, operational and marketing activities; and

 

   

write-offs of the value of such technology investments as a result of unsuccessful implementation or otherwise.

 

If our new or modified technology does not work as intended, is not responsive to user preferences or industry or regulatory changes, is not appropriately timed with market opportunity, or is not effectively brought to market, we may lose existing and potential customers or related service revenue opportunities, in which case our results of operations may suffer. The cost of future development of new service revenue management offerings or technologies also could require us to raise additional debt or equity financing. These actions could negatively impact the ownership percentages of our existing stockholders, our financial condition or our results of operations.

 

19


Table of Contents

We may choose to sell subscriptions to our cloud applications separately from our integrated solution, which may not be successful and could impact revenue from our existing solution.

 

We currently derive a small portion of our revenue from subscriptions to our cloud applications for a few customers, and we are exploring alternatives for packaging and pricing these applications to monetize them. In the event we choose to expand our technology subscriptions in this manner, we may not find a successful market for our applications. In addition, because we have limited prior experience selling technology subscriptions on a stand-alone basis, we may encounter technical and execution challenges that undermine the quality of the technology offering or cause us to fall short of customer expectations. We also have little experience in pricing our technology subscriptions separately, which could result in pricing miscalculation that damages our profit margins and other financial performance. It is also possible that selling a technology solution separate from our integrated solution will result in a reduction in sales of our current offerings that we might otherwise have sold.

 

The length of time it takes our newly-hired sales representatives to become productive could adversely impact our success rate, the execution of our overall business plan and our costs.

 

It can take twelve months or longer before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive in selling our solution to prospects and customers. This long ramp period presents a number of operational challenges as the cost of recruiting, hiring and carrying new sales representatives cannot be offset by the revenue such new sales representatives produce until after they complete their long ramp periods. Further, given the length of the ramp period, we often cannot determine if a sales representative will succeed until he or she has been employed for a year or more. If we cannot reliably develop our sales representatives to a productive level, or if we lose productive representatives in whom we have heavily invested, our future growth rates and revenue will suffer.

 

If we lose our top executives, or if we are unable to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel and other necessary employees, our business will be harmed.

 

Our future success depends on the continued contributions of our executives, each of whom may be difficult to replace. Our future success also depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, integrate and retain qualified service sales personnel, sales representatives and management level employees to oversee such sales forces. In particular, Michael Smerklo, our chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer, is critical to the management of our business and operations and the development of our strategic direction. The loss of Mr. Smerklo’s services or those of our other executives, or our inability to continue to attract and retain high-quality talent, could harm our business.

 

Because competition for our target employees is intense, we may be unable to attract and retain the highly skilled employees we need to support our planned growth.

 

To continue to execute on our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified sales representatives, engineers and other key employees in the international markets in which we have operations. Competition for these personnel is intense, especially for highly educated, qualified sales representatives. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled key employees with appropriate qualifications. If we fail to attract new sales representatives, engineers and other key employees, or fail to retain and motivate our most successful employees, our business and future growth prospects could be harmed.

 

We depend on revenue from sources outside the United States, and our international business operations and expansion plans are subject to risks related to international operations, and may not increase our revenue growth or enhance our business operations.

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, approximately 33% of our revenue was generated from sales centers located outside of the United States. As a result of our continued focus on international markets, we

 

20


Table of Contents

expect that future revenue derived from international sources will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue.

 

A portion of the sales commissions paid by our international customers is paid in foreign currencies. As a result, fluctuations in the value of these foreign currencies may make our solution more expensive or cause resulting fluctuations in cost for international customers, which could harm our business. We currently do not undertake hedging activities to manage these currency fluctuations. In addition, if the effective price of the contracts we sell to the end customers were to increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of the relevant currencies, demand for such contracts could fall, which in turn would reduce our revenue.

 

Our growth strategy includes further expansion into international markets. Our international expansion may require significant additional financial resources and management attention, and could negatively affect our financial condition, cash flows and operating results. In addition, we may be exposed to associated risks and challenges, including:

 

   

the need to localize and adapt our solution for specific countries, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses;

 

   

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

different pricing environments, longer sales cycles and longer accounts receivable payment cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

 

   

new and different sources of competition;

 

   

weaker protection for our intellectual property than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing our rights abroad;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

   

compliance obligations related to multiple, conflicting and changing foreign governmental laws and regulations, including employment, tax, privacy and data protection laws and regulations;

 

   

increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities;

 

   

restrictions on the transfer of funds;

 

   

adverse tax consequences; and

 

   

unstable regional and economic political conditions.

 

We cannot assure you we will succeed in creating additional international demand for our solution or that we will be able to effectively sell service agreements in all of the international markets we enter.

 

If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position and our business may suffer.

 

We rely upon a combination of trademark, copyright and trade secret law and contractual terms to protect our intellectual property rights, all of which provide only limited protection. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to establish, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. If we fail to protect or effectively enforce our intellectual property rights, others may be able to compete against us using intellectual property that is the same as or similar to our own. In addition, we cannot assure you that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage against others who offer services similar to ours.

 

While we have no patents or pending patent applications, we may file patent applications in the future. If we do file patent applications, we cannot assure you that any issued patents arising from future applications will provide the protection we seek, or that any future patents issued to us will not be challenged, invalidated or

 

21


Table of Contents

circumvented. Also, we cannot assure you that we will obtain any copyright or trademark registrations from our pending or future applications or that any of our trademarks will be enforceable or provide adequate protection of our proprietary rights.

 

We also rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect our technology. Trade secrets may lose their value if not properly protected. We endeavor to enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees, customers, contractors and business partners to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. The steps we have taken, however, may not prevent unauthorized use of our technology, and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and proprietary technology. However, trade secret protection does not prevent others from reverse engineering or independently developing similar technologies. In addition, reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our trade secrets could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without paying for it.

 

Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property and using our technology for their competitive advantage. Any such infringement or misappropriation could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Monitoring infringement of our intellectual property rights can be difficult and costly, and enforcement of our intellectual property rights may require us to bring legal actions against infringers. Infringement actions are inherently uncertain and therefore may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed. Even if such actions are successful, they may require a substantial amount of resources and divert our management’s attention.

 

Claims by others that we infringe or violate their intellectual property could force us to incur significant costs and require us to change the way we conduct our business.

 

Numerous technology companies including potential competitors protect their intellectual property rights by means such as patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks. We have not conducted an independent review of patents issued to third parties. Additionally, because patent applications in the United States and many other jurisdictions are kept confidential for 18 months before they are published, we may be unaware of pending patent applications that relate to our proprietary technology. From time to time we may receive letters from other parties alleging, or inquiring about, possible breaches of their intellectual property rights.

 

Any party asserting that we infringe its proprietary rights would force us to defend ourselves, and possibly our customers, against the alleged infringement. The technology industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets and by frequent litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. Moreover, the risk of such a lawsuit will likely increase as we become larger, the scope of our solution and technology expands and the number of competitors in our market increases. Any such claims or litigation could:

 

   

be time-consuming and expensive to defend, and deplete our financial resources, whether meritorious or not;

 

   

require us to stop providing the services that use the technology that infringes the other party’s intellectual property;

 

   

divert the attention of our technical and managerial resources away from our business;

 

   

require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements with third parties, which may not be available on terms that we deem acceptable, if at all;

 

   

prevent us from operating all or a portion of our business or force us to redesign our technology, which could be difficult and expensive and may make the performance or value of our solution less attractive;

 

   

subject us to significant liability for damages or result in significant settlement payments; or

 

22


Table of Contents
   

require us to indemnify our customers as we are required by contract to indemnify some of our customers for certain claims based upon the infringement or alleged infringement of any third party’s intellectual property rights resulting from our customers’ use of our intellectual property.

 

During the course of any intellectual property litigation, confidential information may be disclosed in the form of documents or testimony in connection with discovery requests, depositions or trial testimony. Disclosure of our confidential information and our involvement in intellectual property litigation could harm us. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could significantly limit our ability to continue our operations and could harm our relationships with current and prospective customers. Any of the foregoing could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

In addition, we may incorporate open source software into our technology solution. The terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States or foreign courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our commercialization of any of our solutions that may include open source software. As a result, we will be required to analyze and monitor our use of open source software closely. As a result of the use of open source software, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to develop such future products, re-engineer our products, discontinue sales of our solutions or release our software code under the terms of an open source license to the public. Given the nature of open source software, there is also a risk that third parties may assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on any use of such open source software, as more generally discussed with respect to general intellectual property claims.

 

Changes in the U.S. and foreign legal and regulatory environment that affect our operations, including those relating to privacy, data security and cross-border data flows, could pose a significant risk to our company by disrupting our business and increasing our expenses.

 

Privacy and data security are rapidly evolving areas of regulation, and additional regulation in those areas, some of it potentially difficult for us to accommodate, is frequently proposed and occasionally adopted. We are subject to a wide variety of laws and regulations in the United States and the other jurisdictions in which we operate, and changes in the level of government regulation of our business have the potential to materially alter our business practices and our profitability. Depending on the jurisdiction, those changes may come about through new legislation, the issuance of new regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing laws and regulations by a court, regulatory body or governmental official. Sometimes those changes may have both prospective and retroactive effect, which is particularly true when a change is made through reinterpretation of laws or regulations that have been in effect for some time.

 

Laws in many countries and jurisdictions, particularly in the European Union and Canada, govern the requirements related to how we store, transfer or otherwise process the private data provided to us by our customers. In addition, the centralized nature of our information systems at the data and operations centers that we use requires the routine flow of data relating to our customers and their respective end customers across national borders, both with respect to the jurisdictions within which we have operations and the jurisdictions in which we provide services to our customers. If this flow of data becomes subject to new or different restrictions, our ability to serve our customers and their respective customers could be seriously impaired for an extended period of time. For example, we participate in the U.S. Department of Commerce’s safe harbor program to govern our treatment of data and data flow with respect to our customers and their respective customers across various jurisdictions. We also have entered into various model contracts and related contractual provisions to enable these data flows. For any jurisdictions in which these measures are not recognized or otherwise not compliant with the laws of the countries in which we process data, or where more stringent data privacy laws are enacted irrespective of the guidelines, we could face increased compliance expenses and face penalties for violating such laws or be excluded from those markets altogether, in which case our operations could be materially damaged.

 

23


Table of Contents

Privacy and data security are rapidly evolving areas of regulation, and additional regulation in those areas, some of it potentially difficult for us to accommodate, is frequently proposed and occasionally adopted. Changes in the worldwide legal and regulatory environment in the areas of privacy, data security and cross-border data flows pose a significant risk to our company.

 

Various risks could affect our worldwide operations, including numerous events outside of our control, exposing us to significant costs that could adversely affect our operations and customer confidence.

 

We conduct operations throughout the world, including our headquarters in the United States and various operations in Ireland, Malaysia, Singapore and the United Kingdom. Such worldwide operations expose us to potential operational disruptions and costs as a result of a wide variety of events, including local inflation or economic downturn, currency exchange fluctuations, political turmoil, labor issues, terrorism, natural disasters and pandemics. Any such disruptions or costs could have a negative effect on our ability to provide our solution or meet our contractual obligations, the cost of our solution, customer satisfaction, our ability to attract or maintain customers, and, ultimately, our profits.

 

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, pandemics and other events beyond our control. Such events could make it difficult or impossible for us to deliver our solution to our customers, and could decrease demand for our solution. The majority of our research and development activities, corporate headquarters, information technology systems and other critical business operations are located near major seismic faults in the San Francisco Bay Area. Because we may not have insurance coverage that would cover quake-related losses, and significant recovery time could be required to resume operations, our financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected in the event of a major earthquake or catastrophic event.

 

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. These events could adversely affect our customers’ levels of business activity and precipitate sudden significant changes in regional and global economic conditions and cycles.

 

If our security measures are breached or fail, resulting in unauthorized access to customer data, our solution may be perceived as insecure, the attractiveness of our solution to current or potential customers may be reduced and we may incur significant liabilities.

 

Our solution involves the storage and transmission of the proprietary information and protected data that we receive from our customers. We rely on proprietary and commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring, as well as other processes, to provide security for processing, transmission and storage of such information. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee negligence, error, malfeasance or otherwise, unauthorized access to customer or end customer data may occur. Improper activities by third parties, advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and discoveries and other events or developments may facilitate or result in a compromise or breach of our computer systems. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, and we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventive measures. Our security measures may not be effective in preventing these types of activities, and the security measures of our third-party data centers and service providers may not be adequate.

 

Our customer contracts generally provide that we will indemnify our customers for data privacy breaches. If such a breach occurs, we could face contractual damages, damages and fees arising from our indemnification obligations, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, possible lawsuits by affected individuals and

 

24


Table of Contents

significant remediation costs and efforts to prevent future occurrences. In addition, whether there is an actual or a perceived breach of our security, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed significantly and we could lose current or potential customers.

 

We may be liable to our customers or third parties if we make errors in providing our solution or fail to properly safeguard their confidential information.

 

The solution we offer is complex, and we make errors from time to time. These may include human errors made in the course of managing the sales process for our customers as we interact with their end customers, or errors arising from our technology solution as it interacts with our customers’ systems and the disparate data contained on such systems. The costs incurred in correcting any material errors may be substantial. In addition, as part of our business, we collect, process and analyze confidential information provided by our customers and prospective customers. Although we take significant steps to safeguard the confidentiality of customer information, we could be subject to claims that we disclosed their information without appropriate authorization or used their information inappropriately. Any claims based on errors or unauthorized disclosure or use of information could subject us to exposure for damages, significant legal defense costs, adverse publicity and reputational harm, regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such claims.

 

The technology we currently use may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give rise to claims against us or divert application of our resources from other purposes, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

 

The technology we currently use, which includes our cloud based applications as well as the technology components of our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, may contain or develop unexpected defects or errors. There can be no assurance that performance problems or defects in our technology will not arise in the future. Errors may result from receipt, entry or interpretation of customer or end customer information or from the interface of our technology with legacy systems and data that are outside of our control. Despite testing, defects or errors may arise in our solution. Any defects and errors that we discover in our technology and any failure by us to identify and effectively address them could result in loss of revenue or market share, liability to customers or others, failure to achieve market acceptance or expansion, diversion of development resources, injury to our reputation, and increased costs. Defects or errors in our technology may discourage existing or potential customers from contracting with us. Correction of defects or errors could prove impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability may be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

 

Disruptions in service or damage to the data center that hosts our data and our locations could adversely affect our business.

 

Our operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our data servers and cloud applications, which are located in a data center operated for us by a third party. We cannot control or assure the continued or uninterrupted availability of this third-party data center. In addition, our information technologies and systems, as well as our data center, are vulnerable to damage or interruption from various causes, including natural disasters, war and acts of terrorism and power losses, computer systems failures, Internet and telecommunications or data network failures, operator error, losses of and corruption of data and similar events. Although we conduct business continuity planning and maintain certain insurance for certain events, the situations for which we plan, and the amount of insurance coverage we maintain, may prove inadequate in any particular case. In addition, the occurrence of any of these events could result in interruptions, delays or cessations in the delivery of the solutions we offer to our customers. Any of these events could impair or prohibit our ability to provide our solution, reduce the attractiveness of our solution to current or potential customers and adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, despite the implementation of security measures, our infrastructure, data center, operations and other centers or systems that we interface with, including the Internet and related systems, may be vulnerable to

 

25


Table of Contents

physical intrusions, hackers, improper employee or contractor access, computer viruses, programming errors, denial-of-service attacks or other attacks by third parties.

 

Any failure or interruptions in the Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, data center providers, other third parties or our own systems for providing our solution to customers could negatively impact our business.

 

Our ability to deliver our solution is dependent on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet and other telecommunications services by third parties. Such services include maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity and security for providing reliable Internet access and services and reliable telecommunications systems that connect our global operations. While our solution is designed to operate without interruption, we have experienced and expect that we will in the future experience interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. We rely on internal systems as well as third-party vendors, including data center, bandwidth, and telecommunications equipment providers, to provide our solution. We do not maintain redundant systems or facilities for some of these services. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of these systems or facilities, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with our customers.

 

Additional government regulations may reduce the size of market for our solution, harm demand for our solution and increase our costs of doing business.

 

Any changes in government regulations that impact our customers or their end customers could have a harmful effect on our business by reducing the size of our addressable market or otherwise increasing our costs. For example, with respect to our technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences customers, any change in U.S. Food and Drug Administration or foreign equivalent regulation of, or denial, withholding or withdrawal of approval of, our customers’ products could lead to a lack of demand for service revenue management with respect to such products. Other changes in government regulations, in areas such as privacy, export compliance or anti-bribery statutes, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, could require us to implement changes in our services or operations that increase our cost of doing business and thereby hurt our financial performance.

 

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, result in a decline in the use of the Internet and the viability of Internet-based applications such as ours and reduce the demand for our solution.

 

We operate and offer our services in many jurisdictions and, therefore, may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes that could harm our business.

 

We operate service sales centers in multiple locations. Some of the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as Ireland, give us the benefit of either relatively low tax rates, tax holidays or government grants, in each case that are dependent on how we operate or how many jobs we create and employees we retain. We plan on utilizing such tax incentives in the future as opportunities are made available to us. Any failure on our part to operate in conformity with applicable requirements to remain qualified for any such tax incentives or grants may result in an increase in our taxes. In addition, jurisdictions may choose to increase rates at any time due to economic or other factors, such as the current economic situation in Ireland. Any such rate increases may harm our results of operations.

 

In addition, we may lose sales or incur significant costs should various tax jurisdictions impose taxes on either a broader range of services or services that we have performed in the past. We may be subject to audits of the taxing authorities in any such jurisdictions that would require us to incur costs in responding to such audits.

 

26


Table of Contents

Imposition of such taxes on our services could result in substantial unplanned costs, would effectively increase the cost of such services to our customers and may adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

 

If we acquire companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and adversely affect our operating results and the value of our common stock.

 

As part of our business strategy, we may acquire, enter into joint ventures with, or make investments in companies, services and technologies that we believe to be complementary. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

   

difficulties in identifying and acquiring technologies or businesses that will help our business;

 

   

difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services and personnel;

 

   

diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations;

 

   

the risk of entering new markets in which we have little to no experience;

 

   

risks related to the assumption of known and unknown liabilities;

 

   

potential litigation by third parties, such as claims related to intellectual property or other assets acquired or liabilities assumed;

 

   

the risk of write-offs of goodwill and other intangible assets;

 

   

delays in customer engagements due to uncertainty and the inability to maintain relationships with customers of the acquired businesses;

 

   

inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

   

harm to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

 

   

the key personnel of the acquired entity or business may decide not to work for us or may not perform according to our expectations; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash or dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition.

 

As a result, if we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate and management resources and attention may be diverted from other necessary or valuable activities.

 

Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock and this Offering

 

Our share price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

 

Our common stock has no prior trading history, and an active public market for these shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price does not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors. In addition to the risks described in this section, factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

 

   

fluctuations in our quarterly financial results or the quarterly financial results of companies perceived to be similar to us;

 

27


Table of Contents
   

failing to achieve our revenue or earnings expectations, or those of investors or analysts;

 

   

changes in estimates of our financial results or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

   

loss of one or more significant customers or other developments involving our customers, such as mergers or acquisitions;

 

   

competitive developments;

 

   

recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

   

investors’ general perception of us;

 

   

seasonality in our business;

 

   

volatility inherent in prices of technology company stocks;

 

   

adverse publicity;

 

   

the volume of trading in our common stock, including sales upon exercise of outstanding options;

 

   

regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our customers or our competitors;

 

   

terrorist attacks or natural disasters or other such events impacting countries where we or our customers have operations; and

 

   

changes in general economic, industry and market conditions.

 

In addition, if the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it would likely result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although our common stock has been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active public trading market for our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. For example, The Nasdaq Global Market imposes certain securities trading requirements, including minimum trading price, minimum number of stockholders and minimum market capitalization. Failure to meet those requirements for prolonged periods could result in delisting, which could further lower our stock price and trading volumes. We and the representatives of the underwriters negotiated to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of our common stock following this offering.

 

Our actual results may differ significantly from any guidance that we may issue in the future.

 

From time to time, we may release earnings guidance or other forward looking statements in our earnings releases, earnings conference calls or otherwise, regarding our future performance that represent our management’s estimates as of the date of release. If given, this guidance will be based on forecasts prepared by our management. These forecasts are not prepared with a view toward compliance with published accounting guidelines, and neither our registered public accountants nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or examines the forecasts and, accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect to such forecasts. The principal reason that we may release guidance is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any

 

28


Table of Contents

responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such third persons. Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of any future guidance furnished by us may not materialize or may vary significantly from actual future results.

 

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could adversely affect our operating results.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, and greater expenditures may be necessary in the future with the advent of new laws, regulations and stock exchange listing requirements pertaining to public companies. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and The Nasdaq Stock Market, impose various requirements on public companies, including establishing effective internal controls and certain corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel have begun to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and additional laws and regulations may divert further management resources. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of new compliance initiatives in a timely manner, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to investigations and other actions by The Nasdaq Stock Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.

 

In particular, we will be required to comply with the management certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that will require us to report, among other things, control deficiencies that constitute a material weakness or changes in internal controls that, or that are reasonably likely to, materially affect internal controls over financial reporting. Failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by us of any material weakness may cause us to be subject to SEC investigation, and may lead to investors losing confidence in our financial statements. Also as a public company and to manage our growth, we will be required to implement and maintain various other control and business systems related to our equity, finance, treasury, information technology, other recordkeeping systems and other operations. As a result of any failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal controls or to implement or maintain other effective control or business systems, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be adversely affected.

 

Concentration of ownership among our existing executive officers, directors and their affiliates may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option. As a result, these stockholders will be able to determine substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit the ability of other stockholders to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third-party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:

 

   

authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued by our board of directors without stockholder approval, with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

 

29


Table of Contents
   

classifying our board of directors, staggered into three classes, only one of which is elected at each annual meeting;

 

   

limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to, our directors and officers;

 

   

limiting the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

 

   

requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at meetings of our stockholders and for nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors;

 

   

controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of stockholder meetings;

 

   

providing the board of directors with the express power to postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel previously scheduled special meetings;

 

   

limiting the determination of the number of directors on our board and the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board to our board of directors then in office; and

 

   

providing that directors may be removed by stockholders only for cause.

 

These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

 

As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding common stock to merge or combine with us.

 

Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.

 

Future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our share price to fall.

 

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intent to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock may be adversely affected and our ability to raise capital through the issuance of equity securities may be impeded. Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2010, upon the closing of this offering, we will have              shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options.

 

All of these shares will be immediately freely tradeable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As of September 30, 2010, our affiliates, which include GA SS Holding LLC, controlled by General Atlantic LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., controlled by Benchmark Capital, certain entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners and our officers and directors beneficially owned in the aggregate 36,256,813 shares of common stock, representing an ownership interest of approximately 63%. Such equityholders will be able to sell their common stock in the public market from time to time without registering them, subject to the lock-up agreements and certain limitations on the timing, amount and method of those sales imposed by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Most of the remaining shares will be restricted as a result of securities laws, lock-up agreements as described elsewhere in this prospectus or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus subject to extension. However, these lock-up agreements are subject to various exceptions and in any event Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated may, in its sole discretion, release all or a portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

Affiliates of Benchmark Capital, General Atlantic LLC and Housatonic Partners and certain other stockholders have contractual registration rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration

 

30


Table of Contents

statements covering all of the shares of common stock (including restricted shares) that they own or to include their common stock in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Following their registration and sale under the applicable registration statement, those shares will become freely tradable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares of common stock, these holders could cause the price of our common stock to decline. In addition, the perception in the public markets that sales by them might occur could also adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

 

The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of $             per share. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of common stock. In addition, we have issued options to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If any of these analysts cease coverage of our company, the trading price and trading volume of our stock could be negatively impacted. If analysts downgrade our stock or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would also likely decline.

 

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

 

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay debt and for general corporate purposes, including possible investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses, joint ventures, services or technologies, working capital and capital expenditures. Our management will have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that ultimately fail to increase the value of our business, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

We do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future following the closing of this offering. Any future dividend payments will be within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, contractual restrictions, provisions of applicable law and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We may not generate sufficient cash from operations in the future to pay dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

31


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Executive Compensation.” Forward looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, estimates of service revenue opportunity under management, estimates of our customers’ and our renewal rates, business strategies, technology development, protection of our intellectual property, investment and financing plans, liquidity, competitive position, the effects of competition, industry environment and potential growth opportunities. Forward looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “likely,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts, “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

 

Forward looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward looking statements. Also, forward looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

 

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $             million, or $             million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders, including any shares of common stock sold by the selling stockholders in connection with the underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with the sale of these shares. The selling stockholders may include certain entities affiliated with or controlled by members of our board of directors.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility. As of September 30, 2010, we had total indebtedness of $16.1 million outstanding under our term loan, consisting of $15.8 million in aggregate principal and $0.3 million in accrued and unpaid interest. The term loan has a maturity date of April 29, 2013. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest at a base LIBOR rate plus a margin. The annual interest rate was equal to 5.75% as of September 30, 2010.

 

We expect to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include sales and marketing expenditures, general and administrative expenditures, developing new technologies and funding capital expenditures. In addition, if opportunities arise to acquire or invest in companies, businesses or technologies that we believe to be complementary, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for such acquisition or investment. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions at this time. The amount and timing of any of these expenditures could vary depending on a number of factors, including developments related to our business and events outside of our control. Pending their use, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government. This offering is also intended to facilitate our future access to public markets.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit facility contains restrictions on our ability to declare and pay cash dividends on our capital stock.

 

33


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2010 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Conversion; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the Conversion, (ii) our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and (iii) the application of a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2010  
     Actual     Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except share and
per share data)
 

Total debt, current and non-current

   $ 17,790      $                    $                

Members’/stockholders’ equity

       

Common shares: 99,000,000 shares authorized, 57,926,933 shares issued and 57,426,218 shares outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     33,196                  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma; 20,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 1,000,000,000 shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

            

Treasury stock

     (441     

Additional paid-in capital

            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     165        

Retained earnings

            
                         

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     32,920        
                         

Total capitalization

   $ 50,710      $         $     
                         

 

(1)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million. Similarly, each decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million.

 

34


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 57,426,218 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010 and excludes:

 

   

15,726,057 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.09 per share;

 

   

2,315,428 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 30, 2010, at an exercise price of $5.80 per share; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

Pursuant to our limited liability company agreement in existence prior to our conversion to a corporation, we were required to pay cash distributions to our equityholders to fund their tax obligations in respect of their equity interests in 2007, 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 in aggregate amounts of $5.1 million, $5.2 million, and $2.5 million, respectively. Apart from such obligations, our board of directors has sole discretion whether to make distributions to our equityholders. ServiceSource International, LLC may be required to make tax distributions to these equityholders with respect to 2010 and the portion of 2011 prior to the Conversion. These distributions would be made within 90 days after the end of 2010 and within 90 days after the Conversion, respectively.

 

35


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

 

At September 30, 2010, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately                 , or              per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities, divided by the shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion. After giving effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at September 30, 2010 would have been $            , or $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Initial public offering price per share

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2010

   $                   

Increase per share attributed to this offering

     
           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share

     
           

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
           

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $            , the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             and the dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be $            .

 

If all our outstanding options had been exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010 would have been $             million, or $             per share, and the pro forma net tangible book value after this offering would have been $             million, or $             per share, causing dilution to new investors of $             per share.

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of September 30, 2010, after giving effect to the Conversion, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price

Per  Share
 
   Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    
    

(in thousands, except percentage and

per share data)

 

Existing stockholders

                   $                                 $                

New public investors

            
                                    

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
                                    

 

36


Table of Contents

The foregoing calculations are based on 57,426,218 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion and exclude:

 

   

15,726,057 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of September 30, 2010, with a weighted average exercise price of $4.09 per share;

 

   

2,315,428 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted after September 30, 2010, at an exercise price of $5.80 per share; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering.

 

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, new investors will experience further dilution.

 

Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares owned by existing stockholders to be reduced to              shares or     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new public investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

37


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2010 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statement data on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements, and, in the opinion of our management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of such financial statements. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006 and 2007 from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 was derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or for any other period. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Net revenue

   $ 29,624      $ 45,918      $ 75,189      $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 76,889      $ 108,468   

Cost of revenue (1)

     9,875        22,442        39,224        56,965        58,877        41,577        63,841   
                                                        

Gross profit

     19,749        23,476        35,965        43,315        51,799        35,312        44,627   
                                                        

Operating expenses (1)

              

Sales and marketing

     2,739        6,107        13,119        20,486        23,182        16,802        25,640   

Research and development

                          1,160        2,054        1,647        3,927   

General and administrative

     7,127        12,268        10,475        10,571        13,777        10,214        13,806   

Amortization of intangible assets

     1,576        1,677        912        857        68        68          
                                                        

Total operating expenses

     11,442        20,052        24,506        33,074        39,081        28,731        43,373   
                                                        

Income from operations

     8,307        3,424        11,459        10,241        12,718        6,581        1,254   

Interest expense

     (406     (2,060     (2,305     (2,209     (1,116     (772     (940

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                          (561                     

Other income (expenses), net

            (33     (118     (1,497     639        465        (202
                                                        

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     7,901        1,331        9,036        5,974        12,241        6,274        112   

Income tax (benefit) provision

                   (632     1,153        1,866        730        1,368   
                                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 7,901      $ 1,331      $ 9,668      $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ 5,544      $ (1,256
                                                        

Net income (loss) per common share (2) :

              

Basic

   $ 0.70      $ 0.03      $ 0.17      $ 0.09      $ 0.18      $ 0.10      $ (0.02
                                                        

Diluted

   $ 0.15      $ 0.02      $ 0.16      $ 0.08      $ 0.18      $ 0.09      $ (0.02
                                                        

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (2) :

              

Basic

     10,548        45,908        55,936        56,209        56,750        56,702        57,167   
                                                        

Diluted

     53,730        56,461        58,706        58,733        58,912        58,510        57,167   
                                                        

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (3) :

              

Basic

           $          $     
                          

Diluted

           $          $     
                          

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (3) :

              

Basic

              
                          

Diluted

              
                          

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

38


Table of Contents

 

(1)   Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted FASB ASC Topic 718, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Reported balances include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months
Ended

September 30,
 
     2005      2006      2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $       $ 114       $ 1,096       $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 672       $ 843   

Sales and marketing

             264         1,100         1,570         2,340         1,706         2,214   

Research and development

                                     541         399         598   

General and administrative

             383         1,680         2,608         2,265         1,663         2,362   
                                                              

Total stock-based compensation

   $       $ 761       $ 3,876       $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 4,440       $ 6,017   
                                                              

 

(2)   Our basic net income (loss) per common share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period.
(3)   Our pro forma net income (loss) per common share gives effect to the Conversion and to an assumed issuance of only that number of shares that would have been required to be issued to repay the loan balances outstanding under our credit facility as of September 30, 2010 assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial offering price of $         per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The diluted pro forma net income (loss) per common share calculation also assumes the conversion, exercise, or issuance of all potential common shares, unless the effect of inclusion would result in the reduction of a loss or the increase in net income per common share.

 

     As of December 31,      As of
September 30,
 
     2005      2006     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash

   $ 3,960       $ 4,491      $ 13,147       $ 3,780       $ 13,169       $ 10,807       $ 23,231   

Working capital (1)

     9,277         6,883        15,175         12,319         19,099         17,221         18,887   

Total assets

     41,282         31,154        45,366         51,712         69,580         59,903         99,136   

Term loan, current and non-current

     3,726         20,069        20,000         19,625         16,835         17,418         15,834   

Obligations under capital leases, current and non-current

     133         113                151         773         786         1,956   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     24,256         (799     7,937         13,482         30,331         23,875         32,920   

 

(1)   Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

39


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere within this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those discussed in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements.” While our outstanding equity as a limited liability company prior to the Conversion was called “common shares,” unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus, we refer to such common shares in this prospectus as common stock for the periods prior to the Conversion for ease of comparison. Similarly, we refer to members’ equity in this prospectus as stockholders’ equity.

 

Overview

 

We manage the service contract renewals process for renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of our customers. Our integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under our customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, we address the critical steps of the renewals process including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. Our business is built on our pay-for-performance model, whereby our revenues are based on the service renewals customers achieve with our solution. As of September 30, 2010, we managed over 90 engagements across more than 50 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management.

 

We were formed in November 2002, and shortly thereafter we purchased certain assets of a business originally started by service sales representatives from a major technology company. Since then we have refined our business model, developed and expanded our service sales teams, our suite of cloud based applications and our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, and opened additional service centers in the United States, Europe and Asia and a global delivery center in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. We broadened our customer focus from technology companies to include technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences companies. We have experienced rapid growth in our operations in recent periods, as indicated by the following:

 

   

Our revenue has increased from $45.9 million in 2006 to $110.7 million in 2009, representing a compound annual growth of 34%. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, our revenue was $108.5 million, which represented an increase of 41% as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

 

   

Our engagements have grown from approximately 40 as of December 31, 2006 to more than 90 as of September 30, 2010.

 

   

As of September 30, 2010, we had more than 1,300 employees, with offices in Colorado, Tennessee, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Malaysia and Singapore in addition to our corporate headquarters in San Francisco.

 

We are currently in the midst of a significant investment cycle in which we have taken steps designed to drive our future growth and profitability. We plan to further build out our infrastructure, develop our technology, offer additional cloud based applications and hire additional sales, service sales and other personnel.

 

We initially funded our business primarily with investments from our founders, certain other small investors and the venture capital firm Housatonic Partners. As our business has grown, we have funded our business primarily with cash flows from operations, and returned capital to equityholders, including our founders. Affiliates of Benchmark Capital and General Atlantic Partners invested in our company in 2004 and 2007,

 

40


Table of Contents

respectively, and Housatonic made an additional investment in 2008. All of these investments involved the direct or indirect purchase of equity from our existing equityholders, including our founders. We drew down funds from a term loan in 2006, with the proceeds used primarily to fund tax distributions to our equityholders as required under our limited liability company agreement, and remaining proceeds used for general corporate purposes. In April 2008, we entered into a five year credit facility agreement with various financial institutions, the proceeds of which were primarily used to refinance outstanding debt under several prior debt agreements. We were originally formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the closing of this offering, we will complete the Conversion pursuant to which ServiceSource International, LLC will convert to ServiceSource International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Key Business Metrics

 

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of business metrics in addition to the financial metrics discussed below under “—Basis of Presentation.” These key metrics include service revenue opportunity under management and number of engagements.

 

Service Revenue Opportunity Under Management. Service revenue opportunity under management (“opportunity under management”) is our estimate, as of a given date, of the value of all end customer service contracts that we will have the opportunity to sell on behalf of our customers over the subsequent twelve-month period. We estimate the value of such end customer contracts based on a combination of factors, including the value of end customer contracts made available to us by customers in past periods, the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us the opportunity to sell pursuant to the terms of their contracts with us, periodic internal business reviews of our expectations as to the value of end customer contracts that will be made available to us by customers, the value of end customer contracts included in the SPA and collaborative discussions with our customers assessing their expectations as to the value of service contracts that they will make available to us for sale. While the minimum value of end customer contracts that our customers are required to give us represents a portion of our estimated opportunity under management, a significant portion of the opportunity under management is estimated based on the other factors described above.

 

When estimating service revenue opportunity under management, we must, to a large degree, rely on the assumptions described above, which may prove incorrect. These assumptions are inherently subject to significant business and economic uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. Our estimates therefore may prove inaccurate, causing the actual value of end customer contracts delivered to us in a given twelve-month period to differ from our estimate of opportunity under management. These factors include:

 

   

the extent to which customers deliver a greater or lesser value of end customer contracts than may be required or otherwise expected;

 

   

roll-overs of unsold service contract renewals from prior periods to the current period or future periods;

 

   

changes in the pricing or terms of service contracts offered by our customers;

 

   

increases or decreases in the end customer base of our customers;

 

   

the extent to which the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of a customer early in an engagement affect the amount of opportunity that the customer makes available to us later in the engagement;

 

   

customer cancellations of their contracts with us due to acquisitions or otherwise; and

 

   

changes in our customers’ businesses, sales organizations, sales processes or priorities.

 

In addition, opportunity under management reflects our estimate for a forward twelve-month period and should not be used to estimate our opportunity for any particular quarter within that period. The value of end customer contracts actually delivered during a twelve-month period should not be expected to occur in even quarterly increments due to seasonality and other factors impacting our customers and their end customers.

 

41


Table of Contents

The actual value of qualified end customer contracts delivered to us by our customers affects the amount of revenue we can earn in a given period. Our revenue also depends upon our close rates and commissions. Our close rate is the percentage of our opportunity under management that we renew on behalf of our customers. Our commission rate is an agreed-upon percentage of the renewal value of end customer contracts that we sell on behalf of our customers.

 

Our close rate is impacted principally by our ability to successfully sell service contracts on behalf of our customers. Other factors impacting our close rate include: the manner in which our customers price their service contracts for sale to their end customers; the stage of life-cycle associated with the products and underlying technologies covered by the service contracts offered to the end customer; the extent to which our customers or their competitors introduce new products or underlying technologies; the nature, size and age of the service contracts; and the extent to which we have managed the renewals process for similar products and underlying technologies in the past.

 

In determining commission rates for an individual engagement, various factors, including our close rates, as described above, are evaluated. These factors include: historical, industry-specific and customer-specific renewal rates for similar service contracts; the magnitude of the opportunity under management in a particular engagement; the number of end customers associated with these opportunities; and the opportunity to receive additional performance commissions when we exceed certain renewal levels. We endeavor to set our commission rates at levels commensurate with these factors and other factors that may be relevant to a particular engagement. Accordingly, our commission rates vary, often significantly, from engagement to engagement. In addition, we sometimes agree to lower commission rates for engagements with significant opportunity under management.

 

Renewal Rates. We analyze certain metrics in evaluating our potential and historical performance, including the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of our customers. We compare the renewal rates we achieve on behalf of our customers to the renewal rates that we calculate during the SPA, based on the data provided to us by the customer. In calculating renewal rates, we cannot provide any assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of the customer renewal data we receive during the SPA. To the extent that the actual data and information provided by our customers for use in the SPA is inaccurate, insufficient or misrepresents the contracts we would receive for renewal in future periods, our calculation of renewal rates may be inaccurate.

 

Number of Engagements. We track the number of engagements we have with our customers. We often have multiple engagements with a single customer, particularly where we manage the sales of service renewals relating to different product lines, technologies, types of contracts or geographies for the customer. When the set of renewals we manage on behalf of a customer is associated with a separate customer contract or a distinct product set, type of end customer contract or geography and therefore requires us to assign a dedicated service sales team to manage the renewals, we designate the set of renewals, and associated revenues and costs to us, as a unique engagement. For example, we may have one engagement consisting of a dedicated service sales team selling maintenance contract renewals of a particular product for a customer in the United States and another engagement consisting of a dedicated sales team selling warranty contract renewals of a different product for the same customer in Europe. These would count as two engagements. We had approximately 50, 60 and 80 engagements as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and over 90 engagements as of September 30, 2010.

 

Transactions . Since our inception, we have managed over two million service renewal transactions. Our references to transactions in this prospectus include interactions with customers that led to successful renewals and those that did not.

 

42


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting our Performance

 

Sales Cycle. We sell our integrated solution to our customers through a sales organization. At the beginning of the sales process, our quota-carrying sales representatives contact prospective customers and educate them about our offerings. Educating prospective customers about the benefits of our solution can take time, as many of these prospects have not historically relied upon integrated solutions like ours for service revenue management, nor have they typically put out a formal request for proposal or otherwise made a decision to focus on this area. As part of the education process, we utilize our solutions design team to perform the SPA of our prospect’s service revenue. The SPA includes an analysis of best practices and benchmarks the prospect’s service revenue against industry peers. Through the SPA process, which typically takes several weeks, we are able to assess the characteristics and size of the prospect’s service revenue, identify potential areas of performance improvement and formulate our proposal for managing the prospect’s service revenue. The length of our sales cycle for a new customer, inclusive of the SPA process and measured from our first formal discussion with the customer until execution of a new customer contract, is typically longer than six months.

 

We generally contract with new customers to manage a specified portion of their service revenue opportunity, such as the opportunity associated with a particular product line or technology, contract type or geography. We negotiate the customized terms of our customer contracts, including commission rates, based on the output of the SPA, including the areas identified for improvement. Once we demonstrate success to a customer with respect to the opportunity under contract, we seek to expand the scope of our engagement to include other opportunities with the customer. For some customers, we manage all or substantially all of their service contract renewals.

 

Implementation Cycle . After entering into an engagement with a new customer, and to a lesser extent after adding an engagement with an existing customer, we incur sales and marketing expenses related to the commissions owed to our sales personnel. The commissions are based on the estimated total contract value, a material portion of which is expensed upfront and the remaining portion of which is expensed over a period of eight to fourteen months, including commissions paid on multi-year contracts. We also make upfront investments in technology and personnel to support the engagement. These expenses are typically incurred one to three months before we begin generating sales and recognizing revenue. Accordingly, in a given quarter, an increase in new customers, and, to a lesser extent, an increase in engagements with existing customers, or a significant increase in the contract value associated with such new customers and engagements, will negatively impact our gross margin and operating margins until we begin to achieve anticipated sales levels associated with the new engagements.

 

Contract Terms . Under our pay-for-performance model, we earn commissions based on the value of service contracts we sell on behalf of our customers. In some cases, we earn additional performance-based commissions for exceeding pre-determined service renewal targets. These commissions, including performance-based commissions, represent substantially all of our revenue.

 

Since 2009, our new customer contracts have typically had a term of 36 months, although we sometimes have contract terms of up to 60 months. Older customer contracts typically have a term of 12 months. Our contracts generally require our customers to deliver a minimum value of qualifying service revenue contracts for us to renew on their behalf during a specified period. To the extent that our customers do not meet their minimum contractual commitments over a specified period, they may be subject to fees for the shortfall. Our customer contracts are cancelable on relatively short notice, subject in most cases to the payment of an early termination fee by the customer. The amount of this fee is based on the length of the remaining term and value of the contract.

 

We typically invoice our customers on a monthly basis based on commissions we earn during the prior month, and with respect to performance-based commissions, on a quarterly basis based on our overall performance during the prior quarter. Amounts invoiced to our customers are recognized as revenue in the period in which our services are performed or, in the case of performance commissions, when the performance

 

43


Table of Contents

condition is determinable. Because the invoicing for our services generally coincides with or immediately follows the sale of service contracts on behalf of our customers, we do not generate or report a significant deferred revenue balance. However, the combination of minimum contractual commitments, combined with our success in generating improved renewal rates for our customers, and our customers’ historical renewal rates, provides us with revenue visibility. In addition, the performance improvement potential identified by our SPA process provides us with revenue visibility for new customers.

 

M&A Activity. Our customers in the technology sector participate in an active environment for mergers and acquisitions. Large technology companies have maintained active acquisition programs to increase the breadth and depth of their product and service offerings and small and mid-sized companies have combined to better compete with large technology companies. A number of our customers have merged, purchased other companies or been acquired by other companies. We expect merger and acquisition activity to continue to occur in the future.

 

The impact of these transactions on our business can vary. Acquisitions of other companies by our customers can provide us with the opportunity to pursue additional business to the extent the acquired company is not already one of our customers. Similarly, when a customer is acquired, we may be able to use our relationship with the acquired company to build a relationship with the acquirer. In some cases we have been able to maintain our relationship with an acquired customer even where the acquiring company handles its other service contract renewals through internal resources. In other cases, however, acquirers have elected to terminate or not renew our contract with the acquired company. For example, Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

Net Revenue

 

Substantially all of our net revenue is attributable to commissions we earn from the sale of renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of our customers. We generally invoice our customers for our services in arrears on a monthly basis for sales commissions, and on a quarterly basis for certain performance sales commissions; accordingly, we typically have no deferred revenue related to these services. We do not set the price, terms or scope of services in the service contracts with end customers and do not have any obligations related to the underlying service contracts between our customers and their end customers.

 

For a limited number of historical engagements, our services included the sale of service contracts as well as the related invoicing and cash collections on behalf of customers. Under these arrangements, commissions are considered earned when we receive cash payment from end customers. As of September 30, 2010, we no longer had any such customer engagements.

 

We also earn revenue from the sale of subscriptions to our cloud based applications. To date, subscription revenue has been insignificant. Subscription fees are accounted for separately from commissions and they are billed on either a monthly or quarterly basis in advance and revenue is recognized ratably over the related subscription term.

 

We have generated a significant portion of our revenue from a limited number of customers. For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, our top ten customers in each period accounted for 76%, 72%, 64%, 66% and 57% of our net revenue, respectively. In addition, during the same periods, Sun Microsystems accounted for 22%, 23%, 24%, 24% and 17% of our net revenue, respectively. As discussed above, Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010. We will not recognize additional revenue from Sun Microsystems in future periods other than fees associated with the transition of certain end user contracts to Oracle, the amount and timing of which has not yet been finalized.

 

44


Table of Contents

Our business is geographically diversified. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, 67% of our net revenue was earned in North America and Latin America (“NALA”), 28% in Europe, Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”) and 5% in Asia Pacific Japan (“APJ”). Net revenue for a particular geography generally reflects commissions earned from sales of service contracts managed from our sales center in that geography. Predominantly all of the service contracts sold and managed by our sales centers relate to end customers located in the same geography.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of compensation, which includes salary, bonuses, benefits and stock-based compensation related to our service sales teams, and allocated expenses for facilities and information technology and depreciation, including amortization of internal-use software associated with our service revenue technology platform and cloud applications. To the extent that our customer base or opportunity under management expand, we may need to hire additional service sales personnel and invest in infrastructure to support such growth. We currently expect that our cost of revenue will fluctuate significantly and may increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the near term, including for the reasons discussed above under “—Factors Affecting Our Performance—Implementation Cycle.”

 

Operating Expenses

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses are the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of compensation and sales commissions for our sales and marketing staff, allocated expenses and marketing programs and events. We sell our solutions through our global sales organization, which is organized across three geographic regions: NALA, EMEA and APJ. Our commission plans provide that payment of commissions to our sales representatives is contingent on their continued employment and we recognize expense over a period that is generally between eight and fourteen months following the execution of the applicable contract. We currently expect sales and marketing expense to increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the near term based on commissions earned on customer contracts entered into in prior periods, as well as continued investments in sales and marketing personnel and programs as we expand our business domestically and internationally.

 

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation, allocated costs and the cost of third-party service providers. We focus our research and development efforts on developing new products and adding new features to our existing technology platform. In addition, we capitalize certain expenditures related to the development and enhancement of internal-use software related to our technology platform, as discussed in more detail under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Capitalized Internal-Use Software” below. We expect research and development spending, and the related expenses and capitalized costs, to increase on an absolute basis as a percentage of revenue in the near term as we continue to invest in our technology platform and cloud applications.

 

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation for our executive, human resources, finance and legal functions, and related expenses for professional fees for accounting, tax and legal services, as well as allocated expenses. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in the near term as our operations continue to expand and as a result of incremental costs associated with being a publicly-traded company.

 

Amortization of Intangible Assets . Our intangible assets consist of goodwill, customer contracts and related relationships, trademarks and trade names and a non-competition agreement. Except for goodwill, which is not amortized, all of our intangible assets were fully amortized as of March 31, 2009.

 

45


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense)

 

Other income (expense) consists primarily of interest expense associated with borrowings under our credit facility and foreign exchange transaction gains and losses, partially offset by interest income, which has been insignificant in recent periods.

 

Income Tax (Benefit) Provision

 

Since inception through December 31, 2007 we conducted our U.S. operations through ServiceSource International, LLC (“LLC”), a pass-through entity for tax purposes that files its income tax return as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. The LLC is not subject to income taxes other than annual California limited liability company fees based on revenue. The members of the LLC, not the LLC itself, are subject to income taxes on their allocated share of the LLC’s earnings. The LLC is required to pay cash distributions to the members to fund members’ tax obligations in respect of the members’ allocated share of the LLC’s net income, if applicable. Effective January 1, 2008, the LLC transferred a significant portion of its U.S. operations to a wholly-owned U.S. taxable subsidiary. We also have several subsidiaries formed in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to local income taxes.

 

For a description of our accounting practices relating to income taxes, see “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Income Taxes” below.

 

Results of Operations

 

The table below sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparison of financial results presented below is not necessarily indicative of financial results to be achieved in future periods, and the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year or for any other period.

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated statement of operations data:

          

Net revenue

   $ 75,189      $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 76,889      $ 108,468   

Cost of revenue

     39,224        56,965        58,877        41,577        63,841   
                                        

Gross profit

     35,965        43,315        51,799        35,312        44,627   
                                        

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     13,119        20,486        23,182        16,802        25,640   

Research and development

            1,160        2,054        1,647        3,927   

General and administrative

     10,475        10,571        13,777        10,214        13,806   

Amortization of intangible assets

     912        857        68        68          
                                        

Total operating expenses

     24,506        33,074        39,081        28,731        43,373   
                                        

Income from operations

     11,459        10,241        12,718        6,581        1,254   

Other expense, net

     (2,423     (4,267     (477     (307     (1,142
                                        

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     9,036        5,974        12,241        6,274        112   

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (632     1,153        1,866        730        1,368   
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,668      $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ 5,544      $ (1,256
                                        

 

46


Table of Contents

 

              
     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
     (in thousands)  

Includes stock-based compensation of:

              

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,096       $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 672       $ 843   

Sales and marketing

     1,100         1,570         2,340         1,706         2,214   

Research and development

                     541         399         598   

General and administrative

     1,680         2,608         2,265         1,663         2,362   
                                            

Total

   $ 3,876       $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 4,440       $ 6,017   
                                            

 

The following table sets forth our operating results as a percentage of net revenue:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (as % of net revenue)  

Net revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     52     57     53     54     59
                                        

Gross profit

     48     43     47     46     41
                                        

Operating expenses:

          

Sales and marketing

     17     20     21     22     24

Research and development

     0     1     2     2     4

General and administrative

     14     11     12     13     12

Amortization of intangible assets

     1     1     0     0     0
                                        

Total operating expenses

     33     33     35     37     40
                                        

Income from operations

     15     10     11     9     1
                                        

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

 

Net Revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Change      %
Change
 
     2009     2010       
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Net revenue by geography:

               

NALA

   $ 54,594         71   $ 72,776         67     18,182         33

EMEA

     21,490         28     30,599         28     9,109         42

APJ

     805         1     5,093         5     4,288         533
                                             

Total net revenue

   $ 76,889         100   $ 108,468         100   $ 31,579         41
                                             

 

The 41% increase in net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflects an increase in the number and value of service contracts sold on behalf of our customers. The aggregate value of service contracts available for us to sell in 2010 was greater than in 2009, resulting from new customers, expanded engagements with existing customers and the ramp of customers from prior periods. Our largest customer in both the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was Sun Microsystems, which represented $18.7 million and $17.9 million of our net revenue, respectively. Revenue from Sun Microsystems decreased following its acquisition by

 

47


Table of Contents

Oracle in the first quarter of 2010. Net revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 included $3.3 million in fees resulting from the termination of the Sun Microsystems contracts. When expressed as a percentage of net revenue, Sun Microsystems decreased from 24% for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to 17% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, which reflects the offset of revenue growth from both new and existing engagements. International revenue increased 60% during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009 with this growth supported by the addition of new service sales centers in APJ and EMEA.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    Change     %
Change
 
     2009     2010      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 41,577      $ 63,841      $ 22,264        54

Includes stock-based compensation of:

     672        843        171        25

Gross profit

     35,312        44,627        9,315        26

Gross profit percentage

     46     41     (5 )%   

 

The 54% increase in our cost of revenue in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflected an increase in the number of service sales personnel, resulting in a $16.6 million increase in compensation, a $2.9 million increase in allocated costs for facilities, information technology and depreciation and a $0.7 million increase in outside fees primarily due to the recruitment of service sales personnel. Gross profit percentage decreased from 46% in the nine months ended September 30, 2009 to 41% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. The decrease in gross profit percentage reflects additional compensation associated with staffing new and expanded engagements which typically have minimal revenue during the initial start-up phase and facility costs associated with the opening of two new international sales centers, partially offset by the favorable gross margin impact resulting from the Sun Microsystems termination fees.

 

Operating Expenses

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Change     %
Change
 
     2009     2010      
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 16,802         22   $ 25,640         24   $ 8,838        53

Research and development

     1,647         2     3,927         4     2,280        138

General and administrative

     10,214         13     13,806         13     3,592        35

Amortization of intangible assets

     68         0             0     (68     (100 )% 
                                            

Total operating expenses

   $ 28,731         37   $ 43,373         40   $ 14,642        51
                                            

Includes stock-based compensation of:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 1,706         $ 2,214         $ 508     

Research and development

     399           598           199     

General and administrative

     1,663           2,362           699     
                                

Total

   $ 3,768         $ 5,174         $ 1,406     
                                

 

48


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expenses

 

The 53% increase in sales and marketing expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflected an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel and higher sales commissions for new multi-year customer engagements, resulting in a $6.2 million increase in compensation, a $0.7 million increase in travel expenses and a $0.6 million increase in allocated costs. The increase in headcount reflected our investment in sales and marketing resources aimed at expanding our customer base.

 

Research and development expenses

 

The 138% increase in research and development expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel, resulting in a $1.2 million increase in compensation, a $0.1 million increase in consulting services related to contract research and development services and a $0.2 million increase in allocated costs. The increase is a result of our continued investment in the development of additional cloud based applications to enable greater operational efficiencies and enhanced functionality for our customers.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

The 35% increase in general and administrative expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 reflected a $1.9 million increase in compensation due to an increase in headcount in the general and administrative function, a $0.4 million lease termination fee and a $0.2 million increase in professional fees.

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets is a result of the related assets being fully amortized as of March 31, 2009.

 

Other Expense, Net

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,     Change      %
Change
 
     2009     2010       
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ 307         0   $ 1,142         1   $ 835         272

 

The increase in other expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2010 primarily resulted from a $0.7 million increase in losses on foreign exchange transactions due in part to a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to international currencies, most notably the Canadian dollar. Also contributing to the year-over-year rise in other expense was a $0.1 million increase in interest expense on our term loan as a result of higher interest rates and a $0.1 million increase in interest expense related to our capital lease obligations.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Change      %
Change
 
   2009      2010        
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ 730       $ 1,368       $ 638         87

 

Our effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 was 12% due to a portion of our income allocated to the non-taxable limited liability parent company and a taxable subsidiary subject to a lower tax rate. Because our income tax provision exceeded our consolidated pre-tax income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the effective tax rate for such period is not comparable to the prior period. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, we had taxable income at our taxable subsidiaries and losses incurred by the non-taxable limited liability parent company that do not result in a tax benefit for us.

 

49


Table of Contents

Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008

 

Net Revenue

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change      %
Change
 
   2008     2009       
   Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Net revenue by geography:

               

NALA

   $ 70,177         70   $ 77,283         70   $ 7,106         10

EMEA

     30,103         30     31,995         29     1,892         6

APJ

             0     1,398         1     1,398         *   
                                             

Total net revenue

   $ 100,280         100   $ 110,676         100   $ 10,396         10
                                             

 

*   Not meaningful.

 

The 10% increase in net revenue in 2009 reflects an increase in the number and value of service contracts sold on behalf of our customers. The value of service contracts available for us to sell in 2009 was greater than in 2008, resulting from new customers and expanded engagements with existing customers. In 2009, we opened a sales service center in APJ which contributed to our international growth.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
   2008     2009      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 56,965      $ 58,877      $ 1,912        3

Includes stock-based compensation of:

     1,271        914        (357     (28)

Gross profit

     43,315        51,799        8,484        20

Gross profit percentage

     43     47     4  

 

The 3% increase in our cost of revenue in 2009 reflected an increase in the number of service sales personnel, resulting in a $1.9 million increase in compensation and a $0.7 million increase in allocated costs. The increase was partially offset by a $0.4 million decrease in start-up costs and a $0.3 million decrease in travel expenses associated with a new sales center opened in 2008. The higher gross profit percentage of 47% in 2009 as compared with the 43% in 2008 resulted from a shift of our service sales personnel to sales service centers in Denver and Nashville with lower costs relative to San Francisco.

 

50


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
     2008     2009      
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 20,486         20   $ 23,182         21   $ 2,696        13

Research and development

     1,160         1     2,054         2     894        77

General and administrative

     10,571         11     13,777         12     3,206        30

Amortization of intangible assets

     857         1     68         0     (789     (92 )% 
                                            

Total operating expenses

   $ 33,074         33   $ 39,081         35   $ 6,007        18
                                            

Includes stock-based compensation of:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 1,570         $ 2,340         $ 770     

Research and development

               541           541     

General and administrative

     2,608           2,265           (343  
                                

Total

   $ 4,178         $ 5,146         $ 968     
                                

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

The 13% increase in sales and marketing expenses in 2009 reflected an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel, resulting in a $0.9 million increase in compensation, a $0.3 million increase in allocated costs, and a $0.1 million increase in travel expenses associated with our global expansion, particularly in APJ.

 

Research and development expenses

 

The 77% increase in research and development expenses in 2009 reflected an increase in the number of research and development personnel, resulting in a $0.3 million increase in compensation, a $0.3 million increase in allocated cost and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

The 30% increase in general and administrative expenses in 2009 reflected an increase in headcount in the general and administrative functions, resulting in a $3.5 million increase in compensation and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in bad debt expense.

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets resulted from the related assets being fully amortized as of March 31, 2009.

 

Other Expense, Net

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
     2008     2009      
     Amount      % of Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ 4,267         4   $ 477         0   $ (3,790     (89 )% 

 

51


Table of Contents

The decrease in other expense in 2009 primarily resulted from a $2.1 million decrease in losses on foreign currency transactions, as well as a $1.1 million decrease in interest expense due to lower average balances outstanding under our term loan. Other expense in 2008 also included $0.6 million relating to a loss on extinguishment of debt recorded in connection with refinancing our long-term debt.

 

Income Tax Provision

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Change      %
Change
 
   2008      2009        
     (in thousands)  

Income tax provision

   $ 1,153       $ 1,866       $ 713         62

 

Our effective tax rate for 2008 and 2009 was 19% and 15%, respectively. In 2009, our effective tax rate decreased as a result of higher income related to the non-taxable LLC which is not subject to taxes.

 

Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

Net Revenue

 

     Years Ended December, 31     Change      %
Change
 
   2007     2008       
   Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Net revenue by geography:

               

NALA

   $ 60,314         80   $ 70,177         70   $ 9,863         16

EMEA

     14,875         20     30,103         30     15,228         102
                                             

Total net revenue

   $ 75,189         100   $ 100,280         100   $ 25,091         33
                                             

 

The 33% increase in net revenue in 2008 reflects an increase in the number and value of service contracts sold on behalf of our customers, as well as higher performance commissions as a result of our performance on larger contracts. The value of service contracts available for us to sell in 2008 was greater than in 2007, which resulted from new customers and expanded engagements with existing customers, partially offset by lower commission rates upon contract renewal in June 2008 by our then-largest customer. We experienced our largest growth in EMEA, reflecting expansion of our global customer base.

 

Cost of Revenue and Gross Profit

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
   2007     2008      
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 39,224      $ 56,965      $ 17,741        45

Includes stock-based compensation of:

     1,096        1,271        175        16

Gross profit

     35,965        43,315        7,350        20

Gross profit percentage

     48     43     (5 )%   

 

The 45% increase in our cost of revenue in 2008 reflected an increase in the number of service sales personnel, resulting in an $12.3 million increase in compensation and sales staffing costs related to the opening of our Denver service sales office and a $3.5 million increase in allocated costs. The lower gross profit percentage in 2008 of 43% as compared to the 48% achieved in 2007 reflected lower commission rates with our then-largest customer upon contract renewal in June 2008 and higher start-up costs associated with new engagements in 2008 for which little or no revenue was earned during the start-up phase.

 

52


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change     %
Change
 
     2007     2008      
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
     
     (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 13,119         17   $ 20,486         20   $ 7,367        56

Research and development

             0     1,160         1     1,160        *   

General and administrative

     10,475         14     10,571         11     96        1

Amortization of intangible assets

     912         1     857         1     (55     (6 )% 
                                            

Total operating expenses

   $ 24,506         33   $ 33,074         33   $ 8,568        35
                                            

Includes stock-based compensation of:

              

Sales and marketing

   $ 1,100         $ 1,570         $ 470     

General and administrative

     1,680           2,608           928     
                                

Total

   $ 2,780         $ 4,178         $ 1,398     
                                

 

*   Not meaningful.

 

Sales and marketing expenses

 

The 56% increase in sales and marketing expenses in 2008 is due to increased sales commissions earned from new customer engagements and an increase in the number of sales and marketing personnel, resulting in a $6.4 million increase in compensation, a $0.9 million increase in allocated costs and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses, partially offset by a $0.1 million decrease in professional fees.

 

Research and development expenses

 

In 2008, we hired engineering and other personnel to expand the development of our technology which today is our service revenue performance management suite of applications. These costs consisted primarily of $1.1 million in compensation and $0.1 million in allocated costs.

 

General and administrative expenses

 

The 1% increase in general and administrative expenses in 2008 reflected a $3.1 million increase in compensation, a $0.4 million increase in local taxes, a $0.2 million increase in bad debt expense, partially offset by a reduction in allocated costs.

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

The decrease in amortization of intangible assets in 2008 resulted from certain assets having been fully amortized in early 2008.

 

Other Expense, Net

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Change      %
Change
 
     2007     2008       
     Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
    Amount      % of  Net
Revenue
      
     (in thousands)  

Other expense, net

   $ 2,423         3   $ 4,267         4   $ 1,844         76

 

53


Table of Contents

The 76% increase in other expense in 2008 primarily resulted from foreign currency transaction losses of $0.7 million and a $0.6 million loss on the extinguishment of debt.

 

Income Tax (Benefit) Provision

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Change      %
Change
 
     2007     2008        
     Amount     Amount        
     (in thousands)  

Income tax (benefit) provision

   $ (632   $ 1,153       $ 1,785         *   

 

*   Not meaningful

 

Our effective tax rate for 2007 and 2008 was (7)% and 19%, respectively. In 2007, the income tax benefit resulted from the release of our valuation allowance against net operating loss carryforwards in a foreign subsidiary. In 2008, our effective tax rate increased from 2007 as a result of higher taxable income from the transfer of certain U.S. operations from our non-taxable LLC to our U.S. taxable subsidiary, partially offset by a one-time income tax benefit of $0.8 million on the date of the transfer.

 

54


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations during each of the quarters in the year ended December 31, 2009 and in the nine months ended September 30, 2010. In management’s opinion, the data below has been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and reflects all recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of this data. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results and should be read in conjunction with our audited annual financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus:

 

     Three Months Ended  
       Mar. 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
     Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec 31,
2009
    Mar. 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    Sept. 30,
2010
 
     (in thousands)  

Net revenue

   $ 22,209      $ 27,472       $ 27,208      $ 33,787      $ 32,176      $ 37,976      $ 38,316   

Cost of revenue

     12,250        13,940         15,387        17,300        20,771        21,175        21,895   
                                                         

Gross profit

     9,959        13,532         11,821        16,487        11,405        16,801        16,421   
                                                         

Operating expenses

               

Sales and marketing

     5,652        5,247         5,903        6,380        7,604        8,340        9,696   

Research and development

     621        584         442        407        1,018        1,490        1,419   

General and administrative

     3,713        3,211         3,290        3,563        3,970        4,392        5,444   

Amortization of intangible assets

     68                                              
                                                         

Total operating expenses

     10,054        9,042         9,635        10,350        12,592        14,222        16,559   
                                                         

Income (loss) from operations

     (95     4,490         2,186        6,137        (1,187     2,579        (138

Other income (expense), net

     (667     338         22        (170     (406     (136     (600
                                                         

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) for income taxes

     (762     4,828         2,208        5,967        (1,593     2,443        (738

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (146     924         (48     1,136        177        926        265   
                                                         

Net income (loss)

   $ (616   $ 3,904       $ 2,256      $ 4,831      $ (1,770   $ 1,517      $ (1,003
                                                         

Includes stock-based compensation of:

               

Cost of revenue

   $ 219      $ 222       $ 231      $ 242      $ 274      $ 299      $ 270   

Sales and marketing

     490        599         617        634        703        742        769   

Research and development

     131        130         138        143        149        144        305   

General and administrative

     549        542         572        601        845        733        784   
                                                         

Total

   $ 1,389      $ 1,493       $ 1,558      $ 1,620      $ 1,971      $ 1,918      $ 2,128   
                                                         

 

55


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of revenue:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     Mar. 31,
2009
    June 30,
2009
    Sept. 30,
2009
    Dec. 31
2009
    Mar. 31,
2010
    June 30,
2010
    Sept. 30,
2010
 
     (as % of net revenue)  

Net revenue

     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     55     51     57     51     65     56     57
                                                        

Gross profit

     45     49     43     49     35     44     43
                                                        

Operating expenses

              

Sales and marketing

     25     19     22     19     24     22     25

Research and development

     3     2     2     1     3     4     4

General and administrative

     17     12     12     11     12     12     14

Amortization of intangible assets

     0     0     0     0     0     0     0
                                                        

Total operating expenses

     45     33     35     31     39     37     43
                                                        

Income (loss) from operations

     (0 )%      16     8     18     (4 )%      7     (0 )% 
                                                        

 

We have generally experienced growth in quarterly revenue resulting from an increase in new engagements with new and existing customers. Quarterly revenue is directly correlated with the value of service contracts provided to us by our customers for a given quarterly period. Many of our customers operate on a calendar year basis and, because of the seasonal nature of their revenue and the propensity for many of their end customers to make IT and other technology purchases and renewals during the fourth quarter, have a greater proportion of contract renewals in the fourth quarter as compared to the first three quarters of the year. As a result, revenue earned in our fourth quarter has historically represented a larger portion of our annual revenue as compared to the other three quarters of the year and has typically exceeded revenue in the first quarter of the following year. Revenue in the fourth quarter of 2009 represented 30% of our annual revenue. In addition, our third quarter revenue is affected by the slowed economic activity in the summer, particularly in Europe.

 

Our quarterly gross profit percentage in 2009 and the first three quarters of 2010 has varied from 35% to 49% and is impacted by a number of factors, including: the hiring of service sales personnel to support new engagements ahead of recognizing revenue from those engagements, the number and size of engagements in start-up phase, during which we earn minimal revenue, and the opening of new facilities in Liverpool and Kuala Lumpur. In addition, our gross profit percentage is impacted by the seasonality of our revenue, as discussed above.

 

Our operating expenses have increased in each of the past several quarters and reflect increased expenses associated with hiring additional sales and marketing personnel to support our global expansion, sales commission expense related to multi-year customer contracts, increased spending to hire research and development personnel related to the development of cloud applications, and increased costs for facilities, information technology and administrative functions to support this growth. We currently expect that our cost of revenue and operating expenses will fluctuate from quarter to quarter and may increase on an absolute basis and as a percentage of revenue in future periods.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of September 30, 2010, our principal sources of liquidity were our cash of $23.2 million and $13.4 million available under our revolving credit facility. Our primary operating cash requirements include the payment of compensation and related costs, working capital requirements related to advances and accrued payables to customers, as well as costs for our facilities and information technology infrastructure. Historically, we have financed our operations principally from cash provided by our operating activities and to a lesser extent from borrowings under our credit facility.

 

56


Table of Contents

In April 2008, we entered into a five year credit facility agreement with various financial institutions. The credit facility initially provided for a $20.0 million term loan and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility consisting of direct loans, standby letters of credit and trade letters of credit. The proceeds from the term loan were used primarily to fund tax distributions to our equityholders as required under our limited liability company agreement and the remaining proceeds were used for general corporate purposes. The credit facility was amended in April 2010 to reduce the amount of the revolving credit facility to $15.0 million and to change the borrowing base calculation. Borrowing under the revolving credit facility is subject to limitations imposed by collateral agreements and certain other conditions in the credit facility. The credit facility expires in April 2013 and is collateralized by substantially all of our assets. The available revolving loan credit facility is subject to certain limitations related to our consolidated revenues and bank reserves, as defined in the agreement. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering to repay the loan balances outstanding under the credit facility but leave the revolving credit facility in place. As of September 30, 2010, we had $15.8 million outstanding under our term loan, no balance was outstanding under the revolving credit facility, $13.4 million was available for borrowing under the revolving credit facility and we were in compliance with all covenants. In December 2010, the credit facility was amended to reduce the maximum amount available under the revolving credit facility from $15.0 million to $7.5 million and to ease a financial covenant applicable as of December 31, 2010. We also amended our fee arrangement with the lenders such that any termination of the credit facility on or prior to December 31, 2011, would result in us being subject to a prepayment premium based on the sum of the maximum revolver amount as defined in the agreement, which is currently $15.0 million, and the then-outstanding principal balance on the term loan. Additionally, as of September 30, 2010 we had a $1.6 million letter of credit outstanding relating to our office space at our San Francisco headquarters. Under the amended credit facility agreement, the aggregate amount of outstanding letters of credit cannot exceed $7.5 million at any time.

 

We believe our existing cash, cash flows from operating activities, our currently available credit facility and proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs for at least the next eighteen months. Continued availability of borrowings under our current or any future credit facilities will be dependent upon our compliance with the applicable financial covenants and other contractual terms under such facilities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including revenue growth, costs incurred to support new customers and new engagements from existing customers, the timing and extent of spending to support development and expansion into new territories, continued investment in our technology platform and increased general and administrative expenses to support the anticipated growth in our operations. Our capital expenditures in future periods are expected to grow in line with our business. To the extent that proceeds resulting from this offering, together with existing cash and cash from operations, are not sufficient to fund our future operations, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private equity or additional debt financing.

 

For a limited number of historical customer arrangements that include both sales of customer service contracts and other account management services, we record advances to and accrued payables to customers to account for the timing differences between when we collect cash from end customers and when we make payments to our customers. The $26.2 million balance at September 30, 2010 consists primarily of net payments due to Sun Microsystems from end customers renewing their service contracts with Sun Microsystems through us. Oracle terminated our contracts with Sun Microsystems effective as of September 30, 2010 and we are currently in discussions to achieve final resolution relating to the timing and amount of the payment we anticipate making to Sun Microsystems, net of amounts owed to us, in the near future. We do not currently record a material amount of advances or payables to our other customers pursuant to such arrangements.

 

Although we are currently not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, businesses or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us or available at all.

 

57


Table of Contents

Summary Cash Flows

 

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
     (in thousands)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 17,182      $ 3,232      $ 19,504      $ 14,490      $ 21,137   

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,182     (6,806     (7,476     (5,540     (7,427

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,254     (5,951     (2,379     (1,795     (3,740

Net increase (decrease) in cash, net of impact of exchange rate change on cash

     8,656        (9,367     9,389        7,027        10,062   

 

Operating Activities

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, cash inflows from our operating activities were $21.1 million. Our net loss during the period was $1.3 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $4.4 million for depreciation and amortization and $6.0 million for stock-based compensation. Additional sources of net cash inflows were from changes in our working capital, including a $19.2 million increase in accrued payables to customers, consisting of amounts owed to Oracle from end customers with respect to our Sun Microsystems engagements that terminated effective September 30, 2010, and a $2.7 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits, partially offset by a $13.2 million increase in accounts receivable and a $1.3 million decrease in prepaid expenses.

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2009, cash inflows from our operating activities were $14.5 million. Our net income during the period was $5.5 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $2.4 million for depreciation and amortization and $4.4 million for stock-based compensation. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including a $2.0 million decrease in accrued taxes and a $3.2 million decrease in accounts receivable.

 

In 2009, cash inflows from our operating activities of $19.5 million primarily resulted from our net income of $10.4 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $6.1 million for stock-based compensation and $3.5 million for depreciation and amortization. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from changes in our working capital, including a decrease in advances to customers of $3.6 million and an increase in accrued payables to customers of $3.5 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $4.5 million and a decrease in accrued taxes of $1.9 million. The decrease in our advances to customers was due to the loss of a significant customer with whom this type of arrangement was agreed upon, hence fewer payments were due to customers before the receipt of the related amounts due from end customers. The increase in accrued payables to customers, which are reported net of our commissions, was due to an increase in the amounts of payments received from end customers which we had not yet remitted to our customers at year end. The increase in our accounts receivable reflects growth in our service revenue in the fourth quarter of 2009 as compared to the fourth quarter in 2008.

 

In 2008, cash inflows from our operating activities of $3.2 million primarily resulted from our net income of $4.8 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $5.4 million for stock-based compensation and $3.4 million for depreciation and amortization. The sources of net cash inflows were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $6.4 million and an increase in advances to customers of $3.2 million.

 

In 2007, cash inflows from our operating activities of $17.2 million primarily resulted from our net income of $9.7 million, adjusted by $3.9 million of stock-based compensation and $2.6 million of depreciation and amortization. The remainder of our sources of net cash inflows was from an increase in other accrued liabilities of $3.7 million and an increase in accrued compensation and benefits of $1.9 million, partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.3 million.

 

58


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, cash used in investment activities was $7.4 million and $5.5 million, respectively, and related to the acquisition of property and equipment, including costs capitalized for development of internal-use software.

 

In 2009, 2008 and 2007, net cash used in investing activities was $7.5 million, $6.8 million and $3.2 million, respectively, and related to the purchase of property and equipment, including costs capitalized for development of internal-use software.

 

Financing Activities

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, cash used in financing activities was $3.7 million and $1.8 million, respectively, primarily resulting from principal payments on our term loan. Additionally, during 2010 we had a $2.5 million cash distribution to members.

 

In 2009, cash used in financing activities was $2.4 million, primarily resulting from principal payments related to our long term obligations. In 2008 and 2007, cash used in financing activities was $6.0 million and $5.3 million, respectively, resulting primarily from cash distributions to members. During 2008, we entered into a new credit facility and used the proceeds to retire several prior debt agreements.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special-purpose entities, that have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under operating leases for office space and computer equipment. At December 31, 2009, the future minimum payments under these commitments, as well as repayments of our term loan, were as follows:

 

Contractual Obligations    Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 
     (in thousands)  

Term loan

   $ 16,835       $ 3,251       $ 13,584       $       $   

Obligations under capital leases

     773         71         238         158         306   

Operating lease obligations

     22,106         3,307         11,111         5,851         1,837   
                                            

Total

   $ 39,714       $ 6,629       $ 24,933       $ 6,009       $ 2,143   
                                            

 

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding, which specify significant terms including payment terms, related services and the approximate timing of the transaction. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

 

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include foreign currency exchange and inflation risks, as well as risks relating to changes in the general economic conditions in the countries where we conduct business. To date, we have not used derivative instruments to mitigate the impact of our market-risk exposures. We have also not used, nor do we intend to use, derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.

 

59


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the euro, British pound, Canadian dollar, Singapore dollar and Japanese Yen. To date, we have not entered into any foreign currency hedging contracts, but may consider entering into such contracts in the future. We believe our operating activities act as a natural hedge for a substantial portion of our foreign currency exposure because we typically collect revenue and incur costs in the currency in the location in which we provide our solution from our sales centers. However, our global operations center in Kuala Lumpur incurs costs in the Malaysian Ringgit but we do not generate revenue or cash proceeds in this currency and, as a result, have some related foreign currency risk exposure. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing our risk relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

 

Inflation Risk

 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Nonetheless, if our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Substantially all of our revenue is generated from commissions earned from selling renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of our customers. We recognize revenue upon acceptance of end customer purchase orders by our customers.

 

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been provided, the sales price is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured from our customer and no significant obligations remain unfulfilled. Customer contracts are generally used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Under the terms of our customer contracts, our service obligations are completed when end customer purchase orders are accepted by our customers. We assess whether our fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms with our customers and whether any part of our fee is subject to refund or adjustment. We assess collectability based primarily on the creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks and analysis as well as the customer’s payment history.

 

Our revenue management services are limited to renewing contracts on behalf of our customers. Therefore, we have no other obligations or responsibilities to our customers after they accept purchase orders from end customers. Moreover, we do not set the sales price, terms or scope of services contained in the service contracts we sell on behalf of our customers to their end customers, and we are not a party to contracts between our customers and their end customers.

 

Some of our customer agreements include performance-based commissions that we earn for exceeding pre-determined performance targets, including the achievement of renewal rates for contracts in excess of specified targets. Our customer arrangements also entitle us to fees and adjustments which are invoked in various circumstances, including the failure of our customers to provide us with a specified minimum value of service contracts. Our agreements generally contain early termination fees. Revenue related to performance-based commissions, adjustments and early termination fees is recorded when the performance criteria have been met, or the triggering event has occurred, and the amount earned is not subject to claw-back or future adjustment.

 

For multiple element arrangements including deliverables such as sales of service contracts, account management services and/or subscriptions to our hosted technology platform, we separate each revenue stream at the inception of the arrangement on a relative fair value basis, provided that each service element meets the

 

60


Table of Contents

criteria for treatment as a separate unit of accounting. An item is considered a separate unit of accounting if it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable fair value of the undelivered services. The fair value of the undelivered elements is determined by the price charged when the element is sold separately, or in the cases where the item is not sold separately, by using other acceptable objective evidence.

 

We have a limited number of multiple-element arrangements where we are responsible for selling service contracts and we provide a subscription to our cloud applications. In these limited instances, our service sales revenue is recognized on a monthly basis as services are performed while subscription revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term, generally a year. To date, subscription revenue earned from access to our cloud applications has been insignificant.

 

Under a limited number of historical customer engagements, we were responsible for selling service contracts and the related invoicing and cash collections from end customers. Under these arrangements, we collected the gross amount of payment due from end customers and remitted to our customers an amount equal to the gross billing less our sales commission and sales taxes or other indirect taxes invoiced to the end customers. Under these arrangements, revenue is recognized when the service has been delivered and the fee is fixed or determinable, which is upon receipt of cash payment from the end customer.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payment made to employees and directors based on the grant date fair values of the awards. For stock–based awards with service-based vesting conditions, the fair value is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the statements of operations based on the functional area to which the related recipients belong.

 

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment in determining the fair value of our awards. The most significant assumptions and judgments include estimating the fair value of our common stock, expected volatility of our common stock and estimated term between the grant date and settlement date, as discussed below. In addition, the recognition of stock-based compensation expense is impacted by estimated forfeiture rates. We estimated the fair value of each stock option granted for 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 using the following assumptions:

 

     Years Ended December 31,    Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2010
   2007    2008    2009   

Expected term (in years)

   4.8    4.6    4.8    5.4

Expected volatility

   74%    55%    56%    54%

Risk-free interest rate

   3.57 - 4.68%    2.45 – 3.07%    2.17 – 2.68%    1.75 – 2.43%

Expected dividend yield

           

 

The expected option term was estimated by analyzing the historical period from grant to settlement of the stock option. This analysis includes exercise and forfeitures and also gives consideration to the expected holding period for those options that are still outstanding. The risk-free interest rate is based on a daily treasury yield curve rate that has a term consistent with the expected life of the stock option. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock, and therefore our expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. We are required to estimate forfeiture rates at the time of grant and such estimates are revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We apply an estimated forfeiture rate based on our historical forfeiture experience, which has been stratified into two relatively homogeneous groups.

 

61


Table of Contents

As there has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a self-designated peer group of companies that grant options with substantially similar terms and conditions. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using a simple average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the option. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable entities whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair market value as determined by our board of directors on the date of grant, with input from management. Because our common stock is not publicly traded, our board of directors exercises significant judgment in determining the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by our board of directors included:

 

   

contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by outside firms;

 

   

our performance, our financial condition and future financial projections at the approximate time of the option grant;

 

   

trends in the technology and technology-enabled service company industries;

 

   

the value of companies that we consider peers based on a number of factors including, but not limited to, similarity to us with respect to industry, business model, stage of growth, geographic diversification, profitability, company size, financial risk or other factors;

 

   

changes since the last time the board of directors approved option grants and made a determination of fair value, including changes in planned business from new engagements and anticipated business from existing engagements;

 

   

amounts paid by investors for our common stock in arm’s-length purchases from our founders and employees;

 

   

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale given prevailing market conditions and the nature and history of our business; and

 

   

any adjustment necessary to recognize a lack of marketability for our common stock.

 

The valuation of our common stock was performed in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . In order to value our common stock, we first determined our business enterprise value and then allocated this business enterprise value to our common stock and common stock equivalents. Our business enterprise value was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach and the market-based approach. The income approach estimates enterprise value based on the estimated present value of future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over its remaining life. The estimated present value is calculated using a discount rate reflective of the risks associated with an investment in a similar company in a similar industry. The market approach measures the value of a business through an analysis of recent sales or offerings of comparable investments or assets, and in our case, focused on comparing us to the group of peer companies described above. In applying this method, valuation multiples are derived from historical operating data of the peer company group. We then apply multiples to our operating data to arrive at a range of indicated values of the company.

 

For each valuation, we prepared a financial forecast to be used in the computation of the value of invested capital for both the market approach and income approach. The financial forecast took into account our past

 

62


Table of Contents

results and expected future financial performance. The risk associated with achieving this forecast was assessed in selecting the appropriate discount rate. There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates as the assumptions used are highly subjective and subject to changes as a result of new operating data and economic and other conditions that impact our business.

 

As an additional indicator of fair value, we considered arm’s-length transactions involving sales and purchases of our common stock occurring near the respective valuation dates. The most recent such transaction occurred in December 2008 when an existing stockholder purchased shares from our founders and certain employees at a price of $4.26 per share.

 

We also utilize a probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) to estimate the fair value of our common stock using the methods discussed above. The recent growth and expansion of our business in 2009 and 2010, combined with a continuing trend of general improvement in the capital markets during the same period, provided us better visibility into the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event in the next one to two years.

 

Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of values for our common stock assuming the following possible future events for the company:

 

   

initial public offering;

 

   

strategic merger or sale;

 

   

remaining a private company; and

 

   

dissolution of the company.

 

For each of the possible events, a range of future equity values is estimated, based on the market, income or cost approaches and over a range of possible event dates, all discounted for the time-value of money. The timing of these events is based on management’s estimates. For each future equity value scenario, we determine the appropriate allocation of value to holders of our shares of common stock. The value of each share of common stock is then multiplied by a discount factor derived from the calculated discount rate and the expected timing of the event. The value per share of common stock is then multiplied by an estimated probability for each of the possible events based on management’s estimates. The calculated value per share of common stock under each scenario is then discounted for a lack of marketability. A probability-weighted value per share of common stock is then determined.

 

When using the PWERM, a market-comparable approach and an income approach were used to estimate our aggregate enterprise value at each valuation date. When choosing the market-comparable companies to be used for the market-comparable approach, we focused on the peer group of comparable companies described above operating within the technology and technology-enabled service sectors. The income approach involves applying an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate to our projected debt-free cash flows, based on forecasted revenue and costs.

 

We also prepared financial forecasts for each valuation report date used in the computation of the enterprise value for both the market-comparable approach and the income approach. The financial forecasts were based on assumed revenue growth rates that took into account our past experience and contemporaneous future expectations of revenue from new and existing engagements. The risks associated with achieving these forecasts were assessed in selecting the appropriate cost of capital, which ranged from 16% to 18%.

 

In identifying other indicators of fair value, we considered transactions involving purchases and sales of shares, with the most recent being the previously mentioned transaction in December 2008.

 

63


Table of Contents

Since January 1, 2009 through December 16, 2010, we granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of Options
Granted
     Exercise Price and
Common Stock
Fair Value at
Grant Date
 
     (in thousands)         

February 4, 2009

     186       $ 4.26   

February 27, 2009

     1,695       $ 4.26   

May 8, 2009

     148       $ 4.26   

July 28, 2009

     638       $ 4.26   

November 4, 2009

     983       $ 4.60   

January 27, 2010

     284       $ 4.65   

February 9, 2010

     1,863       $ 4.65   

May 7, 2010

     854       $ 4.70   

July 28, 2010

     1,678       $ 4.95   

December 16, 2010

     2,315       $ 5.80   

 

Common Stock Valuations

 

The most significant factors considered by our board of directors in determining the fair value of our common stock at these grant dates were as follows:

 

Grants on February 4, February 27, May 8 and July 28, 2009

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of December 1, 2008 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.05 to $4.26 per share of our common stock. The high end of the indicated fair value range reflects the price paid in an arm’s-length sale of our common stock by founders and certain employees to an existing stockholder in December 2008.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Our management estimated a 25%-30% probability of an initial public offering, a 25%-30% probability of a sale or merger and a 40%-50% probability that we would continue as a private company. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the December 1, 2008 valuation report.

 

   

In determining the fair value of option awards on July 28, 2009, our board specifically considered the April 2009 public announcement by Oracle that it had entered into an agreement to acquire Sun Microsystems, our largest customer and the potential impact to our operations if this customer terminated its contracts with us.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value of stock awards to be $4.26, the high end of the indicated range of value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on November 4, 2009

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of September 30, 2009 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.55 to $4.75 per share of our common stock.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Our management estimated a 30%-35% probability of an initial public offering, an increase of five percentage points from the prior valuation; a 30%-35% probability of a sale or merger, also a five

 

64


Table of Contents
 

percentage point increase from the prior valuation; and a ten percentage decrease in the probability that we continue as a private company to an estimated range of 30%-40%. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the September 30, 2009 valuation report.

 

   

Management’s business outlook which considered the growth in revenue resulting from new customer arrangements as well as the potential impact to our business if Sun were to terminate its relationship with us as a result of being acquired by Oracle.

 

   

The fair value of stock awards on November 4, 2009 was determined by our board to be $4.60 per share, the low end of the range of indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on January 27 and February 9, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of December 31, 2009 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.65 to $4.80 per share of our common stock.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Management estimated a 30%-35% probability of an initial public offering, a 30%-35% probability of a sale or merger and a 30%-40% probability that we would continue as a private company. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the December 31, 2009 valuation report.

 

   

Management’s business outlook continued to reflect revenue growth anticipated from new customer engagements and expected revenue from existing engagements, as well as uncertainty surrounding continuation of the Sun Microsystems engagements.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value of stock awards to be $4.65, the low end of the indicated range of fair value reflected in the valuation analysis, which reflected the continued uncertainty to our business following the acquisition of Sun Microsystems by Oracle.

 

Grants on May 7, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of March 31, 2010 utilizing the PWERM approach resulting in an indicated fair value of $4.70 per share of our common stock.

 

   

The PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based on our business outlook. Management estimated a 33% probability of an initial public offering, a 33% probability of a sale or merger and a 33% probability that we would continue as a private company. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the March 31, 2010 valuation report.

 

   

Management’s business outlook continued to reflect revenue growth anticipated from new customer engagements and expected revenue from existing engagements, as well as uncertainty surrounding continuation of the Sun Microsystems engagements.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value of stock awards to be $4.70, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on July 28, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of June 30, 2010 and indicated a fair value of $4.95 per share.

 

65


Table of Contents
   

PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based upon our business outlook. Our management estimated a 40% probability of an initial public offering, an increase from the 33% assumption in the prior valuation; a 30% probability of a sale or merger, down from a 33% probability used in the prior valuation; and a 30% probability that we would continue as a private company, a decrease from the 33% probability used in the prior valuation. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability. In addition, our board recognized that management forecasts had not changed materially since the June 30, 2010 valuation report.

 

   

While our financial forecast remained unchanged from the forecast utilized in the March 31, 2010 valuation, the increase in the fair value of our common stock as compared to the prior valuation resulted principally from the increased probability of an initial public offering as we undertook activities in this area.

 

   

Management’s business outlook continued to reflect revenue growth from new customer engagements and anticipated revenue from new engagements or revenue from expanded engagements with existing customers. Our financial forecast decreased as a result of the notice of cancellation of the Sun Microsystems contracts.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value of stock awards to be $4.95, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Grants on December 16, 2010

 

   

The most recent independent contemporaneous valuation report was prepared as of September 30, 2010 and indicated a fair value of $5.80 per share.

 

   

PWERM approach scenario probabilities used in the valuation report were based upon our business outlook. Our management estimated a 50% probability of an initial public offering, an increase from the 40% assumption in the prior valuation; a 25% probability of a sale or merger, down from a 30% probability used in the prior valuation; and a 25% probability that we would continue as a private company, a decrease from the 30% probability used in the prior valuation. A bankruptcy scenario was deemed not probable and was assigned a 0% probability.

 

   

While our financial forecast remained unchanged from the forecast utilized in the March 31, 2010 valuation, the increase in the fair value of our common stock as compared to the prior valuation resulted principally from the increased probability of an initial public offering as we undertook activities in this area.

 

   

Our board of directors determined the fair value of stock awards to be $5.80, consistent with the indicated fair value reflected in the valuation analysis.

 

Nonemployee Stock-Based Compensation

 

We account for stock options issued to nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The measurement of stock based compensation is subject to periodic adjustments as the underlying equity instruments vest, and the resulting change in value, if any, is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations during the period the related services are rendered.

 

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to nonemployees for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was $0.1 million. The amount for 2008 was insignificant. There were no options granted to nonemployees in 2007 and 2009.

 

There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and if different assumptions had been used, the fair value of the equity instruments issued to nonemployee consultants could have been significantly different.

 

66


Table of Contents

Capitalized Internal-Use Software

 

Commencing in 2007, we began incurring costs related to the development of our technology platform. In connection with these efforts, we capitalized external costs as well as internal labor costs related to the development of internal-use software associated with our technology platform. During 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, we capitalized $0.7 million, $2.8 million, $5.0 million, $3.8 million and $3.1 million, respectively, primarily related to the development of our technology platform and cloud applications. Capitalized amounts included costs of internal labor totaling $0.9 million and $0.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, while the remainder of amounts capitalized during the periods related to costs of third-party developers. The higher spending during the nine months ended September 30, 2009 relative to the same period in 2010 reflects increased costs related to the development of our channel sales and analytics and reporting applications.

 

We capitalize certain internal and external costs related to the development and enhancement of our internal-use software when we enter the application development stage and until software is substantially complete and is ready for its intended use. These capitalized costs include direct external costs of services utilized in developing or obtaining internal-use software, compensation and related expenses of employees who are directly associated with, and who devote time to, internal-use software projects. Capitalization of these costs ceases once the project is substantially complete and the software is ready for its intended use and the related costs are amortized over estimated useful lives ranging from 24 to 60 months. Post-implementation training and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We initiate our review of potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the capitalized internal-use software may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is assessed by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the expected future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If it is determined that the carrying value of the internal-use software is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. There were no impairments to internal-use software in 2007, 2008 or 2009, or during the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

Income Taxes

 

Since inception through December 31, 2007 we conducted our U.S. operations through the LLC, a pass-through entity for tax purposes. Under this structure, we file our income tax return as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. The LLC is not subject to income taxes other than annual California limited liability company fees based on revenues. The members of the LLC, not the LLC itself, are subject to income taxes on their allocated share of the LLC’s earnings. The LLC is required to pay cash distributions to the members to fund members’ tax obligations based on the members’ allocated share of the LLC’s net income, if applicable. Effective January 1, 2008, the LLC transferred a significant portion of its U.S. operations to a wholly-owned U.S. taxable subsidiary. We also have several subsidiaries formed in foreign jurisdictions, which are subject to local income taxes.

 

We account for income taxes for our taxable subsidiaries using an asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of our taxable subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.

 

We adopted FASB ASC Topic 740 (“ASC 740”) on unrecognized tax benefits on January 1, 2007. The adoption of ASC 740 did not have an impact on the January 1, 2007 stockholders’ equity because we believe there were no uncertain tax positions for tax years prior to 2007. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, we did not have any unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact our annual effective tax

 

67


Table of Contents

rate. We account for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We establish reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. We record an income tax liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax returns. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions change, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, we have not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits.

 

Income Tax Accounting Related to the Conversion

 

We have prepared and provided unaudited pro forma disclosures in our consolidated statements of operations and consolidated balance sheets as if the entire company was taxable as a corporation since inception. The pro forma income tax expense was $         million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and the pro forma deferred tax liability on our balance sheet at September 30, 2010 was $         million. Upon our conversion from an LLC into a corporation in connection with the completion of this offering, expect to record a non-cash income tax benefit equal to the amount of the net adjustment to the deferred tax balances, which would have been $         on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2010.

 

Pro forma deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the pro forma carrying amounts of our tax assets and liabilities calculated for financial reporting purposes and the amounts that would have been calculated for our income tax returns in accordance with tax regulations and the net pro forma tax effects of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards if we had been a taxable entity.

 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character and in the appropriate taxing jurisdictions during the future periods in which the related temporary differences become deductible. We determined the valuation allowance on our pro forma deferred tax assets is in accordance with the accounting standard for income taxes, which require weight of both positive and negative evidence in order to ascertain whether it is more likely than not that the pro forma deferred tax assets would be realized. We evaluated all significant available positive and negative evidence, including the existence of cumulative net income, benefits that could be realized from available tax strategies and forecasts of future taxable income, in determining the need for a valuation allowance on our pro forma deferred tax assets. After applying the evaluation guidance of the accounting standard for income taxes we determined that it was more likely than not that the pro forma deferred tax assets will be realized, and as such, a valuation allowance is not required.

 

Our pro forma gross, tax effected, deferred tax assets were approximately $         million as of September 30, 2010. Our pro forma net deferred tax liabilities were $         million as of September 30, 2010.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In October 2009, Financial Accounting Standards Board, (“FASB”) issued a new accounting standard that changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new standard requires an entity to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. This standard will become effective for us beginning January 1, 2011. This Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) removed the previous separation criteria that objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered item to be considered a separate unit or units of accounting. Given our current contractual arrangements, the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, we adopted this amendment for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which will be adopted in 2011. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09 Subsequent Events (FASB ASC Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements . ASU 2010-09 requires an entity that is a filer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued and removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date, in both issued and revised financial statements, through which the filer had evaluated subsequent events. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-13, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades . ASU 2010-13 provides amendments to Topic 718 to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. The amendments in ASU 2010-13 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

69


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

ServiceSource is a leader in service revenue management, providing solutions that drive increased renewals of maintenance, support and subscription agreements for technology companies. Our integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under our customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. By integrating software, managed services and data, we provide end-to-end management and optimization of the service contract renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling and service revenue business intelligence. Our business is built on our pay-for-performance model, whereby customers pay us based on renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. As of September 30, 2010, we managed over 90 engagements across more than 50 customers, representing over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management.

 

We deploy our solution through offerings that provide end-to-end management of the renewals process or that are tailored to address specific challenges of this process. Our highly scalable solution allows us to sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. It is designed to provide optimized service revenue performance irrespective of revenue models, distribution models, and segments within the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries, including hardware, software and software-as-a-service. Based on our analysis of renewal rates from new customer engagements that were deployed in 2009, we have generated a meaningful increase in the average renewal rate for these engagements.

 

Our total revenue was $75.2 million, $100.3 million and $110.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and was $76.9 million and $108.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. We had approximately 50, 60 and 80 engagements as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively, and over 90 engagements as of September 30, 2010.

 

Industry Background

 

The Importance of Service Revenue

 

As the technology industry matures and companies search for new drivers of growth and profitability, a new focus is emerging: service revenue. We define service revenue as the revenue companies earn from the sale of maintenance, support and subscription contracts. Service revenue has become increasingly important for technology companies as it represents a significant portion of total revenue, drives incremental profitability, can be highly recurring and correlates with customer satisfaction.

 

   

Service revenue is a dramatically growing component of technology industry revenue. Over the last decade, service revenue has surpassed new product and license revenue for many technology companies. The advent of software-as-a-service and cloud based solutions has further increased the contribution of service revenue to technology industry revenue. According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements across the technology sector is expected to total $141 billion in 2010, including approximately $84 billion on hardware and approximately $56 billion on software. 1

 

   

Service revenue can deliver enhanced profitability. Service revenue is a significant contributor to the profitability of technology companies. For example, one large technology company reported approximately 90% in gross margin from support and updates revenue compared to 43% gross margin for license and product revenue for its fiscal year 2010. The relatively fixed support costs associated with service revenue allow each incremental dollar generated from improved renewal rates to fall to the bottom line without significant cost.

 

   

Service revenue is predictable and recurring . Service revenue is typically based on annual or multi-year contracts to provide ongoing maintenance and support for existing technology investments or

 

1  

Gartner, Inc., IT Services Market Metrics Worldwide: Forecast Database, Kathryn Hale et al., September 9, 2010

 

70


Table of Contents
 

subscriptions for continued access to products and services. Continued successful renewal of service contracts provides technology companies with highly predictable service revenue streams as well as the ongoing opportunity to renew contracts.

 

   

Service relationships increase end customer satisfaction . Service relationships allow technology companies to maintain an active dialogue with their end customers. By regularly interacting with end customers, providing them with effective service, communicating to them the value of that service and better understanding their needs, companies can increase customer satisfaction and retention. Greater customer satisfaction increases the probability of future contract renewals and new product sales.

 

Effective Service Revenue Management is Complex and Challenging

 

Just as service revenue has become increasingly important to technology companies, service revenue management has also become more complex and challenging. While technology companies have generally increased their focus on renewal rates associated with service contracts, many have been unable to optimize their service revenue performance due to limited expertise in effective service revenue management and historical underinvestment in associated infrastructure. In addition, multiple factors have made effective service revenue management challenging for technology companies, including the following:

 

   

Fragmented service revenue data . Effective service revenue management requires more extensive data management than new product or license sales. Service renewals utilize data from CRM, contract, quoting, entitlement, asset management and support systems, among others. The data is often duplicative, error prone, incomplete or simply outdated and it may be cobbled together from half a dozen or more enterprise systems.

 

   

Existing infrastructure ill-equipped to optimize service revenue. Many companies have not invested in the enterprise systems, data warehouses, analytical applications and sales teams needed to optimize service revenue performance. As service contract renewals often encompass different processes and rely on information attributes not typically captured by existing systems, such as aging, contract entitlements and warranty considerations, traditional business applications are not designed to support end-to-end service revenue management. Additionally, sales teams are often not effectively trained or sufficiently incentivized to drive sales of service contracts, and are focused instead on product or license sales.

 

   

Channel complexity and misaligned incentives . Many technology companies have hundreds, if not thousands, of channel partners across one or more distribution tiers. This structure increases management complexity and can be exacerbated by misalignment of incentives and limited channel transparency. For example, companies typically measure and incentivize channel partners based on new product and license sales, not service revenue renewals. Also, channel partners sometimes may be reluctant to share end customer information, making it difficult for technology companies to maximize service revenue through the channel.

 

   

Savvy IT buyers with limited budgets. The macroeconomic landscape has put significant pressure on enterprise technology budgets, causing IT buyers to push back on service contract pricing and seek discounts. Additionally, a new group of advisors has emerged to help IT buyers better negotiate service contracts with technology companies. Furthermore, the rise of third-party vendors who provide independent maintenance and support has put further pressure on renewals.

 

   

Lack of industry standards and benchmarks . Consistent definitions for renewal rates and meaningful benchmarks are necessary for companies to determine how they are performing relative to industry peers and how they can employ best practices to improve their service revenue performance. However, there are currently no widely accepted industry metrics for service revenue management, nor is there easy access to best practices.

 

   

Complexity due to mergers and acquisitions and global scale. Mergers and acquisitions create a unique challenge for service revenue management as the complete view of the customer and its service

 

71


Table of Contents
 

contracts requires the integration of disparate systems and data between merging companies, which is often fraught with challenges. Optimizing service revenue requires overcoming these challenges to gain a complete and accurate view of the customer base and develop a consistent approach to selling renewals. The global scale of many technology companies adds further complexity, as effective service revenue management requires diverse strategies and tactics across different geographies. Maintaining a global service sales effort requires significant investment in infrastructure and personnel to have the language and local selling capabilities required to engage with and sell to end customers.

 

Significant Opportunity for Service Revenue Management

 

According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements across the technology sector will total $141 billion in 2010, including approximately $84 billion on hardware agreements and approximately $56 billion on software agreements. 1 We believe the complexity of effective service revenue management, coupled with underinvestment in this area has led to suboptimal renewal rates on service contracts. Lower renewal rates result in significant lost revenue and may give the impression that products and services are not viewed positively by end customers.

 

Effective service revenue management requires a focused and differentiated approach as well as resources that many technology companies lack. These resources include enterprise systems built specifically for service revenue data management, analytical applications that monitor service revenue performance, optimized sales methodologies and global service sales teams with the expertise to sell service contracts.

 

Most technology companies focus their internal investments on developing and selling new products. The historical lack of investment in service revenue performance solutions presents a compelling opportunity for us. By improving renewal rates, technology companies can generate higher service revenue, profitability and end customer satisfaction. We believe optimized service revenue performance can be a powerful earnings growth engine for the technology industry.

 

Business Customers are Increasingly Turning to Cloud Based Technology and Performance Based Solutions

 

Companies are rapidly adopting cloud based solutions as management teams strive to reduce the risk of technology implementation, focus on core competencies and improve financial performance. Historically, enterprises have deployed home-grown or third-party software applications on site and managed business processes internally. More recently, however, businesses have become increasingly convinced that cloud based solutions are less expensive, can be deployed more rapidly and with less risk, and have increased data analysis capability and functionality.

 

Recently, companies are also realizing the value of solutions that integrate software, managed services and data to deliver a business outcome. Rather than investing in infrastructure based on an assumed return on investment or incurring significant fees that are not tied to performance, companies are recognizing the value of paying for solutions based on business outcomes. An example of this trend is the market for Internet search, in which companies pay for a combination of advertising services, data and a technology platform, and pay for this solution on a per-click or performance basis.

 

Our Solution

 

Our solution is based on nearly a decade of experience pioneering the service revenue management category and is purpose-built to optimize service revenue performance for our customers. It addresses the critical elements of the renewals process, including data management, quoting, selling, and service revenue business intelligence. We believe our solution, which tightly integrates software, managed services and data, reflects the growing trend of delivering enterprise services via the cloud. We believe this approach is critical to addressing the unique requirements of effective service revenue management.

 

 

1   Gartner, Inc., IT Services Market Metrics Worldwide: Forecast Database, Kathryn Hale et al., September 9, 2010

 

72


Table of Contents

The components of our solution consist of our proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, our suite of purpose-built cloud applications, and our dedicated service sales teams. The foundation of our solution is our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, a data warehouse of transactional, analytical and industry data that grows with each service renewal transaction and customer. Our suite of cloud applications increase visibility and control of service revenue management and are utilized by customers, channel partners, end customers and our service sales teams. Our dedicated service sales teams have specific expertise in our customers’ businesses, are deployed under our customers’ brands and follow our optimized sales process.

 

We deploy our solution through five offerings to address specific needs of our customers’ different business and selling models: Direct Sales, Channel Enablement, Reseller Sales, Subscription Lifecycle Management and Enterprise. For example, the Subscription Lifecycle Management solution incorporates critical product adoption business processes unique to the software-as-a-service market that have been effective in increasing renewal rates. Likewise, the Channel Enablement solution deploys a Channel Sales application and specialized channel enablement service sales teams to navigate the challenges associated with optimizing renewal rates in a complex, multi-tier channel distribution environment.

 

Key benefits of our solution include:

 

Financial Benefits

 

   

Increased service revenue. Our solution is designed to increase customers’ service revenues. Each customer engagement begins with an in-depth analysis of customers’ current renewal rates, which we call our Service Performance Analysis (“SPA”). We monitor the renewal rates we drive on behalf of our customers throughout each engagement. When we generate higher renewal rates, we not only drive incremental service revenue for the associated period, but also have a compounding effect in increasing the base number of contracts eligible for renewal in subsequent periods, which expands the opportunity to generate greater revenue in future periods.

 

   

Increased margin and profitability. As costs associated with delivering maintenance, support and subscription services by our customers are relatively fixed, growth of service revenue can benefit our customers’ bottom line. In addition, customers that deploy our solution can avoid infrastructure expenditures and personnel costs that would otherwise be associated with managing service renewals internally. As a result, each incremental dollar of service revenue generated by our solution can drive greater profitability for our customers.

 

Operational Benefits

 

   

Improved end customer satisfaction. Our regular dialogue with end customers allows us to communicate the value of our customers’ maintenance, support and subscription services, and capture and address questions and concerns about our customers’ products.

 

   

Greater business insight and analytics. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform provides comparative and prescriptive analytics for our customers, enabling greater insight into their renewals business. All transactions, whether or not resulting in a successful renewal by an end customer, are recorded in our intelligence platform. We leverage this platform to provide benchmarking, end customer metrics, sales efficiency data and insight into successful and unsuccessful renewal efforts. The breadth of our data allows us to provide powerful analysis across regions, industries, channel partners and product segments.

 

   

Greater visibility and forecasting tools. Our cloud applications deliver real-time analytics and visibility into a customer’s service revenue performance, sales efficiency and forecasts. We measure service revenue performance across over 100 Key Performance Indicators that are housed in our intelligence platform and provide real-time data to our customers through a clear and impactful web-based interface. CFOs and other executives utilize our applications to assist in forecasting their results and to measure progress against their forecasts on a real-time basis.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

Strengthened channel loyalty. Our Channel Sales Cloud application and service sales teams empower our customers’ channel partners to generate higher sales by providing accurate, real-time data on their renewal opportunities and performance relative to quota as well as tools to sell more effectively to end customers. These cloud applications help our customers develop a closer relationship with their channel partners and enable our customers to increase renewals through the channel.

 

   

Global consistency. We are able to maintain a globally consistent renewals process for our customers as all of our six sales centers leverage a unified intelligence platform. Our solution automates the application of best practices to the service renewals process and provides all relevant constituencies with a consistent view of the data. This facilitates service renewals and provides reliable performance management and analytics.

 

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe our business is difficult to replicate, as it incorporates a combination of several important and differentiated elements, including:

 

   

Proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. We have built a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform that aggregates the transactional, analytical and industry data we have gathered from over two million service renewal transactions. This information and associated business insight allows us to improve service revenue performance for each customer’s unique business. The intelligence platform powers substantially all of our business, including our SPA, the pricing and scoping of our solutions, performance optimization, customer benchmarking, and industry thought leadership, and influences the way in which we develop our cloud applications and optimized sales methodologies. We continue to enhance our intelligence platform as we grow our service revenue opportunity under management.

 

LOGO

 

   

Pay-for-performance business model. Our customers pay us based on the renewal sales that we generate on their behalf. Our business model directly aligns our interests with our customers’ interests to drive greater service revenue. This self-funding model also eliminates the need for our customers to make large upfront investments in infrastructure that offer no guarantee of improved service revenue performance. Our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform is the critical element that allows us to price effectively on a pay-for-performance basis.

 

74


Table of Contents
   

Industry leadership. We were founded nearly a decade ago and we believe that we have more service revenue opportunity under management and more service revenue performance data than any other third-party provider. Our industry leadership enables us to innovate best practices, continue to enhance our intelligence platform and attract new customers.

 

   

Purpose-built solution. Our entire solution is built from the ground up to deliver industry-leading service revenue performance across the key elements of the renewals process. We believe our combination of software, managed services and data is unmatched by any other third-party solution.

 

   

Renewal sales methodology.  Our service sales teams leverage our intelligence platform, sales processes and best practices to manage the end customer relationship and enhance service contract renewal rates. We engage in extensive ongoing training of our service sales teams to ensure consistency of execution across our entire organization.

 

   

Global scale and expertise. Our service sales teams sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. Our sales footprint and localized capabilities enable us to better serve the increasingly global nature of our customers’ businesses.

 

Our Strategy

 

We intend to continue our industry leadership in service revenue management with the following strategies:

 

   

Expand customer base within existing industry verticals . We believe there is a significant opportunity to increase our service revenue opportunity under management. As of September 30, 2010, we had over $5 billion in service revenue opportunity under management. According to Gartner, total spending on maintenance and support agreements across the broader technology sector will total $141 billion in 2010. 1 We intend to increase investment in our sales and marketing organization to win new customers in the technology and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries.

 

   

Continue to build, deploy and monetize cloud applications . We intend to continue to invest in our cloud applications. We have created a variety of applications for channel partners, direct sellers and end customers that we provide as part of our offerings. In addition to extending and strengthening our suite of applications, we are exploring alternatives for packaging and pricing these applications to further monetize them.

 

   

Increase footprint with existing customers to drive greater revenue per customer . Our goal is to manage a greater portion of each customer’s service revenue. Typically, we initially manage one component of a customer’s service revenue, such as a specific product, market segment or geographic region. With our pay-for-performance model, we are able to quantify our results for the customer, frequently leading to an increase of service revenue opportunity under management for that customer, and ultimately greater revenue.

 

   

Drive operating leverage by developing additional technology. We have developed an intelligence platform and suite of applications that drive increases in efficiency and help to automate tasks associated with service revenue management. For example, we have created a quoting application to automate the service contract quoting process. By continuing to automate processes, we can lower operating costs, drive operating leverage and ultimately enhance our profitability and cash flow.

 

   

Add new customers from additional industry verticals and geographic markets . We recognize that service revenue opportunities exist in sectors beyond the technology industry. We currently have a small number of technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences customers for whom we manage medical equipment maintenance and support contracts. We believe there are additional industry verticals and geographic markets that can benefit from our expertise and best practices, and we intend to pursue these opportunities.

 

1   Gartner, Inc., IT Services Market Metrics Worldwide: Forecast Database, Kathryn Hale et al., September 9, 2010

 

75


Table of Contents

The Components of Our Solution

 

Our solution consists of our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, purpose-built cloud applications and dedicated service sales teams. The following diagram illustrates the elements of our solution:

 

LOGO

 

Service Revenue Intelligence Platform

 

Since our inception, we have developed and evolved our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform, a data warehouse of transactional, analytical and industry data that powers our solution, provides insight into the business we manage on behalf of our customers, and enables us to deliver higher performance for those customers.

 

   

Transactional data. An integral part of our renewals process is the broad data capture we perform to ensure we have documented the important information about each transaction. With over two million transactions completed since inception, we have been able to build a robust data warehouse of service revenue and renewals information.

 

   

Analytical data . We track and leverage the 100 KPIs and benchmarks in our intelligence platform across our business. The data has been analyzed across a number of dimensions, such as by region, customer segment, and contract dollar value, among others.

 

   

Industry data . At the core of the intelligence platform is a service revenue-specific data model and benchmarking database that allows us to extract transactional data from customers and capture other structured and unstructured analytical data in a consistent manner. This allows us to benchmark performance across industries and perform cohort analyses to understand where we can apply best practices to increase performance.

 

The intelligence platform improves with every renewal we manage, every customer we engage, and every benchmarking study we complete. We believe this is the most comprehensive data warehouse built exclusively for managing and optimizing service revenue from maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of third-party customers.

 

Supporting the intelligence platform is our Data Management Engine. We have found that customer service renewals source data is almost universally embedded in fragmented information technology systems. Our Data

 

76


Table of Contents

Management Engine extracts data from enterprise systems, such as ERP, CRM, billing and order management. This data is typically contained in different formats with disparate levels of completeness, quality and freshness. After loading the data into our system, the Data Management Engine reconciles, cleanses and reorganizes our customers’ data providing our service sales teams with more accurate and relevant data, such as an inventory of the assets owned by end users, service quote history, and current service contract terms.

 

We leverage our Service Revenue Intelligence Platform across critical business processes, including:

 

   

Service Performance Analysis . During the SPA process, we conduct interviews of our prospective customers, analyze their historical performance and future opportunity, and evaluate their service revenue business on a number of dimensions. The intelligence platform enables us to benchmark and identify service renewal opportunities and calculate our ability to improve performance based on our performance on similar types of businesses and opportunities.

 

   

Business Case, Pricing and Contract Structuring . We utilize our reservoir of data and benchmarks from the intelligence platform to estimate the critical components of the business case and pricing model that we use in discussions with prospective customers. This intelligence is fundamental to our pay-for-performance business model.

 

   

Service Revenue Performance . Once a partnership is in place with our customer, we leverage the intelligence platform to help enable, measure, analyze, benchmark, optimize, and continuously improve the performance of our service sales teams.

 

   

Customer Benchmarking and Continuous Improvement . Our intelligence platform serves as the foundation to benchmark our customers’ evolving service revenue performance against industry peers and previous period performance. As a component of our “Clients for Life” methodology, we convene quarterly business review meetings and annual partnership reviews with our customers to review performance, identify potential weaknesses and opportunities, and make recommendations that we believe will allow our customers and us to achieve higher levels of performance and efficiencies.

 

   

Developing and Delivering Applications . The intelligence platform includes the data warehouse that fuels the opportunity data, sales methodologies, metrics, and reporting dashboards that we engineer into our applications. Accordingly, we design our applications to leverage the transactional, analytical and industry data housed in our intelligence platform.

 

Cloud Applications

 

We have developed a suite of applications purpose-built to optimize specific elements of the renewals process. Our applications reflect our experience in optimizing service revenue and are tested for usability and impact inside our own operations. Our suite of applications includes:

 

   

Analytics Cloud. Our Analytics Cloud serves as an analytics and reporting application. It provides customers with dashboards to view and analyze service revenue performance by customer, revenue tier, channel partner, product line and region. It also provides real-time visibility into expected results, conversion and up-sells, territory analysis, benchmarking and other trending reports. This tool enables the executive staff of our customers to identify trends and update sales strategies.

 

   

Service Sales Cloud. Our Service Sales Cloud provides renewals analytics and pipeline management used by our service sales teams. It includes an analytics dashboard for our teams to view their current sales pipeline, top deals and overall performance. It also includes an opportunity management view that incorporates our best practice renewal sales methodology to enable teams to focus on selling by quickly accessing quotes and customer information to maximize performance.

 

   

Channel Sales Cloud. Our Channel Sales Cloud provides channel partners and resellers with online access to their specific renewals opportunities and their performance. The application includes an executive dashboard that enables partners to view their renewals pipeline, their performance against

 

77


Table of Contents
 

key performance targets and how they are trending compared to previous quarters. In addition, an opportunity view allows partners to manage each upcoming renewal opportunity, find account, contact and asset information specific to that opportunity, download pre-built quotes and request assistance from ServiceSource to support the sales process.

 

   

eCommerce Cloud. Our eCommerce Cloud provides self-service capabilities to end customers through a secure, online portal. End customers can view their support contract information, modify their support coverage, obtain updated quotes and renew service contracts through online payment processes. In addition, it allows end customers to reach our service sales team should they require assistance or wish to make a purchase offline.

 

Service Sales Teams

 

The service sales teams consist of individuals with specific expertise in our customers’ businesses, are deployed under our customers’ brand and follow our optimized sales process, which is designed to maximize the value of the service revenue opportunity. These teams are deployed in direct sales or channel enablement models, and in each case manage the key components of the renewals process. Our service sales teams currently sell in over 30 languages from six sales centers around the globe. They are grouped into two primary areas:

 

   

Global Selling. We employ service sales personnel that interact directly with end customers to sell service renewals. They also provide active sales enablement, support and management of channel partners. Our service sales teams act as an extension of our customers’ brands.

 

   

Sales Operations . We provide service revenue forecasting tailored to fit our customers’ bookings, revenue targets and specific reporting requirements. We supply a dedicated team of resources and tools to build and update customer and channel partner quotes and distribute them to the sales teams, channel partners and customers. Finally, we offer a business analytics team that provides analysis to maximize service revenue performance and provide insight into end customers, competitors and channel partners.

 

Our Offerings

 

We deploy our solution through five offerings aimed at addressing specific industry needs. In each of these offerings, the specific deployment of software, managed services and data is tailored to address unique challenges. These offerings include:

 

   

Direct Sales . Our direct sales offering is for customers who sell directly to their end customers. It includes teams skilled in sales of service contracts who are deployed under the customers’ brand and trained in the customers’ products, our data management infrastructure and applications to enable end customer self-service. Our dedicated service sales teams utilize an optimized sales methodology and relevant best practices to monitor each service revenue opportunity to drive higher service revenue renewals.

 

   

Channel Enablement . For customers who sell through single- or multi-tier channel distribution, our offering includes service sales teams skilled in channel enablement and management, and our Channel Sales Cloud. We help drive greater channel productivity and increased service revenue, while also enabling our customers to offload to us the complexity of managing service revenue through channel partners around the globe.

 

   

Reseller Sales. We manage service contract sales on behalf of large value-added resellers, such as leading telecom service providers responsible for selling products and services for multiple large technology vendors. We enable resellers to rely on us for sales and renewals of service contracts across their OEM partners, enabling the resellers to focus on their core business of providing services. An increase in renewal rates can impact the product discounts our resellers receive from OEMs in a financially meaningful way.

 

 

78


Table of Contents
   

Subscription Lifecycle Management . For software-as-a-service and other companies selling subscriptions, our offering includes custom applications and service sales teams focused not just on the renewal but on the adoption behavior critical to the renewal. Software-as-a-service companies face a distinct set of challenges with respect to customer renewals, given the lower switching cost and associated higher churn rates. Our service sales teams strive to improve customer adoption, reduce churn, increase cross-sell and up-sell opportunities and provide a detailed review of service revenue performance through our cloud based applications.

 

   

Enterprise.  Our Enterprise solution typically encompasses a combination of all of our offerings listed above as a single package. For our Enterprise customers, we manage and sell all service revenue renewals for the customer on a global basis, which allows the customer to focus on product development and sales of new products and services. Our Enterprise engagements are often the result of our success in engaging with customers on one or more of the first four offerings, which may enable us to expand our service into a broader Enterprise relationship. In some instances, we may also enter directly into an Enterprise agreement without having previously provided a smaller set of solutions.

 

How We Engage With Our Customers

 

The following illustrates the various elements of our customer engagement process:

 

   

Service Performance Analysis. As part of our pre-sales process, our solution design team works with prospects to identify aspects of their service revenue performance where we can drive incremental revenue, visibility, efficiency and end customer and channel partner satisfaction. We do this through an SPA, which is a thorough and collaborative assessment of the prospect’s renewal data that leverages our proprietary intelligence platform. The SPA includes a comparative analysis against best practices and industry peers to better assess the prospect’s service revenue performance, identify recommendations and provide the foundation for a proposed solution and business case of how we might engage with the prospect to manage their service revenue.

 

   

Implementation of our solution. Once we have engaged a new customer, we implement our solution by building out a dedicated service sales team, integrating our customer’s enterprise systems and data into our systems, and deploying applications. We recruit our sales team members based on a refined set of attributes, competencies and characteristics that typically correlate with successful service sales personnel. We couple this knowledge with a global recruiting network to build out a team of service sales personnel that acts as an extension of our customers’ brands. Our project management organization works closely with our customers to consolidate, cleanse and manage customer data from disparate systems into our data warehouse. Our implementation team configures the applications for our customer, providing the reporting capabilities and systems access to enable our service sales team to start generating revenue for our customers as little as one month after entering into the engagement.

 

   

Account management. We provide active account management, including weekly forecast reviews, issue management, and quarterly forecast and performance reviews. We hold quarterly performance reviews with customer executives that include insights into channel performance, customer loss analytics and comparisons to benchmarks from our intelligence platform. We also regularly provide tailored recommendations for generating additional increases in service revenue, profitability, and end customer satisfaction.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We sell our solutions through our global sales organization. Our sales representatives are organized by geographic regions, including NALA, EMEA and APJ, and by industry verticals. We deploy quota-carrying sales and solution design professionals to target specific regions and industry verticals.

 

We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs. Our marketing programs target sales, services, and finance executives within technology

 

79


Table of Contents

and technology-enabled healthcare and life sciences industries. Our marketing teams and programs are organized by geography and industry segment to focus on the unique needs of customers within the specific target markets.

 

We host an annual executive summit in each of our three sales geographic regions where customers and industry players participate in a variety of programs designed to share information about the issues of service revenue performance. The summit features a variety of prominent keynote and customer speakers, panelists and presentations. The event also brings together partners, customers and other key participants in the service revenue management industry. Attendees gain insight into our technology roadmap and participate in interactive sessions that encourage them to express opinions on new features and functionality.

 

We are actively involved in the Service Executive Industry Board (“SEIB”), an independent industry board we founded to share best practices and address issues impacting the industry. The founding board members consist of 15 senior executives, including three of our executives, who manage and grow service revenue at leading technology-based hardware, software, and healthcare companies. SEIB meets regularly to establish industry standards and best practices for benchmarking and measuring the health of global maintenance, support and subscription service revenue and customer satisfaction.

 

Operations

 

Our cloud based solution is hosted in a secure third-party data center in the San Francisco Bay Area of California. Physical security features at this facility include 24x7 manned security with biometric access controls. Our technical redundancy features include redundant power, on-site backup generators, and environmental controls and monitoring. Our technology employs a wide range of security features, such as firewalls, server and user authentication access controls, data encryption, secured hosting, multi-tenant database, a global redundant network and secure encrypted offsite backup of sensitive data. We conduct regular security audits and tests for vulnerability and analysis of our infrastructure. We adhere to strict change management procedures and security policies when updating our technology. We proactively monitor and manage our infrastructure at all times for capacity, security and reliability. Our applications are secured via SSL protocols with data contained in a storage area network for high availability and security. Data backups are offsite, encrypted both during the transmission and at rest.

 

Research and Development

 

We focus our research and development efforts on enhancing our product and service offerings as well as complementary new capabilities as part of our proprietary solution. Our development strategy is to identify features, business intelligence, applications and other technology elements that are, or are expected to be, needed by service sales professionals, customers, channel partners and end customers to optimize service revenue performance. We are also investing in the development of additional cloud applications to serve our customers’ needs and enable greater operational efficiencies in our organization.

 

Our research and development expenses were $0 in 2007, $1.2 million in 2008, $2.1 million in 2009, and $3.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. In addition, we capitalize certain expenditures related to the development and enhancement of internal-use software. Capitalized software expenses were $0.7 million in 2007, $2.8 million in 2008, $5.0 million in 2009, and $3.1 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

Competition

 

The market for service revenue management is evolving. Historically, technology companies have managed their service renewals through internal personnel and relied upon technology ranging from Excel spreadsheets to internally-developed software to customized versions of traditional business intelligence tools and CRM or ERP software from vendors such as Oracle, SAP, salesforce.com and NetSuite. Some companies have made

 

80


Table of Contents

further investments in this area using firms such as Accenture and McKinsey for technology consulting and education services focused on service renewals. These internally-developed solutions represent the primary alternative to our integrated approach of combining software, managed services and data to provide end-to-end optimized service revenue performance.

 

We believe the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

   

service revenue industry expertise, best practices, and benchmarks;

 

   

performance-based pricing of solutions;

 

   

ability to increase service revenue, renewal rates and close rates;

 

   

global capabilities;

 

   

completeness of solution;

 

   

ability to effectively represent customer brands to end customers and channel partners;

 

   

size of upfront investment; and

 

   

size and financial stability of operations.

 

Although we believe we compete favorably with respect to many of these factors and currently have few direct competitors that offer integrated solutions at our scale, we believe that other competitors will emerge who have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, well-established relationships with customers in our markets and substantially greater financial, technical, personnel and other resources than we have. We expect competition and competitive pressure, from both new and existing competitors, to increase in the future.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely upon a combination of copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks, in addition to contractual restrictions such as confidentiality agreements, to establish and protect our proprietary rights. We currently have one registered copyright in the United States, and have registered trademarks for “ServiceSource” in the United States, the European Community, and Singapore. We also have pending trademark applications for the name ServiceSource in other locations and for other trade names in various locations.

 

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or obtain and use our technology and/or brand names to develop products with the same functionality as our solution. Policing unauthorized use of our technology is difficult. The laws of other countries in which we market our solutions may offer little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Our competitors could also independently develop technologies equivalent to ours, and our intellectual property rights may not be broad enough for us to prevent competitors from selling products incorporating those technologies. Reverse engineering, unauthorized copying or other misappropriation of our proprietary technology could enable third parties to benefit from our technology without paying us for it, which would significantly harm our business.

 

We expect that technology solutions in our industry may be increasingly subject to third-party patent infringement claims as the number of competitors grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. Such competitors could make a claim alleging that we infringe one or more of their patents, and we do not own any patents which could be asserted against them. Third parties may currently have, or may eventually be issued, patents upon which our current solution or future technology infringe. Any of these third parties might make a claim of infringement against us at any time.

 

81


Table of Contents

Employees

 

As of September 30, 2010, we had 1,391 employees including 25 in research and development, 93 in sales and marketing, 1,200 in our service sales organization and 73 in a general and administrative capacity. As of September 30, 2010, we had 829 employees in the United States, 116 in Singapore, 27 in the United Kingdom, 53 in Malaysia and 366 in Ireland.

 

None of our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to his or her employment with us.

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters occupy approximately 45,800 square feet in San Francisco, California under a lease that expires in June 2015.

 

We also have six globally distributed sales centers. We have three sales centers in North America: one at our corporate headquarters in San Francisco, and one in each of Denver and Nashville. We have additional international service centers in Dublin, Ireland; Liverpool, United Kingdom; and Singapore. As of September 30, 2010, we have leased approximately 46,100 square feet in Denver expiring in 2012; approximately 73,000 square feet in Nashville expiring in 2018; approximately 38,000 square feet in Dublin expiring in 2019; approximately 11,800 square feet in Liverpool expiring in 2012; and approximately 13,300 square feet in Singapore expiring in 2013.

 

We recently opened a global delivery center in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. We use this center to centralize key contract renewal processes that do not require regional expertise, such as customer data management and quoting. We have leased approximately 10,100 square feet in Kuala Lumpur under a lease expiring in 2011.

 

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, other members of executive management and directors as of the date hereof:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Michael A. Smerklo

     41       Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     50       President

David S. Oppenheimer

     53       Chief Financial Officer

Robert J. Sturgeon

     49      

Chief Delivery Officer

Ganesh Bell

     38       Executive Vice President, Products

Raymond M. Martinelli

     52       Chief People Officer

Natalie A. McCullough

     38       Chief Marketing Officer

Paul D. Warenski

     46       Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Other Executive Management:

     

Stephen M. Unterberger

     52       Chief Solutions Officer

Jay R. Ackerman

     43       Chief Services Officer

Matt Rosenberg

     39       Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Steven M. Cakebread (1)

     59       Director

Marc F. McMorris (1)(2)

     42       Director

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     54       Director

Anthony Zingale

     55       Director

James C. Madden, V (2)

     49       Director

Barry D. Reynolds (1)

     48       Director

 

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee
(2)   Member of the Compensation Committee

 

Executive Officers

 

Michael A. Smerklo has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2003 and as Chairman of our board of directors since November 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smerklo served as Director of Business Development at Opsware, Inc., a software company, from 2000 to 2001. From 1998 to 2000, he served as an Associate at Morgan Stanley, a financial services firm. We believe that Mr. Smerklo possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his operational expertise, historical knowledge and the perspective he has gained as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board.

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack has served as our President since February 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bizzack served as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer for Finance, Accounting and Human Resources Outsourcing at Accenture BPO Services LLC, a management consulting, technology services and outsourcing company, from May 2006 to May 2008. From April 2004 to April 2006, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Savista LLC, an outsourcing firm that provides business process outsourcing services for the finance and accounting sectors. From October 1988, Mr. Bizzack served in various positions with ProBusiness Services Inc., a human resources business process outsourcing company, with his last position being its Executive Vice President, Sales and Services when it was acquired by Automatic Data Processing Inc. in early 2003.

 

David S. Oppenheimer has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Oppenheimer served as Chief Financial Officer of Mindjet Corporation, a desktop software company, from July 2007 to July 2010. From July 2005 to January 2007, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Hands-On

 

83


Table of Contents

Mobile, Inc., a mobile content company. From July 1999 to May 2005, he served as Chief Financial Officer of Digital Impact, Inc., an internet marketing company prior to its acquisition by Acxiom Corporation.

 

Robert J. Sturgeon has served as our Chief Delivery Officer since November 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Executive Vice President, Client Delivery from January 2009. He has also served as our Worldwide Executive Vice President, Client Operations from October 2007 to December 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sturgeon served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Security Products Group for Juniper Networks, Inc., an information technology and computer networking products company, from August 2005 to May 2007, and as Juniper Networks, Inc.’s Vice President, Worldwide Customer Service from December 2001 to August 2005. Mr. Sturgeon also served as Vice President of Customer Service for Lucent Technologies, Inc., a provider of solutions to deliver voice, data and video communication services, from May 2000 to December 2001.

 

Ganesh Bell has served as our Executive Vice President, Products since May 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Bell served in various management positions at SAP AG, an enterprise software company, from January 2006 to April 2010, including Vice President of Product Strategy & Management for the Business Intelligence & Technology Platform Group and Vice President of Portfolio Strategy. Prior to that, Mr. Bell served as Chief Technologist for PeopleSoft, Inc., a software company that was acquired by Oracle, and as Chief Software Architect for J.D. Edwards & Company, an enterprise resource planning software company that was acquired by PeopleSoft, Inc.

 

Raymond M. Martinelli has served as our Chief People Officer since November 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Martinelli was our Executive Vice President of Human Resources since April 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Martinelli served as the Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Macromedia, Inc., a provider of web publishing products and solutions, from 2005 to 2006, before it was acquired by Adobe Systems Incorporated. From 2000 to 2005, Mr. Martinelli served as the Vice President of Human Resources for Juniper Networks, Inc., an information technology and computer networking products company.

 

Natalie A. McCullough has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since November 2010. Prior to that, Ms. McCullough was our Executive Vice President of Marketing from June 2010. She has also served as our Senior Vice President, Go To Market, from June 2009 to June 2010, our Senior Vice President of Sales Effectiveness, from March 2008 to June 2009, our Vice President of Sales Effectiveness, from December 2007 to March 2008, and our Vice President of Strategy Operations from August 2006 to December 2007. Prior to joining us, Ms. McCullough served as an Associate Principal at McKinsey & Company, a management consulting firm, where she worked from August 2000 to December 2005.

 

Paul D. Warenski has served as our Senior Vice President and General Counsel since May 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Warenski served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of BenefitStreet, Inc., a provider of solutions for corporate benefit plans, from June 2007 to November 2007. From March 2006 to May 2007, Mr. Warenski served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Intraware, Inc., a software-as-a-service company. Prior to that, Mr. Warenski served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary of Commerce One, Inc., an e-commerce software company, which filed a voluntary petition for bankruptcy under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in October 2004, serving as the Responsible Person for Commerce One in its bankruptcy proceeding. Prior to becoming General Counsel of Commerce One in September 2004, Mr. Warenski served at Commerce One as Associate General Counsel and Senior Counsel, beginning in February 2001. Mr. Warenski also was an associate, and later a partner, at the law firm of Schachter, Kristoff, Orenstein and Berkowitz in San Francisco, from 1996 to 2000.

 

Other Executive Management

 

Stephen M. Unterberger has served as our Chief Solutions Officer since September 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Unterberger served as Vice President of HRO Strategy Services of Hewitt Associates, Inc., a provider of

 

84


Table of Contents

human resource business process outsourcing and consulting services, from October 2004 to April 2007. Mr. Unterberger has also served as the Business Model Architecture President for Exult, Inc., a provider of business services related to human resources and business process outsourcing, from June 2003 until it was acquired by Hewitt Associates, Inc. in October 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Unterberger served in various executive positions for Exult, Inc., including Corporate Executive Vice President, Business Model Operations from January 2003 to June 2003, Chief of Service Delivery from June 2001 to January 2003, and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1999 to June 2001.

 

Jay R. Ackerman has served as our Chief Services Officer since December 2009. He has also served as our Executive Vice President of Client Care from December 2005 to November 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Ackerman served as Chief Executive Officer and President of WNS North America Inc., a business processing outsourcing company, from 2003 to 2005. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Ackerman served as Vice President Client Accounts and Sales for Exult, Inc., a provider of business services related to human resource and business process outsourcing.

 

Matt Rosenberg has served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales since July 2010. Prior to that, he served as our Senior Vice President of North America Sales since December 2008, and our Vice President of Sales since March 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rosenberg served as Vice President of Sales of Visage Mobile Inc., a wireless mobility management solutions provider that was acquired by Convergys Corporation, from August 2003 to March 2007. From June 2001 to July 2003, he served as Director, Sales and Strategic Alliances of Vividence Corporation, a provider of market information services and evaluation applications to e-businesses, before it was acquired by Keynote Systems, Inc. From May 1999 to June 2001, Mr. Rosenberg served as Senior Director, Sales and Business Development of PeoplePC Inc., an internet service provider, before it was acquired by Earthlink, Inc.

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

Steven M. Cakebread has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2010. Since March 2010, Mr. Cakebread has served as Chief Financial Officer of Pandora Media, Inc., a provider of personalized internet radio and music discovery services. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Solar Winds, Inc., a provider of information technology management software, since January 2008, and as a member of the board of directors of eHealth, Inc., an online provider of health insurance for individuals, families and small businesses, since June 2006. From August 2009 to March 2010, Mr. Cakebread was a Principal with J. Stevens & Co. LLC, a consulting company. From February 2009 to December 2009, Mr. Cakebread served as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Xactly Corporation, a provider of on-demand sales performance management software. Mr. Cakebread also served as President and Chief Strategy Officer of salesforce.com, inc., a CRM service provider, from March 2008 to February 2009, and as salesforce.com, inc.’s Chief Financial Officer from May 2002 to March 2008. From April 1997 to April 2002, Mr. Cakebread served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Autodesk, a software company. We believe that Mr. Cakebread possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the management of technology companies and his past service as director of other technology companies.

 

Marc F. McMorris has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Since August 1999, Mr. McMorris has been a Managing Director of General Atlantic LLC, a private equity firm. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of SSA Global Technologies, Inc., an enterprise software company, from 2003 to 2006. From May 1998 to August 1999, Mr. McMorris served as a Vice President in the High Technology Group at Goldman Sachs & Co, an investment banking and securities firm, and as an Associate in the same group from June 1996 to May 1998. We believe that Mr. McMorris possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his years of business and leadership experience.

 

85


Table of Contents

Bruce W. Dunlevie has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2004. Since May 1995, Mr. Dunlevie has been a General Partner of Benchmark Capital, a venture capital firm. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Rambus Inc., a technology licensing company, since March 1990. From October 2003 to October 2007, Mr. Dunlevie was a member of the board of directors of Palm, Inc., a provider of mobile products. We believe that Mr. Dunlevie possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience in the venture capital industry and his past service as a director of other technology companies.

 

Anthony Zingale has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2009. Since April 2010, Mr. Zingale has served as Chief Executive Officer of Jive Software, Inc., an independent social business software company, and from February 2010 to April 2010 he served as Jive Software, Inc.’s Interim Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Zingale has also served as a member of the board of directors of McAfee, Inc., a supplier of computer security solutions, since May 2008. From November 2005 to November 2006, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Mercury Interactive Corporation, a provider of business technology optimization solutions that included the quality, performance, availability and governance of enterprise software applications, and as Mercury Interactive Corporation’s President and Chief Operating Officer from December 2004 to November 2005. From July 2002 to November 2006, Mr. Zingale served as a member of the board of directors of Mercury Interactive Corporation. We believe that Mr. Zingale possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his experience leading and managing technology companies and his past service as director of other technology companies.

 

James C. Madden , V has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Since January 2007, Mr. Madden has been a General Partner of Accretive LLC, a private equity firm. He has also served as a member of the board of directors of Genpact Limited, a business process and technology management provider, since January 2005. From January 2005 to January 2007, Mr. Madden was a Special Advisor to General Atlantic LLC, a private equity firm. Mr. Madden also served as Chief Executive Officer of Exult, Inc., a provider of outsourced human resource services, from November 1998 to October 2004, and as Exult, Inc.’s Chairman of the Board, from February 2000 to October 2004 and as its President, from November 1998 to May 2003. We believe that Mr. Madden possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his years of business and leadership experience and his past service as a director of a business process and technology management company.

 

Barry D. Reynolds has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2003. Since January 1998, Mr. Reynolds has been a General Partner of Housatonic Partners, a private equity firm. We believe that Mr. Reynolds possesses specific attributes that qualify him to serve as a member of our board of directors, including his years of business and leadership experience.

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and other principal executive and senior financial officers. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.servicesource.com. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

 

Board Composition and Risk Oversight

 

Our board of directors is currently composed of seven members. Our bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution the authorized number of directors, and nine directors are currently authorized.

 

86


Table of Contents

As of the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Bruce Dunlevie and Barry Reynolds, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2012;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Anthony Zingale and James Madden, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2013; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Steven Cakebread, Marc McMorris and Michael Smerklo, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2014.

 

Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

 

Our board of directors is responsible for, among other things, overseeing the conduct of our business, reviewing and, where appropriate, approving our long-term strategic, financial and organizational goals and plans, and reviewing the performance of our chief executive officer and other members of senior management. Following the end of each year, our board of directors will conduct an annual self-evaluation, which includes a review of any areas in which the board of directors or management believes the board of directors can make a better contribution to our corporate governance, as well as a review of the committee structure and an assessment of the board of directors’ compliance with corporate governance principles. In fulfilling the board of directors’ responsibilities, directors have full access to our management and independent advisors.

 

Our board of directors, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the oversight of risk management. Our senior management is responsible for assessing and managing our risks on a day-to-day basis. Our audit committee oversees and reviews with management our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management and our significant financial risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures, and our compensation committee oversees risk related to compensation policies. Both our audit and compensation committees report to the full board of directors with respect to these matters, among others.

 

Director Independence

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our common stock will be listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

 

In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

87


Table of Contents

In December 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of the non-employee directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Cakebread, McMorris and Reynolds, who compose our audit committee, and Messrs. McMorris and Madden, who comprise our compensation committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has established the following committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee. The composition and primary responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors is considering forming a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Audit Committee

 

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Cakebread, McMorris and Reynolds each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy established by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Cakebread is the chairperson of our audit committee, is our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and possesses financial sophistication as defined under the rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market. Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

evaluating our independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

   

monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

   

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

   

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent auditors and reviewing with management and the independent auditors our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

reviewing annually the audit committee charter and the committee’s performance.

 

The audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. McMorris and Madden. Mr. McMorris is the chairperson of our compensation committee. All of the members of our compensation committee meet the definition of outside directors under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Our compensation

 

88


Table of Contents

committee reviews and recommends policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our officers and employees and is responsible for, among other things:

 

   

overseeing our compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

   

reviewing and approving for our executive officers: the annual base salary, the annual incentive bonus, including the specific goals and amount, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance arrangements and change in control arrangements and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

   

preparing the compensation committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans; and

 

   

reviewing annually the compensation committee charter and the committee’s performance.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers currently serves or in the past year has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Director Compensation

 

Directors who are employees do not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors. We currently pay each of Messrs. Dunlevie, Madden and Reynolds $5,000 per meeting of the board of directors for regularly scheduled quarterly meetings. We have a policy of reimbursing directors for travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board or committee meetings.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, one of our non-employee directors received options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2008 Share Option Plan. In July 2009, we granted an option to purchase 284,481 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.26 per share to Mr. Zingale in connection with his appointment to the board of directors. This option vests as to twenty-five percent of the shares as of one year from the date of grant and then in equal monthly installments over the subsequent three years.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2010, two of our non-employee directors received options to purchase shares of common stock of ServiceSource International, LLC under the 2008 Share Option Plan. In January 2010, we granted an option to purchase 284,147 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.65 per share to Mr. Cakebread in connection with his appointment to the board of directors. In December 2010, we granted an option to purchase 134,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.80 per share to Mr. Madden. These options vest as to twenty-five percent of the shares as of one year from the date of grant and then in equal monthly installments over the subsequent three years.

 

The 2008 Share Option Plan provides that in the event we merge with or into another corporation or undergo a change in control, as defined in the 2008 Share Option Plan, the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding award under the 2008 Share Option Plan. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding options, then such options will become fully vested and exercisable. In addition, the administrator will notify participants in writing or electronically that options under the 2008 Share Option Plan will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, and will terminate upon expiration of such period to the extent unexercised.

 

Prior to and effective upon this offering, we intend to implement standard director fees and possible equity grants to each non-employee director who is not affiliated with a significant stockholder.

 

89


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned or accrued by our non-employee directors during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

Name

   Year      Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
     Option
Awards (1)
     Total  

Steven M. Cakebread (2)

     2010               $ 666,921       $ 666,921   
     2009                           

Marc F. McMorris

     2010                           
     2009                           

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     2010       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

Anthony Zingale

     2010                           
     2009               $ 595,675       $ 595,675   

James C. Madden, V

     2010       $ 20,000       $ 392,620       $ 412,620   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

Barry D. Reynolds

     2010       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

R. James Ellis (3)

     2010       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   
     2009       $ 20,000               $ 20,000   

David Kennedy (4)

     2009       $ 5,000               $ 5,000   

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2)   Mr. Cakebread joined our board of directors in February 2010.
(3)   Mr. Ellis resigned as a member of our board of directors in December 2010.
(4)   Mr. Kennedy resigned as a member of our board of directors in March 2009.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by our non-employee directors as of the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

Name

   Year     Option Grant
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise  Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Steven M. Cakebread (1)

     2010        1/27/2010                 284,147       $ 4.65         1/27/2020   
     2009                                          

Marc F. McMorris

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

Bruce W. Dunlevie

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

Anthony Zingale (1)

     2010        7/28/2009         100,754         183,727       $ 4.26         7/28/2019   
     2009        7/28/2009                 284,481       $ 4.26         7/28/2019   

James C. Madden, V

     2010 (2)       8/1/2007         150,000               $ 4.26         8/1/2017   
     2010 (1)       12/16/2010                 134,000       $ 5.80         12/16/2020   
     2009 (2)       8/1/2007         150,000               $ 4.26         8/1/2017   

Barry D. Reynolds

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

R. James Ellis (3)

     2010                                          
     2009                                          

 

(1)   Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option shall vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service.
(2)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on August 1, 2008 and 2.03% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 87,500 shares were fully vested and 62,500 shares vest monthly over the remainder of the vesting period subject to continued service. As of December 31, 2010, 125,000 shares were fully vested and 25,000 shares vest monthly over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service.
(3)   Mr. Ellis resigned as a member of our board of directors in December 2010.

 

91


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following discussion and analysis of compensation arrangements of our named executive officers for 2009 and 2010 should be read together with the compensation tables and related disclosures presented below. This discussion contains forward looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs.

 

For 2009, our named executive officers were:

 

Michael A. Smerklo, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board;

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack, who joined us in February 2009 as our President;

 

Charles D. Boynton, our Chief Financial Officer during 2009;

 

Robert J. Sturgeon, our Chief Delivery Officer;

 

Raymond M. Martinelli, our Chief People Officer; and

 

Crosbie Burns, our current Executive Vice President, EMEA, who held the position of Executive Vice President, Worldwide Sales in 2009.

 

For 2010, our named executive officers were:

 

Michael A. Smerklo, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board;

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack, our President;

 

David S. Oppenheimer, who joined us in July 2010 as our Chief Financial Officer;

 

Charles D. Boynton, our former Chief Financial Officer, who departed in June 2010;

 

Robert J. Sturgeon, our Chief Delivery Officer; and

 

Ganesh Bell, who joined us in May 2010 as our Executive Vice President, Products.

 

Objectives and Principles of Our Executive Compensation

 

Our compensation philosophy is based on the following objectives and principles:

 

   

attract, retain and motivate top-level executive talent;

 

   

provide compensation levels and structures that are both competitive with our peer companies and fiscally responsible;

 

   

create a culture in which executive compensation aligns with our overall philosophy and pay-for-performance business model;

 

   

maintain simplicity, transparency and ease of administration; and

 

   

align the interests of our management team and shareholders by providing equity incentives, while avoiding unreasonable levels of shareholder dilution.

 

Compensation Decision Process

 

Role of the Board of Directors and Compensation Committee . We established our compensation committee several years ago to take on the responsibility of compensation matters for all of our employees, including our executives. Our board of directors formally approved a charter for our compensation committee in November

 

92


Table of Contents

2008, and we have adopted a new charter in connection with this offering to comply with the applicable rules and regulations of a public company listed on The Nasdaq Global Market. In the past several years, including 2009 and 2010, our compensation committee has met and approved compensation decisions with respect to our executive officers at the beginning of each year, typically in January or February, including approval of cash incentive bonus payments based on the results of the previously completed year. Our compensation committee deliberates with respect to compensation decisions and then recommends to the full board of directors the ratification of such compensation decisions. Our full board of directors has ratified all of such decisions to date. For a description of the composition of our compensation committee upon the completion of the offering, see “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Compensation Committee.” In December 2010, our compensation committee made certain decisions with respect to 2011 executive compensation, as described below.

 

Role of Executive Officers . Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief People Officer when discussing the performance of and compensation levels for named executive officers (other than their own compensation). Our Chief People Officer has the responsibility to advise the compensation committee and coordinate with third-party compensation advisors. The compensation committee also works with our Chief Financial Officer to evaluate the financial, accounting and tax implications, and with our general counsel to evaluate legal matters, all related to our various compensation programs. None of our named executive officers participates in deliberations regarding his or her own compensation. Our compensation committee charter also specifies that our compensation committee deliberates and determines compensation decisions related to our Chief Executive Officer in executive session, outside of the presence of our Chief Executive Officer.

 

Role of Compensation Advisors . For 2009 and 2010, we retained Syzygy Consulting Group, an independent compensation consulting firm, to provide advice with respect to executive compensation decisions and comparison benchmarking. Working with management, Syzygy met with our compensation committee and provides various data and recommendations. In 2010, our compensation committee retained Compensia, an independent compensation consulting firm. Compensia advised the compensation committee for the compensation decisions made in December 2010 with respect to 2011. Our compensation committee retains the authority to retain and dismiss any compensation consultants pursuant to its charter.

 

Benchmarking . Given that we compete for executive officer talent with companies in the technology sector and companies that provide other professional services, we rely on certain compensation benchmarking in making our compensation decisions. To determine what constitutes competitive compensation, we engaged Syzygy to benchmark our cash and equity compensation levels for each executive against those of companies we have identified as peers. We also obtained compensation data from market surveys. For the past two years we have used market compensation surveys from Aon Consulting, with its Radford Executive Compensation Survey, and Culpepper, with its Culpeper Executive Compensation Survey.

 

Using that market data, we then determined individual compensation for each executive. Although our practice has been to benchmark to the fiftieth percentile of peer-company compensation, we did not automatically tie compensation to that benchmark level for each member of our executive management team. Rather, we considered a number of individualized factors that are unique to our business, including individual performance, skill set, industry knowledge and experience, prior employment history, compensation at previous companies, recruiting efforts and negotiations, retention risk and an executive’s overall compensation level relative to his or her peers. The specific compensation data upon which we relied for benchmarking in 2009 and 2010 are described in more detail below.

 

For 2009, Syzygy provided competitive total cash and stock compensation data for our executive positions using multiple published compensation surveys of comparable software, services and general high-technology companies. Syzygy furnished and analyzed cash and stock compensation data from its 2008 proprietary database of private companies that reflect the pay practices of a broad number of technology companies. The ultimate data

 

93


Table of Contents

used for comparison for 2009 consisted of total cash and stock compensation pay practices for executives of 164 software and services companies that:

 

   

privately raised a median of $53 million in capital since formation;

 

   

generated a median of $122 million in annual revenues in the last year; and

 

   

reported a median market valuation of $270 million.

 

In addition, for 2009 Syzygy sourced private company total cash and stock compensation data from the 2008 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, which consisted of survey results from a group of 146 private software companies with annual revenues from $60 million to $200 million. Syzygy also provided public company data for total cash and stock compensation from the 2008 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey and the Aon Consulting 2008 Radford Executive Compensation Survey. For the 2008 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, the public company data that was benchmarked came from 63 domestic software companies with annual revenues from $60 million to $200 million. For the Aon Consulting 2008 Radford Executive Compensation Survey, the domestic public company data came from:

 

   

61 software companies with annual revenues less than $200 million;

 

   

98 Northern California technology companies with annual revenues under $200 million; and

 

   

all technology companies with annual revenues from $50 million to $200 million, which comprised 126 companies.

 

One of our named executive officers for 2009 was based in the United Kingdom. For this individual, Syzygy sourced total cash and stock compensation data using comparable Culpepper and Radford United Kingdom surveys.

 

In comparing the total market-based compensatory stock ownership data of our executives to the various surveys, we assumed one new-hire equity grant for each executive plus one follow-on equity grant for each 18 months of service of such executive, all measured as of July 1, 2009.

 

In recognition that we were growing in size and beginning to move closer to initiating an initial public offering, our initial benchmarking for 2010 compensation decisions was based upon placing each executive at the mid-point between private and public pay practices at the fiftieth percentile. As a result, for 2010, Syzygy also provided cash and stock compensation data using multiple published compensation surveys of comparable software, services and general high-technology companies. Private company compensation data was primarily sourced from Syzygy’s 2009 proprietary database of private companies. The data used for comparison consisted of total cash and stock compensation pay practices for executives of 178 software and professional services companies that:

 

   

privately raised a median of $67.5 million in capital since formation;

 

   

generated a median of $127 million in annual revenue in the last year; and

 

   

reported a median market valuation of $272.5 million.

 

In addition, for 2010, Syzygy used for benchmarking purposes the Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, which consisted of survey results from a group of 146 private and 63 public software companies, and the Aon Consulting Radford Executive Compensation Survey, which consisted of survey results from a group of approximately 215 public companies. For the 2009 Culpepper Executive Compensation Survey, the public company data that was benchmarked came from domestic software companies with annual revenues from $60 million to $200 million. For the Aon Consulting 2009 Radford Executive Compensation Survey, the domestic public company data came from:

 

   

software companies with annual revenues less than $200 million;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

all Northern California technology companies;

 

   

Northern California technology companies with annual revenues less than $200 million; and

 

   

all technology companies with annual revenues from $50 million to $200 million.

 

The specific comparison data for cash and equity compensation for 2010 was measured using the same methodology as 2009, with the measurement dates as of July 1, 2010.

 

Our Compensation Programs

 

The four elements of our executive compensation package are base salary, variable incentive pay, equity-based rewards and employee-benefits programs. We view these components of compensation as related in reviewing the total compensation packages of our executive officers. We determine the appropriate level for each compensation component based in part, but not exclusively, on information from analysis of third-party compensation surveys consistent with our recruiting and retention goals, our view of internal equity and consistency and overall company and individual performance. We compete with many other companies in seeking to attract and retain a skilled workforce, particularly companies in the technology sector. We have not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and currently paid-out compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of non-cash compensation. However, in line with our overall pay-for-performance philosophy of rewarding our employees for results that benefit us and our customers, the compensation committee’s practice has been to make a significant portion of an employee’s total compensation performance-based, so that the employee will be rewarded through bonuses and equity if we perform well in the near-term and over time. We also believe that, for technology companies, stock-based compensation continues to be a primary motivator in attracting employees.

 

On Target Earnings—Base Salary and Variable Incentive Compensation . When analyzing the cash compensation of our executive leadership team, we have viewed the total cash compensation of base salary plus the variable incentive plan compensation as the on target earnings for each of such executive officers. In analyzing this figure, we assume that we will meet the targets necessary for our executives to earn their on target bonuses. For 2009 and 2010, we analyzed these on target cash earnings as the benchmark by which to measure our named executive officers’ compensation compared to the comparable positions for peer group companies as specified in the data and analysis provided by Syzygy. While we target the fiftieth percentile of the peer group companies, we find that the data sets for private and public technology companies vary. Overall, for 2009 and 2010, our named executive officers as a group have ranged from approximately the twentieth to the fiftieth percentiles when their on target cash earnings are compared to public company peers, but have ranged generally from the fiftieth to the one hundredth percentile compared to private company peers. Overall, the percentiles vary in range significantly based on the individual positions of our named executive officers. As noted above, given our age as a company, our size, our results and our plans to pursue our initial public offering, we believe that the on target earnings for our named executive officers have been reasonable and appropriate for 2009 and 2010.

 

Base Salary . We establish base pay that is both reasonable and competitive in relation to the market, including the benchmarking data described above. We regularly monitor competitive base pay levels and make adjustments to base pay as appropriate. In general, a named executive officer’s base pay level should reflect the executive’s overall performance and contribution to us over time. We also seek to structure competitive base pay for our named executive officers based upon applicable market data and peer group analysis. As described below, we design base pay to provide the ongoing reward for each named executive officer’s work and contribution and to be competitive in attracting or retaining the executive. We do not provide automatic salary increases for our executive team. Once base pay levels are initially determined, however, we conduct salary reviews each year based upon current market data and the executive’s specific performance achievements. We also take into account salary levels for their retention effect. Salaries are also determined based on negotiations with our executive officers. We believe this pay-for-performance approach reflects our cultural values and our business model.

 

95


Table of Contents

The following are the effective annual base salaries for each of our named executive officers for 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011:

 

     Annual Base Salary (1)  

Executive Officer

   2008      2009      2010      2011  

Michael A. Smerklo

   $ 383,250       $ 393,000       $ 410,000       $ 450,000   

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

           $ 375,000       $ 375,000       $ 400,000   

David S. Oppenheimer

                   $ 300,000       $ 307,500   

Charles D. Boynton

   $ 275,000       $ 275,000       $ 295,000           

Robert J. Sturgeon

   $ 275,000       $ 275,000       $ 275,000       $ 275,000   

Ganesh Bell

                   $ 260,000       $ 260,000   

Raymond M. Martinelli

   $ 250,000       $ 250,000                   

 

(1)   Reflects effective annual base salary. Actual amounts earned vary for those named executive officers that either joined or departed during the years specified as described above. Data not provided for any period in which an individual was not a named executive officer.

 

For the 2009 base salary compensation decisions, as a result of company performance and the levels of base compensation in relation to the benchmarking of the on target cash earnings discussed above, the compensation committee and the board determined to keep most salaries flat, with a modest increase in base salary for Mr. Smerklo. For the 2010 compensation decisions, Messrs. Smerklo and Boynton received modest increases in their base salaries as a result of the compensation committee and board acknowledgement of a mix of continued effective performance and the benchmarking analysis reflected above. Also, as Mr. Bizzack started with us in 2009 and Messrs. Oppenheimer and Bell commenced employment in 2010, their initial base salary levels reflect market benchmarking and negotiations with these individuals prior to their agreement to join us. For the 2011 compensation decisions made in December 2010, the board of directors determined to make modest increases in the base salaries of Messrs. Smerklo, Bizzack and Oppenheimer as an acknowledgement of performance and to further adjust salaries based on benchmarking provided by Compensia to comparable pre-IPO and public companies, given the developing plans for this offering. In addition, Mr. Burns’ annual base salary was £200,000 for both 2008 and 2009, denominated in British pounds given his location in the United Kingdom.

 

Variable Pay . Consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, we link a significant portion of our named executive officers’ cash compensation to individual and company performance. We design our variable pay programs to provide reasonable and competitive earnings potential relative to our peer companies. For most of our named executive officers, we have implemented our corporate incentive bonus program as a motivational tool to achieve and exceed individual and company goals by paying for outstanding results. For those named executive officers who are sales executives, we have sales commission plans that serve as the primary motivational tool for achieving our company goals. Our variable pay programs are typically based on a formulaic assessment of our financial performance, giving consideration to an assessment of each individual’s performance. Our programs are designed to avoid entitlements, and to align actual payouts with actual results based on clearly understood metrics.

 

Our compensation committee reviews the structure and design of our variable pay plans on an annual basis, typically at the beginning of each year. For 2009 and 2010, our variable pay plans have been designed to be evaluated in each half of the applicable year. The overall business plan and related goals of our variable pay plans will be determined at the start of the year, typically in January or February. Once first half results are available, our compensation committee and board review these results and approve any payout under each plan for such first half results, typically in July of each year. Once the full-year results are available, the compensation committee and board review and approve the final, second half payouts under each plan for the full year results, typically in January or February of the following year. The compensation committee and the board of directors have the discretion to increase or decrease a payout under the variable pay plans in the event that they determine that circumstances warrant adjustment. The compensation committee and the board did not exercise any such discretion with respect to 2009. As described below, the compensation committee and the board modified the design of our variable pay plans in connection with analyzing the results for the first half of 2010 and setting the goals for the full year 2010.

 

96


Table of Contents

2009 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan . For 2009, all of our named executive officers participated in our 2009 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan, which we refer to as the 2009 CIP. The 2009 CIP was designed for non-commissioned employees, generally at the manager level and above. For the named executive officers, the 2009 CIP bonus targets are set forth as a percentage of base salary, which range from approximately 30% to approximately 45% for most executives. Mr. Burns’ variable pay was based 35% upon the 2009 CIP and 65% upon a sales commission plan tied to the amount of new projected revenue sold by our worldwide service sales team in 2009. The actual targets are reflected below under “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

 

The 2009 CIP was designed for semi-annual payments, with funding based upon the company achieving certain Adjusted EBITDA targets. The Adjusted EBITDA targets were set by our board of directors in early February 2009. For the six months ended June 30, 2009, the Adjusted EBITDA target was $5.9 million, which was derived from a targeted net income of $0.1 million. The following table reconciles targeted net income to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2009 CIP of $5.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009:

 

Targeted Net income

   $  0.1  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     3.2   

Deprecation and amortization

     1.8   

Interest expense

     0.8   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 5.9  million 
        

 

The following table reconciles targeted net income to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2009 CIP as set by our board of directors in early February 2009 for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

Targeted Net income

   $ 10.1  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     6.4   

Deprecation and amortization

     3.8   

Interest expense

     1.5   

Other income

     0.1   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 21.9  million 
        

 

In July 2009, in connection with our mid-year evaluation of our business and targets for the 2009 CIP, the board of directors set a revised full year 2009 Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2009 CIP of $23.0 million.

 

To fund the 2009 CIP, the company was required to meet 85% of its Adjusted EBITDA target for the applicable period. Upon reaching the 85% level, we would pay bonuses at 50% of target. Funding then increased as Adjusted EBIDTA achievement increased, as shown in the table below.

 

The 2009 CIP also provided upside potential if we exceeded our Adjusted EBITDA targets. If we achieved 110% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the first half of the year, we would fund the 2009 CIP in full for the first half, and the remaining 10% over achievement would be available for payment at the end of the year provided that we met 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year. Similarly, if we met our goal for the first half of the year, and then overachieved for the full year, we would fund the 2009 CIP based on the full year overachievement. To the extent we missed our Adjusted EBITDA target in the first half of the year, any overachievement for the full year would be offset by the amount of the first half shortfall. Funding for overachievement in any 2009 CIP bonus period was capped at 200% of target.

 

97


Table of Contents

The following table illustrates potential payouts at different levels of achievement under the 2009 CIP.

 

Adjusted EBITDA Target Achievement

  

2009 CIP Funding Percentage

Below 85%

   No Payout

85%

   50%

88%

   60%

91%

   70%

94%

   80%

97%

   90%

100%

   100%

110%

   133%

120%

   166%

130% and above

   200%

 

Performance goals were assessed quarterly and paid semi-annually, subject to the company achieving the necessary Adjusted EBITDA targets to fund the 2009 CIP. Under the 2009 CIP, individual bonus payments were calculated as follows for each bonus period, with any payment for the first half of the year taken into account with respect to the payment for the full year:

 

(% Company Bonus Pool Funded) x (% Individual Performance Goals Achieved) x (Individual Salary x Individual Semi-Annual Bonus %) = Aggregate Employee Payment

 

We made semi-annual bonus payments to the participating named executive officers, and to other 2009 CIP participants, in August 2009 and February 2010 after we had results for the applicable bonus periods. For the first half of 2009 semi-annual bonus period, we achieved approximately 110% against the 2009 CIP targets, and funded the bonus pool at a 100% level, with possible upside potential that carried into the full year assessment. For the full year, we achieved approximately 88% of our Adjusted EBITDA target, and funded the bonus pool at an 80% level (based upon 60% achievement in the second half of 2009). In addition, the overachievement in the first half of 2009 did not result in any additional payments at the end of the 2009 CIP year because any overachievement payments arising from the first half year were dependent upon our achieving 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year. As noted above, we only attained 88% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year under the 2009 CIP, which negated the first-half overachievement. For the targets related to the specific named executive officers under the 2009 CIP, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” and for total annual payments made under the 2009 CIP for each named executive officer, see “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Tables.”

 

2010 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan . For 2010, all of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 2010 Corporate Incentive Plan, to which we refer as the 2010 CIP. Like the 2009 CIP, the 2010 CIP is designed for non-commissioned employees, generally at the manager level and above. Employees paid by commission are not eligible to participate in the 2010 CIP. For the named executive officers, the 2010 CIP bonus targets are set forth as a percentage of base salary, which range from approximately 37% to approximately 49% for most executives. Mr. Sturgeon’s variable compensation for 2010 is based on a mixed target in which 60% of his overall target bonus amount is tied to the 2010 CIP and 40% is tied to a separate measurement of performance described below.

 

The 2010 CIP was designed with semi-annual payments. Unlike the 2009 CIP, however, funding for the 2010 CIP was based upon our achieving certain revenue targets, subject to a minimum level of Adjusted EBITDA. Those targets were set by our board of directors in late January 2010 for the six months ended June 30, 2010, and in July 2010 for the full year. For the six months ended June 30, 2010, the revenue threshold was $63.5 million representing 95% of the 2010 first half target of $66.8 million and the Adjusted EBITDA minimum was $4.5 million representing 80% of the 2010 first half

 

98


Table of Contents

target of $5.6 million. The following table reconciles our targeted net loss of $0.6 million to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2010 CIP of $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010:

 

Targeted Net loss

   $ (0.6)  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     3.2   

Deprecation and amortization

     2.4   

Interest expense

     0.6   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 5.6  million 
        

 

For the year ending December 31, 2010, the revenue threshold was $140.6 million representing 95% of the annual target of $148.0 million and the Adjusted EBITDA minimum was $21.4 million, representing 80% of the annual target of $26.8 million. The following table reconciles our targeted net income of $9.1 million to the Adjusted EBITDA target for the 2010 CIP of $26.8 million for the year ending December 31, 2010:

 

Targeted Net income

   $ 9.1  million 

Adjusted for:

  

Stock-based compensation

     6.7   

Deprecation and amortization

     5.5   

Interest expense

     1.2   

Provision for income taxes

     4.3   
        

Adjusted EBITDA Target

   $ 26.8  million 
        

 

For the full year 2010 target, the board determined in July 2010 that the payment of certain sales commissions to our sales force, which were resulting from increased commission rates due to increased performance of our overall business, and certain previously unplanned expenses attributable to the planning and preparation for our initial public offering, would not be included as expenses in calculating the Adjusted EBITDA target. This was based on the rationale that the named executive officers and other employees eligible for the 2010 CIP should not be penalized for an otherwise lower Adjusted EBITDA due to the increased commission rates due to sales overachievement or for the added costs of pursuing this offering.

 

To fund the 2010 CIP, we are required to meet at least 80% of the Adjusted EBITDA target for the applicable period. Assuming we reach 80% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, we would fund the bonus pool based upon the level of revenue achieved, as shown in the table below.

 

Revenue Target Achievement

  

2010 CIP Funding Percentage

Below 95%

   No Payout

³ 95%

   50%

³ 96%

   60%

³ 97%

   70%

³ 98%

   80%

³ 99%

   90%

100%

   100%

 

The 2010 CIP also allows for additional upside payments in the event that we exceed our targets for full year 2010, subject to the following conditions:

 

   

we must have achieved 100% of our Adjusted EBITDA target for the full year in order to make any upside payments;

 

   

upside payments are capped at 200% of 2010 CIP;

 

   

no more than 50% of Adjusted EBITDA overachievement could be spent on bonuses under the 2010 CIP; and

 

99


Table of Contents
   

upside payments will be determined based on the full year 2010 results after the year is completed.

 

Subject to those conditions, the potential upside payments under the 2010 CIP were as follows:

 

Annual Revenue Target Overachievement

  

Annual 2010 CIP Funding Percentage

³ 102%

   120%

³ 104%

   140%

³ 106%

   160%

³ 108%

   180%

110% and above

   200%

 

For purposes of the 2010 CIP, performance goals are assessed quarterly and bonuses are paid semi-annually, subject to our achieving the necessary Adjusted EBITDA and revenue targets to fund the 2010 CIP. Under the 2010 CIP, individual bonus payments are calculated as follows for each bonus period, with any payment for the first half of the year taken into account with respect to the payment for the full year:

 

(% Company Bonus Pool Funded) x (% Individual Performance Goal Achieved) x (Individual Salary x Individual Semi-Annual Bonus %) = Employee Payment

 

Given Mr. Sturgeon’s role and responsibility as a key manager of our service sales teams, our compensation committee and board of directors determined that Mr. Sturgeon’s 2010 bonus structure would include a separate 40% pay-for-performance target component that was tied to his operating unit, while 60% of his target bonus would continue to be tied to overall corporate performance under the 2010 CIP. This 40% target component is measured based on a gross margin statistic applicable to the service sales teams. The gross margin statistic is determined as the revenue generated by the service sales teams minus all of the direct and management costs for the service sales teams. This specific gross margin statistic is an internal financial metric that we use for measuring the performance of our service sales teams. This metric is not disclosed publicly by us and is confidential financial information to us, such that the disclosure of this metric would cause competitive harm to us. We believe this gross margin element for Mr. Sturgeon is challenging but achievable if we have strong performance by our service sales teams for the full year 2010.

 

We made semi-annual bonus payments to the participating named executive officers, and to other 2010 CIP participants, in July 2010. For the first semi-annual bonus period, we achieved 138% against the 2010 CIP targets, and therefore funded the bonus pool at a 100% level. We also carried the upside into the full year bonus period. We have not yet completed our assessment of the full year bonus period for 2010. For the targets related to the specific named executive officers under the 2010 CIP, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards,” and for the earned first half payments made under the 2010 CIP for each named executive officer, see “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Tables.”

 

2010 Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan . In addition to our 2010 CIP, our compensation committee and board of directors approved a one-time, special variable cash incentive plan for 2010 for certain of our named executive officers and a few other senior executives. This plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, is designed to award exceptional corporate performance based on a stretch target measuring our success with customers in 2010. The specific target that we use as the measurement for the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan is an internal financial metric that we use for measuring certain customer contractual commitments based on a net recurring revenue amount in which we measure customer revenue gains offset by losses in the given measurement period. This metric is not disclosed publicly by us and is confidential financial information to us, such that the disclosure of this metric would cause competitive harm to us. We believe this target is challenging because it requires achieving exceptional sales and revenue results for 2010. Of our 2010 named executive officers, Jeffrey Bizzack, David Oppenheimer, Robert Sturgeon and Ganesh Bell are eligible

 

100


Table of Contents

for the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. We implemented the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan in order to incentivize these senior executives to drive strong financial performance. Payment under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan will be in a lump sum if the stretch target is achieved by us, which will be assessed after the results for year 2010 are available. For detailed targets of each of these named executive officers under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, see “Executive Compensation—Grants of Plan-Based Awards.”

 

Equity-Based Rewards . We design our equity programs to be both responsible and competitive in relation to the market. We monitor the market and applicable laws and regulations and adjust our equity programs as appropriate. Stock options are designed to reflect and reward a high level of sustained individual performance over time, as reflected in improved overall company value. As described in more detail below, we design equity-based compensation to help retain talent over a period of time and to provide named executive officers with a long-term reward that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders.

 

We historically have used stock option grants as the primary vehicle for equity compensation to our named executive officers and other employees. In order to promote the long-term incentive and retention features of equity compensation, we have typically issued our stock option grants subject to our standard one-year cliff vesting and four year vesting schedule. Under the vesting schedule, 25% of the stock option becomes exercisable one year after a specified vesting commencement date, and then vesting occurs monthly thereafter over the remaining three year period, which we believe is a common default vesting term in the technology industry. On occasion, we have also granted stock options with non-standard vesting or early exercise features, mostly in case-by-case situations for senior and other employees or candidates in high demand.

 

We anticipate using restricted stock units in addition to stock options upon becoming a publicly traded company for equity compensation, primarily to reduce the dilution associated with our equity compensation programs. We will be able to grant fewer shares of stock but still incent our executive officers based on the fact that restricted stock units will have value to the recipients in the absence of stock price appreciation.

 

We consider a number of factors to determine the size of all grants, including competitive market factors, named executive officer performance, retention value and a review of the named executive officer’s overall compensation package. Traditionally, equity awards to our named executive officers have been recommended by the compensation committee to our board of directors, which then makes the final determination as to whether to grant any equity award to a named executive officer. We anticipate that after our initial public offering, our compensation committee will make all equity grants.

 

Initial option grants upon hire are generally designed to attract experienced executives with established records of success and help retain them over the long term. The size of new hire grants has been evaluated by our compensation committee in light of the Syzygy-provided benchmarking data, and as a result of the negotiations with potential executive officers. Mr. Bizzack in 2009 and Messrs. Oppenheimer and Bell in 2010 each received new hire grants as part of their compensation packages upon joining us, the terms of which are reflected in the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.

 

Subsequent grants to named executive officers are intended to ensure that equity compensation remains competitive within our industry group, including our peer companies. Named executive officers whose skills and results we deem essential to our long-term success are eligible to receive higher equity grants. The decision to make such refresh grants has traditionally been based on rewarding performance, consistent with our pay-for-performance philosophy, and the benchmarking position of equity ownership of our named executive officers to their peers in our benchmarking group of companies, taking into account the number of vested stock options that our named executive officers hold and the situation of our company as a mature private company approaching its initial public offering. Based on the benchmarking data, we determined that certain of our named executive officers in 2009, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief People Officer, held equity compensation positions that were below the fiftieth percentile of the benchmarking private

 

101


Table of Contents

company peer group, but were above the fiftieth percentile of the public company peer group. At that time in 2009, we determined not to make any additional refresh grants to those named executive officers. In connection with our 2010 compensation review for our named executive officers and other employees, our compensation committee and board of directors determined to implement an annual refresh review for all employees, with emphasis on our senior employees, in order to award future performance and potential for future contributions to our company. We also took into account the market benchmarking for private companies in evaluating the size of potential refresh grants for our executive officers, especially given our plans to pursue this offering. As a result, our compensation committee and board approved refresh stock option grants to Messrs. Smerklo and Sturgeon in February 2010, the terms of which are reflected on the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table below.

 

Currently, we do not have any policy in place that requires us to grant equity compensation on specified dates. As noted above, we have traditionally made our equity grants to our named executive officers at the next board meeting, in the case of new hires, and in our annual review of compensation by our compensation committee and our board of directors, typically in January or February of each year.

 

We traditionally have not had any equity security ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers or directors.

 

Benefits Programs . We provide our employees with retirement, health and welfare benefits, such as our group health insurance plans, 401(k) retirement plan, and life, disability and accidental death insurance plans. Those plans, which are available to all employees including our named executive officers, are designed to provide a stable array of support to our employees and their families and are not performance based. Our benefits programs are generally established and adjusted by our human resources department with approval, as necessary, from senior management, the compensation committee or the board of directors, as appropriate.

 

Employment Agreements and Post-Employment Compensation

 

We enter into employment agreements with certain of our named executive officers, sometimes as part of the hiring process, that provide for at-will employment, base salary, eligibility to participate in the executive incentive bonus plan, standard employee benefit plan participation and recommendations for initial stock option grants. These agreements are subject to our standard proprietary information and invention assignment terms. Certain of the employment agreements contain certain severance and change of control benefits in favor of certain named executive officers, including our most senior executives. These arrangements provide for payments and benefits upon termination of their employment in specified circumstances, including following a change of control. These arrangements (including potential payments and terms) are discussed in more detail in the “Executive Compensation-Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” section below. We believe that these agreements are an important retention tool, and will incent the named executive officers to maintain continued focus and dedication to their assigned duties to maximize stockholder value. The terms of these agreements were determined after review by the compensation committee of our retention goals for each named executive officer, as well as analysis of market data, similar agreements established by our peer group and as a result of negotiations with certain of the executives.

 

Other Compensation Matters and Policies

 

Tax and Accounting Considerations . Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) limits the amount that we may deduct for compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and to each of our four most highly compensated officers to $1,000,000 per person, unless certain exemption requirements are met. Exemptions to this deductibility limit may be made for various forms of “performance-based” compensation. In addition to salary and bonus compensation, upon the exercise of stock options that are not treated as incentive stock options, the excess of the current market price over the option price, or option spread, is treated as compensation and accordingly, in any year, such exercise may cause an officer’s total compensation to exceed $1,000,000. Under certain regulations, option spread compensation from options that meet certain requirements will not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility, and in the past, we have granted options that we believe satisfy those

 

102


Table of Contents

requirements. While the compensation committee cannot predict how the deductibility limit may impact our compensation program in future years, the compensation committee intends to maintain an approach to executive compensation that follows our pay-for-performance philosophy. While the compensation committee has not adopted a formal policy regarding tax deductibility of compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and our four most highly compensated officers, the compensation committee intends to consider tax deductibility under Section 162(m) as a factor in compensation decisions.

 

Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code imposes additional significant taxes in the event that an executive officer, director or other service provider receives “deferred compensation” that does not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A. Although we do not maintain traditional nonqualified deferred compensation plans, Section 409A may apply to certain arrangements we enter into with our executive officers, including our change of control severance arrangements. Consequently, to assist in avoiding additional tax under Section 409A, our intent is to design any such arrangements in a manner to avoid the application of Section 409A.

 

Adjustment or Recovery of Compensation . We do not have a formal policy regarding adjustment or recovery of awards or payments if the relevant performance measures upon which they are based are restated or otherwise adjusted in a manner that would reduce the size of the award or payment.

 

Compensation Risk Assessment

 

The compensation committee believes that although a portion of compensation provided to our executive officers is performance-based, our compensation programs do not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. In fact, the design of our compensation programs encourage our executives to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals, in particular in connection with our pay-for-performance business model.

 

Summary Compensation Tables

 

The following tables provide information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary     Option
Awards (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation (2)
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Michael A. Smerklo

Chief Executive Officer

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

410,000

393,300

  

  

  $

 

2,122,250

  

  

  $

$

100,000

146,400

  

  

  $

$

2,000

2,000

(3)  

(3)  

  $

$

2,634,250

541,700

  

  

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

President

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

375,000

313,942

  

(4)  

  $

$

586,000

3,527,334

  

  

  $

$

87,500

110,833

  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

$

1,048,500

3,952,109

  

  

David S. Oppenheimer

Chief Financial Officer

    2010      $ 128,409 (5)     $ 1,696,025                    $ 1,824,434   

Charles D. Boynton

former Chief Financial Officer

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

144,285

275,000

(6)  

  

  $

 

85,837

(6)  

  

  $

$

66,000

100,000

  

  

  $

$

215,500

2,000

(7) 

(3)  

  $

$

511,622

377,000

  

  

Robert J. Sturgeon

Chief Delivery Officer

   

 

2010

2009

  

  

  $

$

275,000

275,000

  

  

  $

 

482,750

  

  

  $

$

112,500

180,000

  

  

   

 


  

  

  $

$

870,250

455,000

  

  

Ganesh Bell

Executive Vice President, Products

    2010      $ 157,576 (8)     $ 838,000                    $ 995,576   

Raymond M. Martinelli

Chief People Officer

    2009      $ 250,000             $ 60,000      $ 2,000 (3)     $ 312,000   

Crosbie Burns (9)

Executive Vice President of EMEA

    2009      $ 324,400 (9)            $ 292,878 (9)            $ 617,278 (9)  

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of assumptions made in determining the grant date fair value and compensation expense of our stock options.
(2)  

For 2009, all amounts represent payments under either the 2009 CIP or our sales commission plan earned with respect to 2009, and paid in July 2009 and February 2010. For 2010, all amounts represent payments under the 2010 CIP or our sales commission plan earned with

 

103


Table of Contents
 

respect to the six months ended June 30, 2010. All potential awards under either the 2010 CIP or other plans for the second half of 2010 are expected to be determined and paid in January or February of 2011 once results are available. See the “Grants of Plan-Based Awards” table for additional information.

(3)   Represents matching contributions made by us with respect to the named executive officer’s 401(k) contributions. We match a maximum of $2,000 per year.
(4)   Mr. Bizzack joined us as our President in February 2009 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $375,000.
(5)   Mr. Oppenheimer joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in July 2010 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $300,000.
(6)   Mr. Boynton left the company in June 2010 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $295,000. In June 2010, we modified the vesting of 260,416 options granted to Mr. Boynton such that the cancellation of the vested shares occurs twelve months after termination.
(7)   Includes a severance payment in the amount of $213,500 described further under “Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” and 401(k) company matching contributions of $2,000.
(8)   Mr. Bell joined us as our Executive Vice President of Products in May 2010 and received a prorated base salary based on an annual base salary of $260,000.
(9)   Mr. Burns was a named executive officer for part of 2009 when he held the title of Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales. Since 2009, he has been our Executive Vice President of EMEA. Mr. Burns receives his cash compensation in British pounds. The amounts reported above were converted to U.S. dollars using a rate of £1.00 per $1.622, which was the exchange rate as of December 31, 2009.

 

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

 

The following table presents information concerning grants of plan-based awards to each of our named executive officers during the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010.

 

            Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
     All Other
Option Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying Options
     Exercise
or Base

Price of
Option
Awards
     Grant Date
Fair Value
Option
Awards (2)
 

Name

   Grant Date      Threshold      Target     Maximum           

Michael A. Smerklo

     12/16/2010                                325,000       $ 5.80       $ 952,250   
     1/27/2010       $ 100,000       $ 200,000      $ 400,000            
     2/4/2009       $ 91,500       $ 183,000      $ 366,000            
     2/9/2010                 500,000       $ 4.65       $ 1,170,000   

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     12/16/2010                                200,000       $ 5.80       $ 586,000   
     1/27/2010       $ 87,500       $ 175,000      $ 350,000            
     1/27/2010               $ 100,000 (3)                  
     2/11/2009       $ 87,500       $ 175,000      $ 350,000            
     2/27/2009                 1,695,372       $ 4.26       $ 3,527,334   

David S. Oppenheimer (4)

     12/16/2010                                35,000       $ 5.80       $ 102,550   
     7/7/2010       $ 25,000       $ 50,000      $ 100,000            
     7/7/2010               $ 20,000 (3)                  
     7/28/2010                 650,000       $ 4.95       $ 1,593,475   

Charles D. Boynton (5)

     1/27/2010       $ 66,000       $ 132,000      $ 264,000            
     1/27/2010               $ 50,000 (3)                  
     2/4/2009       $ 62,500       $ 125,000      $ 250,000            
     6/25/2010                                260,416       $ 4.26       $ 85,837   

Robert J. Sturgeon (6)

     12/16/2010                                25,000       $ 5.80       $ 73,250   
     1/27/2010       $ 112,500       $ 225,000      $ 450,000            
     1/27/2010               $ 50,000 (3)                  
     2/4/2009       $ 112,500       $ 225,000      $ 450,000            
     2/9/2010                 175,000       $ 4.65       $ 409,500   

Ganesh Bell

     12/16/2010                                35,000       $ 5.80       $ 102,550   
     7/28/2010       $ 58,500       $ 117,000      $ 234,000            
     7/28/2010               $ 30,000 (3)          300,000       $ 4.95       $ 735,450   

Raymond M. Martinelli

     2/4/2009       $ 37,500       $ 75,000      $ 150,000            

Crosbie Burns (7)

     2/4/2009       $ 121,650       $ 243,300      $ 486,600            

 

(1)   Represents awards granted under our 2009 CIP, 2010 CIP or 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan, which were or are based on achievement of certain levels of performance for 2009 and 2010. These columns show the awards that were possible at the threshold, target and maximum levels of performance to the extent applicable.

 

104


Table of Contents
(2)   Reflects the grant date fair value of each award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These amounts do not necessarily correspond to the actual value that will be recognized by the named executive officers. The assumptions used in the valuation of these awards are consistent with the valuation methodologies specified in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
(3)   Reflects amount payable under the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. The target amount is a lump sum amount payable if certain financial goals are achieved as measured at the end of 2010. For a further discussion, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Programs—Variable Pay—2010 Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan.”
(4)   Mr. Oppenheimer joined us as our Chief Financial Officer in July 2010 and the 2010 CIP amount is a pro rated amount given his partial year of service.
(5)   Mr. Boynton left the company in June 2010 and no longer qualifies for any further payments under the 2010 CIP or the 2010 Incremental Bonus Plan. In June 2010, we modified the post-termination exercise period of 260,416 options granted to Mr. Boynton such that the cancellation of the vested shares occurs twelve months after termination.
(6)   For the 2010 CIP, Mr. Sturgeon is subject to an allocation of 60% of his target bonus based on corporate performance under the 2010 CIP and 40% of his target bonus based on a gross margin statistic applicable to the inside sales organization. For further discussion, see “Executive Compensation—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Our Compensation Programs—Variable Pay—2010 Corporate Incentive Bonus Plan.”
(7)   Mr. Burns receives his cash compensation in British pounds. The amounts reported were converted to U.S. dollars using a rate of £1.00 per $1.622, which was the exchange rate as of December 31, 2009.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table presents certain information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers at the end of 2009 and 2010.

 

Name

   Year      Vesting
Commencement
Date
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Michael A. Smerklo

    
 
 
 
2010


2009
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
1/1/2007
1/27/2010
12/16/2010
1/1/2007
 
 
 
  
    

 

 

 

1,800,000

1,800,000

(1)  

  

  

(1)  

   
 

 

 


500,000

325,000

  
(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

$

$

4.26

4.65

5.80

4.26

  

  

  

  

    
 
 
 
6/1/2014
2/9/2020
12/16/2020
6/1/2014
 
 
 
  

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

    
 
 
2010

2009
 
 
  
    
 
 
2/27/2009
12/16/2010
2/27/2009
 
 
  
    

 

 

518,030

(3)  

  

  

   

 

 

1,177,342

200,000

1,695,372

  

(2)  

(3)  

  $

$

$

4.26

5.80

4.26

  

  

  

    
 
 
2/27/2019
12/16/2020
2/27/2019
 
 
  

David S. Oppenheimer

    
 
 
2010

2009
 
 
  
    
 
 
7/28/2010
12/16/2010
 
 
  
    

 

 


  

  

  

   

 

 

650,000

35,000

(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

 

4.95

5.80

  

  

  

    
 
 
7/28/2020
12/16/2020
 
 
  

Charles D. Boynton

    
 
2010
2009
 
  
    
 
4/28/2008
4/28/2008
 
  
    

 

260,416

208,333

(4)  

(2)  

   

 


291,667

  

  

  $

$

4.26

4.26

  

  

    
 
6/1/2014
4/30/2018
 
  

Robert J. Sturgeon

    
 
 
 
2010


2009
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
10/1/2007
1/27/2010
12/16/2010
10/1/2007
 
 
 
  
    

 

 

 

525,000

525,000

(5)  

  

  

(5)  

   
 

 

 


175,000

25,000

  
(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

$

$

4.26

4.65

5.80

4.26

  

  

  

  

    
 
 
 
11/7/2017
2/9/2020
12/16/2020
11/7/2017
 
 
 
  

Ganesh Bell

    
 
 
2010

2009
 
 
  
    
 

 

5/24/2010
12/16/2010

 
  

  

    

 

 


  

  

  

   

 

 

300,000

35,000

(2)  

(2)  

  

  $

$

 

4.95

5.80

  

  

  

    
 

 

7/28/2020
12/16/2010

 
 

  

Raymond M. Martinelli

    
 
2009

 
 
    
 
 
5/1/2006
11/1/2006
1/1/2008
 
 
  
    

 

 

185,000

15,000

75,000

(6)  

(7)  

(8)  

   

 

 


  

  

  

  $

$

$

1.20

1.49

4.26

  

  

  

    
 
 
6/1/2014
6/1/2014
1/30/2018
 
 
  

Crosbie Burns

    
 
2009

 
 
    
 
 
6/1/2005
11/1/2006
1/1/2008
 
 
  
    

 

 

431,000

90,000

75,000

(6)  

(9)  

(10)  

   

 

 


  

  

  

  $

$

$

0.25

1.49

4.26

  

  

  

    
 
 
6/1/2014
6/1/2014
1/30/2018
 
 
  

 

105


Table of Contents

 

(1)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2008 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2010, 1,762,500 shares were fully vested and 37,500 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us. As of December 31, 2009, 1,312,500 shares were fully vested and 487,500 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(2)   One-fourth of the shares subject to the option shall vest on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and one forty-eighth of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(3)   Of the shares awarded, 1,130,248 shares subject to the option vest over four years, with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on February 27, 2010 and the remainder vest ratably over the following 36 months, and 565,124 shares subject to the option vest over five years with 25% of the shares subject to the option vesting on February 27, 2011 and the remainder vest ratably over the following 36 months, in each case subject to continued service with us.
(4)   Mr. Boynton left the company in June 2010. Shares subject to the option no longer vest. As a result of his separation and pursuant to his release agreement with us, the option is exercisable until June 24, 2011.
(5)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on October 1, 2008 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2010, 415,625 shares were fully vested and 109,375 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period. As of December 31, 2009, 284,375 shares were fully vested and 240,625 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(6)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on May 1, 2007 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 158,958 shares were fully vested and 26,042 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(7)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on November 1, 2007 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 11,562 shares were fully vested and 3,438 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(8)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2009 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us. As of December 31, 2009, 35,937 shares were fully vested and 39,063 shares will vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.
(9)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on November 1, 2007 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 69,375 shares were fully vested and 20,625 shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to continued service to us.
(10)   The option is subject to an early exercise provision and is immediately exercisable. Twenty-five percent of the shares subject to the option vested on January 1, 2009 and 2.083% of the shares vest monthly thereafter. As of December 31, 2009, 35,937 shares were fully vested and 39,063 shares vest ratably over the remainder of the vesting period, subject to continued service to us.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested at Fiscal Year-End

 

None of the named executive officers exercised options or vested in shares of our common stock during the specified years.

 

Other Plans

 

We do not have any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans, any traditional non-qualified deferred compensation plans or other deferred compensation plans.

 

Employment Agreements and Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Smerklo, Bizzack, Oppenheimer, Sturgeon, Bell and Martinelli that provide for certain severance payments and equity vesting upon termination of their employment in specified circumstances. We believe that these agreements are an important retention tool, and will incent the named executive officers to maintain continued focus and dedication to their assigned duties to maximize stockholder value. The terms of these agreements were determined after review by the compensation committee of our retention goals for each named executive officer, as well as analysis of market data, similar agreements established by our peer group, and applicable law. The employment agreements for Messrs. Smerklo,

 

106


Table of Contents

Bizzack and Sturgeon were effective in 2009. The employment agreements for Mr. Oppenheimer and Mr. Bell became effective in 2010 upon their joining the company. In addition, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Boynton in connection with his cessation of employment from us.

 

Michael A. Smerklo . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated July 6, 2007, amended and restated June 8, 2010, with Michael A. Smerklo, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement sets forth Mr. Smerklo’s annual base salary of $410,000 and a target bonus of $200,000, both amounts to be reviewed annually and subject to adjustment by the board of directors. The agreement also sets forth a grant of options to purchase 1,800,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Smerklo’s agreement provides further that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, either prior to a Change of Control or within twelve months following a Change of Control, he will be entitled to a severance payment in the amount of his earned, but not-yet-paid, annual target bonus for the year in which his separation occurs. In addition, if Mr. Smerklo is terminated without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, in addition to receiving his earned but not-yet-paid annual target bonus, Mr. Smerklo’s outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing separation payments and benefits are conditioned on Mr. Smerklo executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Smerklo provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Smerklo will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Jeffrey M. Bizzack . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated February 27, 2009, amended and restated December 8, 2010, with Jeffrey Bizzack, our President. The agreement sets forth Mr. Bizzack’s annual base salary of $375,000, target bonus of $175,000 and grant of options to purchase 1,695,372 shares of our common stock vesting as to 1,130,248 shares over four years and 565,124 shares over five years. If, during the first year of employment, we were to terminate Mr. Bizzack’s employment without Cause or he terminated his employment with us for Good Reason, then 282,562 shares subject to the foregoing option grant would become vested on the termination date; this provision was not triggered, however, as Mr. Bizzack has been employed with us for over a year. Mr. Bizzack’s agreement provides further that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, either prior to a Change of Control or within twelve months following a Change of Control, he will be entitled to a lump-sum severance payment equal to six months of his then current base salary, as well as six months target bonus, if any (subject to applicable tax withholdings), and the payment of premiums for up to 12 months of group health plan coverage, assuming that Mr. Bizzack has timely elected COBRA continuation coverage. In addition, if we terminate Mr. Bizzack’s employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, in addition to receiving the severance payments described above, Mr. Bizzack’s outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing separation payments and benefits are conditioned on Mr. Bizzack executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Bizzack provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Bizzack will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

David S. Oppenheimer . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated July 7, 2010, with David Oppenheimer, our Chief Financial Officer, who commenced employment in July 2010. The agreement sets forth Mr. Oppenheimer’s annual base salary of $300,000, target bonus of 40% of his annual salary to be pro rated for 2010 based on actual length of service pursuant to the 2010 CIP, eligibility for participation in the one-time 2010 special incentive bonus plan up to a level of $20,000 and grant of options to purchase 650,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Oppenheimer’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, he will be entitled to a lump-sum severance payment equal to six months of his then current base salary, as well as 50% of his target

 

107


Table of Contents

bonus, if any (subject to applicable tax withholdings), the payment of premiums for up to 12 months of group health plan coverage, assuming that Mr. Oppenheimer has timely elected COBRA continuation coverage, and up to nine months from his termination date to exercise any stock option in which he has vested as of his termination date (which is six months longer than his stock option agreement would otherwise permit). In addition, if we terminate Mr. Oppenheimer’s employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, in addition to the severance payments described above, all of Mr. Oppenheimer’s outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately vest. The foregoing separation payments and benefits are conditioned on Mr. Oppenheimer executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Oppenheimer provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Oppenheimer will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Robert J. Sturgeon . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated September 17, 2007, amended and restated December 8, 2010, with Robert Sturgeon, our Chief Delivery Officer. The agreement sets forth Mr. Sturgeon’s annual base salary of $275,000, target bonus of $225,000 and grant of options to purchase 525,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Sturgeon’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, his outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing acceleration benefit is conditioned on Mr. Sturgeon executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Sturgeon provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Sturgeon will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Ganesh Bell . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated April 13, 2010, with Ganesh Bell, our Executive Vice President, Products, who commenced employment in May 2010. The agreement sets forth Mr. Bell’s annual base salary of $260,000, target bonus of $117,000, to be pro rated based on actual length of service pursuant to the 2010 CIP, and grant of options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Bell’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, his outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing acceleration benefit is conditioned on Mr. Bell executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Bell provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Bell will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

Raymond M. Martinelli . We have entered into an employment agreement, dated April 19, 2006, amended and restated December 8, 2010, with Raymond M. Martinelli, our Chief People Officer. The agreement sets forth Mr. Martinelli’s annual base salary of $270,000, potential bonus of $100,000 annually and grant of options to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock vesting over four years. Mr. Martinelli’s agreement provides that if we terminate his employment without Cause, or if he terminates his employment with us for Good Reason, within one year following a Change of Control, his outstanding equity compensation awards will immediately become vested in full. The foregoing acceleration benefit is conditioned on Mr. Martinelli executing a general release of claims in our favor. In the event any payment to Mr. Martinelli provided in the agreement would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Martinelli will be entitled to receive the amount of such payment that would provide him the greatest after-tax benefit of either the full payment or a lesser payment which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax.

 

108


Table of Contents

For purposes of the employment agreements described above, the following definitions apply:

 

“Change of Control” means the a sale of all or substantially all of our equity interests; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving us following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

 

“Cause” means (1) the employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (2) the employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against us; (3) the employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the employee and us or any statutory duty owed to us; (4) the employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (5) the employee’s gross misconduct.

 

“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any one of the following events without the employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in the employee’s job title; (2) a material, adverse change in the employee’s job responsibilities; (3) any reduction in the employees’ base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits; or (4) in most cases, a relocation of the employee’s principal place of employment beyond a specified radius of between 30 and 50 miles from the company’s location at the time the agreement is entered into; provided that the employee has notified us in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and within 30 days thereafter we have to restore the executive to the appropriate job title, responsibility, compensation or location. In the case of severance or vesting following a Change of Control, “Good Reason” is determined based on a change to the above factors as in effect immediately prior to a Change of Control.

 

Charles D. Boynton . In connection with his separation of employment from us on June 25, 2010, we entered into a release agreement with Mr. Boynton. Pursuant to the release agreement, we paid Mr. Boynton a lump sum of $213,500, representing six months of base salary and target bonus under the 2010 CIP, six months of COBRA continuation coverage, payment of the first half component of the 2010 CIP as actually calculated and determined by our board of directors and an extension of the exercise period with respect to the portion of vested stock options held by Mr. Boynton as of his separation date to June 24, 2011. In exchange, Mr. Boynton executed a standard release in favor of us. Mr. Boynton had previously entered into an employment agreement with us on terms generally similar to those described above for Mr. Bizzack except as noted on the table below.

 

109


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

 

The following table summarizes the estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to our named executive officers upon termination or a change-in-control under our plans and arrangements with our named executive officers described above, assuming the triggering event took place on the last business day of 2009 or 2010. For purposes of the table below, a “Qualifying Termination” means termination of employment by us without Cause, or termination of employment with us by the named executive officer for Good Reason, all as described above.

 

Name

   Year      Qualifying
Termination—

Cash Compensation
    Qualifying
Termination—

Health Care Benefits
    Qualifying Termination within one
year of a Change of Control—
Acceleration of Equity Vesting (1)
 

Michael A. Smerklo

     2010       $ 100,000 (2)       ––      $ 632,750 (3)  
     2009       $ 91,500 (2)       ––      $ 190,125 (3)  

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     2010       $ 275,000 (2)     $ 16,660 (2)     $ 1,813,107   
     2009       $ 275,000 (2)     $ 16,848 (2)     $ 661,195   

David S. Oppenheimer

     2010       $ 175,000 (4)     $ 16,660 (4)     $ 552,500   

Robert J. Sturgeon

     2010                     $ 369,368   
     2009                     $ 93,844   

Ganesh Bell

     2010                     $ 255,000   

Raymond M. Martinelli

     2009                     $ 115,944   

Charles D. Boynton

     2010       $ 213,500 (5)     $ 8,330 (4)         
     2009       $ 200,000 (2)     $ 8,424 (2)     $ 113,750   

 

(1)   The amounts in this column represent the intrinsic value of the unvested shares subject to full equity acceleration, calculated as the sum of fair market value minus the option exercise price, multiplied by the number of unvested shares. Fair market value is equal to the value of shares of our common stock on December 31, 2009, the last business day of 2009, which was $4.65 per share, and an estimated fair market value on December 31, 2010, the last business day of 2010, which we estimate to be $5.80.
(2)   Eligibility for the specified compensation and benefits occurs upon a Qualifying Termination prior to a Change of Control or within twelve months after a Change of Control. For Mr. Smerklo, the amount for 2010 represents the estimated remaining payment under his 2010 CIP bonus assuming that the target amount is paid out at 100% for the full year 2010.
(3)   Represents acceleration of the unvested portion of the applicable stock option, regardless of the early exercise provision applicable to the stock option. See “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End” for further explanation of the stock options.
(4)   Eligibility for the specified compensation and benefits occurs upon a Qualifying Termination at any time.
(5)   Represents actual severance paid in June 2010 as described above.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors has adopted our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan will be effective upon the completion of this offering. The 2011 Plan permits the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Code Section 422, to our employees and any of our subsidiary corporations’ employees, and the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units, performance shares, deferred stock units or dividend equivalents to our employees, directors and consultants and our subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

 

Shares Under the Plan . The maximum aggregate number of shares issuable under the 2011 Plan will be determined by our board of directors prior to this offering, and will equal approximately 9% of the estimated shares of common stock outstanding as of this offing. In addition, shares issuable under the 2011 Plan will include (i) any shares that, as of the completion of this offering, have been reserved but not issued pursuant to awards granted under our 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “2004 Plan”) or 2008 Share Option Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, (ii) any shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2004 Plan or 2008 Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full and (iii) any unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Plan or 2008 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us, with the maximum number of shares to be added to the 2011 Plan pursuant to

 

110


Table of Contents

(i) through (iii) above equal to a cap to be determined by our board of directors prior to this offering. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan will be annually increased on the first day of each of our fiscal years, beginning with 2012, by an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

a number of shares to be specified;

 

   

4% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as our board of directors may determine.

 

Shares issued pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan that we repurchase or that expire or are forfeited, as well as shares tendered in payment of the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award, will become available for future grant or sale under the 2011 Plan. In addition, to the extent that an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan Administration . The 2011 Plan will be administered by our board of directors which, at its discretion or as legally required, may delegate such administration to our compensation committee and/or one or more additional committees (referred to as the “Administrator”). In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), the committee will consist of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m).

 

Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the Administrator has the power to determine the terms of awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, if any, the number of shares covering each award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise of the award and the terms of the award agreement for use under the 2011 Plan. The Administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2011 Plan, to amend existing awards to reduce or increase their exercise price, to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered in exchange for awards that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2011 Plan and awards granted under the 2011 Plan.

 

Stock Options . The Administrator may grant incentive and/or nonstatutory stock options under the 2011 Plan, provided that incentive stock options are only granted to employees. The exercise price of such options must equal at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years; provided, however, that an incentive stock option held by a participant who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our common stock, or of certain of our subsidiary corporations, may not have a term in excess of five years and must have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares, broker-assisted cashless exercise or other consideration permitted by applicable law and acceptable to the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the Administrator determines the remaining terms of the options (e.g., vesting). After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, the participant may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Restricted Stock . Restricted stock may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that are subject to various restrictions, including restrictions on transferability and forfeiture provisions. Shares of restricted stock will vest, and the restrictions on such shares will lapse, in accordance with terms and conditions established by the Administrator. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards

 

111


Table of Contents

generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest for any reason will be forfeited by the recipient and will revert to us. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Restricted Stock Units . Restricted stock units may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Each restricted stock unit granted is a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service to us, and the form and timing of payment. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout. The Administrator determines in its sole discretion whether an award will be settled in stock, cash or a combination of both. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the Administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights vest and become exercisable and whether to settle such awards in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Performance Units/Performance Shares . Performance units and performance shares may be granted under our 2011 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the Administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The Administrator determines the terms and conditions of performance units and performance shares including the vesting criteria, which may include achievement of specified performance criteria or continued service, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the Administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares or in any combination thereof. The specific terms will be set forth in an award agreement.

 

Deferred Stock Units . Deferred Stock Units may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Deferred Stock Units are restricted shares, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units granted under the 2011 Plan that the Administrator permits to be paid out on an installment or deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures determined by the Administrator.

 

Dividend Equivalents . Dividend Equivalents may be granted under the 2011 Plan. Dividend Equivalents are credits, paid in cash, equal to the amount of cash dividends paid on shares represented by awards held by participants. Dividend Equivalents may be subject to the same vesting restrictions as the shares subject to an award.

 

Transferability of Awards . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

 

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2011 Plan, the Administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2011 Plan and/or

 

112


Table of Contents

the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. In the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation, the Administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction, and all awards, to the extent not previously exercised, will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

 

Merger or Change in Control . The 2011 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or Change in Control, as defined under the 2011 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the Administrator determines, except that if a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction. The award will then terminate to the extent unexercised upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If the service of an outside director is terminated on or following a merger or Change in Control, other than pursuant to a voluntary resignation, his or her awards will become fully vested and exercisable, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels.

 

Clawback Requirement . The 2011 Plan provides that if the company is required to restate its financial statements due to material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, executive officers will be required to repay compensation received pursuant to awards under the 2011 Plan during the three years preceding the restatement that is in excess of the amount to which they would be entitled under the restated financial statements, in accordance with Section 10D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant. The 2011 Plan will automatically terminate in 2021, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.

 

2008 Share Option Plan

 

The 2008 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in December 2008 and approved by our equityholders in December 2008. The 2008 Plan was most recently amended in February 2009 to permit transfers of options for estate planning purposes. The 2008 Plan provides for the grant of stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and any of our subsidiary’s employees and consultants. As of the effective date of this offering, the 2008 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under the 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder.

 

Shares Under the Plan . As of September 30, 2010, there were 8,021,139 options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding and 3,476,597 shares were available for future grant under the 2008 Plan. Shares subject to options that expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an option (including any shares subject to options or similar awards granted under our 2004 Plan that expire or terminate without having been forfeited to or repurchased by us), will become available for future grant under the 2008 Plan, or, following this offering, under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors administers the 2008 Plan. Under the 2008 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the options, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares covering each option award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the form of consideration payable upon exercise of the option and the terms of the option agreement for use under the 2008 Plan. The administrator also has the authority, subject to the terms of the 2008 Plan, to amend existing options (including to reduce the option’s exercise price), to institute an exchange program by which outstanding options may be surrendered in exchange for options that may have different exercise prices and terms, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2008 Plan and options granted under the 2008 Plan.

 

113


Table of Contents

Option Terms . The 2008 Plan permits the grant of stock options. The exercise price of such options must at least be equal to 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, and the term of the options may not exceed ten years. After termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her options, to the extent vested and exercisable as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in the option agreement (which period of time must be at least three months). If termination is due to disability, or in the event of death, the options will remain exercisable for twelve months. However, in each case, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The 2008 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, as permitted by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or into trust for estate planning purposes, unless the administrator otherwise determines.

 

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and class of shares and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding options and the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2008 Plan. In the event of a proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all options will terminate to the extent unexercised immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

 

Merger or Change in Control . The 2008 Plan provides that in the event of our merger or change in control, the successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary will assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding option. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding options, the options will become fully vested and exercisable. In addition, the administrator will notify participants in writing or electronically that options under the 2008 Plan will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator, and will terminate to the extent unexercised upon expiration of such period.

 

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 2008 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant, and subject to approval by our members, as defined in the LLC Agreement, if required by law. The 2008 Plan will terminate as of the effective date of this offering, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.

 

2004 Omnibus Share Plan

 

The 2004 Plan was adopted by our Board of Directors and approved by our equityholders in May 2004. The 2004 Plan was most recently amended in February 2009 to permit transfers of options for estate planning purposes. The 2004 Plan expired in December 2008 upon adoption of the 2008 Plan. However, the 2004 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder. The 2004 Plan provided for the grant of stock options and restricted stock to employees, officers, directors and consultants of us and our related companies.

 

Shares Under the Plan . As of September 30, 2010, there were 7,704,918 options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding under the 2004 Plan. Shares subject to options or restricted stock that expire or otherwise terminate without having been forfeited to or repurchased by us will become available for future grant under the 2008 Plan, or, following this offering, under the 2011 Plan.

 

Plan Administration . Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors administered the 2004 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, the administrator had the power to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the recipients, the exercise price, the number of shares covering each award and the vesting schedule of awards. The administrator also had the authority, subject to the terms of the 2004 Plan, to prescribe rules and to construe and interpret the 2004 Plan and awards granted under the 2004 Plan.

 

Option Terms . The 2004 Plan permitted the grant of stock options. The exercise price of such options had to be at least equal to 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common membership interests on the date of grant except that the price could not be less than 110% of such fair market value with respect to any person who owned securities of more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our securities and any securities of our subsidiaries. The option term may not exceed ten years.

 

114


Table of Contents

After termination of continuous service with us or a related company, an optionee may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested as of such date of termination, for the period of time stated in the option agreement (which period of time must not be less than 30 days and will be three months if no period is specified). Generally, if termination is due to disability, or in the event of death, the options will remain exercisable for one year. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. The 2004 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of options other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and during the optionee’s lifetime, may only be exercised by the optionee.

 

Restricted Stock . The 2004 Plan permitted the grant of restricted stock awards. After the administrator determined that it would grant a restricted stock award, the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the award were set forth in a restricted stock agreement. The 2004 Plan generally does not allow the transfer of restricted stock other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, unless the administrator determines otherwise.

 

Certain Adjustments . In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, the administrator will make adjustments to the number and type of shares and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding options and the number and type of shares that may be delivered under the 2004 Plan. If we issue any of our shares as a share dividend while options are outstanding, then each optionee, upon exercising such outstanding option, will receive such share dividends that were declared or paid while the option was outstanding.

 

Merger or Other Transaction . The 2004 Plan provides that in the event of our merger into or consolidation with another entity in which we are not the surviving entity, or we are liquidated or we sell or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets to another entity, then the administrator will determine the treatment of awards, which may be any of the following: (i) subject to (iii) through (v) below, upon exercise of options, optionees may receive the same consideration as holders of our common stock receive pursuant to the transaction, (ii) all options will become fully vested, (iii) all optionees will be given a 30-day period prior to the transaction to exercise their options in full, subsequent to which all unexercised options will be cancelled, (iv) optionees may exercise their options prior to the transaction to the extent such options otherwise are exercisable according to their vesting schedule, and all options will be cancelled upon consummation of the transaction, or (v) all options are cancelled in exchange for payment of the value of the option minus the exercise price.

 

Plan Amendment, Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 2004 Plan provided such action does not adversely affect the rights of any award holder. The 2004 Plan terminated in December 2008 upon adoption of the 2008 Plan.

 

401(k) Plan

 

We have established a tax-qualified Section 401(k) retirement savings plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under this plan, participants may elect to make pre-tax contributions to the plan of up to a certain portion of their current compensation, not to exceed the applicable statutory income tax limitation. Currently, we match contributions made by participants in an amount up to $2,000 per annum. We intend for the plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, such that contributions to the plan, and income earned on those contributions, are not taxable to participants until withdrawn from the plan.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

115


Table of Contents
   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our bylaws also provide that we are obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

116


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following is a description of certain relationships and transactions since January 1, 2007 involving our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or entities affiliated with them.

 

Conversion to a Corporation

 

We are currently a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to the issuance of any of our shares of common stock in this offering, we will convert into a Delaware corporation and change our name from ServiceSource International, LLC to ServiceSource International, Inc. This conversion to a corporate form in connection with this offering will occur pursuant to our LLC Agreement and has been approved by our board of directors. As a result, we will enter into a conversion agreement with certain of our equityholders that provides that the conversion to a corporation take the form of a statutory conversion, and also provides that the Conversion shall occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering without any further action on the part of our board of directors or equityholders. In conjunction with the Conversion, all of our outstanding common shares will automatically be converted into shares of our common stock based on their relative rights as set forth in our LLC Agreement. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information regarding a description of the terms of our common stock following the Conversion and the terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Also, as part of the Conversion and as contemplated by our LLC Agreement, two of our equityholders, GA SS Holding LLC, controlled by General Atlantic LLC, and SSLLC Holdings, Inc., controlled by Benchmark Capital, have each elected to merge with and into ServiceSource International, Inc. In the merger agreement, the companies that will be merged into us will represent and warrant that they do not have any liabilities, operations or businesses other than activities related to holding our common stock and other than liabilities for certain tax matters with respect to the periods prior to the merger which are not yet due and payable, and will provide us with certain indemnities. Concurrently with the consummation of the conversion to a corporation, the LLC Agreement will be terminated other than certain provisions relating to certain pre-termination tax matters and liabilities.

 

ServiceSource International, LLC may be required to make tax distributions to these equityholders with respect to 2010 and the portion of 2011 prior to the Conversion. These distributions would be made within 90 days after the end of 2010 and within 90 days after the Conversion, respectively.

 

Historical Transactions

 

Registration Rights Agreements

 

We have entered into a Registration and Information Rights Agreement with GA SS Holding LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P., each a holder of our common stock. We have also entered into a securities purchase agreement that includes registration rights with certain of our stockholders. These agreements provide for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” below for additional information. In addition, these agreements provide for certain information rights. Following the completion of this offering, these agreements will continue in effect.

 

LLC Agreement

 

Our directors and members entered into the LLC Agreement which governs our operations. Upon the consummation of the Conversion, we will be converted into a corporation, and the LLC Agreement will no longer govern our operations and will not govern the rights of our stockholders.

 

ServiceSource International, LLC created a board of directors to manage our business affairs. Under the LLC Agreement, there shall be up to a maximum of nine directors of the board of directors and the specific

 

117


Table of Contents

number of directors shall be set by resolution of the board of directors. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, each member shall vote to cause and to maintain the election to the board of directors of one director selected by GA SS Holding LLC, one director selected by Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P., and one director selected by SSLLC Holdings, Inc. or its affiliates. The remainder of the directors shall be selected by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding common shares.

 

Under the LLC Agreement, there is one class of shares designated as common shares. Each equityholder has one vote for each common share held. The LLC Agreement also sets forth the rights of and restrictions on common shareholders, including certain rights of first refusal in favor of us and our Chief Executive Officer with respect to proposed transfers of common shares held by any officer of ServiceSource International, LLC, and certain preemptive and co-sale rights in favor of each member holding at least 5% of the equity securities of ServiceSource International, LLC that are not subject to vesting forfeiture or repurchase conditions. In addition, the LLC Agreement places certain transfer restrictions on the holders of common shares. The LLC agreement also authorizes certain equity incentive plans pursuant to which unvested common shares have been granted. In accordance with the LLC Agreement, the common shares will be converted into shares of our common stock in connection with the Conversion. The LLC Agreement includes indemnification provisions obligating ServiceSource International, LLC to indemnify its board of directors, officers, members, employees and agents.

 

Concurrently with the consummation of the Conversion, the LLC Agreement will be terminated other than certain provisions relating to certain pre-termination tax matters and liabilities.

 

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

 

We have adopted a formal written policy that our executive officers, directors, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, and any member of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a related party transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee, or other independent members of our board of directors in situations in which it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal stockholder, or any of their immediate family members or affiliates, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

118


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2010, after giving effect to the Conversion, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in the offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option, by:

 

   

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

all selling stockholders.

 

This beneficial ownership information is presented on the following bases:

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of options held by the respective person or group which may be exercised within 60 days after September 30, 2010. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2010 are included for that person or group. These shares are not deemed outstanding, however, for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person or group.

 

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 57,426,218 shares of common stock outstanding at September 30, 2010 after giving effect to the Conversion. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that              shares of common stock will be outstanding upon completion of this offering.

 

119


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated by the footnotes below and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise indicated by the footnotes below, the address of each person listed in the table is c/o ServiceSource, 634 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94107.

 

       Shares beneficially owned
prior to the offering
     Number
of
shares
being

offered
     Shares beneficially
owned after the
offering
 

Name of beneficial owner

   Number      Percentage         Number      Percentage  

5% Stockholders :

              

GA SS Holding LLC (1)

     15,286,453         26.6            

SSLLC Holdings, Inc. (2)

     11,417,860         19.9            

Entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners (3)

     9,552,500         16.6            

Michael A. Smerklo (4)

     4,528,289         7.6            

Executive Officers and Directors:

              

Michael A. Smerklo (4)

     4,528,289         7.6            

Jeffrey M. Bizzack (5)

     494,483         *            

David S. Oppenheimer

     0         *            

Charles D. Boynton (6)

     260,416         *            

Robert J. Sturgeon (7)

     525,000         *            

Ganesh Bell

     0         *            

Steven M. Cakebread

     0         *            

Marc F. McMorris (8)

     15,286,453         26.6            

Bruce W. Dunlevie (9)

     11,417,860         19.9            

Anthony Zingale (10)

     94,827         *            

James C. Madden, V (11)

     150,000         *            

Barry D. Reynolds (12)

     9,552,500         16.6            

All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons) (13)

     42,578,787         69.8            

Other Selling Stockholders:

              

 

(*)   Less than 1%.
(1)   Consists of shares held of record by GA SS Holding LLC (“GA SS”) which is wholly owned by its single member, GA SS Holding II, LLC (“GA SS II”). Various affiliated entities directly and indirectly own the membership interests of GA SS II. Ultimately, General Atlantic LLC (“GA LLC”) makes the voting and investment decisions with respect to these entities, including GA SS. Steven A. Denning (Chairman), William E. Ford (Chief Executive Officer), John Bernstein, Mark F. Dzialga, Abhay Havaldar, David C. Hodgson, Rene M. Kern, Jonathan C. Korngold, Christopher G. Lanning, Jeff X. Leng, Anton J. Levy, Adrianna Ma, Marc F. McMorris, Thomas J. Murphy, Matthew Nimetz, Fernando Oliveira, Ranjit Pandit, Andrew C. Pearson, David A. Rosenstein, Sunish Sharma, Tom C. Tinsley, Philip P. Trahanas, and Florian P. Wendelstadt, as managing directors of GA LLC, ultimately have shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by GA SS, and each disclaims beneficial ownership except to the extent of any individual pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC, 3 Pickwick Plaza, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830.
(2)   Consists of shares held of record by SSLLC Holdings, Inc. (“SSLLC”), which is controlled by Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. (“BCP V”), as nominee for BCP V, Benchmark Founders’ Fund V, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-A, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund V-B, L.P. and related individuals. Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.P. is the general partner of BCP V and its managing members are Alexandre Balkanski, Bruce W. Dunlevie, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Steven M. Spurlock, Peter H. Fenton and Mitchell H. Lasky. These individuals may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over all of the shares held by SSLLC. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.
(3)  

Includes (i) 6,084,000 shares held of record by Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, LP (“HMF SBIC”); (ii) 2,248,829 shares held of record by Housatonic Equity Investors IV, LP (“HEI IV”); (iii) 1,116,000 shares held of record by Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, LP (“HEI SBIC”); and (iv) 103,671 shares held of record by Housatonic Equity Affiliates IV, LP (“HEA IV”). Housatonic Micro Partners SBIC, LLC is the General Partner of HMF SBIC; Housatonic Equity Partners IV, LLC is the General Partner of HEI IV and HEA IV; and Housatonic Equity Partners SBIC, LLC is the General Partner of HEI SBIC. William N. Thorndike, Jr., Barry D. Reynolds, Joseph M. Niehaus, Mark G. Hilderbrand, Jill A. Raimondi, James L. Wilder, III, Karen E. Liesching, Michael C. Jackson and Eliot Wadsworth, II

 

120


Table of Contents
 

are managing members of one or more of the entities, or general partners of the entities, that directly or indirectly hold such shares, and as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to shares held by one or more of these entities. Each of these individuals disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for these entities and individuals is 44 Montgomery Street, Suite 4010, San Francisco, California 94104.

(4)   Includes (i) 2,278,289 shares held of record by Michael A. Smerklo, Trustee of The True North Trust dated July 25, 2008; and (ii) 1,800,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010, of which 1,725,000 are fully vested.
(5)   Consists of 494,483 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(6)   Consists of 260,416 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(7)   Consists of 525,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010, of which 404,687 are fully vested.
(8)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote 1 above, which are held of record by GA SS. Mr. McMorris is a managing director of GA LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by GA SS. Mr. McMorris disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(9)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote 2 above, which are held of record by SSLLC. Mr. Dunlevie is a managing member of Benchmark Capital Management Co. V, L.P. and may be deemed to have shared voting and dispositive power over the shares held by SSLLC. Mr. Dunlevie disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(10)   Consists of 94,827 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010.
(11)   Consists of 150,000 shares issuable to the James C. Madden, V Living Trust for which Mr. Madden serves as trustee, upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010, of which 121,862 are fully vested.
(12)   Consists of the shares listed in footnote 3 above, which are held by entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners. Mr. Reynolds is a managing or general partner of the Housatonic entities that directly or indirectly hold such shares, and as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to shares held by one or more of the entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners. Mr. Reynolds disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the entities affiliated with Housatonic Partners, except to the extent of his individual pecuniary interest therein.
(13)   Includes (i) 3,593,685 shares issuable upon exercise of options held by our current executive officers and directors exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2010, of which 3,342,525 are fully vested.

 

121


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The description of our common stock reflects the completion of the Conversion which will occur prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,020,000,000 shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share, of which:

 

   

1,000,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

   

20,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

 

As of September 30, 2010, and after giving effect to the Conversion, we had outstanding 57,426,218 shares of common stock, held of record by 206 stockholders, and no shares of preferred stock were outstanding. In addition, as of September 30, 2010, and after giving effect to the Conversion, 15,726,057 shares of our common stock were subject to outstanding options. For more information on our capitalization, see “Capitalization” above.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available therefor. In the event that we liquidate, dissolve or wind up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

Preferred Stock

 

After the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may designate the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of restricting dividends on our common stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our common stock or delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. Such issuance could have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock or even the ability to issue preferred stock could also have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control. We currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Registration Rights

 

GA SS Holding LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. (together, the “Significant Holders”) and certain of our other stockholders (the “2003 Holders”) are entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of their shares of our common stock under the Securities Act. For the Significant Holders, these rights are provided under the terms of a Registration and Information Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). For the 2003 Holders, these rights are

 

122


Table of Contents

provided under the terms of a Registration Rights Schedule to a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Registration Rights Schedule”). Both agreements include demand registration rights, piggyback registration rights and Form S-3 registration rights. For the 2003 Holders, registration rights are only granted to each 2003 Holder that would own at least 1% of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to this offering. We refer to these shares collectively as “registrable securities.” All fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares to be registered.

 

Demand Registration Rights . The Significant Holders and the 2003 Holders are entitled to demand registration rights. If the Significant Holders request in writing that we effect a registration that has an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public of at least $10 million or if the 2003 Holders request in writing a registration that has an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public of at least $7.5 million, then we will be required, at our expense, to register all registrable securities that these respective holders request to be registered. We are required to effect only two registrations for the Significant Holders pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Agreement and only two registrations for the 2003 Holders pursuant to this provision of the Registration Rights Schedule. Depending on certain conditions, however, we may defer such registration for a specified number of days. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights . The Significant Holders and the 2003 Holders, respectively, are entitled to piggyback registration rights. If we register any of our securities either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, after the completion of this offering the Significant Holders and the 2004 Holders are entitled to include all or part of their shares in the registration at our expense. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

 

Form S-3 Registration Rights . The Significant Holders and the 2003 Holders, respectively, are also currently entitled to short-form registration rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these holders have the right to have all or part of their shares registered by us at our expense, subject to certain exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders for marketing reasons, subject to certain limitations.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware General Corporation Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain certain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions and certain provisions of Delaware Law, which are referred to below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate more favorable terms with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of potentially discouraging a proposal to acquire us.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock . As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire control of our company. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

 

Limits on Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting . Our certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may not act by written consent, which may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

 

123


Table of Contents

In addition, our bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or our board of directors. Stockholders may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

 

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Board Classification . Our board of directors is divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition and Risk Oversight.” In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that directors may be removed only for cause. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

 

No Cumulative Voting . Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors. Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder may not be able to gain as many seats on our board of directors as such stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board of directors to influence our board of director’s decisions regarding a takeover or otherwise.

 

Amendment of Charter Provisions . The amendment of the above provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute . Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

 

   

the transaction is approved by our board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status;

 

   

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, calculated as provided under Section 203; or

 

   

at or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an

 

124


Table of Contents

anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

 

The provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended upon the closing of this offering, could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting unsolicited takeovers and, as a consequence, they might also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored unsolicited takeover attempts. These provisions might also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                     . The transfer agent’s address is                     , and its telephone number is                     .

 

Listing

 

We intend to apply to list our common stock for quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “            .”

 

125


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or otherwise impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, based on shares outstanding on September 30, 2010, a total of              shares of common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all shares of common stock sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

The remaining shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below and under the section entitled “Underwriters,” and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

Date

   Number of
Shares
 

On the date of this prospectus

  

Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus

  

 

In addition, of the 15,726,057 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2010, options to purchase 7,206,370 shares of common stock were vested as of September 30, 2010 and will be eligible for sale following the effective date of this offering, subject to the lock-up agreements as described below and in the section titled “Underwriters.”

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

The selling stockholders, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of approximately         % of our common stock have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, subject to extension as described in the section titled “Underwriters.”

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice

 

126


Table of Contents

provisions of Rule 144, subject to the availability of public information about us as required by Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates will be entitled to sell within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us as required by Rule 144. The shares that may be sold in compliance with Rule 144 that are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below, will not become eligible for sale until the expiration or waiver of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701. The shares that may be sold in compliance with Rule 701 that are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below will not become eligible for sale until expiration or waiver of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

As of September 30, 2010, 2,074,711 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701.

 

Stock Options

 

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our stock option plans and shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options by employees. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. Shares issuable upon exercise of the stock options that we have granted that are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below will not become eligible for sale until the expiration or waiver of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

 

Registration Rights

 

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 40 million shares of our common stock or their transferees will be entitled to various contractual registration rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. All of these shares are subject to certain restrictions including the lock-agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriters” below, and the holders of these shares will not be entitled to exercise their registration rights until the expiration or waiver of such restrictions. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

127


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below.

 

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not address any U.S. federal non-income tax considerations or any tax considerations arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction; or

 

   

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

In addition, if a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors regarding the specific U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

 

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP OR DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL NON-INCOME TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

 

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a U.S. person or a partnership or entity taxable as a partnership. For purposes of this discussion, you are a U.S. person if you are:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

128


Table of Contents
   

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

   

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Distributions

 

We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future federal income. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

 

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

 

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributed to a permanent establishment in the United States, are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates generally applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributed to a permanent establishment in the United States;

 

   

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “USRPHC”) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock.

 

129


Table of Contents

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the applicable period described above.

 

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions and credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the United States). You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

 

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

 

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

 

New Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

 

Newly enacted legislation may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. The legislation would apply to payments made after December 31, 2012. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

130


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are serving as the representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Underwriters

   Number
of Shares
 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Lazard Capital Markets LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

JMP Securities LLC

  
        

Total

  
        

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $             a share under the initial public offering price. Any underwriter may allow a concession not in excess of $             a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional shares of our common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

131


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are set forth assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional             shares of our common stock from us and the selling stockholders.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

     $                     $                     $               

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

        

Us

   $                    $                    $                

The selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

Proceeds before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

 

 

The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated to be approximately $            , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and listing of our common stock.

 

The underwriters have informed us and the selling stockholders that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

Application has been made to have our common stock approved for quotation on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “             .”

 

We, the selling stockholders, all of our directors and executive officers and the holders of approximately         % of our outstanding stock on a fully diluted basis immediately prior to this offering have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock; or

 

   

in the case of us, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock;

 

whether any such transaction described in the first two bullet points above is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

132


Table of Contents
   

transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the holder or the immediate family of the holder;

 

   

distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into common stock to limited partners or stockholders of the holder or to the holder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the holder;

 

   

transfers or distributions of shares of common stock to a corporation or other entity of which the holder and/or the holder’s immediate family are at all times the direct or indirect legal and beneficial owners of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests of such corporation or other entity; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to this exception or the prior two exceptions above, (i) each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter agreement and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period;

 

   

dispositions to us pursuant to our right to repurchase from the holder (or the obligation of the holder to sell or transfer to us) shares of common stock issued under the our equity incentive plans or under agreements pursuant to which such shares were issued, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period referred to in the foregoing sentence;

 

   

the receipt by the holder from us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the holder or ServiceSource; or

 

   

in the case of GA SS Holding LLC, pledges of up to 5% of the shares held by GA SS Holding LLC in favor of the lenders under its credit facility as existing on the date hereof, or any transfer of such shares in connection with such pledge.

 

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraphs will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

 

in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

 

In order to facilitate this offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize

 

133


Table of Contents

the price of the common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the common stock in this offering if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments required in connection with such liabilities.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

Lazard Frères & Co. LLC referred this transaction to Lazard Capital Markets LLC and will receive a referral fee from Lazard Capital Markets LLC in connection therewith.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price earnings ratios, price sales ratios and market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

 

Directed Share Program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved             percent of the shares of common stock to be issued by us and offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers, employees, business associates, customers and related persons of ServiceSource International, Inc. If purchased by these persons, these shares will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of directed shares.

 

Other Relationships

 

Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory services for us.

 

134


Table of Contents

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Member State, each representative and underwriter has not made and will not make an offer of our common stock to the public in that Member State, except that it may, with effect from and including such date, make an offer of our common stock to the public in that Member State:

 

   

at any time to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

   

at any time to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

 

   

at any time in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer of our common stock to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe shares of the common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in that Member State.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each representative and underwriter has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) in connection with the issue or sale of shares of the common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of such Act does not apply to us and it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of such Act with respect to anything done by it in relation to any shares of the common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

135


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Following this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a website that contains registration statements, reports, proxy statements and other information filed electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

 

136


Table of Contents

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

   F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-7

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Members of

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of members’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ServiceSource International, LLC and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/    P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

 

March 29, 2010, except for net income (loss) per common share information discussed in Note 3, the 2010 amendments to the credit facility discussed in Note 7, the adoption of the accounting standard on unrecognized tax benefits discussed in Note 12 and segment information discussed in Note 13, as to which the date is December 20, 2010.

 

San Francisco, California

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

     December 31,     September 30,
2010
    Pro Forma  
   2008      2009       September 30,
2010
 
                  (unaudited)  

Assets

         

Current assets:

         

Cash

   $ 3,780       $ 13,169      $ 23,231      $                

Accounts receivable, net

     23,369         28,015        41,222     

Advances to customers

     4,303         741        207     

Current portion of deferred income taxes

     469         713        1,171     

Prepaid expenses and other

     1,551         1,087        2,319     
                                 

Total current assets

     33,472         43,725        68,150     

Property and equipment, net

     9,073         14,001        18,496     

Goodwill

     6,334         6,334        6,334     

Deferred debt issuance costs, net

     585         423        449     

Deferred income taxes, net of current portion

     2,101         2,882        4,350     

Other assets, net

     147         2,215        1,357     
                                 

Total assets

   $ 51,712       $ 69,580      $ 99,136      $     
                                 

Liabilities and Members’/Stockholders’ Equity

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

   $ 2,063       $ 1,124      $ 2,310      $     

Accrued taxes

     4,561         2,679        2,686     

Accrued compensation and benefits

     6,849         7,780        10,514     

Accrued payables to customers

     3,509         6,998        26,160     

Other accrued liabilities

     1,230         2,723        5,533     

Current portion of long-term debt

     2,941         3,322        2,060     
                                 

Total current liabilities

     21,153         24,626        49,263     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     16,835         14,286        15,730     

Other long-term liabilities

     242         337        1,223     
                                 

Total liabilities

     38,230         39,249        66,216     
                                 

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 8)

         

Members’/stockholders’ equity:

         

Common shares: 99,000 authorized; 56,841, 57,299 and 57,927 issued; 56,461, 56,885 and 57,426 outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010 (unaudited), respectively zero authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     13,357         30,506        33,196     

Common stock; $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                        

Treasury shares/stock

             (126     (441  

Additional paid-in capital

                        

Retained earnings

                        

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     125         (49     165     
                                 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity

     13,482         30,331        32,920     
                                 

Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ equity

   $ 51,712       $ 69,580      $ 99,136      $     
                                 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                       (unaudited)  

Net revenue

   $ 75,189      $ 100,280      $ 110,676      $ 76,889      $ 108,468   

Cost of revenue

     39,224        56,965        58,877        41,577        63,841   
                                        

Gross profit

     35,965        43,315        51,799        35,312        44,627   
                                        

Operating expenses

          

Sales and marketing

     13,119        20,486        23,182        16,802        25,640   

Research and development

            1,160        2,054        1,647        3,927   

General and administrative

     10,475        10,571        13,777        10,214        13,806   

Amortization of intangible assets

     912        857        68        68          
                                        

Total operating expenses

     24,506        33,074        39,081        28,731        43,373   
                                        

Income from operations

     11,459        10,241        12,718        6,581        1,254   

Interest expense

     (2,305     (2,209     (1,116     (772     (940

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            (561                     

Other income (expense), net

     (118     (1,497     639        465        (202
                                        

Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     9,036        5,974        12,241        6,274        112   

Income tax (benefit) provision

     (632     1,153        1,866        730        1,368   
                                        

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,668      $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ 5,544      $ (1,256
                                        

Net income (loss) per common share:

          

Basic

   $ 0.17      $ 0.09      $ 0.18      $ 0.10      $ (0.02
                                        

Diluted

   $ 0.16      $ 0.08      $ 0.18      $ 0.09      $ (0.02
                                        

Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share:

          

Basic

     55,936        56,209        56,750        56,702        57,167   
                                        

Diluted

     58,706        58,733        58,912        58,510        57,167   
                                        

Pro forma net income (loss) per common share (unaudited) (Note 4)

          

Basic

       $          $     
                      

Diluted

       $          $     
                      

Pro forma weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share (unaudited) (Note 4)

          

Basic

          
                      

Diluted

          
                      

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(In thousands)

 

     Common Shares     Treasury Shares     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  
     Shares      Amount     Shares     Amount      

Balances at December 31, 2006

     55,521       $ (782          $      $ (17   $ (799

Repurchase of common shares

                    (15,286     (65,113            (65,113

Issuance of common shares

                    15,286        65,113               65,113   

Cash distributions to members

             (5,109                          (5,109

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options

     208         100                             100   

Vesting of share options subject to repurchase

     364         134                             134   

Share-based compensation expense

             3,876                             3,876   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

             9,668                             9,668   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

                                  67        67   
                   

Total comprehensive income

                9,735   
                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2007

     56,093         7,887                      50        7,937   

Cash distributions to members

             (5,201                          (5,201

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options

     305         207                             207   

Vesting of share options subject to repurchase

     63         16                             16   

Share-based compensation expense

             5,449                             5,449   

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share options

             178                             178   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

             4,821                             4,821   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

                                  75        75   
                   

Total comprehensive income

                4,896   
                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2008

     56,461         13,357                      125        13,482   

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options

     459         585                             585   

Repurchase of common share

                    (35     (126            (126

Share-based compensation expense

             6,060                             6,060   

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share options

             129                             129   

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

             10,375                             10,375   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

                                  (174     (174
                   

Total comprehensive income

                10,201   
                                                 

Balances at December 31, 2009

     56,920         30,506        (35     (126     (49     30,331   

Cash distributions to members (unaudited)

             (2,517                     (2,517

Issuance of common shares from exercise of share options (unaudited)

     627         415                             415   

Repurchase of common shares (unaudited)

                    (86     (315            (315

Share-based compensation expense (unaudited)

             6,017                             6,017   

Excess tax benefits from exercise of share options (unaudited)

             31                             31   

Comprehensive loss:

             

Net loss (unaudited)

             (1,256                          (1,256

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax (unaudited)

                                  214        214   
                   

Total comprehensive loss (unaudited)

                (1,042
                                                 

Balances at September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     57,547       $ 33,196        (121   $ (441   $ 165      $ 32,920   
                                                 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009      2010  
                       (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

           

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,668      $ 4,821      $ 10,375      $ 5,544       $ (1,256

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

     2,596        3,356        3,527        2,367         4,436   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     237        172        162        124         124   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

            561                         

Deferred income taxes

     (689     (1,881     (1,025     (3,368      (960

Share-based compensation

     3,876        5,449        6,060        4,440         6,017   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Accounts receivable

     (3,259     (6,408     (4,494     3,200         (13,207

Advances to customers

     (1,118     (3,185     3,562        969         534   

Prepaid expenses and other

     283        (757     (1,665     113         (1,338

Accounts payable

     984        938        (1,063     (415      1,186   

Accrued taxes

     (1,000     1,571        (1,872     (1,992      7   

Accrued compensation and benefits

     1,859        1,198        930        (831      2,734   

Accrued payables to customers

            (2,077     3,489        1,295         19,162   

Other accrued liabilities

     3,745        (526     1,518        3,044         3,698   
                                         

Net cash provided by operating activities

     17,182        3,232        19,504        14,490         21,137   
                                         

Cash flows from investing activities

           

Acquisition of property and equipment

     (3,182     (6,806     (7,476     (5,540      (7,427
                                         

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,182     (6,806     (7,476     (5,540      (7,427
                                         

Cash flows from financing activities

           

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

            3,500        10,600        10,600           

Repayments of revolving credit facility

            (3,500     (10,600     (10,600        

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

            17,500                         

Repayments on long-term debt

     (113     (18,048     (2,967     (2,356      (1,204

Payments of deferred debt issuance costs

     (132     (587                    (150

Cash distributions to members

     (5,109     (5,201                    (2,517

Proceeds from option exercises

     100        207        585        561         415   

Repurchases of common shares

     (65,113            (126             (315

Proceeds from issuance of common shares

     65,113                                

Tax benefit from share-based compensation

            178        129                31   
                                         

Net cash used in financing activities

     (5,254     (5,951     (2,379     (1,795      (3,740
                                         

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     8,746        (9,525     9,649        7,155         9,970   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (90     158        (260     (128      92   

Cash at beginning of period

     4,491        13,147        3,780        3,780         13,169   
                                         

Cash at end of period

   $ 13,147      $ 3,780      $ 13,169      $ 10,807       $ 23,231   
                                         

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

           

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,110      $ 1,835      $ 1,038      $ 754       $ 692   

Cash paid for income taxes

            110        5,627        4,452         2,686   

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

           

Acquisition of property and equipment under capital leases

            324        785        804         1,388   

Acquisition of property and equipment through accounts payable

     169               102        271         464   

Vesting of share options subject to repurchase

     134        16                       35   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of September 30, 2010 and for the nine-month periods ended

September 30, 2009 and 2010 is unaudited)

 

1. The Company

 

ServiceSource International, LLC (the “Company,” “LLC” or “ServiceSource”) manages the service contract renewals process of maintenance, support and subscription agreements on behalf of its customers. The Company’s integrated solution consists of a suite of cloud applications, dedicated service sales teams working under its customers’ brands and a proprietary Service Revenue Intelligence Platform. The Company’s corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California. The Company has additional offices in Colorado, Tennessee, the United Kingdom, Ireland, Malaysia and Singapore.

 

The Company is currently established as a limited liability company and the members’ units of interest are defined as shares or common shares in the limited liability company agreement.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ServiceSource International, LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amount of net revenue and expenses during the reporting period.

 

The Company’s significant accounting judgments and estimates include: revenue recognition; the determination and assessment of fair value of the Company’s common shares and related share-based compensation expense, realizability of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions, and capitalization of internal-use software.

 

The Company bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances. However, future events are subject to change and estimates and judgments routinely require adjustment. Actual results may differ from these estimates, and these differences may be material.

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

 

The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2010, the interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 and the interim consolidated statement of members’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s consolidated financial position as of September 30, 2010 and the results of its consolidated operations and cash flows for the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the nine-month periods are unaudited. The results of the Company’s operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2010 or for any other future year or interim period.

 

Segments

 

The Company defines an operating segment on the same basis that it uses internally to evaluate performance. Management has determined that the Company operates in three segments, as it reports financial information across three geographic regions to its chief executive officer, who is the Company’s chief operating decision maker. The Company’s three operating and reportable segments are NALA (North America and Latin America), EMEA (Europe and Middle East) and APJ (Asia Pacific and Japan).

 

Significant Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could have a material and adverse effect on its future financial position or results of operations. The Company’s customers are primarily high technology companies and any downturn in these industries, changes in customers’ sales strategies, or widespread shift away from end customers purchasing maintenance and support contracts could have an adverse impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and advances to customers. The Company is also exposed to a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates.

 

Cash is maintained in demand accounts at U.S., European and Asian financial institutions that management believes are credit worthy. Deposits in these institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on these deposits.

 

Accounts receivable are derived from services performed for customers located primarily in the U.S., Europe and Asia. The Company attempts to mitigate the concentration of credit risk in its trade receivables through its ongoing credit evaluation process and historical collection experience. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of all accounts receivable, which takes into consideration an analysis of historical bad debts and other available information.

 

The following table summarizes net revenue and accounts receivable from customers, as included in the NALA and EMEA geographic segments (Note 13), in excess of 10% of total net revenue and accounts receivable, respectively:

 

     Net Revenue     Accounts Receivable  
     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
    December 31,     September  30,
2010
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010     2008     2009    
                       (unaudited)                

(unaudited)

 

Sun Microsystems, Inc.

     22     23     24     24     17     33     19     15

 

The following table summarizes advances to customers and accrued payables to customers in excess of 10% of total advances and accrued payables to customers, respectively:

 

     Advances to Customers     Accrued Payables to Customers  
     December 31,     September  30,
2010
    December 31,     September  30,
2010
 
     2008     2009       2008     2009    
                 (unaudited)                

(unaudited)

 

Sun Microsystems, Inc.

     100     100     100     99     99     100

 

F-8


Table of Contents

In January 2010, Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) acquired the Company’s then-largest customer, Sun Microsystems, Inc. (“Sun”). In July 2010, Oracle notified the Company that it was terminating the Sun agreements with the Company, effective in the third quarter of 2010. As of September 30, 2010, the Sun agreements were terminated.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . Under this standard, fair value is defined as the price that would be received by selling an asset or paid by transferring a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of the observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The three levels of the hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2    Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

The adoption of ASC 820 had no impact on members’ equity as of January 1, 2008.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The carrying amounts of certain financial instruments, which include cash, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, advances to customers, accrued payables to customers and other accrued liabilities approximates fair value due to their short-term nature. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value, assuming minimal credit risk and nonperformance risk.

 

Foreign Currency Translation and Remeasurement

 

Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries that operate in a local currency environment, where that local currency is the functional currency, are translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Net revenue and expenses are translated at monthly average exchange rates. The Company accumulates net translation adjustments in members’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). For non-U.S. subsidiaries whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, transactions that are denominated in foreign currencies have been remeasured in U.S. dollars, and any resulting gains and losses are reported in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Foreign currency transaction (losses) gains of $(0.1) million, $(1.5) million, $0.6 million, $0.3 million and $(0.3) million were included in other income (expense), net during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash

 

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with an original maturity of ninety days or less at the time of purchase. The Company did not have any cash equivalents at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010. The Company had $0.1 million in cash held as collateral at a major financial institution which has been classified as restricted cash at December 31, 2008 and 2009. The balance of restricted cash was not significant at September 30, 2010. The restricted cash included in prepaid expenses and other on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets represented cash held for collateral pledged for corporate credit cards.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable consist of receivables from the Company’s customers and are stated at their carrying values net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company evaluates the ongoing collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a number of factors such as the credit quality of its customers, the age of accounts receivable balances, collections experience and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations to the Company, a specific allowance for doubtful accounts is estimated and recorded, which reduces the recognized receivable to the estimated amount that management believes will ultimately be collected. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when it is probable that receivable will not be recovered.

 

The following are changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     Nine Months  Ended
September 30,
 
     2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                       (unaudited)  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 601      $ 879      $ 673      $ 673      $ 79   

Additions

     336        313                        

Write-offs, net of adjustments

     (58     (519     (594     (498     (2
                                        

Balance, end of period

   $ 879      $ 673      $ 79      $ 175      $ 77   
                                        

 

Advances and Accrued Payables to Customers

 

For customer contracts that include both sales of customer service contracts and other account management services, the Company collects the gross amount of payment due from the end customers’ contracts and then remits such payment to the customer, net of the commissions and fees earned by the Company. An advance to customers is recorded in instances where the Company has remitted the net payment due to the customer before the receipt of the related gross amount due under the customer contract from the end customer. An accrued payables to customers is recorded by the Company for the net amount due to the customer when it has received the related gross payment from the end customer, but has not yet remitted the corresponding net payment to the customer.

 

Property and Equipment

 

The Company records property and equipment at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of seven years for office furniture and equipment, two to three years for computer hardware and two to five years for software. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets, ranging from three to eight years.

 

Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to the consolidated statement of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Capitalized Internal-Use Software

 

Expenditures for software purchases and software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized and amortized over a period of two to five years on a straight-line basis. For software developed or obtained for internal use, the Company capitalizes direct external costs associated with developing or obtaining internal-use software. In addition, the Company also capitalizes certain payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with the development of such applications. Costs associated with preliminary project stage activities, training, maintenance and all other post-implementation stage activities are expensed as incurred and are recorded in research and development on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software under development are treated as construction-in-progress until the program, feature or functionality is ready for its intended use, at which time amortization commences.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

 

In connection with an acquisition in 2003 the Company acquired certain intangible assets consisting of goodwill, customer contracts and related relationships, trade names and noncompete agreements. Goodwill is not amortized. Intangible assets are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of six years for customer contracts and related relationships, and five years for trade name and noncompete agreements. The net carrying value of intangible assets included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets was $0.1 million at December 31, 2008 and $0 each at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2009 and 2010.

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Triggering events that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset or a significant decrease in expected cash flows at a reporting unit. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step, identifying a potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step would need to be conducted; otherwise, no further steps are necessary as no potential impairment exists. The second step, measuring the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any excess of the reporting unit goodwill carrying value over the respective implied fair value is recognized as an impairment loss. The entire goodwill balance is associated with the NALA reporting unit. There was no impairment of goodwill identified during 2007, 2008, 2009, or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company’s long-lived assets consist of property and equipment, including internal-use software, and intangible assets. The Company initiates its review of potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable. Conditions that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, significant negative industry or economic trends which may affect operating income. Determination of recoverability of long-lived assets is based on an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. No impairment charge was recorded for long-lived assets in 2007, 2008, 2009, or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company’s operating lease agreements include provisions for certain rent holidays, tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of the rent payment. The Company records rent holidays and rent escalations on

 

F-11


Table of Contents

a straight-line basis over the lease term and records the difference between expense and payment as deferred rent. The tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Deferred rent is included in other accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Deferred Debt Issuance Costs

 

The Company defers debt issuance costs, which consist primarily of bank and legal fees. Such costs related to the term loan (Note 7) are amortized using the effective-interest method over the term of the debt agreement. Costs related to the revolving credit facility (Note 7) are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the credit facility. The amortization of deferred debt issuance costs is recorded as interest expense. Unamortized deferred debt issuance costs were $0.6 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively. Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs was $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Estimated future amortization of deferred debt issuance costs expense will approximate $0.1 million in each of the years 2010 through 2013.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components, net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses recorded as an element of members’ equity but are excluded from net income (loss). The Company’s other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments from those subsidiaries not using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. The Company has disclosed accumulated comprehensive other income (loss) as a separate component of members’ equity.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Substantially all of the Company’s revenue is generated from commissions earned from sales of renewals of maintenance, support and subscription contracts on behalf of its customers. Commissions are generally a fixed percentage of the overall sales value associated with the service revenue contracts sold by the Company on behalf of its customers. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been provided, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured from customers and no significant obligations remain unfulfilled by the Company. Customer contracts are used to determine the existence of an arrangement. Under the terms of the Company’s customer contracts, the Company’s service obligations are completed when the Company’s customers accept purchase orders from their end customers and no significant post-delivery obligations of the Company remain unfulfilled. The Company assesses whether the fee is fixed or determinable based on the payment terms with customers and whether any part of the fee is subject to refund or adjustment. The Company assesses collectibility based primarily on the creditworthiness of customers as determined by credit checks and analyses as well as the payment history of its customers. Revenue is recognized on a net basis primarily because the Company is not a party to the contracts between the customers and the end customers and does not provide actual services to the end customers. Also, the Company does not set the price, terms or scope of services in the contracts with end customers.

 

Some customer agreements include performance-based commissions based on attainment of certain performance targets, including the achievement of contract renewal rates in excess of specified targets. Certain customer arrangements also entitle the Company to fees and adjustments which are invoked in various circumstances, including the failure of customers to provide the Company with a specified minimum value of service contracts to sell on their behalf. The Company’s contracts generally contain termination fees should customers elect to cancel agreements prior to their expiration. Revenue related to commissions incentives and early termination fees are recorded in the period when the performance criteria have been met, or the triggering event has occurred, and the amount earned is not subject to claw-back or future adjustment. Some customers may cancel their contracts if the Company is out of compliance with certain performance obligations, as defined in

 

F-12


Table of Contents

the relevant customer agreement. In addition, the Company estimates an allowance for potential cancellation of service contracts and unpaid invoices from end customers, which is calculated based on historical results and the aging of the outstanding invoices and constitutes a reduction of the revenue recorded upon the sale of service contracts.

 

For multiple element arrangements including deliverables such as sales of service contracts, account management services and subscriptions to the Company’s service revenue management solutions, the Company separates each revenue stream at the inception of the arrangement on a relative fair value basis, provided that each service element meets the criteria for treatment as a separate unit of accounting. An item is considered a separate unit of accounting if it has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable fair value of the undelivered services. The fair value of the undelivered elements is determined by the price charged when the element is sold separately, or in cases where the item is not sold separately, by using other acceptable objective evidence.

 

For a limited number of customer arrangements, the Company is responsible for selling service contracts and for providing account management services such as invoicing and cash collections from end customers. Under these arrangements, revenue is recognized when the service has been delivered and the fee is fixed or determinable, which is upon receipt of cash payment from the end customer. Revenue is also reported net of sales taxes collected from end customers and remitted to state and local government authorities.

 

For a limited number of customer engagements that include sales of service contracts and subscription fees to the Company’s hosted technology platform, fees earned for selling service contracts are recognized as revenue as services are performed, while hosting revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription term, which term is generally one year.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue includes compensation and related personnel expenses directly related to service contract sales and account management services personnel. The Company’s cost of revenue also includes allocated expenses for facilities, information technology and amortization of internal-use software.

 

Sales Commissions

 

Sales commissions earned by the Company’s sales representatives are generally paid in two or three installments with an initial payment shortly after entering into a new customer agreement and a final payment approximately twelve months after the Company begins to sell service contracts on behalf of the customer. Commission payments are contingent upon continued employment by the sales representatives and subject to adjustments during the service period based on the estimated value of service contracts received from the customer for sale. Commission expense is recognized over the employment service period, generally eight to fourteen months. At the time of each payment, sales commission expense recorded is in excess of each payment.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were insignificant for all periods presented.

 

Income Taxes

 

ServiceSource International, LLC (“LLC”), as the parent company, files its income tax return as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. The LLC recognizes no federal, state, or local income taxes, as the members of the LLC, and not the LLC itself, are subject to income tax on their allocated share of the LLC’s earnings. The Company’s taxable subsidiaries are included in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying consolidated financial statements as further described below. The Company is subject to an annual California LLC registration fee based on revenue. The Company generally makes an annual distribution to its limited liability company members for their estimated tax liability on allocated net income under the terms of the limited liability company agreement.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Income taxes for the Company’s taxable subsidiaries, consisting of ServiceSource International, Inc and several subsidiaries formed in foreign jurisdictions are accounted for using an asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences that currently exist between the tax basis and the financial reporting basis of the Company’s taxable subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are not expected to be realized.

 

The Company accounts for unrecognized tax benefits using a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company establishes reserves for tax-related uncertainties based on estimates of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes will be due. The Company records an income tax liability, if any, for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the Company’s tax returns. To the extent that the assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of a tax audit. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate. As of December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits.

 

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and tax penalties in general and administrative expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company did not accrue or pay any interest or penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits during 2007, 2008, and 2009, or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

In general, it is the practice and intention of the Company to permanently reinvest the undistributed earnings of its non-US subsidiaries. Should the Company repatriate undistributed earnings, such amounts become subject to U.S. taxation giving recognition to current tax expense and foreign tax credits upon remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, the Company did not have any significant undistributed earnings from its foreign subsidiaries.

 

The Company’s provisions for income taxes for interim reporting periods are based on estimates of the annual effective tax rate for the full fiscal year. The computation of the annual effective tax rate includes a forecast of the Company’s estimated ordinary income (loss), which is the annual income (loss) from operations before tax, excluding unusual or infrequently occurring (or discrete) items. Significant management judgment is required in the projection of ordinary income (loss) in order to determine the estimated annual effective tax rate.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company measures and recognizes compensation expense for all share-based awards made to employees and directors based on estimated fair values. The fair value of employee and director options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The value of awards that are ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods. Since share-based compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it is reduced for expected forfeitures.

 

For awards that are expected to result in a tax deduction, a deferred tax asset is established as the Company recognizes compensation expense. If the tax deduction exceeds the cumulative recorded compensation expense, the tax benefit associated with the excess deduction is considered a windfall benefit. The excess tax benefit from share compensation plans is recorded in members’ equity and classified as a financing cash flow on the consolidated statements of cash flows. The Company has elected to use the short-cut method for determining the historical pool of windfall tax benefits that accumulated prior to January 1, 2006.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Potential diluted shares include the dilutive effect of in-the-money options. The dilutive effect of such equity awards is calculated based on the average share price for each period using the treasury-stock method. Under the treasury-stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in members’ equity when the award becomes deductible, are collectively assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In October 2009, Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued a new accounting standard that changes the accounting for arrangements with multiple deliverables. The new standard requires an entity to allocate arrangement consideration at the inception of an arrangement to all of its deliverables based on their relative selling prices. This standard will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2011. This Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) removed the previous separation criteria that objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of any undelivered items must exist for the delivered item to be considered a separate unit or units of accounting. Given the Company’s current contractual arrangements, the adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value measurements and disclosures. The new guidance requires additional disclosures regarding fair value measurements, amends disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets, and provides clarification regarding the level of disaggregation of fair value disclosures by investment class. This guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for certain Level 3 activity disclosure requirements that will be effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. Accordingly, the Company adopted this amendment for the nine month period ended September 30, 2010, except for the additional Level 3 requirements which will be adopted in 2011. Level 3 assets and liabilities are those whose fair market value inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-09 Subsequent Events (ASC Topic 855): Amendments to Certain Recognition and Disclosure Requirements . ASU 2010-09 requires an entity that is a filer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to evaluate subsequent events through the date that the financial statements are issued and removes the requirement for an SEC filer to disclose a date, in both issued and revised financial statements, through which the filer had evaluated subsequent events. The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-13, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718)—Effect of Denominating the Exercise Price of a Share-Based Payment Award in the Currency of the Market in Which the Underlying Equity Security Trades . ASU 2010-13 provides amendments to Topic 718 to clarify that an employee share-based payment award with an exercise price denominated in the currency of a market in which a substantial portion of the entity’s equity securities trades should not be considered to contain a condition that is not a market, performance, or service condition. Therefore, an entity would not classify such an award as a liability if it otherwise qualifies as equity. The amendments in ASU 2010-13 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

3. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

The basic and diluted net income per share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
                          (unaudited)  
Basic net income (loss) per common share               

Net income (loss)

   $ 9,668       $ 4,821       $ 10,375       $ 5,544       $ (1,256
                                            

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (1)

     55,936         56,209         56,750         56,702         57,167   
                                            

Basic net income (loss) per common share

   $ 0.17       $ 0.09       $ 0.18       $ 0.10       $ (0.02
                                            

 

(1)   Outstanding unvested common shares purchased by employees are subject to repurchase by the Company and therefore are not included in the calculation of the weighted-average shares outstanding for basic net income (loss) per common share.

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
                          (unaudited)  
Diluted net income (loss) per common share               

Net income (loss) used to determine diluted net income (loss) per common share

   $ 9,668       $ 4,821       $ 10,375       $ 5,544       $ (1,256
                                            

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     55,936         56,209         56,750         56,702         57,167   

Adjustment for incremental shares arising from assumed exercise of options

     2,770         2,524         2,162         1,808           
                                            

Weighted-average common shares for diluted net income (loss) per share

     58,706         58,733         58,912         58,510         57,167   
                                            

Diluted net income (loss) per common share (1)

   $ 0.16       $ 0.08       $ 0.18       $ 0.09       $ (0.02
                                            

 

(1)   As the Company was in a net loss position for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, there was no dilutive effect on net loss per common share. Therefore, both basic and diluted net loss per common share were $(0.02) for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

4. Pro forma information (unaudited)

 

The pro forma information has been computed to give effect to the pro forma adjustments discussed below:

 

Pro forma stockholders’ equity and pro forma deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2010 have been computed to give effect to the conversion of the Company’s common shares into shares of common stock and repayment of the loan balances using proceeds from the offering of common stock and accordingly reflect:

 

   

the reclassification of the balance of members’ interests in common shares to common stock and additional paid-in capital upon a reorganization of the Company from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and the conversion of common shares into common stock in a ratio of 1:1 based on amounts outstanding as of September 30, 2010;

 

   

adjustments to deferred income tax assets and deferred income tax liabilities in connection with the Company’s reorganization from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation, with a resulting net adjustment of $             to stockholders’ equity;

 

   

the write-off of deferred debt issuance costs of $             and repayment of the loan balances of $             outstanding under the Credit Facility based on amounts outstanding as of September 30, 2010; and

 

   

the issuance of              shares of common stock at the assumed initial offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) net of offering costs of

 

F-16


Table of Contents
 

$            , where the proceeds of such issuance of shares would have been sufficient to repay outstanding loan balances as of September 30, 2010.

 

All of the aforementioned adjustments have been reflected in the pro forma balance sheet as if these events all occurred on September 30, 2010.

 

The pro forma net income (loss) applied in computing the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted income (loss) per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 is based upon the Company’s historical net income (loss) as adjusted to reflect the following:

 

   

The conversion of the Company’s LLC to a C corporation. Prior to such conversion, the LLC was treated as a partnership and generally not subject to income taxes. The pro forma net income (loss), therefore, includes adjustments for income tax expense (benefit) as if the LLC had been a corporation and subject to income taxes at an assumed combined federal, state, and local income tax rate of     %. Upon the conversion of the LLC to a Delaware corporation, the Company expects to record a non-cash income tax benefit equal to the amount of the net adjustment to the deferred tax balances, which would have been $             on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2010, which has not been reflected in the adjustment to pro forma net income (loss) for the year ended December 31, 2009 or the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

   

The elimination of historical interest expense, including the amortization of debt issuance costs, related to the loan balances under the Company’s credit facility which is assumed to be repaid using a portion of the net proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering of its common stock.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The basic and diluted pro forma per common share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts). The calculation of weighted average common shares used in the calculation give effect on a pro forma basis to only that number of additional shares that would have been required to be issued to prepay the loan balances outstanding under the Company’s credit facility as of September 30, 2010 assuming the issuance of such shares at an initial offering price of $            per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The diluted pro forma per common share calculation also assumes the conversion, exercise, or issuance of all potential common shares, unless the effect of inclusion would result in the reduction of a net loss per common share or the increase in net income per common share.

 

     Year Ended 
December  31, 2009
     Nine Months Ended 
September 30, 2010
 
     (unaudited)  
Basic pro forma net income (loss) per common share      

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,375       $ (1,256

Adjustment for pro forma income tax expense

     

Adjustment to interest expense related to prepayment of loan balances

     
                 

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $         $     
                 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     56,750         57,167   

Adjustment to include the additional shares required to be issued to generate proceeds sufficient to prepay the outstanding loan balances

     

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding for basic net income (loss) per common share

     
                 

Basic pro forma net income (loss) per common share

   $         $     
                 
Diluted pro forma net income per common share              

Net income (loss)

   $ 10,375       $ (1,256

Adjustment for pro forma income tax expense

     

Adjustment to interest expense related to prepayment of loan balances

     
                 

Pro forma net income (loss)

   $         $     
                 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     56,750         57,167   

Adjustment for additional shares arising from assumed exercise of options

     

Adjustment to include the additional shares required to be issued to generate proceeds sufficient to prepay the outstanding loan balances

     
                 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding for diluted net income (loss) per common share

     
                 

Pro forma diluted net income (loss) per common share (1)

   $         $     
                 

 

(1)   As the Company was in a net loss position for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, there was no dilutive effect on pro forma net loss per common share. Therefore, both basic and diluted pro forma net loss per common share were $             for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

5. Property and Equipment, Net

 

Property and equipment balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     September  30,
2010
 
     2008     2009    
                 (unaudited)  

Computers and equipment

   $ 4,403      $ 5,556      $ 7,337   

Software

     4,764        8,779        13,038   

Furniture and fixtures

     2,445        3,986        5,125   

Leasehold improvements

     1,265        1,646        2,676   
                        
     12,877        19,967        28,176   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,494     (7,968     (12,286
                        
     8,383        11,999        15,890   

Internal-use software development in process

     690        2,002        2,606   
                        
   $ 9,073      $ 14,001      $ 18,496   
                        

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $1.7 million, $2.5 million, $3.5 million, $2.3 million and $4.4 million during 2007, 2008, 2009, and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Property and equipment with a carrying value of $0.6 million, $1.3 million and $2.2 million, net of accumulated amortization of $0.2 million, $0.5 million and $0.9 million, were held under capital leases at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively.

 

The Company capitalized $0.7 million, $2.8 million, $5.0 million, $3.8 million and $3.1 million during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, related to internal-use software development costs. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, the carrying value of capitalized costs related to internal-use software, net of accumulated amortization, was $3.4 million, $7.4 million and $8.4 million, respectively. Amortization of capitalized costs related to internal-use software was $0.2 million, $0.5 million, $1.1 million, $0.7 million, and $2.1 million during 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

6. Other Accrued Liabilities

 

Other accrued liabilities balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September  30,
2010
 
     2008      2009     
                   (unaudited)  

Deferred rent obligations

   $ 242       $ 3       $ 60   

Amounts refundable to end customers

             600         2,118   

Accrued professional fees

     565         553         735   

Deferred revenue

             608         690   

Other

     423         959         1,930   
                          
   $ 1,230       $ 2,723       $ 5,533   
                          

 

F-19


Table of Contents

7. Long-Term Debt

 

Long-term debt balances were comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September  30,
2010
 
     2008      2009     
                   (unaudited)  

Current:

        

Term loan

   $ 2,790       $ 3,251       $ 1,500   

Capital lease obligations

     151         71         560   
                          
     2,941         3,322         2,060   

Non-current:

        

Term loan

     16,835         13,584         14,334   

Capital lease obligations

             702         1,396   
                          
     16,835         14,286         15,730   
                          

Total long-term debt

   $ 19,776       $ 17,608       $ 17,790   
                          

 

Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility

 

In April 2008, the Company entered into a credit facility agreement (the “Credit Facility”), as amended, with various financial institutions that replaced several prior debt agreements. The Credit Facility provides for (i) a $20.0 million term loan and (ii) a $25.0 million revolving credit facility consisting of direct loans, standby letters of credit and trade letters of credit. The Credit Facility expires in April 2013, and is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.

 

The repayment terms of the term loan require quarterly installments of specified amounts from June 30, 2008 to April 29, 2013. If the Company exceeds a certain level of excess cash flow, as defined in the Credit Facility, for the current year, then the term loan requires additional principal payments in the next year. Such additional principal payments are classified in the current portion of long-term debt at each annual balance sheet date. The Company may prepay the principal of the term loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Each prepayment must be accompanied by the payment of accrued interested to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid.

 

Borrowing under the revolving credit facility is subject to limitations imposed by collateral agreements and certain other conditions in the Credit Facility. The available revolving loan credit facility is subject to certain limitations related to the Company’s accounts receivable balance and bank product reserves, as defined in the Credit Facility. There was no amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2008 and 2009 or at September 30, 2010. The maximum amount of outstanding letters of credit available under the revolving credit facility shall not exceed $7.5 million in the aggregate at any time. The Company had outstanding letters of credit amounting to $2.6 million, $1.6 million and $1.6 million at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively, as required under certain operating leases agreements for office space.

 

The term loan and revolving credit facility bear interest at either, (i) the Base LIBOR Rate plus an additional margin; or, (ii) the Base Rate (i.e., prime rate) plus an additional margin, as defined in the Credit Facility. Prior to April 2010, the Company had elected to use the Base Rate plus the additional margin. In April 2010, the Company elected to use the Base LIBOR Rate plus an additional margin. At December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, the applicable interest rate under the Credit Facility was 5.25%; and at September 30, 2010, the applicable interest rate was 5.75%. The Company is also required to pay a letter of credit fee equal to 0.825% per annum of the daily outstanding balance of letters of credit.

 

The Credit Facility has various restrictive financial covenants, which include maintaining a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and limitations on a leverage ratio. In March 2010, the Company obtained a waiver from the requirement to make additional principal payments in 2010 based on 2009 excess cash flow levels. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, the Company was in compliance with these financial covenants.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

In April 2010, the Credit Facility was amended and the maximum amount on the revolving credit facility was reduced to $15.0 million and the limitation to the available revolving loan credit facility was changed from accounts receivable balances to consolidated revenue. In connection with this amendment, the Base LIBOR Rate was revised to be equal to the greater of 2% or the published U.S. dollar LIBOR rate.

 

In December 2010, the Credit Facility was further amended to (i) reduce the maximum amount available under the revolving credit facility from $15.0 million to $7.5 million and (ii) decrease the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio with respect to the calculation for the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2010. In addition, the Company also amended its fee arrangement with the lenders such that upon the termination of the Credit Facility on or prior to December 31, 2011, the Company would be subject to a prepayment premium of 0.5% on the sum of the maximum revolver amount as defined in the agreement, which is currently $15.0 million, and the then-outstanding principal balance on the term loan.

 

Capital Leases

 

The Company has capital lease agreements that are collateralized by the underlying property and equipment and expire through September 2019. The weighted-average imputed interest rates for the capital lease agreements were 9.8%, 5.9%, and 5.6% at December 31, 2008, 2009 and September 30, 2010, respectively. There were no capital lease obligations outstanding during 2007.

 

The future contractual maturities of long-term debt, including the term loan and capital lease obligations, as of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2009
     September 30,
2010
 
            (unaudited)  

2010

   $ 3,322       $ 540   

2011

     4,838         2,274   

2012

     5,824         1,983   

2013

     3,160         12,538   

2014

     79         74   

Thereafter

     385         381   
                 
   $ 17,608       $ 17,790   
                 

 

8. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Leases

 

The Company leases its office space under noncancelable operating lease agreements with various expiration dates through August 2018. As of December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010, future minimum payments under operating leases were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2009
     September 30,
2010
 
            (unaudited)  

2010

   $ 3,307       $ 1,345   

2011

     3,737         4,980   

2012

     3,780         4,839   

2013

     3,594         3,972   

2014

     3,640         3,884   

Thereafter

     4,048         5,162   
                 
   $ 22,106       $ 24,182   
                 

 

Rent expense during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was $2.9 million, $4.2 million, $3.8 million, $2.7 million and $3.6 million, respectively.

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company entered into four new operating leases resulting in aggregate future lease commitments of $3.4 million over lease periods ranging from one to three years. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company recorded a $0.4 million charge to terminate an office lease prior to its expiration.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Other Matters

 

The Company may be subject to litigation or other claims in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company’s ultimate liability, if any, related to pending or threatened litigation or claims would not materially affect its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

9. Members’ Equity

 

Members’ equity consists of one class of common shares. Income is allocated pro rata to members as defined in the limited liability company agreement. The holder of each common share is entitled to one vote. Members are entitled to mandatory distributions for their respective income tax expense resulting from the operations of the LLC and other distributions as and when declared by the Board of Directors.

 

In 2007, the Company repurchased 15,286,453 shares for $65.1 million from certain of its members and simultaneously issued such shares to an investor at the same share value in connection with a tender offer.

 

The Company repurchased 35,000 shares and 86,157 shares during 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, at the then estimated fair value. There were no share repurchases in 2008 or the nine months ended September 30, 2009. All of the acquired shares are held as treasury shares on the accompanying statements of members’ equity and comprehensive income (loss).

 

Other than distributions upon a redemption or liquidation event, as defined in the Company’s limited liability company Agreement, funds and assets of the Company determined by the Company’s Board of Directors to be available for distribution shall be distributed to all of the members, pro rata in proportion to the number of vested common shares held by each member.

 

10. Share-Based Compensation

 

Share Option Plans

 

The Company has granted options through two approved plans, the Company’s 2004 Omnibus Share Plan and the 2008 Option Plan (collectively, the “Option Plans”). The Company’s 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “2004 Plan”) authorizes the granting of options and restricted shares to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company. During 2008, the Board of Directors increased the number of authorized common shares under the 2004 Plan by 2,566,000 shares to a total of 12,950,000 shares. In December 2008, the Company adopted the 2008 Option Plan (the “2008 Plan”), and currently grants options only through the 2008 Plan. A total of 10,000,000 common shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan. The Company’s Board of Directors administers the Option Plans and has authority to determine the directors, officers, employees and consultants to whom options or restricted shares may be granted, the option price or restricted share purchase price, the timing of when each share is exercisable and the duration of the exercise period and the nature of any restrictions or vesting periods applicable to an option or restricted share grant.

 

Under the Option Plans, options granted are generally subject to a four-year vesting period whereby options become 25% vested after a one-year period and then vest monthly through the end of the vesting period. Vested options may be exercised up to ten years from the vesting commencement date, as defined in the Option Plans. Vested but unexercised options expire three months after termination of employment with the Company. Certain grants are exercisable before becoming vested, but the unvested optioned shares are subject to a repurchase agreement in the event the employee is terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily whereby the repurchase price is equal to the option exercise price. Proceeds from the exercise of unvested options are classified as a liability upon exercise and are reclassified to equity as the underlying shares vest to the employee. The liability for exercises of unvested options was not significant for any of the periods reported on. There were 168,000 shares subject to repurchase outstanding at December 31, 2007 and none at December 31, 2008, 2009 or September 30, 2010.

 

There were no significant modifications or repurchases in 2007, 2008 or 2009. In June 2010, the Company modified the vesting of 260,416 share options granted to one employee such that the cancellation of the vested

 

F-22


Table of Contents

shares occurred 12 months after termination of the employee. This transaction was accounted for as a modification and total incremental compensation cost resulting from the modification amounted to $0.1 million.

 

The Company has elected to recognize the compensation cost of all share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Further, the Company applied an estimated forfeiture rate to unvested awards when computing the share compensation expenses. The Company estimated the forfeiture rate for unvested awards based on its historical experience on employee turnover behavior and other factors during the preceding three calendar years.

 

Share Awards Issued to Non Employees

 

During 2008 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company granted share options to purchase 8,333, and 25,000 common shares, respectively, to non employees for professional services at exercise prices ranging from $4.26 to $4.95 per share under the 2008 Plan. Share-based compensation expense related to share options granted to non employees was $0.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and insignificant in 2008. The weighted-average remaining contractual terms at September 30, 2010 for the two options grants was 7.3 years and 9.8 years, respectively.

 

Determining Fair Value of Share Options

 

The estimated fair value of share options granted during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, was approximately $13.2 million, $6.6 million, $7.7 million and $5.6 million and $11.1 million, respectively. The fair value of the share options was estimated by using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which takes into account inputs such as the exercise price, the value of the underlying common shares at the grant date, expected term, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and dividend yield. The fair market value of each grant of options during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was determined by the Company using the methods and assumptions discussed below. The Company stratifies its population of outstanding share options into two relatively homogeneous groups to estimate the expected term and forfeiture rate of options grants. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

 

Expected Term —The expected term represents the period that the Company’s share-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company calculated the expected term of share options using four data points: options exercised, options expired, options forfeited and options outstanding. The weighted-average of the four data points were used to calculate the expected term.

 

Expected Volatility —The expected volatility was based on the historical stock volatility of several of the Company’s self-designated publicly listed comparable companies over a period equal to the expected terms of the options, as the Company does not have any trading history to use the volatility of its own common shares.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues for each option grant date with maturities approximately equal to the option’s contractual term.

 

Expected Dividend Yield —The Company has not paid dividends on its common shares nor does it expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future beyond annual tax distributions to LLC members.

 

Forfeiture Rate —The Company estimated its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture-rate adjustment will be recognized in full in the period of adjustment, if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from that estimated by the Company.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Common Shares —The fair value of common shares underlying the share options has historically been determined by the Board of Directors. As there has been no public market for the Company’s common shares, the Board of Directors has determined the fair value of the common shares at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuation of comparable companies, the probability-weighted expected return under possible future events, such as an initial public offering, a strategic merger or sale, or remaining a private company, the Company’s operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital share and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The Board of Directors also considers work performed by valuation specialists engaged by the Company to determine the valuation of its common shares.

 

The following table reflects the weighted-average assumptions for options grants during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010:

 

       Years Ended December 31,     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
       2007     2008     2009     2009     2010  
                         (unaudited)  

Expected term (in years)

       4.8        4.6        4.8        4.8        5.4   

Expected volatility

       74     55     56     56     54

Risk-free interest rate

       3.57 - 4.68     2.45 - 3.07     2.17 -2.68     2.17 - 2.68     1.75 - 2.43

Expected dividend yield

                                     

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Option activity under the Option Plans for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010 was as follows (shares in thousands):

 

           Options Outstanding         
     Shares
Available

for  Grant
    Number
of Shares
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2007

     980        4,907      $ 1.02         

Additional shares authorized

     3,821                       

Granted

     (4,983     4,983        4.26         

Exercised

            (208     0.48         

Forfeited

     398        (398     2.05         
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2007

     216        9,284        2.71         

Additional shares authorized

     12,566                       

Granted

     (3,214     3,214        4.26         

Exercised

            (305     0.68         

Forfeited

     1,886        (1,886     1.78         
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2008

     11,454        10,307        3.27         

Granted

     (3,650     3,650        4.35         

Exercised

            (459     1.27         

Forfeited

     997        (997     3.10         
                        

Outstanding—December 31, 2009

     8,801        12,501        3.67         

Granted (unaudited)

     (4,678     4,678        4.77         

Exercised (unaudited)

            (627     0.66         

Forfeited (unaudited)

     826        (826     4.20         
                        

Outstanding—September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

     4,949        15,726        4.09         
                        

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2009

       11,783      $ 3.67         7.2       $ 11,578   

Options exercisable—December 31, 2009

       5,982      $ 3.07         6.4         9,179   

Options vested and expected to vest—September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

       15,264      $ 4.07         7.6         13,375   

Options exercisable—September 30, 2010 (unaudited)

       7,206      $ 3.53         6.3         10,240   

 

In December 2010, the Company granted 2,181,428 share options to employees and 134,000 share options to a member of the Company’s Board of Directors with an exercise price of $5.80 per share (unaudited).

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was $2.65, $2.05, $2.12, $2.08 and $2.38, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised under the Option Plans was $0.8 million, $1.1 million, $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $2.5 million in 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively, determined as of the date of option exercise. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the common shares on the exercise date and the exercise price of the option shares. The total estimated fair value of share options vested in 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was $2.2 million, $6.6 million, $8.5 million, $6.9 million and $10.2 million, respectively.

 

Share-based compensation expense is based on applying calculated fair values determined at the grant date to those options granted in the year that are ultimately expected to vest. Accordingly, the fair values calculated on the total population of grants have been reduced for estimated forfeitures expected to occur in the future. The

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Company’s share-based compensation expense during 2007, 2008, 2009 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was $3.9 million, $5.4 million, $6.1 million $4.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively. During 2008 and 2009, the tax benefit related to share-based compensation expense was $0.2 million, $0.1 million, respectively. The tax benefit related to share-based compensation during 2007 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010 was insignificant.

 

The table below summarizes share-based compensation expense as allocated within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,096       $ 1,271       $ 914       $ 672       $ 843   

Sales and marketing

     1,100         1,570         2,340         1,706         2,214   

Research and development

                     541         399         598   

General and administrative

     1,680         2,608         2,265         1,663         2,362   
                                            

Total share-based compensation

   $ 3,876       $ 5,449       $ 6,060       $ 4,440       $ 6,017   
                                            

 

The following tables summarize information about share options outstanding at December 31, 2009 and September 30, 2010 (shares in thousands):

 

December 31, 2009    Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.20 to $0.65

     894         4.4       $ 0.35         894       $ 0.35   

$1.20 to $1.49

     1,425         4.4         1.33         1,240         1.32   

$4.26 to $4.60

     10,182         7.6         4.29         3,848         4.26   
                          
     12,501         7.0         3.67         5,982         3.07   
                          

 

September 30, 2010 (unaudited)    Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.20 to $0.65

     439         4.6       $ 0.44         439       $ 0.44   

$1.20 to $1.49

     1,238         5.5         1.31         1,230         1.31   

$4.26 to $4.95

     14,049         8.0         4.45         5,537         4.27   
                          
     15,726         7.7         4.09         7,206         3.53   
                          

 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, there was $11.9 million, $12.0 million and $16.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Option Plans, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.8 years, 1.7 years and 2.9 years, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

11. Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company maintains a 401(k) defined contribution benefit plan that covers all eligible domestic employees who have attained 21 years of age and provide at least 20 hours of service per week. This plan allow U.S. employees to contribute up to 90% of their pre-tax salary in certain investments at the discretion of the employee, up to maximum annual contribution limits established by the U.S. Department of Treasury. During 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the Company matched, up to an annual limit of $2,000, the first 3% of a participant’s contributions. Matching contributions by the Company are fully vested upon completion of the first year of employment. Employer matching contributions, which may be discontinued at the Company’s discretion, amounted to $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million during 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively. There were no matching contributions by the Company in 2007.

 

12. Income Taxes

 

Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes for the Company’s domestic and international operations was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2007      2008      2009  

Domestic

   $ 8,674       $ 4,295       $ 9,562   

International

     362         1,679         2,679   
                          

Income before provision for income taxes

   $ 9,036       $ 5,974       $ 12,241   
                          

 

The income tax (benefit) provision consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2007     2008     2009  

Current:

      

Federal

   $      $ 2,431      $ 2,244   

Foreign

     37        32        280   

State and local

     20        571        367   
                        

Total current income tax provision

     57        3,034        2,891   
                        

Deferred:

      

Federal

            (1,608     (585

Foreign

     (689     514        264   

State and local

            (787     (704
                        

Total deferred income tax benefit

     (689     (1,881     (1,025
                        

Income tax (benefit) provision

   $ (632   $ 1,153      $ 1,866   
                        

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table provides the reconciliation between the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2007     2008     2009  

U.S. federal statutory rate for LLC

            

U.S. federal statutory rate for taxable subsidiaries

            34.0        34.0   

Benefit from income attributable to LLC

            (2.0     (11.7

Benefit from change in tax status

            (13.5       

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     0.2        4.7        2.0   

Foreign tax rate differential

     2.3        (4.4     (3.9

Permanent differences

            5.0        2.3   

State tax credits

            (4.2     (3.4

Change in valuation allowance

     (9.4              

Other, net

            (0.3     (4.1
                        
     (6.9 )%      19.3      15.2 
                        

 

At January 1, 2008, the Company transferred a significant portion of its U.S. operations from its LLC to a wholly-owned U.S. taxable subsidiary. As the companies are part of this consolidated group, the amounts were eliminated in consolidation and the transaction effectively was accounted for as a change in tax status in these consolidated financial statements. For tax purposes however, the assets were transferred to the U.S. taxable subsidiary at their current book and tax basis, thereby creating new net deferred tax assets at the U.S. taxable subsidiary. As such, deferred tax assets and liabilities were established on the basis of the transferred assets and liabilities and the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $0.8 million from the change in income tax status as of January 1, 2008.

 

The following table provides the effect of temporary differences that created deferred income taxes as of December 31, 2008 and 2009. Deferred tax assets and (liabilities) represent the future effects on income taxes resulting from temporary differences and carry-forwards at the end of the respective periods (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2008     2009  

Current

    

Accrued liabilities

   $ 253      $ 392   

State taxes

     123        129   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     93        192   
                

Current deferred tax assets

     469        713   
                

Non-current

    

Share-based compensation expense

     1,690        2,546   

Tax credit carryforward

     275        609   

Net operating loss carryforward

     211          

Unrealized loss on foreign exchange transactions

     175        93   

Property & equipment

     (250     (366
                

Non-current deferred tax assets, net

     2,101        2,882   
                

Total deferred tax assets, net

   $ 2,570      $ 3,595   
                

 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and determined that based on the available evidence, including a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. During 2007, as a result of achieving a history of taxable income and estimates of future taxable income, the Company released the full valuation allowance of $847,000 that was recorded as of December 31, 2006 related to the Company’s Irish subsidiary.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

The Company adopted ASC No. 740 on unrecognized tax benefits on January 1, 2007. The adoption of ASC 740 did not have an impact on the January 1, 2007 members’ equity because the Company believes there were no uncertain tax positions for tax years prior to 2007. As of December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010, the Company did not have any unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would impact the annual effective tax rate.

 

The Company files U.S. federal and state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities throughout the world. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, state, local and foreign tax laws. In November 2010, the Company concluded an IRS audit of the 2008 tax year which resulted in a change to a temporary difference, without impact on the 2008 income tax provision as previously reported. The 2006 through 2009 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal, state, and foreign tax authorities.

 

It is difficult to predict the final timing and resolution of any particular uncertain tax position. Based on the Company’s assessment of many factors, including past experience and complex judgments about future events, the Company does not expect that changes in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits during the next twelve months will have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

13. Reportable Segments

 

The Company’s operations are principally managed on a geographic basis and are comprised of three reportable and operating segments: NALA, EMEA, and APJ.

 

The Company reports segment information based on the management approach. The management approach designates the internal reporting used by the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company’s reportable segments. The CODM is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. The CODM allocates resources to and assesses the performance of each of the operating segment using information about its revenue and direct profit contribution, which is management’s measure of segment profitability. Management has determined that the Company’s reportable and operating segments are as follows, based on the information used by the CODM:

 

NALA —Includes operations from offices in San Francisco, California; Denver, Colorado and Nashville, Tennessee related primarily to end customer in North America.

 

EMEA —Includes operations from offices in Liverpool, United Kingdom and Dublin, Ireland related primarily to end customers in Europe.

 

APJ —Includes operations from offices in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia and Singapore related primarily to end customers in Asia Pacific and Japan.

 

The Company does not allocate sales and marketing, research and development, or general and administrative expenses to its geographic regions because management does not include the information in its measurement of the performance of the operating segments. The Company excludes certain items such as share-based compensation, overhead allocations and other items from direct profit contribution. Revenue for a particular geography reflects fees the Company earns from its customers for sales and renewals of maintenance, support and subscription contracts on their behalf and managed from the Company’s sales center in that geography.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Summarized financial information by geographic location for 2007, 2008, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, based on the Company’s internal management reporting and as utilized by the Company’s CODM, is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2007      2008      2009      2009      2010  
                          (unaudited)  

Net revenue

              

NALA (1)

   $ 60,314       $ 70,177       $ 77,283       $ 54,594       $ 72,776   

EMEA

     14,875         30,103         31,995         21,490         30,599   

APJ

                     1,398         805         5,093   
                                            

Total net revenue

     75,189         100,280         110,676         76,889         108,468   
                                            

Direct profit contribution

              

NALA

     38,256         42,179         49,561         34,927         41,188   

EMEA

     5,871         14,323         14,098         8,984         14,039   

APJ

                     696         543         1,662   
                                            

Total direct profit contribution

     44,127         56,502         64,355         44,454         56,889   
                                            

Adjustments:

              

Share-based compensation.

     1,096         1,271         914         672         843   

Overhead allocations

     6,435         11,792         10,568         7,651         10,350   

Other

     631         124         1,074         819         1,069   
                                            

Gross profit

   $ 35,965       $ 43,315       $ 51,799       $ 35,312       $ 44,627   
                                            

 

(1)   Net revenue generated in the United States was $58.8 million, $68.9 million, $77.3 million, $54.6 million and $72.8 million for 2007, 2008 and 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

 

The majority of the Company’s assets were attributable to its U.S. operations at December 31, 2008 and 2009 and September 30, 2010. Property and equipment information is based on the physical location of the assets. The following table presents the long-lived assets, consisting principally of property and equipment, by geographic location (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      September  30,
2010
 
     2008      2009     
                   (unaudited)  

NALA

   $ 8,823       $ 12,658       $ 16,279   

EMEA

     250         1,123         1,314   

APJ

             220         903   
                          

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 9,073       $ 14,001       $ 18,496   
                          

 

14. Subsequent Events

 

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through March 29, 2010, except for net income (loss) per common share information discussed in Note 3, the 2010 amendments to the credit facility discussed in Note 7, the adoption of the accounting standard on unrecognized tax benefits discussed in Note 12 and segment information discussed in Note 13, as to which the date is December 20, 2010, for the issuance of the 2009 consolidated financial statements. For the issuance of the consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, the unaudited interim period presented herein, such evaluation was performed through December 20, 2010.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

 

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 5,347.50   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 8,000.00   

Listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
        

Total

   $ *   
        

 

*   To be filed by Amendment.

 

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

On completion of this offering, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

 

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

 

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of each person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

 

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

 

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

 

Since January 1, 2007, the Registrant has sold the following unregistered securities:

 

(1) From January 1, 2007 through September 30, 2010, ServiceSource International, LLC sold and issued to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 1,586,453 common shares pursuant to option exercises under the 2004 Omnibus Share Plan at prices ranging from $0.20 to $4.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $1,287,117.

 

(2) From January 1, 2007 through September 30, 2010, ServiceSource International, LLC granted options under the 2004 Omnibus Share Plan to purchase 8,197,333 common shares to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers, at a price of $4.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $34,927,029.

 

(3) From January 1, 2007 through September 30, 2010, ServiceSource International, LLC sold and issued to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers an aggregate of 1,562 common shares pursuant to option exercises under the 2008 Share Option Plan at a price of $4.26 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $6,654.

 

(4) From January 1, 2007 through September 30, 2010, ServiceSource International, LLC granted options under the 2008 Share Option Plan to purchase 8,324,640 of its common shares to its employees, non-employee directors, consultants and other service providers, at prices ranging from $4.26 to $4.95 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $38,165,940.

 

(5) On January 12, 2007, ServiceSource International, LLC sold and issued 15,286,453 common shares to one accredited investor, at $4.2595 per share, for aggregate consideration of $65,112,646.

 

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act or Regulation S of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in each such transaction represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and option agreements issued in such transactions.

 

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financials statements or related notes.

 

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter

 

II-2


Table of Contents

has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(a) The Registrant will provide to the underwriters at the closing as specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(c) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on December 20, 2010.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By:

 

/s/     M ICHAEL A. S MERKLO

  Michael A. Smerklo
  Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Michael A. Smerklo and David S. Oppenheimer, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of ServiceSource International, LLC and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    M ICHAEL A. S MERKLO        

Michael A. Smerklo

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    D AVID S. O PPENHEIMER        

David S. Oppenheimer

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    S TEVEN M. C AKEBREAD        

Steven M. Cakebread

  

Director

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    M ARC F. M C M ORRIS        

Marc F. McMorris

  

Director

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    B RUCE W. D UNLEVIE        

Bruce W. Dunlevie

  

Director

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    A NTHONY Z INGALE        

Anthony Zingale

  

Director

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    J AMES C. M ADDEN , V        

James C. Madden, V

  

Director

  December 20, 2010

/ S /    B ARRY D. R EYNOLDS        

Barry D. Reynolds

  

Director

  December 20, 2010

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

    1.1*      

Form of Underwriting Agreement

    2.1*      

Conversion Agreement dated as of                     , 2011, between the Registrant and the other parties thereto

    2.2*      

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of                     , 2011, between the Registrant and the other parties thereto

    3.1      

Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

    3.2      

Form of Bylaws of the Registrant

    3.3      

Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement

    4.1*      

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant

    4.2      

Registration and Information Rights Agreement dated as of December 8, 2006, between the Registrant and GA SS Holding LLC, SSLLC Holdings, Inc., Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, LP and Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, LP

    4.3      

Securities Purchase Agreement and Registration Rights Schedule dated as of January 31, 2003, between the Registrant and the 2003 Holders

    5.1*      

Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation

  10.1+      

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

  10.2+      

2004 Omnibus Share Plan and form of agreement thereunder

  10.3+      

2008 Share Option Plan and form of agreement thereunder

  10.4+      

2011 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder to be in effect upon the closing of this offering

  10.5+      

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of June 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Michael A. Smerklo

  10.6+      

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Jeffrey M. Bizzack

  10.7+      

Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of July 7, 2010, between the Registrant and David Oppenheimer

  10.8+      

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Robert Sturgeon

  10.9+      

Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of April 13, 2010, between the Registrant and Ganesh Bell

  10.10+      

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Raymond M. Martinelli

  10.11+      

Amended and Restated Employment Letter Agreement dated as of November 4, 2010, between the Registrant and Natalie A. McCullough

  10.12+      

Amended and Restated Employment and Confidential Information Agreement dated as of December 8, 2010, between the Registrant and Paul D. Warenski

  10.13      

Office Lease, dated as of October 31, 2007, between Registrant and Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC

  10.14      

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

    

Exhibit Title

  10.15      

Amendment Number One dated as of May 19, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent

  10.16      

Amendment Number Two dated as of August 21, 2009, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent

  10.17      

Amendment Number Three dated as of April 30, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent

  10.18      

Amendment Number Four dated as of November 4, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent

  10.19   

Amendment Number Five dated as of December 17, 2010, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, between the Registrant, the Lenders named therein and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent

  21.1      

List of subsidiaries of the Registrant

  23.1      

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  23.2   

Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1)

  24.1      

Power of Attorney (see page II-4 to this registration statement on Form S-1)

 

*   To be filed by amendment
+   Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation

ServiceSource International, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies as follows:

A. The name of the Corporation is ServiceSource International, Inc.

B. This Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation shall read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is ServiceSource International, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, Dover, Kent County, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

4.1 Authorized Capital Stock . The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the corporation is authorized to issue is 1,020,000,000 shares, consisting of 1,000,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).

4.2 Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock . The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the


number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express terms of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.4 of this Article IV.

4.3 Common Stock .

(a) The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders on which the holders of shares of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Except as otherwise required by law or this certificate of incorporation (this “ Certificate of Incorporation ” which term, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock), and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders the holders of shares of Common Stock shall have the right to vote for the election of directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms, number of shares, powers, designations, preferences, or relative participating, optional or other special rights (including, without limitation, voting rights), or to qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, by any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

(b) Subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions (payable in cash, property or capital stock of the corporation) when, as and if declared thereon by the Board of Directors from time to time out of any assets or funds of the corporation legally available therefor and shall share equally on a per share basis in such dividends and distributions.

(c) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the corporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock in respect thereof, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them.

4.4 Preferred Stock .

(a) The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of

 

-2-


Directors is further authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions and to set forth in a certification of designations filed pursuant to the DGCL the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing.

(b) The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series, the number of which was fixed by it, subsequent to the issuance of shares of such series then outstanding, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series. If the number of shares of any series is so decreased, then the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

ARTICLE V

5.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

5.2 Number of Directors; Election; Term .

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the number of directors that constitutes the entire Board of Directors of the corporation shall be fixed solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.

(b) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, effective upon the closing date (the “ Effective Date ”) of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the directors of the corporation shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date, the term of office of the initial Class II directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of

 

-3-


holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.2, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

(d) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

5.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, a director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

5.4 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, and except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, at any meeting of the Board of Directors. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE VI

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors of the corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

7.1 No Action by Written Consent of Stockholders . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to act by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

7.2 Special Meetings . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the

 

-4-


stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

7.3 Advance Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE VIII

8.1 Limitation of Personal Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Any repeal or amendment of this Section 8.1 by the stockholders of the corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 8.1 will, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the corporation to further limit or eliminate the liability of directors) and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

8.2 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended from time to time, the corporation is also authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) its directors, officers and agents (and any other persons to which the DGCL permits the corporation to provide indemnification) through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

ARTICLE IX

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation (including any rights, preferences or other designations of Preferred Stock), in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by this Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL; and all rights, preferences and privileges herein conferred upon stockholders by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article IX. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote that may be required by law or the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, Article V, Article VI, Article VII or this Article IX (including, without

 

-5-


limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ServiceSource International, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this [      ] day of [              ], 20[      ].

 

By:  

 

  Michael A. Smerklo
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

(as amended on December 16, 2010 effective as of the

closing of the corporation’s initial public offering)


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

       Page  

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

 

1.1

  

REGISTERED OFFICE

     1   

1.2

  

OTHER OFFICES

     1   

 

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

 

2.1

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS

     1   

2.2

  

ANNUAL MEETING

     1   

2.3

  

SPECIAL MEETING

     1   

2.4

  

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

     2   

2.5

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     5   

2.6

  

QUORUM

     6   

2.7

  

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

     6   

2.8

  

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

     6   

2.9

  

VOTING

     6   

2.10

  

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     7   

2.11

  

RECORD DATES

     7   

2.12

  

PROXIES

     8   

2.13

  

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

     8   

2.14

  

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

     8   

 

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

     9   

 

3.1

  

POWERS

     9   

3.2

  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.3

  

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

     9   

3.4

  

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

     10   

3.5

  

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

     10   

3.6

  

REGULAR MEETINGS

     11   

3.7

  

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

     11   

3.8

  

QUORUM; VOTING

     11   

3.9

  

BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

     12   

3.10

  

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     12   

3.11

  

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     12   

 

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

     12   

 

4.1

  

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

     12   

4.2

  

COMMITTEE MINUTES

     12   

4.3

  

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

     13   

4.4

  

SUBCOMMITTEES

     13   

 

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

     13   

 

5.1

  

OFFICERS

     13   

5.2

  

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.3

  

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

     14   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

            Page  

5.4

  

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

     14   

5.5

  

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

     14   

5.6

  

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

     14   

5.7

  

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

     15   

 

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

     15   

 

6.1

  

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

     15   

6.2

  

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

     15   

6.3

  

LOST CERTIFICATES

     16   

6.4

  

DIVIDENDS

     16   

6.5

  

TRANSFER OF STOCK

     16   

6.6

  

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

     16   

6.7

  

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

     17   

 

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

     17   

 

7.1

  

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     17   

7.2

  

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

     17   

7.3

  

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

     18   

7.4

  

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

     18   

7.5

  

WAIVER OF NOTICE

     18   

 

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

     19   

 

8.1

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

     19   

8.2

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

     19   

8.3

  

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

     19   

8.4

  

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

     20   

8.5

  

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     20   

8.6

  

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

     20   

8.7

  

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

     21   

8.8

  

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

     21   

8.9

  

INSURANCE

     21   

8.10

  

SURVIVAL

     21   

8.11

  

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

     21   

8.12

  

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     22   

 

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

     22   

 

9.1

  

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

     22   

9.2

  

FISCAL YEAR

     22   

9.3

  

SEAL

     22   

9.4

  

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

     22   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

       Page  

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

     23   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS OF SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

 

 

 

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of ServiceSource International, Inc. shall be fixed in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2 OTHER OFFICES

The corporation’s board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. The board of directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the corporation’s principal executive office.

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the corporation’s notice of the meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING

(i) A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons. The board of directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

(ii) The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, chairperson of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(ii) shall be


construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the board of directors may be held.

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(i) Advance Notice of Stockholder Business. At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the board of directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i). In addition, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these bylaws and applicable law. Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the board of directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(a) To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the 90th day nor earlier than the 120th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such annual meeting is first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a). “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor thereto (the “ 1934 Act ”).

(b) To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any

 

-2-


Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”). In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date. For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

(c) Without exception, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii). In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before the annual meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting that any such business not properly brought before the annual meeting shall not be conducted.

(ii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations at Annual Meetings. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an annual meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors of the corporation shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (B) by a stockholder of the corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the corporation.

(a) To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary

 

-3-


of the corporation at the principal executive offices of the corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

(b) To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1) as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and

(2) as to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

(c) At the request of the board of directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

(d) Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the corporation at an annual meeting of stockholders unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement

 

-4-


applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The chairperson of the annual meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the annual meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the annual meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

(iii) Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings.

(a) For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to Section 2.3, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (2) by any stockholder of the corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii), on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above. To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the board of directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii). In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(b) The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

(iv) Other Requirements and Rights . In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, including, with respect to business such stockholder intends to bring before the annual meeting that involves a proposal that such stockholder requests to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement, the requirements of Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any right of the corporation to omit a proposal from the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is

 

-5-


different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6 QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

2.9 VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

-6-


Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as dividend or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11 RECORD DATES

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the board of directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the board of directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may

 

-7-


fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12 PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the corporation’s principal place of business. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

Before any meeting of stockholders, the board of directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

-8-


Such inspectors shall:

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies;

(ii) receive votes, ballots or consents;

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

(iv) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

(vi) determine the result; and

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1 POWERS

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the board of directors. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

-9-


3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the board of directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board of directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The board of directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-10-


3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the board of directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the corporation’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

3.8 QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

-11-


3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director may be removed from office by the stockholders of the corporation only for cause.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The board of directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the corporation.

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

-12-


4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(v) Section 7.5 (waiver of notice); and

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members. However :

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the board of directors or by resolution of the committee;

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee or the board of directors; and

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the board of directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1 OFFICERS

The officers of the corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairperson of the board of directors, a vice chairperson of the board of

 

-13-


directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The board of directors shall appoint the officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board of directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

The chairperson of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

-14-


5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

All officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the board of directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairperson of the board of directors or vice-chairperson of the board of directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however , that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or

 

-15-


218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and cancelled at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4 DIVIDENDS

The board of directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the corporation’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The board of directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation and meeting contingencies.

6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

-16-


6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The corporation:

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the corporation’s records. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i) the corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the corporation in accordance with such consent; and

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

 

(i)

if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

-17-


 

 

(ii)

if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

 

(iii)

if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

 

(iv)

if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

7.3 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the

 

-18-


business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the corporation serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in

 

-19-


defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The board of directors shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.

8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv) initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees,

 

-20-


unless (a) the board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v) if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9 INSURANCE

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10 SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

-21-


8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2 FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

9.3 SEAL

The corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the board of directors. The corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the

 

-22-


singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the board of directors.

 

-23-

Exhibit 3.3

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

Fifth Amended and Restated

Limited Liability Company Agreement

July 29, 2009


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I. – Organization and Powers

     1   

  1.01.

  

Organization

     1   

  1.02.

  

Purposes and Powers

     1   

  1.03.

  

Principal Place of Business

     2   

  1.04.

  

Fiscal Year

     2   

  1.05.

  

Qualification in Other Jurisdictions

     2   

ARTICLE II. – Members

     2   

  2.01.

  

Members

     2   

  2.02.

  

Admission of New Members

     2   

  2.03.

  

Meetings of Members

     2   

  2.04.

  

Limitation of Liability of Members; Indemnity

     3   

  2.05.

  

Authority

     4   

  2.06.

  

No Right to Withdraw

     4   

  2.07.

  

Rights to Information: Books and Records

     4   

  2.08.

  

No Appraisal Rights

     4   

  2.09.

  

Preemptive Rights

     4   

  2.10.

  

[Intentionally Omitted]

     5   

  2.11.

  

[Intentionally Omitted]

     5   

  2.12.

  

[Intentionally Omitted]

     5   

ARTICLE III. – Capital Structure

     5   

  3.01.

  

Classes of Shares

     5   

  3.02.

  

Certificates

     6   

  3.03.

  

Transfers

     6   

  3.04.

  

Record Holders

     6   

  3.05.

  

Record Date

     6   

ARTICLE IV. – [Intentionally Omitted]

     7   

ARTICLE V. – Directors

     7   

  5.01.

  

Powers

     7   

  5.02.

  

Election and Qualification

     7   

  5.03.

  

Powers and Duties of the Directors

     8   

  5.04.

  

Reliance by Third Parties

     8   

  5.05.

  

Tenure

     9   

  5.06.

  

Meetings

     9   

  5.07.

  

Notice of Meetings

     9   

  5.08.

  

Quorum

     9   

  5.09.

  

Action at Meeting

     9   

  5.10.

  

Action by Consent

     10   

  5.11.

  

Limitation of Liability of Directors

     10   

  5.12.

  

Reimbursements

     10   

ARTICLE VI. – Officers

     10   

  6.01.

  

Enumeration

     10   

  6.02.

  

Election

     10   

 

-i-


          Page  

  6.03.

  

Qualification

     10   

  6.04.

  

Tenure

     10   

  6.05.

  

Removal

     10   

  6.06.

  

Vacancies

     10   

  6.07.

  

Powers and Duties

     11   

ARTICLE VII. – Indemnification

     11   

  7.01.

  

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     11   

  7.02.

  

Indemnification of Employees and Agents

     12   

  7.03.

  

Determination of Entitlement

     12   

  7.04.

  

Advance Payments

     12   

  7.05.

  

Non-Exclusive Nature of Indemnification

     13   

  7.06.

  

Insurance

     13   

  7.07.

  

No Duplicate Payments

     13   

  7.08.

  

Amendment

     13   

ARTICLE VIII. – Transactions with Interested Persons

     13   

ARTICLE IX. – Capital Accounts and Contributions

     14   

  9.01.

  

Capital Accounts

     14   

  9.02.

  

Contributions, Generally

     15   

  9.03.

  

Contributions

     15   

ARTICLE X. – Allocations

     15   

10.01.

  

Allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss

     15   

10.02.

  

Allocations of Taxable Income and Loss

     17   

10.03.

  

Section 704(c) Allocations

     17   

10.04.

  

Election Under Section 754 of the Code

     17   

ARTICLE XI. – Distributions

     17   

11.01.

  

Distribution of LLC Funds, Generally

     17   

11.02.

  

Tax Distributions

     17   

11.03.

  

No Limitation

     18   

ARTICLE XII. – Transfers of Interests

     18   

12.01.

  

General Restrictions on Transfer

     18   

12.02.

  

Permitted Transfers

     19   

12.03.

  

Requirements for Transfer

     19   

12.04.

  

Right of First Refusal

     20   

12.05.

  

Right of Co-Sale

     21   

12.06.

  

Effect of Transfer

     22   

12.07.

  

Prohibited Transfers

     22   

12.08.

  

Sale of Blocker Entities

     23   

ARTICLE XIII. – Dissolution, Liquidation, and Termination; Incorporation

     23   

13.01.

  

Dissolution

     23   

13.02.

  

Liquidation

     23   

13.03.

  

Certificate of Cancellation

     24   

 

-ii-


          Page  

13.04.

  

Right to Convert to Corporate Form

     24   

13.05.

  

Conversion upon Initial Public Offering

     26   

ARTICLE XIV. – [Intentionally Omitted]

     26   

ARTICLE XV. – General Provisions

     26   

15.01.

  

Notices

     26   

15.02.

  

Entire Agreement

     27   

15.03.

  

Consent to Jurisdiction

     27   

15.04.

  

Amendment or Modification

     27   

15.05.

  

Binding Effect

     27   

15.06.

  

Governing Law Severability

     27   

15.07.

  

Further Assurances

     28   

15.08.

  

Waiver of Certain Rights

     28   

15.09.

  

Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement

     28   

15.10.

  

Third Party Beneficiaries

     28   

15.11.

  

Interpretation

     28   

15.12.

  

Counterparts

     28   

15.13.

  

Confidentiality

     28   

15.14.

  

Definitions

     29   

15.15.

  

Share Numbers

     29   

 

Schedule A – Directors, Members, Capital Contributions and Shares

  

Schedule B – Cross-Reference Table for Definitions

  
  

 

-iii-


SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

Fifth Amended and Restated

Limited Liability Company Agreement

This limited liability company agreement (the “ Agreement ”) of ServiceSource International, LLC, formerly SSource Acquisition Company (the “ LLC ” or the “ Company ”), is entered into as of July 29, 2009, by and among the persons identified as Directors and Members on Schedule A attached hereto (such persons and their respective successors in office or in interests being hereinafter referred to individually as “ Director ” or “ Member ” or collectively as “ Directors ” or “ Members ”), as such Schedule may hereinafter be amended.

WHEREAS , the LLC was formed as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (as amended from time to time, the “ Act ”) on November 12, 2002 and a limited liability company agreement was entered into on November 12, 2002;

WHEREAS , the limited liability company agreement of the Company was first amended and restated on January 31, 2003, was amended on May 17, 2004, was amended and restated on December 2, 2004, was further amended on March 29, 2006, was amended and restated on January 9, 2007 and was amended and restated on December 19, 2008 (collectively, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ” or “ Board ”) and the Members now wish to further amend and restate and set out fully their respective rights, obligations and duties regarding the LLC and its affairs, assets, liabilities and the conduct of its business.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants expressed herein, the parties hereby amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I. – Organization and Powers

1.01.    Organization.  The LLC has been formed by the filing of its Certificate of Formation with the Delaware Secretary of State pursuant to the Act. The Certificate of Formation may be restated by the Directors as provided in the Act or amended by the Directors with respect to the address of the registered office of the LLC in Delaware and the name and address of its registered agent in Delaware or to make corrections required by the Act. Other additions to or amendments of the Certificate of Formation shall be authorized by the Members as provided in Section 2.03. The Certificate of Formation, as so amended from time to time, is referred to herein as the “ Certificate .” The Board shall deliver a copy of the Certificate and any amendment thereto to any Member who so requests.

1.02.    Purposes and Powers.  The principal business activity and purposes of the LLC shall initially be the ownership and operation of a business that provides outsourced marketing and sales of products and services, and consulting services with respect to marketing and sales of products and services, and any business related thereto or useful in connection therewith. However, the business and purposes of the LLC shall not be limited to its initial principal business activity and, unless the Board otherwise determines, it shall have authority to engage in any other lawful business, purpose or activity permitted by the Act, and it shall possess and may exercise all of the powers and privileges granted by the Act or which may be exercised by any person, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers or privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purposes or activities of the LLC.

 

-1-


1.03.    Principal Place of Business.  The principal office and place of business of the LLC shall be 634 2 nd Street, San Francisco, CA 94107. The name and address of the agent for service of process for the LLC in the state of Delaware is The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1201 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801. The initial office of the Company in the State of Delaware and the name and address of the Company’s initial agent for service of process is: The Corporation Trust Company, c/o Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle 19801. The Board may change the principal office, place of business and agent of process of the LLC at any time and may cause the LLC to establish other offices or places of business.

1.04.    Fiscal Year.  Unless otherwise required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the fiscal year of the LLC shall end on December 31 in each year or such other date as the Board may determine from time to time.

1.05.    Qualification in Other Jurisdictions.  The Board shall cause the LLC to be qualified or registered under applicable laws of any jurisdiction in which the LLC transacts business and shall be authorized to execute, deliver and file any certificates and documents necessary to effect such qualification or registration, including without limitation, the appointment of agents for service of process in such jurisdictions.

ARTICLE II. – Members

2.01.    Members.  The Members of the LLC and their Share ownership are listed on Schedule A , with such addresses as are on record with the Company and as may be updated from time to time, and said schedule shall be amended from time to time by the Board to reflect the withdrawal of Members, the admission of additional Members, transfers of Shares or the issuance of additional Shares pursuant to this Agreement. The Members shall constitute a single class or group of members of the LLC for all purposes of the Act, unless otherwise explicitly provided herein. The Board will, upon written request, provide Members with the most recently amended Schedule A , which shall constitute the record list of the Members for all purposes of this Agreement. The Board shall have the authority to amend Schedule A without the consent of the Members to reflect any changes in the identity, Shares (as hereinafter defined) and Contributions (as hereinafter defined) of the Members and the identity of the Directors.

2.02.    Admission of New Members.  Additional persons may be admitted to the LLC as Members upon such terms as are established by the Board. New Members shall be admitted at the time when all conditions to their admission have been satisfied, as determined by the Board, and their identity, Shares and Contributions (if any) under Article IX have been established by amendment of Schedule A .

2.03.    Meetings of Members.

(a)     Notice of Meetings . A written notice stating the place, date and hour of all meetings of Members shall be given by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary (or other person authorized by this Agreement or by law) not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the meeting to each Member entitled to vote thereat and to each Member who, under this Agreement is entitled to such notice, by delivering such notice to him or by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such Member at his address as it appears in the records of the LLC. Notice need not be given to a Member if action is taken under Section 2.03(e), if a written waiver of notice is executed before or after the meeting by such Member, if communication with such Member is unlawful, or if such Member attends the meeting in question, unless such attendance was for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.

 

-2-


(b)     Quorum . The holders of a majority of all Voting Shares (as hereinafter defined) issued, outstanding and entitled to vote at a meeting shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes properly cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present.

(c)     Voting and Proxies . For all purposes of this Agreement and under the Act, only the shares designated as Voting Shares under this Agreement (the “ Voting Shares ”) shall have the right to vote at a meeting or execute a written consent. Each Voting Share held of record according to the books of the LLC shall have one vote. Members may vote either in person or by written proxy, but no proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Proxies shall be filed with the Secretary or Assistant Secretary at the meeting, or at any adjournment thereof. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Member shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. The LLC shall not directly or indirectly vote any of its own Shares.

(d)     Action at Meeting . When a quorum is present, any matter before the meeting shall be decided by vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Shares voting on such matter, except where a larger or different vote is required by law or by this Agreement.

(e)     Action without a Meeting . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, any action required or permitted by law to be taken at any meeting of Members may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding Voting Shares, having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Voting Shares were present and voted.

An electronic transmission (as defined in Section 15.01) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a Member, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a Member, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the Member or by a person or persons authorized to act for the Member and (ii) the date on which such Member or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the Members of the Company, an electronic transmission of a Member written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President.

2.04.    Limitation of Liability of Members; Indemnity.  Except as otherwise provided in the Act, no Member of the LLC shall be obligated personally for any debt, obligation or liability of the LLC or of any other Member, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, solely by reason of being a Member of the LLC. Except as otherwise provided in the Act, by law or expressly in this Agreement, no Member shall have any fiduciary or other duty to another Member with respect to the business and affairs of the LLC, and no Member shall be liable to the LLC or any other Member for acting in good faith reliance upon the provisions of this Agreement. No Member shall have any responsibility to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account (as defined in Article IX) or to contribute to or in respect of the liabilities or obligations of the LLC or to return distributions made by the LLC except as required by the Act or other applicable law. The LLC shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Members acting on behalf of the LLC pursuant to the terms of this Agreement from and against any claim by any third party seeking monetary damages against such Member arising out of such Member’s performance of its duties

 

-3-


in good faith consistent with the terms of this Agreement. Such indemnity shall continue unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction adjudicates that such conduct constituted gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud of the Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Member is authorized to act on behalf of the LLC except in accordance with an express resolution of the Board of Directors.

2.05.    Authority.  Unless specifically authorized by the Board, no Member that is not a Director or officer of the LLC shall be an agent of the LLC or have any right, power or authority to act for or to bind the LLC or to undertake or assume any obligation or responsibility of the LLC or of any other Member.

2.06.    No Right to Withdraw.  Except in connection with a transfer of all of a Member’s Shares in accordance with all applicable terms of this Agreement, no Member shall have any right to resign or withdraw from the LLC without the consent of the other Members or to receive any distribution or the repayment of his Contribution except as provided in Article XIII and Article XI upon dissolution and liquidation of the LLC.

2.07.    Rights to Information: Books and Records.

(a)    Members shall have the right to receive from the LLC upon request a copy of the Certificate and of this Agreement, as amended from time to time, and such other information regarding the LLC as is required by the Act, subject to reasonable conditions and standards established by the Board, as permitted by the Act, which may include, without limitation, withholding or restrictions on the use of confidential information.

(b)    The Board of Directors shall cause the LLC to keep true and correct books of account with respect to the operations of the LLC. Such books shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the LLC, or at such other place as the Board of Directors shall determine, and all Members shall have access to such books to the extent required by law. Such books shall be closed and balanced as of the last day of each year.

2.08.    No Appraisal Rights.  No Member shall have any right to have his Shares appraised and paid out under the circumstances provided in Section 18-210 of the Act, or under any other circumstances.

2.09.    Preemptive Rights.

(a)    If the LLC authorizes the issuance or sale of any equity security, or any rights, options, warrants or convertible or exchangeable securities entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase or otherwise acquire any equity security (“ Share Equivalents ”), the LLC shall first offer to sell to each Member holding at least five percent (5%) of all outstanding Vested Shares of the Company (each a “ Major Holder ” and collectively, the “ Major Holders ”) a portion of such equity securities or Share Equivalents equal to (a) the number of Vested Shares (as hereinafter defined) and Share Equivalents not subject to any Contingencies (as defined below) (“ Vested Share Equivalents ”) directly owned and held by such Major Holder divided by (b) the total number of Vested Shares and Vested Share Equivalents directly owned and held by all Members, in each case calculated on an as-if-converted to Common Share basis. In order to accept an offer under this Section 2.09, each Major Holder must, within 10 days after receipt of written notice from the LLC describing in reasonable detail the equity securities or Share Equivalents being offered, the purchase price thereof, the payment terms and such holder’s percentage allotment, deliver a written notice accepting such offer.

 

-4-


(b)    If one or more Major Holders elect not to accept such offer for the full amount of securities which they are entitled to purchase pursuant to this Section 2.09, the other participating Major Holders shall have a right to purchase their pro rata share (based on Vested Shares and Vested Share Equivalents of such participating Major Holders) of any securities which were not so purchased, and such other Major Holders shall have an additional five (5) days from the date upon which they are notified of such opportunity in which to increase the number of securities offered hereunder to be purchased by them. During the 90 days following the expiration of such additional five day period, the LLC shall be entitled to sell any such shares or any such Share Equivalents which the Major Holders have not elected to purchase on terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than those offered to such Major Holders. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 2.09 shall not apply to (i) the issuance of equity securities or options to purchase equity securities or Share Equivalents approved by the Board of Directors and issued in connection with: (a) grants to employees, directors, advisors, consultants or other service providers of the LLC pursuant to an equity incentive plan, unit purchase agreement or similar compensation arrangement adopted by the Board of Directors; (b) acquisitions, partnership arrangements or strategic alliances approved by the Board of Directors; (c) debt financings from banks, equipment lenders or other similar financial institutions approved by the Board of Directors; (d) any stock split, dividend or other similar action by the Company; or (e) a firm commitment underwritten offering of securities of the LLC or any successor registered under the Securities and Exchange Commission in which the per share price is at least $0.60 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like after December 2, 2004) and gross proceeds to the LLC and the selling Members (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) of at least $10,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”), (ii) any equity securities, Common Shares or Share Equivalents issued upon exercise of the options described in (i)(a) above and (iii) the issuance or sale of Common Shares pursuant to the Common Share Purchase Agreement dated December 8, 2006 between the Company and GA SS Holding LLC (“ GA ”) (the “ GA Share Purchase Agreement ”).

2.10.    [Intentionally Omitted]

2.11.    [Intentionally Omitted]

2.12.    [Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE III. – Capital Structure

3.01.    Classes of Shares.

(a)    Interests of Members in the net income and losses (as defined in Code Section 704 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the LLC and the right of Members to distributions and allocations and a return of capital contributions and other amounts specified herein shall be evidenced by shares of interest in the LLC (“ Shares ”). There shall be one class of Shares, with the following voting and economic rights: “ Common Shares ” which will generally represent an ownership interest in the capital and profits of the LLC. The Common Shares shall be Voting Shares. The Common Shares shall be entitled to distributions in accordance with the provisions of Articles XI and XIII. There shall be 99,000,000 Common Shares authorized.

(b)    Subject to compliance with this Agreement, the Board of Directors may from time to time issue additional Common Shares (or options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Shares) to existing Members or new Members and, may amend this Section 3.01, the provisions of Articles IX through XI and make other necessary conforming amendments to this Agreement to designate additional classes of Shares having different relative rights, powers and preferences, including without limitation, rights and powers that are superior and/or prior to those of the

 

-5-


Common Shares, or the right to vote as a separate class or group on specified matters. The LLC shall have the ability to issue fractional Shares.

(c) As of the date of this Agreement, awards of equity interests in the LLC may be made to officers, directors, employees, consultants and other service providers of the LLC or certain types of related entities pursuant to the terms of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “ 2004 Plan ”) and the ServiceSource International, LLC 2008 Share Award Plan (the “ 2008 Plan ”). A total of 10,126,100 Common Shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2004 Plan and 10,000,000 Common Shares have been reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan, or in each case such greater numbers as determined by resolution of the Board (collectively, the “ Unvested Shares ”). No further awards will be granted under the 2004 Plan, and the Common Shares otherwise returned to the 2004 Plan will become available for grant under the 2008 Plan.

(d) In accordance with the terms of the 2004 Plan and the 2008 Plan, the Unvested Shares may be issued pursuant to agreements, options or other arrangements (the “ Equity Agreements ”) pursuant to which such Common Shares are subject to vesting, forfeiture and/or repurchase conditions (the “ Contingencies ”). Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, prior to the termination of the Contingencies, the Unvested Shares shall not be entitled to any rights under this Agreement to receive distributions or allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss, or to participate in the pre-emptive rights set forth in Section 2.09, the rights of first refusal set forth in Section 12.04 or any co-sale rights pursuant to Section 12.05. The issued Unvested Shares shall be considered outstanding for all other purposes of this Agreement, including with respect to voting. The portion of Common Shares not subject to the Contingencies shall be deemed “ Vested Shares ” for purposes of this Agreement. Upon the termination of the Contingencies in accordance with the terms of the Equity Agreements, the Unvested Shares shall vest and shall immediately be deemed Vested Shares for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 2.09 and 12.04 of this Agreement, all of the Shares held by David Kennedy and by Michael Smerklo shall be deemed “ Vested Shares ” (also referred to herein as “ Vested Common Shares ”).

3.02.    Certificates.  Unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise, the Shares need not be certificated.

3.03.    Transfers.  Subject to any restrictions on transfer under this Agreement, Shares may be transferred on the books of the LLC by the delivery to the LLC or its transfer agent of a written assignment properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the LLC or its transfer agent may reasonably require.

3.04.    Record Holders.  Except as may otherwise be required by law or by this Agreement, and subject to Section 3.01(d), the LLC shall be entitled to treat the record holder of Shares as shown on its books as the owner of such Shares for all purposes, including the payment of distributions and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such Shares, until such Shares have been transferred on the books of the LLC in accordance with the requirements of this Article III and in compliance with the transfer restrictions in Article XII of this Agreement. It shall be the duty of each Member to notify the LLC of any change of address of such Member from that set forth in the Company’s records.

3.05.    Record Date.  Unless otherwise established by the Board of Directors, (a) the record date for determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Members shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, (b) the record date for determining Members entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when

 

-6-


no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed, and (c) the record date for determining Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

ARTICLE IV. – [Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE V. – Directors

5.01.    Powers.  The business of the LLC shall be managed by a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers of the LLC except as otherwise provided by law or by this Agreement. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled. A Director shall be the equivalent of a “ Manager ” for all purposes under the Act.

5.02.    Election and Qualification.

(a)     Board of Directors . From and after the date of this Agreement, each Member shall vote or cause to be voted all Voting Shares, and all other voting securities of the LLC presently owned or hereafter acquired by such Member, or over which such Member has voting control, at any regular or special meeting of Members called for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors, or to execute a written consent in lieu of such a meeting of Members for the purpose of filling positions on the Board of Directors, in favor of the following actions, and the LLC shall nominate for election to the Board of Directors the following individuals:

(i)    to fix the number of Directors up to a maximum of nine, which specific number of Directors shall be set by resolution of the Board of Directors;

(ii)    to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of up to three Directors as follows: (A) one of whom shall be selected by GA (the “ GA Director ”); (B) one of whom shall be selected by Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P. (the “ Housatonic Director ”); and (C) one of whom shall be selected by SSLLC Holdings, Inc. or its affiliates (the “ Benchmark Director ”); and

(iii)    to cause and maintain the election to the Board of Directors of the remaining Directors who shall be elected by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Common Shares.

As of the date of this Fifth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, there shall be seven Directors. The Directors serving pursuant to subparagraph (ii) above shall be Barry Reynolds, as the Housatonic Director; Bruce Dunlevie, as the Benchmark Director; and Marc McMorris, as the GA Director, and the Directors serving pursuant to subparagraph (iii) above shall be Michael Smerklo, Russell James Ellis, James C. Madden V and Anthony Zingale.

(b)     Removal . In the event that the holders of a sufficient number of Voting Shares to select a Director pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 5.02(a) request that the Director selected by such holders be removed (with or without cause), by written notice to the other holders of Voting Shares; then in each such case, such Director shall be removed and each Member hereby agrees to vote all Voting Shares, and all other voting securities of the LLC over which such Member has voting control to effect such removal or to consent in writing to effect such removal upon such request.

 

-7-


(c)     Vacancies . In the event that a vacancy is created on the Board of Directors at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) of a Director, each Member will cause the Directors designated by it to vote for the individual designated to fill such vacancy by the Members that designated and/or approved (pursuant to Section 5.02(a) hereof) the Director whose death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal (with or without cause) resulted in such vacancy on the Board of Directors (in the manner set forth in Section 5.02(a) hereof).

(d)     Proxy . If any Member shall refuse to vote the Voting Shares, or other voting securities of the LLC held by it as provided in this Section 5.02 at any meeting of members of the LLC, or shall refuse to give its written consent in lieu of a meeting, thereupon, without further action by such Member, the Chief Executive Office of the LLC shall be, and hereby is, irrevocably constituted the attorney-in-fact and proxy of such Member for the purpose of voting, which such proxy shall be deemed coupled with an interest, and shall vote such Voting Shares, or other voting securities of the LLC at such meeting as provided in this Section 5.02 or give such consent, as the case may be. Each such Member further agrees to take such further action and execute such other instruments as may be necessary to effectuate the irrevocable proxy.

(e)     Committees . The Board of Directors may establish committees consisting of certain Directors and delegate to these committees such powers and authority as the Board of Directors deems necessary and advisable. At least one of the GA Director or James C. Madden V shall be a member of any such committee established by the Board of Directors.

5.03.    Powers and Duties of the Directors.  Subject to compliance with this Agreement, the business and affairs of the LLC shall be conducted by or under the direction of the Directors, who shall have and may exercise on behalf of the LLC all of its rights, powers, duties and responsibilities under Section 1.02 or as provided by law. The Board of Directors shall function substantially in the same manner as a board of directors of a Delaware corporation, and all actions by the LLC that would require approval of a board of directors under Delaware law or for which it would be customary, using good practice, to obtain such approval, shall require the approval of the Board of Directors of the LLC. In addition, the following matters shall be decided by the Board of Directors: (i) designate one of the Members to serve as the “ Tax Matters Partner ” of the LLC for purposes of Section 6231(a)(7) of the Code and the Member so designated shall have the power to manage and represent the LLC in any administrative proceeding of the Internal Revenue Service; (ii) approve all income tax returns as final and the filing of such final tax returns; (iii) make or change any material tax election; (iv) settle or compromise any material audit, contest, assessment, claim, action, investigation or other proceeding regarding taxes or tax returns; (v) amend any tax return; (vi) change in any material respect any accounting method in respect of taxes, (vii) enter into any closing agreement or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of taxes; and (viii) calculate any adjustment to asset basis arising under Section 743 or Section 734 of the Code.

Any action taken by a Director, and the signature of a Director on any agreement, contract, instrument or other document on behalf of the LLC, shall with respect to any third party, be sufficient to bind the LLC and shall conclusively evidence the authority of the Director and the LLC with respect thereto.

5.04.    Reliance by Third Parties.  Any person dealing with the LLC, the Board or any Member may rely upon a certificate signed by a Director as to (i) the identity of any Directors or Members; (ii) any factual matters relevant to the affairs of the LLC; (iii) the persons who are authorized to execute and deliver any document on behalf of the LLC; or (iv) any action taken or omitted by the LLC, the Board, the officers or any Member.

 

-8-


5.05.    Tenure.  Except as otherwise provided by law or by this Agreement, Directors shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier death, disability, resignation or removal. Any Director may resign by delivering his written resignation to the LLC. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

5.06.    Meetings.  Meetings of the Board of Directors may be held with due notice at such time, date and place as the Majority of Directors (as defined in Section 5.08), the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time determine. Meetings of the Board of Directors (as hereinafter defined) may be called, orally or in writing, by one (1) or more Directors or by the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer, designating the time, date and place thereof. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all Directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

5.07.    Notice of Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a)    delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b)    sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c)    sent by facsimile; or

(d)    sent by electronic mail,

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting. Notice need not be given to any Director if a written waiver of notice is executed by him before or after the meeting, or if communication with such Director is unlawful.

5.08.    Quorum.  At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of Directors then in office a “ Majority of Directors ” shall constitute a quorum. Less than a quorum may adjourn any meeting from time to time and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice upon reaching a quorum.

5.09.    Action at Meeting.  At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, a majority of Directors present may take any action on behalf of the Board of Directors, unless a larger number is required by law or by this Agreement.

 

-9-


5.10.    Action by Consent.  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if a written consent thereto is signed in writing or by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 15.01) by all of the Directors then in office and filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. The written consent shall be treated as a vote of the Board of Directors for all purposes.

5.11.    Limitation of Liability of Directors.  To the maximum extent permitted by the Act or other applicable law, no Director shall be obligated personally for any debt, obligation or liability of the LLC or of any Member, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, solely by reason of being or acting as Director of the LLC. To the maximum extent permitted by the Act or other applicable law, no Director shall be personally liable to the LLC or to its Members (i) for acting in good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) for acting in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC or (iii) for breach of any fiduciary or other duty that does not involve acts or omissions not in good faith or which does not involve gross negligence or intentional misconduct.

5.12.    Reimbursements.  The LLC shall reimburse the Directors for their reasonable expenses, including travel expenses, incurred in connection with their responsibilities on the Board of Directors including, without limitation, attending meetings of the Board of Directors or committees thereof.

ARTICLE VI. – Officers

6.01.    Enumeration.  The LLC shall have such officers as are appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the LLC may have a Chairman, a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Financial Officer and/or a Treasurer, a Secretary, and such other officers, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. In the absence of an appointment of a President in accordance with the terms hereof, the Chief Executive Officer of the LLC shall fill the role of President with such powers, duties and responsibilities of the President until such time that an individual is duly appointed as President. The officers as of the date of this Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Agreement shall include, without limitation, Michael Smerklo who shall be Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

6.02.    Election.  The officers of the LLC may be elected from time to time by the Board of Directors.

6.03.    Qualification.  No officer need be a Member or Director. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

6.04.    Tenure.  Except as otherwise provided by the Act or by this Agreement, each of the officers of the LLC shall hold his office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the LLC, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

6.05.    Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by a vote of a Majority of Directors.

6.06.    Vacancies.  Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

-10-


6.07.    Powers and Duties.  Subject to this Agreement, each officer of the LLC shall have such duties and powers as are customarily incident to his office, and such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VII. – Indemnification

7.01.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.  The LLC shall indemnify, to the maximum extent permitted by the Act or other applicable law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the LLC to provide broader indemnification rights than the Act permitted the LLC to provide prior to such amendment):

(a)    Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action or suit by or in the right of the LLC) by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director or officer of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such suit, action or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the LLC shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with an action, suit or proceeding initiated by such person only if the initiation and continued prosecution of such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the LLC to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director or officer of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of his duty to the LLC unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

(c)    To the extent that a Director or officer has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. Any such person may consult with legal or other professional counsel, and any actions taken by such person in good faith reliance on, and in accordance with, the opinion or advice of such counsel shall be deemed to be fully protected and justified and made in good faith.

 

-11-


7.02.    Indemnification of Employees and Agents.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may authorize the LLC to indemnify:

(a)    Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

(b)    Any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the LLC to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC or the Employee Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the LLC and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the LLC unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

7.03.    Determination of Entitlement.  Any indemnification hereunder (unless required by law or ordered by a court) shall be made by the LLC only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 7.01 or 7.02. The determination shall be made by (i) a majority vote of those Directors who are not involved in such Proceeding (the “ Disinterested Directors ”); (ii) by the Members; or (iii) if directed by a majority of Disinterested Directors, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion. However, if fewer than a majority of the Directors are Disinterested Directors, the determination shall be made by (i) 70% vote of a committee of one or more Disinterested Director(s) chosen by the Disinterested Director(s) at a regular or special meeting; (ii) by the Members; or (iii) by independent legal counsel in a written opinion.

7.04.    Advance Payments.  Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the LLC in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, only as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case (including by one or more Directors who may be parties to such action, suit or proceeding), upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the LLC as authorized in this Article VII.

 

-12-


7.05.    Non-Exclusive Nature of Indemnification.  The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person, whether or not entitled to be indemnified hereunder, may be entitled under any statute, by-law, agreement, vote of Members or Directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. Each person who is or becomes a Director or officer as aforesaid shall be deemed to have served or to have continued to serve in such capacity in reliance upon the indemnity provided for in this Article VII.

7.06.    Insurance.  The LLC may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and, incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the LLC would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the Act (as presently in effect or hereafter amended) or this Agreement.

7.07.    No Duplicate Payments.  The LLC’s indemnification under Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or agent of the LLC, or is or was serving at the request of the LLC as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be reduced by any amounts such person receives as indemnification (i) under any policy of insurance purchased and maintained on his behalf by the LLC, (ii) from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) under any other applicable indemnification provision.

The Company acknowledges that a Director may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by certain affiliates thereof (a “ Secondary Indemnitor ”). The Company agrees that, as between the Company and a Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required or that may be indemnified or advanced under this Agreement and any obligation of a Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. The Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against a Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible hereunder. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under this Agreement, a Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Director for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid. A Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Agreement.

7.08.    Amendment.  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

ARTICLE VIII. – Transactions with Interested Persons

Unless entered into in bad faith, no contract or transaction between the LLC and one or more of its Directors or Members, or between the LLC and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its Directors or Members have a financial interest or are partners, directors or officers, shall be voidable solely for this reason or solely because said Director or Member was present or participated in the authorization of such contract or transaction if the material facts as to the relationship or interest of said Director or Member and as to the contract or transaction were disclosed

 

-13-


or known to the other Directors and the contract or transaction was authorized by the requisite Directors as provided in Article V. No Director or Member interested in such contract or transaction, because of such interest, shall be considered to be in breach of this Agreement or liable to the LLC, any Director or Member, or any other person or organization for any loss or expense incurred by reason of such contract or transaction or shall be accountable for any gain or profit realized from such contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IX. – Capital Accounts and Contributions

9.01.    Capital Accounts.

(a)    A capital account shall be maintained on the books of the LLC for each Member. The capital account of a Member as of any date shall equal the amount of the Member’s paid-in Contributions recorded on the books of the LLC, increased by (i) any additional cash contributions made by such Member, (ii) the Gross Asset Value (as defined in subparagraph (b) herein of any asset contributed by such Member to the LLC (as determined immediately prior to such contribution), (iii) the Member’s distributive share of LLC profits and income (including tax exempt income), (iv) the Member’s share of any increase in the basis of LLC assets pursuant to Section 50(c) of the Code, and (v) the amount of any LLC liabilities that are assumed by such Member or that are secured by any LLC properties distributed to such Member; and decreased by (i) such Member’s distributive share of LLC losses and deductions, (ii) cash distributed by the LLC to such Member, (iii) the Gross Asset Value of any LLC property distributed to such Member (as determined immediately prior to such distribution), (iv) the amount of any liabilities of such Member that are assumed by the LLC or are secured by any properties contributed by such Member to the LLC, (v) the Member’s share of expenditures of the LLC not deductible in computing its taxable income (such as syndication expenses, if any) and (vi) the Member’s share of reductions in the basis of LLC assets not otherwise taken into account (such as the reduction in basis provided by Section 50(c) of the Code). The capital accounts of all Members shall also be increased or decreased immediately prior to any Adjustment Date (as defined in subparagraph (c)) to reflect the aggregate net increase or decrease in Gross Asset Values made pursuant to subparagraph (b) (ii) as if the upward or downward change in the Gross Asset Value arising from such adjustment had been income or loss, respectively, and allocated among the Members pursuant to Article X. For the purpose of computing the amount of income and deductions to be reflected in a capital account, tax-exempt income shall be computed as though it were taxable, and expenditures which are not deductible or capitalized shall be computed as if they were deductible and these amounts shall be allocated pursuant to Article X as if they were profits or losses.

(b)     Gross Asset Value . For purposes of determining and maintaining the Members’ capital accounts, the term “ Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the adjusted basis of the asset for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

(i)    The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed to the LLC by a Member shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the LLC and the Member or Members making such contribution;

(ii)    The Gross Asset Values of all LLC assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined by the LLC as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution (including, without limitation, upon the exercise of an option or warrant, and upon exercise of conversion rights under a convertible debt or convertible Share), provided that the Board may also adjust Gross Asset Values upon the issuance of an interest in the Company for no Capital Contribution if the Board determines that such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of

 

-14-


more than a de minimis amount of Company assets (other than cash) as consideration for all or part of its Units unless the Board determines that such adjustment is not necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company, and (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(ii)(g);

(iii)    The Gross Asset Value of a Company asset distributed to any Member shall be the fair market value of such Company asset as of the date of distribution thereof;

(iv)    The Gross Asset Value of each Company asset shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or Section 743(b) of the Code, but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Account balances pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m); and

(v)    If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subsections (i) or (ii) of this Section 9.01(b), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing book profits and losses.

(c)     Adjustment Date . The term “ Adjustment Date ” means the date of any event specified in paragraph 9.01(b)(ii) if the Board determines that the Gross Asset Values of LLC property must be adjusted as the result of such event, provided that the transactions contemplated by the GA Share Purchase Agreement shall constitute an event that requires the adjustment of the Gross Asset Values of LLC Property equal to their respective gross fair market values.

9.02.    Contributions, Generally.  All contributions to the capital of the LLC (each a “ Contribution ”) shall be set forth on Schedule A , as amended from time to time. Except as set forth on Schedule A , no Member or Director shall be entitled or required to make any contribution to the capital of the LLC; however, the LLC may borrow from its Members as well as from banks or other lending institutions to finance its working capital or the acquisition of assets upon such terms and conditions as shall be approved by the Board, and any borrowing from Members shall not be considered Contributions or reflected in their Capital Accounts. The value of all non-cash Contributions made by Members shall be set forth on Schedule A . No Member shall be entitled to any interest or compensation with respect to his Contribution or any services rendered on behalf of the LLC except as specifically provided in this Agreement or approved by the Board. No Member shall have any liability for the repayment of the Contribution of any other Member and each Member shall look only to the assets to the LLC for return of his Contribution.

9.03.    Contributions.

(a)    Each Member has made the Contributions specified on Schedule A and holds an interest in the LLC represented by the Shares set forth opposite the Member’s name on Schedule A .

ARTICLE X. – Allocations

10.01.    Allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss.

(a)     In General . After applying Sections 10.01(b) and 10.03, the Company’s Net Profit and Net Loss for any LLC fiscal year or fiscal period shall be allocated among the Members in such a manner that, as of the end of such fiscal year or fiscal period and to the extent possible with respect to each Member, the sum of (i) such Member’s capital account, (ii) such Member’s share of LLC Minimum

 

-15-


Gain (as defined below), and (iii) such Member’s “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), shall be equal to the amount that would be distributed to such Member under this Agreement if the Company were to (a) liquidate the assets of the Company for an amount equal to the Gross Asset Value of such assets as of the end of such fiscal year or fiscal period and (b) distribute the proceeds in liquidation in accordance with Section 11.01 of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 10.01, the amount deemed distributable to a Member in such hypothetical liquidation shall be calculated by ignoring the existence of any Shares that are unvested as of the date of such allocation, provided that, the Board may, in its sole discretion, treat Shares as Vested as of any such date if Board determines, in its sole discretion, that the vesting event with respect to such Shares is likely to occur within the next fiscal year.

(i)    For purposes of this Agreement, “ Accounting Period ” shall be (1) the LLC’s fiscal year if there are no Adjustment Dates or changes in the Members’ respective interests in Company income, gain, loss or deductions during such fiscal year except on the first day thereof or (ii) any other period beginning on the first day of the LLC’s fiscal year, or any other day during a fiscal year upon which occurs an Adjustment Date or a change in such respective interests, and ending on the last day of a fiscal year, or on the day preceding an earlier day upon which any Adjustment Date or change in such respective interests shall occur.

(ii)    For purposes of this Agreement, “ Net Profit ” and “ Net Loss ” mean, for each Accounting Period or other period, an amount equal to the LLC’s taxable income or loss for such Accounting Period or other period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code, which for this purpose shall include all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(1) of the Code, with the following adjustments:

(A)    Any income of the LLC that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or subtracted from such taxable loss;

(B)    Any expenditures of the LLC described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (i) (other than expenses in respect of which an election is properly made under Section 709 of the Code), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Net Profit or Net Loss pursuant to this definition, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or added to such taxable loss;

(C)    If the Gross Asset Value of any LLC property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (e) (in connection with a distribution of such property) or (f)  (in connection with a revaluation of capital accounts), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property for purposes of computing Net Profit or Net Loss;

(D)    Gain or loss resulting from the disposition of LLC property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of such property, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such LLC property may differ from its Gross Asset Value; and

(E)    With respect to LLC property having a Gross Asset Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes, in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions computed by reference to the property’s Gross Asset Value in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) (g) .

 

-16-


(b)     Regulatory Allocations . Notwithstanding the allocations set forth in Section 10.01(a), Net Profit, Net Loss and items thereof shall be allocated to the Members in the manner and to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) of the Code, including without limitation, the provisions thereof dealing with minimum gain chargebacks, partner minimum gain chargebacks, qualified income offsets, partnership nonrecourse deductions, partner nonrecourse deductions, and the provisions dealing with deficit capital accounts in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1), 1.704-2(i)(5), and 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), all as determined by the Board of Directors.

10.02.    Allocations of Taxable Income and Loss.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.02, the taxable income or loss of the Company (and items thereof) shall be allocated among the Members in proportion to and in the same manner as Net Profit, Net Loss and separate items of income, gain, loss and deduction (excluding items for which there are no related tax items) are allocated among the Members for capital account purposes pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.01. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.02, the allocable share of a Member for tax purposes in each specified item of income, gain, deduction and loss of the Company comprising Net Profit, Net Loss or an item allocated pursuant to Section 10.01 shall be the same as such Member’s allocable share of Net Profit, Net Loss or the corresponding item for the applicable period. The items of income, gain, deduction and loss for tax purposes allocated to the Members pursuant to this Section 10.02 shall not be reflected in the Members’ capital accounts. Except to the extent otherwise provided herein, any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Board in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intent of this Agreement and is consistent with the economic arrangement among the Members.

10.03.    Section 704(c) Allocations.  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in accordance with Section 704(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1 .704- 1(b)(1)(vi), income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the LLC shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property and its initial Gross Asset Value. Similar principles shall apply with respect to property held by the LLC at the time the value of LLC property is adjusted for capital account purposes pursuant to this Agreement, in order to properly account for unrealized gain or loss with respect to such property.

10.04.    Election Under Section 754 of the Code.  The Company has in effect a valid election under Section 754 of the Code and shall not revoke such election.

ARTICLE XI. – Distributions

11.01.    Distribution of LLC Funds, Generally.  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, other than the year in which the LLC liquidates, the Board shall cause the LLC to make the distributions required by Section 11.02, to the extent that funds are legally available therefor. All other funds and assets of the LLC which are determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, to be available for distribution (including upon liquidation pursuant to Section 13.02) shall be distributed to all of the Members pro rata in proportion to the number of Vested Shares held by each. No Member shall be entitled to any distribution or payment with respect to his interest in the LLC except as set forth in this Agreement. Distributions may be limited and repayable as provided in the Act.

11.02.    Tax Distributions.

(a)    With respect to each fiscal year and within 90 days after the end of such fiscal year, the LLC shall distribute to the Members an aggregate amount (a “ Tax Distribution ”) equal to the sum of (i) the product of their allocable share of the LLC’s taxable income for such fiscal year, multiplied

 

-17-


by an assumed tax rate equal to the sum of the highest marginal federal, state and local income tax rates applicable to the individual Member resident in the State with the highest marginal State individual income tax rate, plus (ii) the penalties, interest and additions to tax, if any, that could be imposed on the Members as a result of their receipt of a Tax Distribution later than the date estimated or actual tax payments are due for any quarter of a fiscal year (such penalties, interest and additions to tax to be estimated by the Chief Financial Officer after consultation with the LLC’s tax advisors, based on the assumptions set forth in clause (i) of this sentence); provided that such allocable share shall be determined without taking into account any adjustment to asset basis that arises under Section 743 of the Code as a result of the issuance or sale of Common Shares pursuant to the GA Share Purchase Agreement or the sale or transfer of Common Shares among Members as in each instance approved by the Board of Directors (an “ Approved Member Transfer ”).

(b)    The Board of Directors may cause the LLC to distribute such aggregate amount in a lump sum or in installments, at such time or times as it deems appropriate in its discretion, including, without limitation, in quarterly installments during any fiscal year, or after the end of a fiscal year. The Board of Directors may estimate the appropriate amount of any such distribution. All Tax Distributions shall be made to the Members in proportion to their allocable share of the LLC’s taxable income as determined under Section 11.02(a) (or expected to be allocated) to them for the applicable fiscal year. In the event any Member receives aggregate Tax Distributions for a particular fiscal year that exceed such Member’s proportionate entitlement to Tax Distributions for such fiscal year (based on such Member’s allocable share of taxable income for such fiscal year), the Board of Directors shall correct such overage in the manner it deems most appropriate, including, without limitation, by deducting such excess from future Tax Distributions to which such Member may be entitled, or by requiring repayment of such excess by such Member.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, a Member who is allocated net taxable income for 2006 or any other tax year, as the case may be, and who sells Shares pursuant to the GA Share Purchase Agreement or an Approved Member Transfer shall receive a full Tax Distribution for 2006 or any other tax year, as the case may be, as calculated pursuant to paragraph (a) above with respect to all of such 2006 or any other tax year, as the case may be, net taxable income allocated to such Member, notwithstanding that such Member has sold some or all of its Shares prior to the date such Tax Distribution is made.

(d)    For the avoidance of doubt, Tax Distributions shall not reduce or count against other distributions to which Members are entitled pursuant to this Agreement.

11.03.    No Limitation.  The provisions of this Article XI shall not be construed to limit the power and authority of the Board of Directors to issue additional Shares pursuant to Section 3.01, and subject to compliance with Article IV, and to admit additional Members pursuant to Section 2.02 hereof, which issuance and/or admission may require the amendment or modification of some or all of the provisions of Section 3.01 and this Article XI.

ARTICLE XII. – Transfers of Interests

12.01.    General Restrictions on Transfer.  No Member may give, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, pledge or grant a security interest in or otherwise dispose of any Shares (each such activity a “ Transfer ”) except as provided in this Article XII.

The LLC and its Directors and Members shall be entitled to treat the record owner of Shares as the absolute owner thereof in all respects, and shall incur no liability for distributions of cash or other property made in good faith to such owner until, subject to compliance with this Article XII, such time as

 

-18-


a written assignment of such shares has been received and accepted by the Board and recorded on the books of the LLC. The Board may refuse to accept and record an assignment until the end of the next successive quarterly accounting period of the LLC.

12.02.    Permitted Transfers.  The following Transfers shall be permitted without compliance with Section 12.04 or Section 12.05, but shall be subject to the requirements of Section 12.03 hereof:

(a)    All but not less than all of a Member’s Shares may be transferred from time to time in connection with any proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws or any applicable federal or state laws relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or the relief of debtors and subject to the requirements and provisions thereof.

(b)    All but not less than all of a Member’s Shares may be transferred from time to time to (i) the successor to such Member by way of merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of such Member’s assets, or (ii) an Affiliate of a Member. For purposes of this paragraph, an “ Affiliate ” is any person or entity that, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Member, or is a spouse, parent, sibling or lineal descendant of a Member. For the purpose of this definition, “ control ” (including the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any entity, means ownership of 50% or more of the voting securities of such entity.

(c)    All or any portion of a Member’s Shares may be transferred from time to time to an entity formed for estate planning purposes for the benefit of a spouse, parent, sibling or lineal descendant of a Member.

12.03.    Requirements for Transfer.  Every Transfer permitted hereunder, including Transfers permitted by Section 12.02, shall be subject to the following requirements:

(a)    The transferee shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board that the proposed Transfer will not cause or result in a breach of any agreement binding upon the LLC or any violation of law, including without limitation, federal or state securities laws, and that the proposed Transfer would not cause (i) the LLC to be an investment company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or (ii) the registration of the LLC’s securities under federal securities laws;

(b)    The transferee shall establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board that the proposed Transfer would not (i) adversely affect the classification of the LLC as a partnership for federal or state tax purposes, (ii) cause the LLC to fail to qualify for any applicable regulatory safe harbor from treatment as a publicly traded partnership treated as a corporation under Code Section 7704, or (iii) have a substantial adverse effect with respect to federal income taxes payable by the LLC or Members holding a majority-in-interest of the Shares; and

(c)    The transferee shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement and such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the Board to reflect the provisions hereof, and the transferred Shares shall continue to be subject to all restrictions under this Agreement.

(d)    Each certificate, if any such certificates are issued, representing Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

-19-


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE GIFTED, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, EXCHANGED, PLEDGED, SUBJECTED TO A SECURITY INTEREST OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AND MAY ONLY BE SOLD, DISPOSED OF OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN COMPLIANCE WITH CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED AND/OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME, ENTERED INTO BY THE HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, THE COMPANY AND MEMBERS OF THE COMPANY. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. SUCH RIGHTS ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SECURITIES.

Until the foregoing requirements are met, the LLC need not recognize the transferee for any purpose under this Agreement, and the transferee shall be entitled only to the rights of a transferee who is not a Member under the Act.

12.04.    Right of First Refusal.

(a)    Mr. Smerklo and any other officer of the LLC who holds Shares may Transfer such Shares subject to the requirements of Section 12.03, if such person (the “ Offeree ”) receives a written offer (an “ Offer ”) made in good faith by a third party (the “ Offeror ”) to purchase such person’s Shares for cash or cash equivalents, notes or other readily marketable funds or securities, and the Offeree gives the LLC (and the ROFR Member (as defined below) in the event the LLC does not exercise its option under Section 12.04(b)) a right of first refusal to purchase such Shares on the same terms and conditions as are stated in the Offer, as provided herein. The Offer shall be bona fide, shall be the result of arms-length negotiations between the Offeree and the Offeror and shall set forth the name of the Offeror, the Shares to be transferred, the price and other terms of the Offer and any other relevant material information available regarding the proposed Transfer. The Offeree shall deliver copies of the Offer to the Board of Directors and the ROFR Member (the “ Offer Notice ”).

(b)    The LLC shall have an option (exercisable by a Majority of Directors) to acquire all or any part of the Shares being offered at the price, terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice. The LLC shall have thirty (30) days from receipt of the Offer Notice by the LLC in which to notify the Offeree of its election to purchase all or a portion of the Shares being offered.

(c)    In the event the LLC does not elect to purchase all of the Shares in accordance with the terms of Section 12.04(b) above, the Offeree shall deliver notice to Michael Smerklo, so long as he is a Member of the LLC (the “ ROFR Member ”), (i) that the LLC has not elected to exercise its right of first refusal with respect to all or a portion of Shares proposed to be sold and (ii) offering to sell all or such portion, as the case may be, not so elected to be purchased by the LLC pursuant to Section 12.04(b), of the Shares proposed to be sold. The ROFR Member shall first have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Offeree within thirty (30) days after the ROFR Member has received the notice from the Offeree to purchase all or a portion of the Shares not so elected to be purchased by the LLC pursuant to Section 12.04(b).

 

-20-


(d)    The closing of the purchase by the LLC and/or the ROFR Member shall take place on a date not less than ten (10) days nor more than thirty (30) days after the election to purchase has been made, as specified by the LLC and/or the purchasing ROFR Member. Payment of the purchase price shall be made by check or by wire transfer to a bank account or, if the consideration constitutes notes or other readily marketable funds or securities, the valid issuance or transfer of such securities to such Offeree, in each case as designated in writing by the Offeree.

(e)    If Shares of the Offeree are not purchased by the LLC or the ROFR Member as provided herein, the Offeree may sell such Shares to the Offeror upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Offer Notice (or other terms and conditions no more favorable to the Offeror), provided that (i) such sale is concluded within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the period in which the LLC and Members may elect to purchase and exercise the co-sale rights set forth in Section 12.05, and (ii) the Offeror complies with all of the provisions of Section 12.03. If such sale is not concluded during such sixty (60) day period, the Offeree may not transfer such Shares unless such Offeree again complies with the provisions of this Section 12.04.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 12.04 and Section 12.05 shall not apply to any Offer made by the Company in connection with an Approved Member Transfer or the transactions contemplated under the GA Share Purchase Agreement, including without limitation, the Offer as defined therein.

12.05.    Right of Co-Sale.

(a)    In the event that the right of first refusal set forth in Section 12.04 is not exercised with respect to all or part of the Shares proposed to be sold by any Offeree in a transaction to which Section 12.04 applies, such Offeree may Transfer such Shares only pursuant to and in accordance with the following provisions of this Section 12.05.

(i)    each of the Major Holders shall have the right to participate in the Offer on the terms and conditions herein stated, which right shall be exercisable upon written notice to the Offeree within thirty (30) days after such Major Holders receive notice from the Offeree that the LLC and the ROFR Member have not elected to exercise the right of first refusal with respect to all of the Shares proposed to be sold (the “ Co-Sale Option ”), which notice shall contain (i) the number of Shares that the Offeror proposes to acquire from the Offeree, (ii) the name and address of the Offeror, (iii) the proposed purchase price, terms of payment and other material terms and conditions of such proposed transfer, and (iv) an offer by the Offeror to purchase, upon the purchase by the Offeror of any Shares owned by the Offeree and for the same consideration per Share (subject to subsection (d)), the number of Vested Shares of each Major Holder holding Vested Shares determined pursuant to paragraph (ii) below.

(ii)    Each of the Major Holders shall have the right to sell a portion of its Vested Shares pursuant to the Offer which is equal to or less than the product obtained by multiplying (x) the total number of Shares subject to the Offer by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of Vested Shares owned by such Major Holder on the date of the Offer Notice, and the denominator of which is the total number of Vested Shares then held by all Members holding Vested Shares on the date of the Offer Notice. To the extent one or more Major Holders elect not to sell, or fail to exercise their right to sell, the full amount of such Shares which they are entitled to sell pursuant to this Section 12.05(a), the rights of the other Major Holders holding Vested Shares to sell Shares shall be increased proportionately and such other Major Holders shall have an additional five (5) days from the date upon which they are notified of such election or failure to exercise in which to increase the number of Shares to be sold by them hereunder.

 

-21-


(b)    Within ten (10) days after the date by which the Major Holders were first required to notify the Offeree of their intent to participate, the Offeree shall notify each participating Major Holder of the number of Shares held by such Major Holder that will be included in the sale and the date on which the Offer will be consummated, which shall be no later than the later of (i) thirty (30) days after the date by which the Major Holders were required to notify the Offeree of their intent to participate and (ii) ten (10) days after the satisfaction of any governmental approval or filing requirements, if any.

(c)    Each of the participating Major Holders may effect his participation in any Offer hereunder by delivery to the Offeror or to the Offeree for delivery to the Offeror of one or more instruments or certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, representing the Shares it elects to sell therein, together with executed copies of any purchase agreement or related documents that (i) accompanied the original Offer Notice or notice of Preferred Co-Sale Option, as the case may be, and (ii) are also executed by the Offeree. At the time of consummation of the Offer, the Offeror shall remit directly to each Major Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Major Holder is entitled by reason of his participation therein.

(d)    In the event that the Offer is not consummated within the period required by subsection (c) hereof or the Offeror fails timely to remit to each Major Holder his portion of the sale proceeds, the Offer shall be deemed to lapse, and any Transfers of Shares pursuant to such Offer shall be deemed to be in violation of the provisions of this Agreement unless the Offeree once again complies with the provisions of Section 12.04 and this Section 12.05 hereof with respect to such Offer.

(e)    All Shares held by Affiliates of a Major Holder shall be aggregated together for purposes of determining the availability of any rights under this Section 12.05.

(f)    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 12.05 shall not apply to any Offer made by the Company in connection with an Approved Member Transfer or the transactions contemplated under the GA Share Purchase Agreement.

12.06.    Effect of Transfer.

(a)    If the transferee is admitted as a Member or is already a Member, the Member transferring his Shares shall not be relieved of liability with respect to the transferred Shares arising or accruing under this Agreement on or after the effective date of the Transfer, unless the transferor affirmatively assumes such liability; provided, however, that the transferor shall not be relieved of any liability for prior distributions and unpaid Contributions, if any, unless the transferee affirmatively assumes such liabilities.

(b)    Any person who acquires in any manner any Shares, whether or not such person has accepted and assumed in writing the terms and provisions of this Agreement or been admitted as a Member, shall be deemed by the acquisition of such Shares to have agreed to be subject to and bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement with respect to such Shares, including without limitation, the provisions hereof with respect to any subsequent transfer of such Shares.

12.07.    Prohibited Transfers.  Any transfer in violation of any provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void and ineffective to transfer any Shares and shall not be binding upon or be recognized by the LLC, and any such transferee shall not be treated as or deemed to be a Member for any purpose. In the event that any Member shall at any time Transfer Shares in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the LLC and the other Members, in addition to all rights and remedies at law and equity, shall have and be entitled to an order restraining or enjoining such transaction, it being expressly acknowledged and agreed that damages at law would be an inadequate remedy for a transfer in violation of this Agreement.

 

-22-


12.08.    Sale of Blocker Entities.  In connection with either (i) an acquisition of the LLC by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger or consolidation) that would result in the transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting power of the LLC or in which the stockholders of the LLC immediately prior to such transaction would own, as a result of such transaction, less than a majority of the voting securities, in the same relative proportions, of the successor or surviving corporation immediately thereafter or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the LLC (such events described in subsections (i) and (ii) (other than as a result of a Conversion (as defined below) are referred to herein as a “ Sale of the Company ” to an “ Acquiror ”), the LLC shall use commercially reasonable efforts (as defined in and subject to Section 13.04(g) to provide that the owners of any Blocker Entity be entitled to sell their ownership interest in such Blocker Entity to the Acquiror (1) in the case of a merger, share purchase or other similar transaction, for the same consideration and on substantially the same terms as would otherwise be received by such Blocker Entity for the sale of its corresponding equity interest in the LLC to the Acquiror in such merger, share purchase or other similar transaction or (2) in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets, for the same gross proceeds that would otherwise be distributed to such Blocker Entity in respect of its equity interest in the LLC upon a liquidation of the LLC following such sale of all or substantially all of the assets. Such sale of the ownership interests in a Blocker Entity to Acquiror shall be in lieu of any sale of the equity interest in the Company by such Blocker Entity to the Acquiror.

ARTICLE XIII. – Dissolution, Liquidation, and Termination; Incorporation

13.01.    Dissolution.  The LLC shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following:

(a)    the written consent of a Majority of Directors and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares;

(b)    the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the LLC;

(c)    any sale of all or substantially all of the LLC’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or reorganization of the LLC with or into another company through one or a series of related transactions in which the Members of the LLC immediately prior to the transaction possess less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after the transaction; or

(d)    the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

The LLC shall not dissolve or be terminated upon the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Member.

The Board shall promptly notify the Members of the dissolution of the LLC.

13.02.    Liquidation.  Upon dissolution of the LLC, the Board shall act as its liquidating trustee or the Board may appoint one or more Directors or Members as the liquidating trustee. The liquidating trustee shall proceed diligently to liquidate the LLC, to wind up its affairs and to make final distributions in the manner specified below and in the Act. The costs of dissolution and liquidation shall be an expense of the LLC. Until final distribution, the liquidating trustee may continue to operate the business and properties of the LLC with all of the power and authority of the Board. The assets of the LLC (including proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any assets during the period of winding-up and liquidation) shall be applied as follows:

 

-23-


(a)    First, to repay any indebtedness of the LLC, whether to third parties or the Members, in the order of priority required by law;

(b)    Next, to any reserves which the Board reasonably deem necessary for contingent or unforeseen liabilities or obligations of the LLC (which reserves when they become unnecessary shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of subparagraph (c) below); and

(c)    Next, to the Members pursuant to Section 11.01.

As promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, the liquidating trustee shall cause an accounting by a firm of independent public accountants of the LLC’s assets, liabilities, operations and liquidating distributions to be given to the Members.

13.03.    Certificate of Cancellation.  Upon completion of the distribution of LLC assets as provided herein, the LLC shall be terminated, and the Board (or such other person or persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware under the Act, cancel any other filings made pursuant to Sections 1.01 and 1.05, and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the existence of the LLC.

13.04.    Right to Convert to Corporate Form.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and without any need for consent or approval of any Member, a Majority of Directors shall cause the LLC to convert to one or more corporations (the “ Continuing Corporation ”), by such means (including, without limitation, merger or consolidation or other business combination, transfer of all or a part of the LLC’s assets and/or transfer of the Members’ respective Shares and/or interests in Blocker Entities to a newly formed corporation in a Section 351 exchange) (the “ Conversion ”) as the Majority of Directors may reasonably select (but subject to Section 13.04(d)) upon a decision of a Majority of Directors to cause the Conversion. Any Conversion may not occur prior to ten (10) days after written notice has been given to all Members. Upon a Conversion:

(a)    The Shares of each Member shall be exchanged for, or otherwise, converted into, shares of capital stock (which may be non-voting if the Member’s Shares are non-voting) of such Continuing Corporation representing an equity interest therein equivalent to such Member’s equity interest in the LLC (including, without limitation, having the same liquidation preferences, conversion rights, dividend rights, redemption rights and voting rights). The Board and the LLC agree to use reasonable efforts to structure such conversion so that the Members’ ownership of their Shares will be “tacked” to their ownership of the shares of the continuing corporation’s capital stock for the purposes of determining such Members’ compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933.

(b)    The Continuing Corporation shall nominate individuals for election the board of directors substantially in the same manner provided for in Section (a)(i)-(iv).

(c)    The stockholders of such Continuing Corporation, in the event of such a Conversion other than in connection with a public offering, shall enter into:

(i)    a Stockholders’ Agreement on terms substantially equivalent to those contained in this Agreement, such Agreement to be in a form reasonably acceptable to the Majority of Directors, and

 

-24-


(ii)    such other documents and instruments as are customarily entered into by stockholders of corporations entering into venture capital or similar transactions, in each case in the form customarily used for documents and instruments of similar nature in such transactions and otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Majority of Directors.

(d)    Each person which now or hereafter is a Member of the LLC, or serves as a Director of the LLC, by execution of this Agreement, an amendment hereto or an instrument acknowledging that such person is bound hereby, irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Board of Directors and any person designated by the Board of Directors to act on his behalf for the purposes of this Section 13.04, and each of them acting singly, such person’s a true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in such person’s name, place and stead to execute, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices any and all agreements, instruments and other documents (including, without limitation, the organizational documents of the corporation or corporations into which the LLC may be converted as contemplated by this Section 13.04, the agreements among the stockholders of such corporation or corporations and/or such corporation or corporations referred to in this Section 13.04, the consent or approval of the merger of SSLLC Holdings, Inc. and GA SS Holdings LLC into such corporation or other similar consolidation as set forth in this Section 13.04, and instruments of assignment and transfer assigning the assets of the LLC or the Members’ respective Shares in the LLC, as the case may be, to such corporation or corporations in order to effectuate such conversion as contemplated by Section 13.04) as are necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Board of Directors or such person designated by it, to implement and effectuate the provisions of this Section 13.04, which the power of attorney is hereby agreed and acknowledged to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest, in recognition of the fact that the Board of Directors will be relying upon the power of the Board of Directors or such person designated by it to act as contemplated by this Section 13.04 in connection with the conversion of the LLC into a corporation or corporations and the other matters contemplated by this Section 13.04, and shall survive any death, retirement, resignation, withdrawal, expulsion, removal, bankruptcy, dissolution or adjudication of incompetence or insanity of any Member or Director until such time as the provisions of this Section 13.04 have been implemented and effectuated to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Directors or its relevant designee.

(e)    At the election of any Blocker Entity (as defined below), the LLC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Blocker Entity to be merged or consolidated into, contributed to, or otherwise combined with, the Continuing Corporation in a tax-free transaction satisfactory to the owners of such Blocker Entity whereby the owners of such Blocker Entity shall be issued an equity interest and such other rights in the Continuing Corporation substantially equivalent to the equity interest and other rights that the Blocker Entity would have had in the Continuing Corporation absent such merger, consolidation, contribution or combination. Provided that such transaction is “commercially reasonable” within the meaning of Section 13.04(g), the Members of the LLC, as stockholders of such corporation, agree to vote in favor of and consent to such transaction. A “ Blocker Entity ” is any entity that is a special purpose entity holding primarily Shares in the LLC and is treated as a corporation for federal income tax purposes (including without limitation, GA SS Holding LLC or SSLLC Holdings, Inc.).

(f)    The LLC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take such other measures as may be reasonably requested by a Blocker Entity (or its owners) to avoid or mitigate the tax liability resulting from the owners of the Blocker Entity holding its equity interest in the Company through such Blocker Entity as an intermediary rather than directly.

(g)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, “ commercially reasonable efforts ” (and the term “ commercially reasonable ”) as used in Sections 12.08, 13.04(e) and 13.04(f) shall (i) not require any action by the LLC or a Member that may result in any adverse impact on a Member of the

 

-25-


LLC (other than the applicable Blocker Entity), including without limitation in the form of an increased tax liability or reduced consideration in connection with a Sale or Conversion of the Company, except for such actions that would have an immaterial effect (individually and in the aggregate) on the Members of the LLC and (ii) include any actions that may be taken by the LLC to the extent that the appropriate Blocker Entity takes appropriate action, financially or otherwise, to offset or otherwise mitigate any resulting adverse effects on the LLC or the other Members of the LLC to the reasonable satisfaction of the Board of Directors.

13.05.    Conversion upon Initial Public Offering.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 13.04, in the event that the LLC proposes to close a Qualified IPO, then: in the event the LLC is to be converted to a corporation pursuant to Section 13.04, all Common Shares will, as determined by the Majority of Directors, be exchanged for either (a) equivalent securities pursuant to Section 13.04(a), or (b) common stock in the Continuing Corporation representing an equity interest therein equivalent to such Member’s equity interest in the LLC.

ARTICLE XIV. – [Intentionally Omitted]

ARTICLE XV. – General Provisions

15.01.    Notices.

(a)    Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests, or consents required or permitted to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) three (3) days after the date mailed by registered or certified mail, addressed to the recipient, with return receipt requested, (ii) upon delivery to the recipient in person or by courier, or (iii) upon receipt of a facsimile transmission by the recipient. Such notices, requests and consents shall be given (x) to Members at their addresses or fax numbers on Schedule A , or such other address or fax numbers as a Member may specify by notice to the Board or to all of the other Members, or (y) to the LLC or the Directors at the address of the principal office of LLC specified in Section 1.03, or at such other location as the LLC shall have specified in writing to the Members as its principal office. Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to the Members pursuant to the Act or this Agreement, any notice to the Members given by the Company under any provision of the Act or this Agreement shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the Member to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by such Member by written notice to the Company.

(b)    Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i)    if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the Member has consented to receive notice;

(ii)    if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the Member of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iii)    if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the Member.

 

-26-


(c)    An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud or willful misconduct, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(d)    An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

15.02.    Entire Agreement.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the Members and the Directors relating to the LLC and supersedes all prior contracts or agreements with respect to the LLC, whether oral or written including, without limitation, all prior agreements with respect to the LLC between the LLC, SSLC Holdings, Inc. and Benchmark Capital Partners V, L.P. (“ Benchmark ”) contemplated under the Preferred Share Purchase and Resale Agreement dated December 2, 2004 and the Special Investor Rights Side Letter dated December 2, 2004 from the LLC to SSLC Holdings, Inc. and Benchmark attached to it.

15.03.    Consent to Jurisdiction.  The parties to this Agreement hereby consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware in connection with any matter or dispute arising under this Agreement or between them regarding the affairs of the LLC.

15.04.    Amendment or Modification.  This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by a written instrument signed by Members holding 66 2/3% of the Voting Shares and by a Majority of Directors; provided, however, that (a) an amendment or modification increasing any liability of a Member to the LLC or its Directors or Members, or adversely affecting the limitation of the liability of a Member with respect to the LLC, shall be effective only with that Member’s consent, (b) an amendment or modification reducing the required percentage of Voting Shares or the number of Directors for any consent or vote in this Agreement shall be effective only with the consent or vote of the Members having the percentage of Voting Shares or the number of Directors theretofore required; (c) any amendment to Article X or XI adversely affecting the rights of a Member to allocations or distributions in a manner differently from other Members holding similarly situated securities shall require the consent of such Member, (d) any amendment to the classification of the shares held by David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo as Vested Shares in Section 3.01(d) shall require the consent of David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo, (e) an amendment or modification to 5.02(a)(ii) or 5.02(a)(iii) shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Shares, (f) an amendment or waiver of Section 5.02(a)(ii) and 5.02(e) (with respect to the election of the GA Director or appointment on committees of the GA Director or James C. Madden V) shall require the consent of GA, (g) an amendment or waiver of Section 5.02(a)(ii) (with respect to the election of the Housatonic Director) shall require the consent of Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, L.P. and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, L.P., (h) an amendment or waiver of Section 5.02(a)(ii) (with respect to the election of the Benchmark Director) shall require the consent of SSLLC Holdings, Inc. or its affiliates, and (i) a Majority of Directors may, without the approval of the Members amend or modify Section 3.01 and Articles X and XI of this Agreement in connection with the admission of additional Members, the issuance of additional Shares or other equity interests of the LLC or a recapitalization of the LLC.

15.05.    Binding Effect.  Subject to the restrictions on Transfers set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15.06.    Governing Law Severability.  This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, exclusive of its conflict-of-laws principles. In the event

 

-27-


of a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any provision of the Certificate or the Act, the applicable provision of this Agreement shall control, to the extent permitted by law. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

15.07.    Further Assurances.  In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional acts that may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions, as requested by the Board.

15.08.    Waiver of Certain Rights.  Each Member irrevocably waives any right it may have to maintain any action for dissolution of the LLC, for an accounting, for appointment of a liquidator, or for partition of the property of the LLC. The failure of any Member to insist upon strict performance of a covenant hereunder or of any obligation hereunder, irrespective of the length of time for which such failure continues, shall not be a waiver of such Member’s right to demand strict compliance herewith in the future. No consent or waiver, express or implied, to or of any breach or default in the performance of any obligation hereunder, shall constitute a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance of the same or any other obligation hereunder.

15.09.    Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement.  By executing this Agreement, each Member acknowledges that such Member has actual notice of (a) all of the provisions of this Agreement and (b) all of the provisions of the Certificate. Each Member hereby agrees that this Agreement constitutes adequate notice of all such provisions, and each Member hereby waives any requirement that any further notice thereunder be given.

15.10.    Third Party Beneficiaries.  The provisions of this Agreement are not intended to be for the benefit of any creditor or other person to whom any debts or obligations are owed by, or who may have any claim against, the LLC or any of its Members, officers or Directors, except for Members, officers or Directors in their capacities as such. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement, no such creditor or person shall obtain any rights under this Agreement or shall, by reason of this Agreement, be permitted to make any claim against the LLC or any Member, officer or Director.

15.11.    Interpretation.  For the purposes of this Agreement, terms not defined in this Agreement shall be defined as provided in the Act; and all nouns, pronouns and verbs used in this Agreement shall be construed as masculine, feminine, neuter, singular, or plural, whichever shall be applicable. Titles or captions of Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement are inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

15.12.    Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all parties had signed the same document, and all counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute the same instrument.

15.13.    Confidentiality.  Each Director and Member (each, a “ Recipient ”) agrees that any non-public information concerning the LLC which is furnished by the LLC to such Recipient pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement between such Recipient and the LLC and is identified by the LLC (in good faith) as confidential information shall be kept confidential by such Recipient in accordance with procedures adopted by such Recipient in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include, however, any information which (x) was publicly known or otherwise known to any such Recipient at the time of disclosure by the LLC to such Recipient;

 

-28-


(y) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission of such Recipient or any agent of such Recipient or (z) becomes known to such Recipient otherwise than through disclosure by the LLC. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Recipient may disclose Confidential Information: (i) with the consent of the LLC (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (ii) when required by law or regulation; (iii) to the officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, legal counsel and professional consultants of such Recipient who have a need to know such information and to any partner, Subsidiary or parent of any such Recipient for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the LLC as long as the partner, Subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 15.13, (iv) in connection with the preservation, exercise and/or enforcement of any of such Recipient’s rights or remedies under this Agreement; (v) in connection with any contemplated transfer of any of the Shares held by such Recipient to any institutional investor or financial institution (so long as the recipient of such information agrees to keep such information confidential on terms substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 15.13); or (vi) in a response to any summons, subpoena or other legal process or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding or inquiry.

15.14.    Definitions.   Schedule B to this Agreement sets forth cross-references showing the location in this Agreement where various terms are first defined.

15.15.    Share Numbers.  Any reference herein to a specific number of Shares shall be subject to subsequent adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reverse stock splits, subdivisions, combinations and the like from time to time after the date hereof.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

-29-

Exhibit 4.2

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

REGISTRATION AND INFORMATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS R EGISTRATION A ND I NFORMATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 8 th day of December, 2006, by and among ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), GA SS Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “GA Holder”), SSLLC Holdings, Inc., a limited liability company formed under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Benchmark Holder”) and Housatonic Micro Fund SBIC, LP and Housatonic Equity Investors SBIC, LP (collectively, the “Housatonic Holder” and together with the GA Holder and the Benchmark Holder, and any permitted transferee of Registrable Securities and the rights hereunder in accordance with Section 2.1 and Section 2.9, the “Holders” and each of the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder, the Housatonic Holder and any such permitted transferee being a “Holder.”).

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , as of the date hereof, the Benchmark Holder owns an aggregate of 11,417,860 Common Shares and the Housatonic Holder own an aggregate of 8,000,000 Common Shares and the GA Holder is purchasing Common Shares pursuant to that certain Common Shares Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration, information rights and other rights to the Holders as set forth below, which rights shall supercede and replace any such existing rights of the Housatonic Holder and the Benchmark Holder.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL .

1.1      Definitions . As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a)     “ Affiliate ” means a parent, subsidiary or other Person affiliated by common control with another Person.


(b)     “ Common Shares ” means the Common Shares of the Company as defined in the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company of even date herewith.

(c)     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d)     “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(e)     “ Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f)     “ Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, government (or an agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

(g)     “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(h)     “ Registrable Securities ” means each of the following: (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion or exchange of the Shares, (b) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company acquired or owned by any of the Holders prior to the Initial Offering and (c) any Common Stock of the Company issued (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued) by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise to the Holders and any shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued to the Holders upon conversion, exercise or exchange of Common Stock of the Company or Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(i)     “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(j)     “ SEC ” or “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-2-


(k)     “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(l)     “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(m)     “ Shares ” shall mean the Common Shares held from time to time by the Holders or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(n)     “ Special Registration Statement ” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

2.1    Restrictions on Transfer.

(a)     Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i)     there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii)     (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b)     Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) is a general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member, or stockholder of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, or (B) an Affiliate; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c)     Each certificate, if any such certificates are issued, representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

 

-3-


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ’) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

(d)     The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend.

(e)     Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2    Demand Registration.

(a)     Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from any of the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder or the Housatonic Holder as a group, acting through its designee (such requesting Holder, the “ Initiating Holder ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Demand Registration ”) with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $10,000,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b)     If the Initiating Holder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by its request by means of an underwriting, it shall so advise the Company as a part of its request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a). In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Initiating Holder (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the success of such offering, then the Company shall include in such

 

-4-


registration only the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities that the underwriter believes may be sold without any such material adverse effect and shall reduce the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, first as to the Company, second as to the Holders (including the Initiating Holder) who requested to participate in such registration (as a group, if applicable), pro rata within each group based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such Holder. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons or the Affiliates of such Holder shall be deemed to be a single “ Holder ,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c)     The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2 for any Holder:

(i)     prior to the earlier of (A) the third anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) of the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.10 following the Initial Offering;

(ii)     for each of the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder and the Housatonic Holder, after the Company has effected two (2) registrations for such Initiating Holder pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective and remain continuously effective for the lesser of (i) the period during which all Registrable Securities registered in such registration are sold and (ii) 120 days; provided , that (x) after such registration has become effective, such registration or the related offer, sale or distribution of Registrable Securities thereunder has not been interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission or other governmental agency or court for any reason not attributable to the Initiating Holder and such interference is not thereafter eliminated and (y) the conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, if any, entered into in connection with such registration are satisfied or waived, unless any failure of such conditions to be satisfied or waived is by reason of a failure by the Initiating Holder.

(iii)     during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a public offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv)     if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time or (ii) the Company intends to file a registration statement for a public offering within ninety (90) days other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the

 

-5-


request of the Initiating Holder; provided that the Company’s right to delay either a Demand Registration under this Section 2.2(c)(iv), a S-3 Registration under Section 2.4(c)(iv) or to institute a Suspension Period under Section 2.6(a) shall be exercised not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and in the aggregate shall not be in effect for more than ninety (90) days in any three hundred and sixty five (365) day period; or

(v)     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3      Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least twenty (20) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a)      Underwriting . If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the success of such offering, then the Company shall include in such registration only the aggregate amount of Registrable Securities that the underwriter believes may be sold without any such material adverse effect and shall allocate the amount of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration, first , to the Company; second , to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third , to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners,

 

-6-


members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons or the Affiliates of such Holder shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b)      Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4    Form S-3 Registration.

(a)     If the Company shall receive a written request from any of the Holders that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement (an “ S-3 Registration ”) and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities and (ii) as expeditiously as possible, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company.

(b)      Underwriting . If the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such S-3 Registration so elects, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such S-3 Registration to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters shall be selected for such offering by the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in such S-3 Registration (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with such underwriter. If the underwriter believes that the registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities which the Holders have requested to be included would materially adversely affect the success of such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the underwritten offering, to the extent of the amount that the underwriter believes may be sold without causing such adverse effect, first , all of the Registrable Securities to be offered for the account of the Holders, pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities owned by such Holders; second , any other securities requested to be included in such offering. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons or the Affiliates of such Holder shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction

 

-7-


with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c )    The Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i)     if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii)     if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such S-3 Registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five million dollars ($5,000,000), or

(iii)     if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that (i) in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such S-3 Registration to be effected at such time or (ii) the Company intends to file a registration statement for a public offering within ninety (90) days other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement, then the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided that the Company’s right to delay either a Demand Registration under Section 2.2(c)(iv), a S-3 Registration under this Section 2.4(c)(iv) or to institute a Suspension Period under Section 2.6(a) shall be exercised not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and in the aggregate shall not be in effect for more than ninety (90) days in any three hundred and sixty five (365) day period, or

(iv)     if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(v)     in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(d)     Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as expeditiously as possible after receipt of the requests of the Holders. No S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be deemed or counted as a Demand Registration pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5      Expenses of Registration . Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to

 

-8-


Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, or the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.4 unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company’s finances of which the Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Initiating Holder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, or the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities to be registered thereunder, with respect to a registration pursuant to Section 2.4 agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(c)(iv), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(c)(iv), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6      Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a)     prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred and twenty (120) days, or if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto or, if such Registrable Securities are offered on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, until all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold; provided , however , that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holder hereby agrees not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below); provided , further that the Company’s right to delay either a Demand Registration under Section 2.2(c)(iv), a S-3 Registration under Section 2.4(c)(iv) or to institute a Suspension Period under this Section 2.6(a) shall be exercised not more than once in any twelve (12) month period and in the aggregate shall not be in effect for more than ninety (90) days in any three hundred and sixty five (365) day period. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent may be granted or withheld in such Holders’ sole discretion. If

 

-9-


so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b)     Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c)     Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d)     Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e)     In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering and take such other actions as are prudent and reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including causing its officers to participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the managing underwriter(s). Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such underwriting agreement.

(f)     Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use best efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

-10-


(g)     Use its best efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

2.7    Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a)     No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b)     It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c)     The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8    Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a)     The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading , or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will

 

-11-


reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the Company shall not be liable to any Holder in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder.

(b)     Each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, or (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) from the offering received by such Holder.

(c)     Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees to give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) after the receipt by the Indemnified Party of any written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which the Indemnified Party intends to claim indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party hereunder (except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced or otherwise forfeits substantive rights or defenses by reason of such failure). If notice of commencement of any such action is given to the Indemnifying Party as above provided, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party.

 

-12-


The Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the indemnified Party and such parties have been advised by such counsel that either (x) representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or (y) there may be one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party. In any of such cases, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable for any settlement entered into without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the consent of such Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d)     If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by, reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2.8, any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding; provided, that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds (after deducting the underwriters’ discounts and commissions) from the offering received by such Holder.

(e)     The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to Section 2.8(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 2.8(d). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the

 

-13-


Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f)     The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination.

2.9     Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities); provided, however , (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) business days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned, (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement and (iii) after giving effect to such transfer, such transferee shall own not less than one percent (1%) of the equity securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

2.10     Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period, not to exceed 18 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711); provided, that all officers and directors of the Company are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. No Holder of Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.10 shall be released from any obligation under any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into pursuant to this Section 2.10 unless all other Holders of Registrable Securities subject to the same obligation are also released.

2.11     Agreement to Furnish Information . Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s

 

-14-


stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.12    Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a)     Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b)     File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c)     So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.13    IPO Entity. If in lieu of a conversion to a corporation, the Company establishes a separate corporation that is a member of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company (the “ IPO Entity ”), whose shares are to be sold in the Initial Offering pursuant to an effective registration statement, all references in this Agreement to the Company shall, where appropriate, be deemed to refer to the IPO Entity. In such an event, the Company hereby agrees to cause the IPO Entity to comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

2.14    Registrable Securities. For the purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities held by a Holder will cease to be Registrable Securities for such Holder, when (i) a registration statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the Commission and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement or (ii) (x) the entire amount of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder may be sold in a single sale, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and such Holder, each in their reasonable judgment, without any limitation as to volume pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision then in effect) under the Securities Act and (y) such Holder owns less than one percent (1%) the equity securities of the Company on a fully diluted basis.

SECTION 3.    INFORMATION RIGHTS.

3.1    Information Rights. The Company will furnish the GA Holder, the Benchmark Holder and the Housatonic Holder as soon as practicable:

 

-15-


(a)     as soon as available, but not less than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants selected by the Company’s Board of Directors;

(b)     as soon as available, but not less than forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made;

(c)     as soon as available, but not less than thirty (30) days after the end of each month, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date; and

(d)     prior to or around the time of the Company’s first Board of Directors meeting of each fiscal year, an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year.

SECTION 4.    MISCELLANEOUS.

4.1    Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof. The parties agree that any action brought by either party under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to interpret or enforce any provision of this Agreement shall be brought in, and each party agrees to and does hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any New York federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan of The City of New York or the New York State courts located in The City of New York.

4.2    Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

 

-16-


4.3    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. The parties agree that this Agreement supercedes and replaces the registration rights granted to the Benchmark Holder pursuant to Exhibit G of that Preferred Share Purchase and Resale Agreement, dated December 2, 2004, among the Benchmark Holder and the Company. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

4.4    Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

4.5    Amendment and Waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be terminated, amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of the Company and the Holders.

4.6    Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

4.7    Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

4.8    Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and

 

-17-


expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys’ and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

4.9    Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

4.10    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

4.11    Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and for the reduction of shares of Registrable Securities included in registrations under Section 2.2(c), 2.3(a) or 2.4(b).

4.12    Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

4.13    Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the occurrence of a dissolution or winding up of the Company; provided, that no Initial Offering by the IPO Entity has occurred.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-18-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this R EGISTRATION AND I NFORMATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:

 

HOLDER:

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

 

GA SS H OLDING LLC

Signature:

 

/s/ Michael Smerklo

 

Signature:

 

/s/ Christopher Lanning

Print Name:

 

Michael Smerklo

 

Print Name:

 

Christopher Lanning

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:

 

Managing Director

Address:

 

735 Battery Street

4th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

   
   

H OUSATONIC E QUITY I NVESTORS SBIC, L.P.

   

By: Housatonic Equity Partners SBIC, LLC

   

Its: General Partner

   

H OUSATONIC M ICRO F UND SBIC, L.P.

   

By: Housatonic Micro Partners, LLC

   

Its: General Partner

   

Signature:

 

/s/ Barry D. Reynolds

   

Print Name:

 

Barry D. Reynolds

   

Title:

 

Managing Director

   

SSLLC H OLDINGS , I NC .

   

Signature:

 

/s/ Steven M. Spurlock

   

Print Name:

 

Steven M. Spurlock

   

Title:

 

President and CFO

R EGISTRATION AND I NFORMATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT

S IGNATURE P AGE


E XHIBIT  A

A DDRESSES

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

735 Battery Street

3 rd Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

GA SS H OLDING LLC

c/o General Atlantic Service Company, LLC

3 Pickwick Plaza

Greenwich, CT 06830

H OUSATONIC E QUITY I NVESTORS SBIC, L.P.

H OUSATONIC M ICRO F UND SBIC, L.P.

44 Montgomery Street

Suite 4010

San Francisco, CA 94101

SSLLC H OLDINGS , I NC .

c/o Benchmark Capital

2480 Sand Hill Road

Suite 200

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Exhibit 4.3

 

 

 

 

 

$7,537,500 16% Senior Secured Subordinated Notes due January 1, 2008

of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

7,537,500 Class A Preferred Shares of SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

 

 

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

January 31, 2003

 

 

 

 

 


SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200

San Bruno, CA 94066

January 31, 2003

To the Persons listed on Schedule I hereto (each a “ Purchaser
and collectively, the “ Purchasers ”):

Ladies and Gentlemen:

SSource Acquisition Company, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), agrees with you as follows. Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Section 11.1 .

1.             Authorization of Securities .

(a)    The Company has authorized the issue and sale of its $7,537,500 16% Senior Secured Subordinated Notes due January 1, 2008 (herein, together with any notes issued in exchange therefor or replacement thereof, called the “ Notes ”). The Notes shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a)(i) attached hereto. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Notes shall be secured in accordance with the provisions of the Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) by and among the Purchasers of the Notes and the Company (the “ Security Agreement ”). The Security Agreement shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1(a)(ii) attached hereto.

(b)    The Company has authorized the issue and sale of 7,537,500 shares of its Class A Preferred Shares (“ Class A Shares ”) (herein, such 7,537,500 shares, together with any Shares issued in exchange therefor or replacement thereof, called the “ Purchased Class A Shares ”).

(c)    The Notes and the Purchased Class A Shares are collectively referred to as the “ Securities ” and each as a “ Security ”.

(d)    The Securities are to be issued under this Agreement to each of you in the amounts set forth opposite your names on Schedule I attached hereto. The issue of Securities to each of you is a separate transaction and you shall not be liable or responsible for the acts or defaults of any other Purchaser.

2.             Sale and Purchase of Securities . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained in this Agreement, the Company will issue and sell to the Purchasers and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, the Securities, the Security Agreement and each of the other agreements, documents and instruments executed in connection herewith and therewith, each as it may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented (the “ Operative Documents ”), the Purchasers will purchase from the Company, at the Closing, as specified in Section 3, such Securities as are specified on Schedule I attached hereto. The aggregate purchase price of the Notes and the Purchased Class A Shares shall

 

-2-


be $15,075,000 (including 450,000 shares of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC valued at $675,000), which shall be allocated (a) $7,537,500 to the Notes and (b) $7,537,500 to the Purchased Class A Shares.

3.             Closing . The closing of the sale and purchase of the Securities hereunder (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the office of Choate, Hall & Stewart, Exchange Place, 53 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109, on January 31, 2003 (or on such other date as may be agreed to in writing by the Company and the Purchasers) (the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall occur not later than 11:00 A.M. Boston time on the Closing Date. At the Closing, the Company will deliver to you the Securities to be purchased by you at the Closing against payment of the purchase price thereof to (or for the benefit of) the Company in immediately available funds in accordance with the wire instructions set forth on Exhibit 3 attached hereto. Delivery of the Securities to be purchased by the Purchasers at the Closing shall be made in the form of one or more Notes and Purchased Class A Shares, in such denominations and registered in such names as are specified on Schedule I attached hereto and in each case dated, and in the case of the Notes, bearing interest from the Closing Date. If at the Closing the Company shall fail to tender the Securities to be delivered to you thereat as provided herein, or if at the Closing any of the conditions specified in Section 4 shall not have been fulfilled to your satisfaction, you shall, at your election, be relieved of all further obligations under this Agreement, without thereby waiving any other rights you may have by reason of such failure or such non-fulfillment,

4.             Conditions to Closing . Your obligation to purchase and pay for the Securities to be purchased by you hereunder at the Closing is subject to the fulfillment to your reasonable satisfaction, prior to or at the Closing, of the following conditions:

4.1     Representations and Warranties Correct . The representations and warranties made by the Company herein and in the other Operative Documents shall have been correct when made and shall be correct in all material respects at and as of the time of the Closing (after giving effect to the transactions consummated at the Closing).

4.2     Performance . The Company shall have performed all agreements and complied with all conditions contained herein and in the other Operative Documents required to be performed or complied with by it prior to or at the Closing.

4.3     Compliance Certificate . You shall have received an Officer’s Certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer or President, dated the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been fulfilled.

4.4     Capitalization . The debt and equity capitalization of the Company shall be in all respects satisfactory to you.

4.5     Organizational Documents . The First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company in the form attached as Exhibit 4.5(a) hereto (the “ LLC Agreement ”) and the Certificate of Formation of the Company in the form attached as Exhibit 4.5(b) hereto (the “ Certificate ”, and together with the LLC Agreement, the “ Company Organizational Documents ”).

 

-3-


4.6     Indemnification Agreement . The Company shall have entered into an indemnification agreement, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit 4.6 hereto, with each of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

4.7     ServiceSource Acquisition . Each of the parties to the Acquisition Agreement (as defined in Section 5.18 hereof) shall have executed and delivered to the other parties the Acquisition Agreement and any and all closing conditions relating to the consummation of such transaction shall have been satisfied or otherwise waived in writing.

4.8     Opinion of Counsel for the Company . At the Closing, you shall have received an opinion, dated the Closing Date, from Choate, Hall & Stewart, counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to you in all material aspects.

4.9     Consents and Waivers . The Company shall have obtained all consents or waivers necessary to execute this Agreement and the other agreements and documents contemplated herein, to issue the Securities and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. All corporate and other action and governmental filings necessary to effectuate the terms of the Operative Documents, shall have been made or taken.

4.10     Minimum Investment . The Company shall have received by the Closing firm commitments for the purchase of Securities at the Closing having an aggregate value of at least $13.5 million.

4.11    [Intentionally Omitted].

4.12     Proceedings and Documents . All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents and all agreements, documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory in substance and form to you and special counsel to Housatonic Partners, and you and special counsel to Housatonic Partners shall have received all such counterpart originals or copies thereof as you or they may reasonably request.

5.             Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the following, provided however that unless expressly stated otherwise in such representation and warranty, (i) the representations and warranties of the Company in Sections 5.1 through 5.20 give effect to the transactions consummated at the Closing without taking into account any of the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, as such transactions are separately addressed in Section 5.21 and (ii) the representations and warranties in Section 5.22 with respect to Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, do not give effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement:

5.1     Organization, Standing, etc . The Company is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite legal power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted, to issue and sell the Securities and to execute, deliver and perform each of the Operative Documents to which it is (or is to be) a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents.

 

-4-


5.2     Names; Jurisdictions of Incorporation . Exhibit 5.2 attached hereto correctly specifies (a) each jurisdiction (other than Delaware) in which the Company is qualified to do business (or in which it has submitted an application for such qualification), and (b) each jurisdiction in which any of its material properties are (or are to be) located.

5.3     Qualification . The Company is duly qualified or licensed (or has applied or will apply within 30 days of the date of this Agreement to become qualified or licensed) to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased or the nature of the activities conducted makes such qualification or licensing necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing has not resulted in, and could not reasonably be expected to result in, a material adverse change in or effect upon the condition (financial or otherwise), business, performance, operations, properties, prospects or profits of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Change ”).

5.4     Authorization . The Company has all necessary power and has taken all necessary action required for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Operative Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein or therein. The issuance of the Securities does not require any further company action and is not and will not be subject to any preemptive right, right of first refusal or the like which have not been exercised or waived. Each Operative Agreement will be a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, subject to bankruptcy and other laws of general applicability affecting the rights of creditors and subject to the qualification that the remedy of specific enforcement or injunctive relief is discretionary with any court before which proceedings therefor may be brought.

5.5     Capitalization .

(a)     Exhibit 5.5(a) attached hereto correctly and fully specifies as to the Company (after giving effect to the transactions consummated at the Closing) (i) its authorized and outstanding Shares and (ii) the name of each record and beneficial owner of such Shares, together with the number and class of such Shares held by each such Person and the aggregate consideration paid by such Person for such Shares (which consideration, unless otherwise noted on such exhibit, was paid in cash in full on or prior to the Closing Date). All of the outstanding Shares of the Company will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free of any and all Liens or encumbrances, and not subject to any preemptive right, right of first refusal or similar right on the part of the Company and all of such Shares have been (or will have been) offered, issued and sold in accordance with all applicable laws.

(b)    Except as set forth on Exhibit 5.5(b) attached hereto, (i) there are no outstanding rights, options, warrants or agreements for the purchase from, or sale or issuance by, the Company of any of its Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Shares; (ii) there are no agreements on the part of the Company to issue, sell or distribute any of its Shares, other securities or assets; (iii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Shares or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any distribution in respect thereof; and (iv) no Person is entitled to any rights with

 

-5-


respect to the registration of any Shares of the Company under the Securities Act (or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction).

5.6     Indebtedness and Liens . Exhibit 5.6 attached hereto correctly describes:

(a)    all of the liabilities and indebtedness of the Company to be outstanding immediately following the Closing;

(b)    all Liens to which any of the Company’s properties and assets will be subject immediately following the Closing;

(c)    to the best knowledge of the Company, after full and thorough investigation, all of its liabilities and indebtedness to be assumed by the Company as a result of the consummation of the Acquisition; and

(d)    to the best knowledge of the Company, after full and thorough investigation all Liens to which any of the Company’s properties and assets will be subject as a result of the consummation of the Acquisition.

5.7     Subsidiaries . The Company has no direct or indirect subsidiaries and does not own, of record or beneficially, or control, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, securities convertible into capital stock or any other equity interest in any Person. The Company is not, directly or indirectly, a participant in any joint venture, partnership, limited liability company, trust, association or other non-corporate entity and does not have any investment in, loan to or material advance of cash or other extension of credit (other than in the ordinary course of business) to any Person.

5.8     Agreements; Action .

(a)    There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts, proposed transactions, judgments, orders, writs or decrees to which the Company is a party or to its knowledge by which it is bound which may involve (i) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments to, the Company in excess of $10,000, (ii) the license of any patent, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary right to or from the Company, other than licenses arising from the purchase of “off the shelf” or other standard products or the Company’s standard form of customer agreement, or (iii) indemnification by the Company with respect to infringement of proprietary rights.

(b)    The Company has not (i) declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock, (ii) incurred any indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities individually in excess of $10,000 or, in excess of $20,000 in the aggregate, other than the Notes and the Working Capital Facility (as defined in Section 8.2(a)), (iii) made any loans or advances to any Person, other than ordinary advances for travel expenses, or (iv) sold, exchanged or otherwise disposed of any of its assets or rights, other than the sale of its inventory in the ordinary course of business.

(c)    For the purposes of subsections (a) and (b) above, all indebtedness, liabilities, agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts and proposed transactions involving the same person or entity (including persons or entities the Company has reason to believe are affiliated

 

-6-


therewith) shall be aggregated for the purpose of meeting the individual minimum dollar amounts of such subsections.

5.9     Obligations to Related Parties . There are no obligations of the Company to officers, directors, shareholders, members, consultants or employees of the Company other than (a) for payment of salary for services rendered, (b) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (c) for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees (including stock option agreements outstanding under any stock option plan approved by the Board of Directors of the Company). None of the officers, directors or any members of their immediate families, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, key employees or members of the Company are indebted to the Company (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) or have any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which the Company is affiliated or with which the Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation which competes with the Company, other than passive investments in publicly traded companies (representing less than 1% of such company) which may compete with the Company. No officer, director or member, or any member of their immediate families, is, directly or indirectly, interested in any material contract with the Company (other than such contracts as relate to any such person’s ownership of capital stock or other securities of the Company). The Company is not a guarantor or indemnitor of any indebtedness of any other Person, firm or corporation.

5.10     Offering Valid . Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained in Section 6 hereof, the offer, sale and issuance of the Securities will be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and will have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws. Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Securities to any Person or Persons so as to bring the sale of such Securities by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

5.11     Benefit Plans . The Company presently does not maintain or contribute to, and has never maintained or contributed to, any “employee benefit plan,” as such term is defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”).

5.12     Insurance . The Company has in full force and effect fire and casualty insurance policies, in amounts and coverage consistent with similarly situated companies. The Company is not in default with respect to its obligations under any insurance policy maintained by it.

5.13     Litigation, etc . There is no claim, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company which (a) questions the validity of any of the Operative Documents or any action taken or to be taken pursuant thereto or (b) has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change. There are no judgments, orders, injunctions, stipulations, decrees or awards (whether rendered by a court, administrative agency, governmental authority, by arbitration or otherwise) against the Company.

 

-7-


5.14     Compliance with Other Instruments; Absence of Restrictions, etc . The Company is not in violation of or in default under any term of the Company Organizational Documents, or of any agreement, document, instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, statute, rule or regulation applicable to it or any of its properties and assets, in any way which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change. Except as a result of the Operative Documents, the execution, delivery, and performance of and compliance with the Operative Documents by the Company, will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, result in the creation of any mortgage, pledge, Lien, encumbrance or charge upon any of the properties or assets of the Company.

5.15     Consents, etc . No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration or filing with, or other action by, any Person (including, without limitation, any governmental authority) is required on the part of the Company as a condition precedent to the valid execution, delivery and performance of and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents and/or the exercise by any holder of any Securities of any of its rights in respect thereof.

5.16     Obligations of Management . The officers and key employees of the Company are set forth on Exhibit 5.16 . Each officer and key employee of the Company is currently devoting substantially all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Company. The Company is not aware that any officer or key employee of the Company is planning to terminate his or her employment or work less than full time at the Company in the future. No officer or key employee is currently working or, to the Company’s knowledge, plans to work for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such officer or key employee is or will be compensated by such enterprise. To the best knowledge of the Company after thorough investigation, the Company is not aware that any key employee or key consultant of ServiceSource, or any group of employees or consultants of ServiceSource do not intend to perform substantially similar services to the Company following the Acquisition as they are currently performing for ServiceSource.

5.17     Small Business Concern . The Company together with its “affiliates” (as that term is defined in Section 121.103 of Title 13 of the Code of Federal Regulations (the “ Federal Regulations ”)), is a “smaller enterprise” within the meaning of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (the “ Small Business Act ”), and the regulations promulgated thereunder, including Section 107.710 of Title 13 of the Federal Regulations (a “ Smaller Enterprise ”). The information delivered to each Purchaser that is a licensed Small Business Investment Company (an “ SBIC Purchaser ”) on SBA Forms 480, 652 and 1031 delivered in connection herewith is true and correct. The Company is not ineligible for financing by any SBIC Purchaser pursuant to Section 107.720 of Title 13 of the Federal Regulations. The Company acknowledges that each SBIC Purchaser is a Federal licensee under the Small Business Act.

5.18     Use of Proceeds .

(a)    The proceeds of the sale of the Securities will be used for the purpose of consummating the purchase (the “ Acquisition ”) from ServiceSource Incorporated, a California corporation (“ ServiceSource ”) of substantially all of its assets pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 31, 2003 (the “ Acquisition Agreement ”) by and among, ServiceSource, the Beneficial Owners named therein and the Company (the

 

-8-


Acquisition Agreement and the other agreements, documents and instruments executed or to be executed in connection therewith are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Acquisition Documents ”), copies of which Acquisition Documents have been furnished to you and special counsel to Housatonic Partners.

(b)    Prior to the Acquisition, the Company has not engaged in any business.

(c)    The Company has not engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation G of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of the sale of the Securities will be used to purchase or carry any margin security or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin security or in any other manner which would involve a violation of any of the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

5.19     Broker’s Fees . The Company represents and warrants that no agent, broker, investment banker, Person or firm acting on behalf of or under the authority of such party hereto is or will be entitled to any broker’s or finder’s fee or any other commission directly or indirectly in connection with the transactions contemplated herein. The Company further agrees to indemnify each other party for any claims, losses or expenses incurred by such other party as a result of the representation in this Section 5.19 being untrue.

5.20     Full Disclosure . The Company has provided Purchasers with all information requested by the Purchasers in connection with their decision to purchase the Securities. Neither this Agreement, the exhibits hereto, the other Operative Documents nor any other document delivered by the Company to Purchasers or their attorneys or agents in connection herewith or therewith at the Closing contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading; provided however that any representation or warranty set forth in the Acquisition Documents are true and correct only to the extent set forth in Section 5.21 hereto.

5.21     ServiceSource Acquisition . The Company hereby represents and warrants that to the best knowledge of the Company, after full and thorough investigation, all of the representations and warranties set forth in the Acquisition Agreement related to the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) are true and correct as of the date of the Acquisition Agreement.

5.22     Crystal Springs Representations and Warranties .

(a)     Exhibit 5.22(a) attached hereto correctly and fully specifies as to Crystal Springs Capital, LLC (i) its authorized and outstanding shares and (ii) the name of each record and beneficial owner of such shares, together with the number and class of such shares held by each such Person. There are no outstanding rights, options, warrants or agreements for the purchase from, or sale or issuance by, Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, of any of its shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such shares. Upon Closing, the Company will own all of the outstanding equity interests of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC.

 

-9-


(b)    There is no claim, action, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, threatened against Crystal Springs Capital, LLC which has resulted in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Change. There are no judgments, orders, injunctions, stipulations, decrees or awards (whether rendered by a court, administrative agency, governmental authority, by arbitration or otherwise) against Crystal Springs Capital, LLC.

(c)     Exhibit 5.22(c) attached hereto correctly describes, to the best knowledge of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC, all of the outstanding liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of Crystal Springs Capital, LLC.

6.             Purchaser Representations and Warranties . Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants, with respect to itself only, to the Company as follows:

(a)    Each Purchaser which is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other business entity, has been duly formed, validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation, has all requisite power and authority and has taken all necessary action required for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any other agreements or instruments executed in connection herewith and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, and has not been organized, reorganized or recapitalized specifically for the purposes of investing in the Company;

(b)    Assuming due execution and delivery by the Company of each of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, each of this Agreement and the Security Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms subject to bankruptcy and other laws of general applicability affecting the rights of creditors and subject to the qualification that the remedy of specific enforcement or injunctive relief is discretionary with any court for which proceedings therefor may be brought;

(c)    Such Purchaser (i) has been advised and understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the Securities is to be effected except in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, and that, in this connection, the Company is relying in part on the representations of the Purchaser set forth in this Section 6; (ii) acknowledges that the Securities will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of such term under the Securities Act, with the result that they may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances; and (iii) represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, and is familiar with the resale restrictions imposed thereby and by the Securities Act;

(d)    Such Purchaser has been further advised and understands that no public market now exists for any of the securities issued by the Company and that a public market may never exist for the Securities;

 

-10-


(e)    Such Purchaser is purchasing the Securities for investment purposes, for its own account and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof in violation of Federal or state securities laws;

(f)    Such Purchaser is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and, by reason of its business or financial experience, such Purchaser has the capacity to protect its own interest in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder;

(g)    Such Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(g) shall be deemed to vitiate or limit the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company contained in this Agreement;

(h)    No Person has or will have, as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, any right, interest or claim against or upon the Company for any commission, fee or other compensation as a finder or broker because of any act or omission by such Purchaser; and

(i)    Purchaser’s investment decisions are made by Persons who have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment.

7.             Confidentiality . Each holder of any Securities agrees by its acceptance thereof that any non-public information concerning the Company which is furnished by the Company to such holder pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents (collectively “ Confidential Information ”) and is identified by the Company (in good faith) as confidential information shall be kept confidential by such holder in accordance with procedures adopted by such holder in good faith to protect confidential information of third parties. The term “Confidential Information” shall not include, however, any information which (x) was publicly known or otherwise known to any holder at the time of disclosure by the Company to any holder; (y) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission of any holder or any agent of any holder or (z) becomes known to any holder otherwise than through disclosure by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each holder of any Securities may disclose Confidential Information: (i) with the consent of the Company (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (ii) when required by law or regulation; (iii) to the officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, legal counsel and professional consultants of such holder who have a need to know such information and to any partner, Subsidiary or parent of any such holder for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as the partner, Subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of the Section 7; (iv) in connection with the preservation, exercise and/or enforcement of any of such holder’s rights or remedies under this Agreement and the other Operative Documents; (v) in connection with any contemplated transfer of any of the Securities held by such holder to any institutional investor or financial institution (so long as the recipient of such information agrees to keep such information confidential on terms substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 7);or (vi) in a response to any summons, subpoena or other legal process or in connection with any judicial or administrative proceeding or inquiry.

 

-11-


8.             Covenants .

8.1     Covenants in Favor of Holders of Class A Preferred Shares .

(a)    So long as the Purchased Class A Shares remain outstanding, the Company will duly perform and observe each and all of the covenants and agreements relating to the Class A Shares set forth in the LLC Agreement.

(b)    The Company agrees to provide the holders of the Purchased Class A Shares the registration rights set forth on Schedule I I attached hereto.

8.2     Covenants in Favor of Holders of Notes . So long as any of the Notes shall remain outstanding, the Company will duly perform and observe each and all of the covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth.

(a)     Restrictions on Debt . The Company will not incur, create, assume, guarantee or in any way become liable for, or permit to exist, any indebtedness or liabilities of any kind (including contingent obligations under letters of credit or similar instruments and guarantees of indebtedness or liabilities incurred by others) other than:

(i)    indebtedness existing as of the date of this Agreement, including any extensions, modifications, renewals, refundings or refinancings thereof, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased;

(ii)    additional indebtedness incurred pursuant to working capital financing from a bank or other financial institution in a maximum principal amount not to exceed 100% of the accounts receivable of the Company outstanding from time to time (the “ Working Capital Facility ”);

(iii)    indebtedness or liabilities incurred pursuant to or as contemplated by this Agreement; and

(iv)    indebtedness in respect of capitalized lease obligations, not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding.

(b)     Restrictions on Liens . The Company will not directly or indirectly, create, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(i)    Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims the payment of which is not yet due;

(ii)    statutory Liens of landlords or warehousemen and Liens of carriers, mechanics, materialmen and other Liens imposed by law incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(iii)    any attachment or judgment Lien which does not constitute an Event of Default hereunder;

 

-12-


(iv)    Liens that secure obligations that are not material, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the present use of such property and have not arisen other than in the ordinary course of business, which have been expressly approved by the Company’s Board of Directors;

(v)    Liens in favor of ServiceSource, Inc. to secure payment of the Notes to be issued to ServiceSource Incorporated under the Acquisition Agreement (the “ Acquisition Notes ”), provided that such Lien is subordinated, to the Purchasers’ satisfaction, to their Lien under the Security Agreement. The Purchasers hereby agree that the provisions of the Acquisition Notes and the security agreement relating thereto, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(1) and Exhibit 8.2(b)(v)(2) , respectively, are satisfactory to the Purchasers;

(vi)    Liens in favor of holders of Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement;

(vii)    Liens securing purchase money obligations which do not exceed the purchase price of the property acquired; and

(viii)    Liens arising under the Security Agreement; ((i) through (viii) above, “ Permitted Liens ”).

(c)     Restricted Payments . In any fiscal year, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, make any distribution on any Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares or redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any Class A Preferred Shares or Common Shares or prepay, or voluntarily or optionally redeem, repurchase, or acquire or retire for value, any indebtedness of the Company that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, provided , however, that this restriction shall not apply to (i) the repurchase of Common Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons or entities performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon certain events if required by the relevant agreement and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and (ii) tax distributions pursuant to Section 11.02 of the LLC Agreement.

(d)     Investments . The Company shall not directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments.

(e)     Actions Requiring Consent . The Company shall not undertake any of the following actions without the prior consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes:

(i)    selling, conveying, or otherwise disposing of or encumbering all or substantially all of its property or business or merging into or consolidating with any other entity or effecting any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the Voting Shares (as defined in Section 11.1) of the Company are disposed of;

 

-13-


(ii)    selling or disposing of, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, any material assets of the Company; and

(iii)    entering into any material transaction with any Affiliate.

(f)     Notice of Default on Senior Indebtedness . If the Company shall fail to make any payment with respect to Senior Indebtedness, the Company shall notify the holders of the Notes within 15 days of such failure and shall permit and authorize the holders of the Notes, at such holder’s discretion, to cure such default. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause the documentation with respect to any Senior Indebtedness to contain provisions requiring notice of any payment default of the Company obligations to be given by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness to the holders of the Notes and giving them, at their discretion, an opportunity to cure such default; provided however, that the holders of the Notes shall be under no obligation to cure such defaults.

8.3     Covenants in Favor of Holders of Securities . So long as any of the Securities remain outstanding, the Company will duly perform and observe each of the following covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth.

(a)     Expenses . The Company shall pay the Purchasers’ actual reasonable expenses in connection with the Closing of the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents, such expenses to include the legal and due diligence expenses incurred in favor of Cooley Godward, LLP, special counsel to Housatonic Partners (which legal and due diligence expenses shall be paid within 30 days of the Closing), in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Operative Documents, but no other legal counsel.

(b)     Reports .

(i)    within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company shall deliver to the holders of Notes a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year ended at the end of such fiscal quarter, without footnote disclosure, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding periods of the previous fiscal year, and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(ii)    within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company shall deliver to the holders of Notes a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing, and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(iii)    within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year the Company shall furnish to the holders of Notes such information as may be needed to permit such holders to file their federal income tax returns and any required state income tax returns;

 

-14-


(iv)    as soon as practicable, but in any event at least fifteen (15) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows for such months and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(v)    promptly upon receipt thereof, any written report, so called “management letter”, and any other communication submitted to the Company by its independent public accountants relating to the business, prospects or financial condition of the Company;

(vi)    promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of (i) all actions, suits and proceedings before any court or governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, affecting the Company and involving a claim or claims in excess of $100,000; and (ii) all defaults by the Company in excess of $100,000 (whether or not declared) under any agreement for money borrowed (unless waived or cured within applicable grace periods);

(vii)    promptly upon sending, making available, or filing the same, all reports and financial statements as the Company shall send or make available generally to the members of the Company as such or to the Securities and Exchange Commission or to the Company’s bank or any other lender; and

(viii)    such other information with regard to the business, properties or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of the Company as the holders of Notes may from time to time reasonably request.

(c)     Rights to Information; Books and Records . The Board of Directors shall cause the Company to keep true and correct books of account with respect to the operations of the Company. Such books shall be maintained at the principal place of business of the Company, or at such other place as the Board of Directors shall determine, and all holders of Notes shall have access to such books during reasonable business hours.

(d)     Payment of Taxes; Legal Existence; Maintenance of Properties; Compliance with Laws . The Company will:

(i)    pay and discharge promptly as they become due and payable all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or its income or upon any of its property, as well as all claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) which, if unpaid, could reasonably be expected by law to become a Lien upon its property and could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if the amount, applicability or validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted with adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP;

(ii)    do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence;

 

-15-


(iii)    maintain and keep its material properties in good repair, working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear and casualties excepted);

(iv)    comply in all respects with all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all governmental authorities in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property, if the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; provided that the Company shall not be required by reason of this Section 8.3(d)(iv) to comply therewith at any time while it shall be contesting its obligation to do so in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly initiated and diligently conducted.

(e)     Insurance . The Company will maintain with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance with respect to its properties and businesses against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons of established reputation engaged in the same or a similar business and similarly situated, in such amounts and by such methods (including deductibles, co-insurance and self-insurance, if adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto) as shall be customary for such Persons and reasonably deemed adequate by the Company.

(f)     Further Assurances . From time to time hereafter, the Company will execute and deliver, or will cause to be executed and delivered, such additional agreements, documents and instruments and will take all such other actions as any holder or holders of the Securities may reasonably request for the purpose of implementing or effectuating the provisions of the Operative Documents.

9.             Events of Default . If any one or more of the following events (“ Events of Default ”) shall occur (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), that is to say:

(a)    if default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of all or any part of the principal of, or premium (if any) on, any Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the stated maturity thereof, by notice of or demand for prepayment, or otherwise;

(b)    if default shall be made in the due and punctual payment of any interest on any Note when and as such interest shall become due and payable and such default shall have continued for a period of 15 Business Days;

(c)    if there shall occur any Event of Default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that is not waived or cured within the applicable grace period;

(d)    if there shall occur any Event of Default with respect to the Acquisition Notes which is not waived or cured within the applicable grace period;

(e)    if default shall be made in the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or conditions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents and such default shall have continued for a period of 30 days after the earlier to occur of

 

-16-


(i) the Company’s obtaining knowledge of such default or (ii) the Company’s receipt of written notice of such default;

(f)    if the Company shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or shall be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or shall file any petition or answer seeking for itself any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, or shall file any answer admitting or not contesting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, or shall seek or consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or fiscal agent for it or for all or any substantial part of its properties, or shall (or its directors or members shall) take any action seeking its dissolution or liquidation;

(g)    if, within 30 days after the commencement of an action against the Company seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future statute, law or regulation, such action shall not have been dismissed or all orders or proceedings thereunder affecting the operations or the business of the Company stayed, or if the stay of any such order or proceeding shall thereafter be set aside, or if, within 30 days after the appointment without the consent or acquiescence of the Company of any trustee, custodian, receiver, liquidator or fiscal agent for the Company or for all or any substantial part of its properties, such appointment shall not have been vacated;

(h)    if, under the provisions of any law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction shall assume custody or control of the Company or of all or any substantial part of its properties and such custody or control shall not be terminated or stayed within 30 days from the date of assumption of such custody or control;

(i)    if a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least $700,000 in excess of applicable insurance coverage (provided that a claim therefore has been tendered to and accepted by the applicable insurance carrier) shall be rendered against the Company and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of 30 days;

(j)    if, as of its date, a representation or warranty set forth herein or in any other Operative Document or in any certificate delivered to the Purchasers by any officer of the Company pursuant to the Operative Documents or to induce Purchasers to enter into the Operative Documents contains any material misrepresentation or material misstatement.

(k)    if the obligations pursuant to any other indebtedness of the Company shall have been accelerated due a default thereunder; and

(l)    if (1) the Company effects any transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the Voting Shares of the Company are disposed of, (2) any time the Duly Elected Directors do not constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company or (3) the Company conveys, transfers or leases all or substantially all of its assets to any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934);

 

-17-


then, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (other than one of the character described in clauses (f), (g) or (h) of this section 9) and at the option of the holder or holders of 66-2/3% or more in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, exercised by written notice to the Company, the principal of all Notes shall forthwith become due and payable, together with interest accrued thereon, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and the Company shall forthwith upon any such acceleration pay to the holder or holders of all the Notes then outstanding the entire principal of and interest accrued on the Notes; provided , that, in the case of an Event of Default of the character described in clauses (f), (g), or (h) of this section 9, the principal of all Notes shall forthwith become due and payable, together with interest accrued thereon (including any interest accruing after the commencement of any action or proceeding under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any other applicable domestic or foreign federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, and any other interest that would have accrued but for the commencement of such proceeding, whether or not any such interest is allowed as an enforceable claim in such proceeding), without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, and the Company shall forthwith upon any such acceleration pay to the holder or holders of all the Notes then outstanding the entire principal of and interest accrued on the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default and of notice thereof, if any, by any holder or holders of Notes and before any judgment, decree or order for payment of the money due has been obtained by or on behalf of any holder or holders of the Notes, the Required Holders of the Notes by written notice to the Companies, may rescind and annul such Event of Default and/or notice of such Event of Default and the consequences thereof with respect to all of the Notes (including any Notes which were accelerated pursuant to the first proviso in the preceding paragraph by any holder or holders on account of an Event of Default of the character described in clause (a) or (b) of this section 9). No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.

10.             Acceleration upon Liquidation . The entire principal amount and all accrued but unpaid interest with respect to the Notes shall become immediately due and payable upon the occurrence of:

(a)    a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary;

(b)    consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(c)    consummation of a merger into or consolidation of the Company which constitutes a Liquidation Event as defined in Section 9.03 of the LLC Agreement;

provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 10 may be waived by the Required Holders of Notes.

 

-18-


11.             Definitions .

11.1     Definitions of Capitalized Terms . The terms defined in this Section 11.1, whenever used in this Agreement, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate ”, as applied to any Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise. Any Person, who owns beneficially or of record Shares representing more than 5% of the total outstanding Shares of Company shall be deemed an Affiliate (only for purposes of this agreement).

Acquisition ,” “ Acquisition Agreement ” and “ Acquisition Documents ” shall have the respective meanings specified in Section 5.18.

Acquisition Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2(b).

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day which shall be in San Francisco, California, a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions therein are authorized by law to close.

Class A Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Closing ” and “ Closing Date ” shall have the respective meanings specified in Section 3.

Common Shares ” shall mean the meaning specified in the LLC Agreement.

Company Organization Documents ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.5.

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 7.

Duly Elected Director ” means, at any date, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who was nominated or elected in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect in the United States from time to time, consistently applied.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, lien (statutory or otherwise), preference, priority, security interest, chattel mortgage or other charge or encumbrance of any kind, or any other type of preferential arrangement, including, without limitation, the lien or retained security title of a conditional vendor and any casement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property and any lease having substantially the same effect as any of the foregoing.

 

-19-


LLC Agreement ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.5.

Material Adverse Change ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 5.3.

Notes ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a)    (i) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, and (iii) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of investment therein;

(b)    the repurchase of Common Shares from employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons or entities performing services for the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares upon certain events if required by the relevant agreement and approved by the Company’s Board of Directors; and

(c)    bank deposits and money market deposits of any U.S. domestic commercial bank or brokerage firm of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2(b).

Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint-stock company, a business trust or other similar organization, a partnership, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof.

Purchased Class A Shares ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Required Holders ” as applied to describe the requisite holder or holders of any class of the Securities, shall mean, at any date, the holder or holders of a majority or more in interest of such class of Securities at the time outstanding (excluding all Securities at the time owned by the Company).

Securities ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 1.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

Senior Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning specified in the Notes.

 

-20-


Shares ” of any Person shall include any and all Shares of capital stock, partnership interests, limited liability company interests, membership interests, or other Shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated and of any class) in the capital of, or other ownership interests in, such Person, and, as applied to the Company, includes the Class A Shares and the Common Shares.

Subsidiary ” of any Person at any date shall mean (a) any other Person a majority (by number of votes) of the Voting Shares of which are owned by such first-mentioned Person and/or by one or more other Subsidiaries of such first-mentioned Person, (b) any Person of which the first-mentioned Person or any of its other Subsidiaries is a general partner and (c) any other Person with respect to which such first-mentioned Person and/or any one or more other Subsidiaries of such first-mentioned Person (i) is entitled to more than 50% of such Person’s profits or losses or more than 50% of such Person’s assets on liquidation or (ii) holds an equity interest in such Person of more than 50%. As used herein, unless the context clearly required otherwise, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Voting Shares ”, when used with reference to any Person, shall mean Shares (however designated) of such Person having ordinary voting power for the election of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors (or other governing board) of such Person, other than Shares having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.

Working Capital Facility ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.2(a).

11.2     Other Definitions . The terms defined in this Section 11.2, whenever used in this Agreement, shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the respective meanings hereinafter specified.

this Agreement ” (and similar references to any of the other Operative Documents) shall mean, and the words “ herein ” (and “ therein ”), “ hereof ’ (and “ thereof ”), “ hereunder ” (and “ thereunder ”) and words of similar import shall refer to, such instruments as they may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented.

corporation ” shall include an association, joint stock company, business trust or other similar organization.

12.             Amendment and Waiver .

(a)    Any term of this Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, of any of the other Operative Documents may, with the consent of the Company, be amended, or compliance therewith may be waived, in writing only, by the Required Holders of each of the Notes and the Purchased Class A Shares entitled to the benefits of such term, provided that without the consent of the holders of all of the Notes at the time outstanding, no such amendment or waiver shall (A) change the amount of any rate of interest on the Notes or change the payment terms of any of the Notes or (B) change the percentage of holders of Notes required to approve any such amendment or effectuate any such waiver. Executed or true and correct copies of any amendment, waiver or consent effected pursuant to this Section 12 shall be delivered by the Company to each holder of

 

-21-


Securities forthwith (but in any event not later than ten Business Days) following the effective date thereof.

(b)    In determining whether the requisite holders of Securities have given any authorization, consent or waiver under this Section 12, any Securities owned by the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding.

13.             Method of Payment of Securities . Irrespective of any provision hereof or of the other Operative Documents to the contrary, so long as you (or your nominee) shall hold any Security, the Company will make all payments thereon to you by the method and at the address for such purpose specified in Schedule I attached hereto or by such other method or at such other address as you may designate in writing.

14.             Communications . All communications provided for herein and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, in any of the other Operative Documents shall be in writing and sent (a) by telecopy if the sender on the same day sends a confirming copy of such communication by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), (b) by a recognized overnight delivery service (charges prepaid), or (c) by messenger. Any such communication must be sent (i) if to the Company, to it at:

Prior to March 1, 2003:

SSource Acquisition Company, LLC

c/o Crystal Springs Capital, LLC

1250 Bayhill Drive, Suite 200

San Bruno CA 94066

Attention: David Kennedy and Michael Smerklo

Telecopy No.: 650.794.2601

After March 1, 2003:

ServiceSource International, LLC

(f/k/a SSource Acquisition Company, LLC)

1668 Lombard Street

San Francisco, CA 94123

Attention:

Telecopy No.: (415) 901-6026

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Choate, Hall & Stewart

53 State Street

Boston, MA, 02184

Attention: Roslyn Daum, Esq.

Telecopy No.: 617-248-4000

 

-22-


or at such other address (or telecopy number) as may be furnished in writing by the Company to each holder of any Security and (ii) if to you, at your address for such purpose set forth in Schedule I attached hereto, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cooley Godward, LLP

Five Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, California 94306-2155

Attention: Thomas L. MacMitchell, Esq.

Telecopy No.: 650-849-7400

and if to any other holder of any Security, at the address of such holder as it appears on the applicable register maintained by the Company, or at such other address as may be furnished in writing by you or by any other holder to the Company. Communications under this Section 14 shall be deemed given only when actually received.

15.             Survival of Agreements, Representations and Warranties, etc . All agreements, representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Operative Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by you and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Operative Documents, the issue, sale and delivery of the Securities and payment therefor and any disposition of the Securities by you, whether or not any investigation at any time is made by you or on your behalf, provided that the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.21 shall be subject to the survival periods set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.

16.             Successors and Assigns; Rights of Other Holders . This Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, each of the other Operative Documents shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and you, successors to the Company and your successors and assigns, and, in addition, shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each holder from time to time of any Securities who, upon acceptance thereof, shall, without further action, be entitled to enforce the applicable provisions and enjoy the applicable benefits hereof and thereof. The Company may not assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any of the other Operative Documents without the written consent of a majority of the holders of the Securities then outstanding.

17.             Exculpation Among Purchasers . Each Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any other Purchaser in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. Each Purchaser agrees that no Purchaser nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to any other Purchaser for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the Securities.

18.             Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial . This Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, each of the other Operative Documents, including the validity hereof and thereof and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and thereunder, and all amendments and supplements hereof and thereof and all waivers and consents hereunder and

 

-23-


thereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the domestic substantive laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law or conflicts of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

19.             Miscellaneous . The headings in this Agreement and in each of the other Operative Documents are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof or thereof This Agreement (together with the other Operative Documents) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between you and the Company and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. In case any provision in this Agreement or any of the other Operative Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. This Agreement and, unless explicitly provided otherwise therein, each of the other Operative Documents, may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto or thereto, as the case may be, on separate counterparts but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

-24-


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

Very truly yours,
SSOURCE ACQUISITION COMPANY, LLC
By   /s/ David Kennedy
  David Kennedy (Manager)

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

agreed to as of the date thereof.

[PURCHASERS]

By   /s/  illegible
  1998 Taweel Family Trust

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  AOC Partners No. 1

 

By:   /s/  Alex Slusky, Trustee
  Bellevue Trust

 

By:   /s/  Melinda Brown
  Brombies, L.L.C.

 

By:   /s/  Kevin T. Callaghan
  Kevin T. Callaghan

 

By:   /s/  Michael de Anda
  Central Illinois Anesthesia Services Ltd. Profit-Sharing Plan (Michael de Anda Trustee)

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Chichen Itza Ventures

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

Craig L. Burr 1985 Children’s Trust

Under Power of Attorney

 

By:   /s/  Michael de Anda
  Michael de Anda

 

By:   /s/  Neal Dempsey
  Dempsey Family Limited Partnership, LLC

 

By:   /s/  Justin Dooley
  Justin Dooley

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to as of the date thereof.
[PURCHASERS]

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  William P. Egan

 

By:   /s/  Russell James Ellis
  Russell James Ellis

 

By:   /s/   James M.P. Feuille
  James M.P. Feuille

 

By:   /s/   illegible
  Global Undervalued Securities Master Fund, LP

 

By:   /s/   Garth H. Greimann
  Garth H. Greimann

 

By:   /s/  Anthony Hanlon
  Anthony Hanlon

 

HOUSATONIC EQUITY INVESTORS SBIC, L.P. by: Housatonic Equity Partners SBIC, L.L.C., its general partner
By:   /s/  Barry D. Reynolds
 

Barry D. Reynolds

Managing Director

 

HOUSATONIC MICRO FUND SBIC, L.P.

by: Housatonic Micro Partners SBIC

By:   /s/  Barry D. Reynolds
 

Barry D. Reynolds

Manager Director

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to as of the date thereof.

 

[PURCHASERS]

 

M 2 O, Inc., General Partner
By:   /s/  M.F. O’Connell
 

IRS Partners #17

M.F. O’Connell, President

 

By:   /s/  Ross M. Jones
  Ross M. Jones

 

By:   /s/  Dennis Kinnaird and Constance McCreight

 

By:   JAMES AUGUSTINE LACCABUE AND CHRISTIN ANNE LACCABUE, TRUSTEES OF THE LACCABUE LIVING TRUST DATED JULY 31, 2000
By:   /s/  James A. Laccabue

 

By:   /s/  Paul Margolis
  Longworth Capital, LLC

 

By:   /s/  Christopher W. Mahowald

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Mendonca Family Trust

 

By:   /s/  Rowland T. Moriarty

 

By:   /s/  Harold Mottet
  /s/  Samantha Mottet

 

By:   /s/  Pat O’Keeffe

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

The foregoing Agreement is hereby

agreed to as of the date thereof.

[PURCHASERS]

 

By:   /s/  Gerald Risk
  Gerald Risk

ROBIN-DOWNEY VENTURES, L.P.

By:   /s/  Val E. Vaden
  Val E. Vaden, General Partner

Royal Wulff Ventures, LLC

By:   /s/  illegible
  (Title)

Schumacher Living Trust

By:   /s/  illegible
  (Title)

 

By:   /s/  Melinda Brown
  Silverado Kids, L.L.C.

 

By:   /s/  Walker Simmons

 

By:   /s/  Robert J. Small

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Stevenson Family Investment Limited Partners L.P.

SVERICA RETURNS 1

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  (Title)

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  TD Investment Company

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the form of agreement on the accompanying counterparts of this Agreement, whereupon it shall become a binding agreement under seal between you and the Company. Please then return one of such counterparts to the Company.

 

The foregoing Agreement is hereby agreed to as of the date thereof.
[PURCHASERS]

FOR AND BEHALF OF

NEWHAVEN NOMINEES LTD

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Texas Enterprises Limited

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  TGK Ventures

 

By:   /s/  Martin Trust
  Martin Trust

 

By:   /s/  Douglas Tudor

 

By:   /s/  Melinda Brown
  Weber River Assets, L.L.C.

 

By:   /s/  Spencer D. Wheelwright

 

By:   /s/  illegible
  Whitehawk Ranch Investments Co, LP

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of Gregory J Eagan

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of Kristen Reed

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of Mark P. Eagan

 

By:   /s/  illegible
 

William P. Egan 1985 Children’s Trust

Benefit of William P. Egan III

 

By:   /s/  William L. Thornton
  William L. Thornton Trust

 

[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]


SCHEDULE II

Registration Rights

 

  1.1 Definitions . As used in this Schedule II the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

  (a) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company after the conversion of the Company into a corporation in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

  (b) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  (c) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

  (d) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.10 of this Schedule II.

 

  (e) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

 

  (f) “Preferred Stock” means the preferred stock of the Company after the conversion of the Company into a corporation in accordance with the LLC Agreement.

 

  (g) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

  (h)

“Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Schedule II are not assigned or (iii) held by a Holder (together with its affiliates) if, as reflected on the Company’s list of stockholders, such Holder (together with its


 

affiliates) holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any ninety (90) day period.

 

  (i) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Shares that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

 

  (j) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 of this Schedule II, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

 

  (k) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (l) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  (m) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

 

  (n) “Shares” shall mean the Company’s Class A Preferred Shares issued pursuant to this Purchase Agreement and their permitted assigns.

 

  (o) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

 

-2-


SECTION 2. REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

 

  2.1 [Intentionally omitted]

 

  2.2 Demand Registration.

 

  (a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority , of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $7,500,000 (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”)), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, use commercially reasonable efforts to effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered and included in such registration by written notice.

 

  (b)

If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and

 

-3-


 

registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

 

  (c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

 

  (i) prior to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering;

 

  (ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

  (iii) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

 

  (iv) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

 

  (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or

 

  2.3

Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least fifteen (15) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within ten (10) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent

 

-4-


 

registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

  (a) Underwriting . If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided , however that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

  (b)

Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3

 

-5-


 

prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

 

  2.4 Form S-3 Registration . In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

 

  (a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

 

  (b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

 

  (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

 

  (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than two million dollars ($2,000,000), or

 

  (iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that such Holders were permitted to register such shares as requested to be registered pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof without reduction by the underwriter thereof;

 

  (iv)

if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form

 

-6-


 

S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period, or

 

  (v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

 

  (vi) after the Company has effected seven (7) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.4, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; or

 

  (vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

 

  (c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

  2.5 Expenses of Registration . Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2 or any registration under Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 herein shall he home by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, as applicable, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then the Holders shall not forfeit their rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 to a demand registration.

 

-7-


 

  2.6 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

  (a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to thirty (30) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided , however , that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that the Company may, in the absence of such delay or suspension hereunder, be required under state or federal securities laws to disclose any corporate development the disclosure of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect upon the Company, its stockholders, a potentially significant transaction or event involving the Company, or any negotiations, discussions, or proposals directly relating thereto. No more than one (1) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

  (b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

 

  (c)

Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities

 

-8-


 

Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

  (d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

  (e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

  (f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

 

  (g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

 

  2.7 Termination of Registration Rights . All registration rights granted under this Section 2 of this Schedule II shall terminate and be of no further force and effect five (5) years after the date of the Company’s Initial Offering.

 

-9-


 

  2.8 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information .

 

  (a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

 

  (b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

 

  (c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if, due to the operation of subsection 2.2(b), the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

 

  2.9 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

 

  (a)

To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling

 

-10-


 

person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

 

  (b)

To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.9(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without

 

-11-


 

the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.9 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.9 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.9, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.9.

 

  (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

 

-12-


 

  (e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.9 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of the registration rights granted pursuant to this Schedule II. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

  2.10 Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities; provided , however , (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Schedule II.

 

  2.11 Amendment of Registration Rights . Any provision of this Section 2 may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.11 shall be binding upon each Holder and the Company. By acceptance of any benefits under this Section 2, Holders of Registrable Securities hereby agree to be bound by the provisions hereunder.

 

  2.12 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights . The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder registration rights senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder, other than the right to a Special Registration Statement.

 

  2.13

Agreement to Furnish Information . Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations hereunder. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 2.13 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred eighty (180) day period. Each Holder

 

-13-


 

agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Section 2.13. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 2.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

  2.14 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

 

  (a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

  (b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

 

  (c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the SEC; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.1

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into, effective as of              , 20      by and between ServiceSource International, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                              (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as directors and officers the most capable persons available;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a director and/or officer of the Company;

WHEREAS, both the Company and Indemnitee recognize the increased risk of litigation and other claims currently being asserted against directors and officers of corporations;

WHEREAS, the Certificate of Incorporation permits and Bylaws of the Company require the Company to indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, and the Indemnitee has been serving and continues to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company in part in reliance on the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws;

WHEREAS, in recognition of Indemnitee’s need for substantial protection against personal liability in order to enhance the Indemnitee’s continued and effective service to the Company and, specific contractual assurance that the protection promised by the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws will be available to Indemnitee (regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws or any change in the composition of the Company’s Board of Directors or acquisition transaction relating to the Company), and in order to induce Indemnitee to provide effective services to the Company as a director and/or officer, the Company wishes to provide in this Agreement for the indemnification of and the advancing of expenses to Indemnitee to the fullest extent (whether partial or complete) permitted under Delaware law and as set forth in this Agreement, and, to the extent insurance is maintained which includes Indemnitee as a covered party, to provide for the continued coverage of Indemnitee under the Company’s directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies; and

WHEREAS, to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s Board of Directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”), Indmenitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by or with respect to the Fund Indemnitors, which Indemnitee, the Company and the Fund Indemnitors intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director of the Company.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and of Indemnitee continuing to serve the Company directly or, at its request, with another enterprise, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions .

(a) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(c) “ Expenses ” shall mean any expense, liability, or loss, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, any interest, assessments, or other charges imposed thereon, any federal, state, local, or foreign taxes imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, and all other costs and obligations, paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding relating to any Indemnifiable Event.

(d) “ Indemnifiable Event ” shall mean any event or occurrence that takes place either prior to or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, or while a director or officer is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, trustee, agent, or fiduciary of a subsidiary of the Company or of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, employee benefit plan, trust, or other enterprise, or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation that was a predecessor corporation of the Company or of another

 

-2-


enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity, whether or not the basis of the Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Company, as described above.

(e) “ Independent Counsel ” shall mean counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and who has not otherwise performed services for the Company or the Indemnitee (other than in connection with indemnification matters) within the last three years.

(f) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding or any alternative dispute resolution mechanism (including an action by or in the right of the Company), or any inquiry, hearing, or investigation, whether conducted by the Company or any other party, that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, or other.

(g) “ Voting Securities ” shall mean any securities of the Company that vote generally in the election of directors.

2. Agreement to Indemnify .

(a) General Agreement . In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a party to or witness or other participant in, or is threatened to be made a party to or witness or other participant in, a Proceeding by reason of (or arising in part out of) an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended or interpreted. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Section 2 shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, to be unlawful.

(b) Initiation of Proceeding . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement in connection with any Proceeding or part thereof initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or any director or officer of the Company unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding or part thereof; (ii) the Proceeding or part thereof is one to enforce indemnification rights under Section 4; or (iii) the Proceeding or part thereof is instituted after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) and Independent Counsel has approved its initiation.

(c) Expense Advances . If so requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance (within thirty business days of such request) any and all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee

 

-3-


(an “Expense Advance”). The Indemnitee shall qualify for such Expense Advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement which shall constitute an undertaking providing that Indemnitee undertakes to repay such Expense Advances if and to the extent that it is ultimately determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment, not subject to appeal, that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. Until it is so finally determined by the court that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall not be required to repay such Expense Advances to the Company and Indemnitee shall continue to receive Expense Advances pursuant to this Section 2(c). Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for Expense Advances shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. To the extent permissible under third party policies, the Company agrees that invoices for Expense Advances shall be billed in the name of and be payable directly by the Company.

(d) Mandatory Indemnification . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding relating in whole or in part to an Indemnifiable Event or in defense of any issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses incurred in connection therewith.

(e) Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled. Attorneys’ fees and expenses shall not be prorated but shall be deemed to apply to the portion of indemnification to which Indemnitee is entitled.

(f) Prohibited Indemnification . No indemnification pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid by the Company on account of any Proceeding in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of any federal, state, or local laws.

3. Indemnification Process and Appeal .

(a) Indemnification Payment . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification of Expenses, and shall receive payment thereof, from the Company in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practicable after Indemnitee has made written demand on the Company for indemnification, unless indemnification of such Expenses is prohibited under Section 2(f) of this Agreement.

(b) Suit to Enforce Rights . If Indemnitee has not received full advancement within thirty (30) days or full indemnification within ninety (90) days after making a demand in accordance with Section 3(a), Indemnitee shall have the right to enforce its indemnification rights under this Agreement by commencing litigation in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking an initial determination by the court or challenging any determination by the Company or any aspect thereof. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding. The remedy provided for in this Section 3 shall be in addition to any other remedies available to Indemnitee at law or in equity. The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 3(b) that the procedures and presumptions of

 

-4-


this Agreement are not valid, binding, and enforceable and shall stipulate that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(c) Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof, and Presumptions . It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that it is not permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company to establish by clear and convincing evidence that Indemnitee is not so entitled to indemnification. It is the parties’ intention that if Indemnitee commences legal proceedings to secure a judicial determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement or applicable law, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, as a de novo trial on the merits.

(d) Presumption Concerning Request . To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification (or advancement of expenses) hereunder, the Company shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification (or advancement of expenses) under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for advancement under Section 2(c) of this Agreement for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that assumption by clear and convincing evidence in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.

(e) Acknowledgement . The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition of a Proceeding short of final judgment may constitute success by Indemnitee if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption, and uncertainty. In the event that any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such Proceeding without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed (unless there is clear and convincing evidence to the contrary) that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such Proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion, by clear and convincing evidence.

4. Indemnification for Expenses Incurred in Enforcing Rights . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for:

(a) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement or any other agreement or under applicable law or the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws now or hereafter in effect relating to indemnification for Indemnifiable Events, and/or

(b) recovery under directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, but only in the event that Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

-5-


In addition, the Company shall, if so requested by Indemnitee, advance the foregoing Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to and in accordance with Section 2(c).

5. Notification and Defense of Proceeding .

(a) Notice . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee, except as provided in Section 5(c).

(b) Defense . With respect to any Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Company of the commencement thereof (including, but not limited to, a claim referred to in Section 11 hereof), the Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense and except as otherwise provided below, to the extent the Company so wishes, it may assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee. After notice from the Company to Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of any Proceeding, the Company shall not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any Expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense of such Proceeding other than reasonable costs of investigation, transition costs associated with the Company’s assumption of the defense, or as otherwise provided below. Indemnitee shall have the right to employ legal counsel in such Proceeding, but all Expenses related thereto incurred after notice from the Company of its assumption of the defense shall be at Indemnitee’s expense unless: (i) the employment of legal counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee has reasonably determined that there may be a conflict of interest between Indemnitee and the Company in the defense of the Proceeding, (iii) after a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the employment of counsel by Indemnitee that has been approved by Independent Counsel, or (iv) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, in each of which cases all Expenses of the Proceeding shall be borne by the Company. The Company shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or as to which Indemnitee shall have made the determination provided for in (ii), (iii), and (iv) above.

(c) Settlement of Claims . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred (other than a Change in Control approved by a majority of the directors on the Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee once the Company has received an offer or intends to make an offer to settle any such Proceeding and the Company shall provide Indemnitee as much time as reasonably practicable to consider such offer; provided, however Indemnitee shall have no less than three (3) business days to consider the offer. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial award if the

 

-6-


Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense of such action; the Company’s liability hereunder shall not be excused if participation in the Proceeding by the Company was barred by this Agreement.

6. Non-Exclusivity . Except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 10 hereof, the rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall be in addition to any other rights Indemnitee may have under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or otherwise; provided, however, that this Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee. To the extent that a change in applicable law (whether by statute or judicial decision) permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, applicable law, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change without any further action by the parties hereto.

7. Liability Insurance .

(a) The Company hereby covenants and agrees that, so long as the Indemnitee shall continue to serve as an agent of the Company and thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible proceeding by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee was an agent of the Company, the Company, subject to Section 7(b), shall use reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (“ DO Insurance ”) in reasonable amounts from established and reputable insurers and Indemnitee shall be a covered party under such insurance to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director or officer of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain DO Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available, the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, or the coverage is reduced by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit.

8. Amendment of this Agreement . No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding unless in the form of a writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the waiver is sought, and no such waiver shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

9. Subrogation . Except with regard to the Company’s primary obligations, as set forth in Section 10 hereof, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

-7-


10. No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee to the extent Indemnitee has otherwise received payment (under any insurance policy, Bylaw, or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder; provided, however, that (a) the Company hereby agrees that its obligations to Indemnitee under this Agreement or any other agreement or undertaking to provide advancement, indemnification, or both to Indemnitee are primary, and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to provide advancement or indemnification to Indemnitee for the any Expenses, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments, and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee are secondary, and (b) if the Fund Indemnitors pays or causes to be paid, for any reason, any amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder for the benefit of Indemnitee or under any other indemnification agreement with Indemnitee (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract), then (i) the Fund Indemnitors shall be fully subrogated to all rights of Indemnitee with respect to such payment and (ii) the Company shall fully indemnify, reimburse, and hold harmless the Fund Indemnitors for all such payments actually made by the Fund Indemnitors. In addition, the Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes, releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise, any rights that the Company may now have or hereafter acquires against the Fund Indemnitors or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to contribution, subrogation, or any other recovery of any kind under this Agreement or any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to the Bylaws or Certificate or another contract). The Company and Indemnitee hereby agree that this Section 10 shall be deemed exclusive and shall be deemed to modify, amend, and clarify any right to indemnification or advancement provided to Indemnitee under any other contract, agreement, or document with the Company.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written, and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives. The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while Indemnitee was serving in an indemnified capacity pertaining to an Indemnifiable Event even though he may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

12. Severability . If any provision (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Furthermore, to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of this Agreement containing any provision held to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, void, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, void, or unenforceable.

13. Third-Party Beneficiary . The Fund Indemnitors and Independent Counsel are express third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’s

 

-8-


obligations hereunder (including, but not limited to, the obligations specified in Section 10 hereof) as though a party hereunder.

14. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in such State without giving effect to its principles of conflicts of laws.

15. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Chancery Court ”), (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, and (iii) waive any objection to the venue of any such action or proceeding in the Chancery Court.

16. Notices . All notices, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt or mailed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and addressed to the Company at:

ServiceSource International, Inc.

634 Second Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

and to Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto. Notice of change of address shall be effective only when given in accordance with this Section. All notices complying with this Section shall be deemed to have been received on the date of hand delivery or on the third business day after mailing.

17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

* * * * *

 

-9-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day specified above.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

INDEMNITEE,

an individual

 

Indemnitee

Address:

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

2004 OMNIBUS SHARE PLAN

 

 

1.     Purpose . This 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “Plan”) of ServiceSource International, LLC (the “Company”) is intended to provide incentives (a) to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Companies by providing them with opportunities to purchase shares in the Company pursuant to options granted hereunder (“Options”); and (b) to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and Related Companies by providing them with opportunities to make direct purchases or to receive grants of restricted shares in the Company (“Restricted Shares”). For the purposes of the Plan, the term “Related Companies” means any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company.

2.     Administration of the Plan .

The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Board may appoint a Compensation Committee of two or more of its members to administer this Plan. All references in this Plan to the Committee shall mean the Board if there is no Committee so appointed. In the event the Company registers any class of any equity security pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), each member of the Committee shall be a “disinterested person” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and each shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”).

Subject to ratification of the grant of each Option or Restricted Shares by the Board (if so required by applicable state law), and subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to (i) determine the employees of the Company and Related Companies to whom Options or Restricted Shares may be granted; (ii) determine the time or times at which Options or Restricted Shares may be granted; (iii) determine the option price of shares subject to each Option and the purchase price of Restricted Shares, if any; (iv) determine the time or times when each Option shall become exercisable and the duration of the exercise period; (vi) determine whether restrictions such as repurchase or forfeiture options are to be imposed on shares subject to Options and to Restricted Shares, and the nature of such restrictions, if any; (vii) establish, amend and waive the terms and conditions of individual options and purchase authorizations granted hereunder, including, without limitation, terms and conditions relating to vesting, exercisability, forfeiture, acceleration and effect of termination of employment by the Company; and (viii) interpret the Plan and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations relating to it. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provisions of the Plan or of any Option or authorization or agreement for Restricted Shares granted under it shall be final unless otherwise determined by the Board. The Committee may from time to time adopt such rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as it may deem best.

 

-1-


No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option or Restricted Shares granted under it.

The Committee may select one of its members as its chairman, and shall hold meetings at such time and places as it may determine. Acts by a majority of the Committee, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be the valid acts of the Committee. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefore, fill vacancies however caused or remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan.

3.     Eligible Recipients . Options and Restricted Shares may be granted to any director (whether or not an employee), officer, employee or Consultant (as defined below) of the Company or any Related Company. The Committee may take into consideration an optionee’s individual circumstances in determining whether to grant an Option or Restricted Shares and the terms and provisions thereof. Granting of any Option or Restricted Shares to any individual or entity shall neither entitle that individual or entity to, nor disqualify him from, participation in any other grant of Options or Restricted Shares. For purposes of this Plan, “Consultant” shall mean any person, including an advisor, (i) engaged by the Company or any Related Company, to render consulting or advisory services and who is compensated for such services.

4.     Shares . The shares subject to Options and Restricted Shares shall be authorized but unissued Common Shares of the Company (the “Common Shares”), or Common Shares reacquired by the Company in any manner. The aggregate number of Common Shares which may be issued pursuant to the Plan is 8,000,000 subject to adjustment as provided in paragraph 11. Any such Common Shares may be issued as Options or Restricted Shares so long as the aggregate number of Common Shares so issued does not exceed such number, as adjusted. If any Option granted under the Plan shall expire or terminate for any reason without having been exercised in full or shall cease for any reason to be exercisable in whole or in part, or if any Restricted Shares shall be reacquired by the Company by exercise of its repurchase option or forfeited by the recipient, the shares subject to such expired or terminated Option and reacquired or forfeited Restricted Shares shall again be available for grants of Options or Restricted Shares under the Plan.

5.     Grants under the Plan . Options or Restricted Shares may be granted under the Plan at any time on or after May 24, 2004 and prior to May 24, 2014. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan will be the date specified by the Committee at the time it awards the Option; provided, however, that such date shall not be prior to the date of award.

6.     Option Duration . Each Option shall expire on the date specified by the Committee, but not more than ten years from the date of grant.

7.     Exercise of Option . Each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable as follows:

 

-2-


(a)    The Option shall either be fully exercisable on the date of grant or shall become exercisable thereafter in such installments or under such circumstances as the Committee may specify.

(b)    Once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until expiration or termination of the Option, unless otherwise specified by the Committee.

(c)    Each Option or installment may be exercised at any time or from time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of shares with respect to which it is then exercisable.

(d)    The Committee shall have the right to accelerate the date of exercise of any installment.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the following restrictions on vesting are required by Section 260.140.41(f) of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations at the time of the grant of the Option, then Options granted to employees who are not an officer, director or Consultant shall provide for vesting of the total number of shares of Common Stock at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Option was granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment.

(f)    In the event that an optionholder’s continuous service terminates (other than upon the optionholder’s death or disability, which is covered below), each Option may be exercised (to the extent that such Option was entitled to be exercised as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the optionholder’s continuous service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option agreement. If, after termination, the optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Option agreement, the Option shall terminate.

8.     Death; Disability; Dissolution . If an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Companies by reason of his death, any Option of his may be exercised, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he could have exercised it on the date of his death, by his estate, personal representative or beneficiary who has acquired the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, at any time prior to the earlier of the Option’s specified expiration date or one year from the date of the optionee’s death.

If an optionee ceases to be employed by the Company and all Related Companies by reason of his disability, he shall have the right to exercise any Option held by him on the date of termination of employment, to the extent of the number of shares with respect to which he could have exercised it on that date, at any time prior to the earlier of the Option’s specified expiration date or one year from the date of the termination of the optionee’s employment.

In the case of a partnership, corporation or other entity holding a Option, if such entity is dissolved, liquidated, becomes insolvent or enters into a merger or acquisition with respect to which such optionee is not the surviving entity, such Option shall terminate immediately.

 

-3-


9.     Assignability . No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or, in the case of an Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order), and during the lifetime of the Optionee, each Option shall be exercisable only by him.

10.     Terms and Conditions of Options . Options shall be evidenced by instruments (which need not be identical) in such forms as the Committee may from time to time approve. Such instruments shall conform to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan and may contain such other provisions as the Committee deems advisable that are not inconsistent with the Plan, including transfer, forfeiture, acceleration and repurchase restrictions applicable to Common Shares issuable upon exercise of Options. The Committee may from time to time confer authority and responsibility on one or more of its own members and/or one or more officers of the Company to execute and deliver such instruments. The proper officers of the Company are authorized and directed to take any and all action necessary or advisable from time to time to carry out the terms of such instruments.

11.     Adjustments . Upon the happening of any of the following described events, an optionee’s rights with respect to Options granted to him hereunder shall be adjusted as hereinafter provided:

(a)    In the event Common Shares shall be sub-divided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares or if, upon a reorganization, recapitalization or the like of the Company, the Common Shares shall be exchanged for other securities of the Company, each Optionee shall be entitled, subject to the conditions herein stated, to purchase such number of shares of common shares or amount of other securities of the Company as were exchangeable for the number of Common Shares which such Optionee would have been entitled to purchase except for such action, and appropriate adjustments shall be made in the purchase price per share to reflect such subdivision, combination, or exchange.

(b)    In the event the Company is merged into or consolidated with another entity under circumstances where the Company is not the surviving entity or if the Company is liquidated or sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to another entity while unexercised options remain outstanding under the Plan, (i) subject to the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) below, after the effective date of such merger, consolidation or sale, as the case may be, each holder of an outstanding option shall be entitled, upon exercise of such option, to receive in lieu of Common Shares, shares of such shares or other securities as the holders of Common Shares received pursuant to the terms of the merger, consolidation or sale; or (ii) the Board may waive any discretionary limitations imposed with respect to the exercise of the option so that all options from and after a date prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale, as the case may be, specified by the Board, shall be exercisable in full; or (iii) all outstanding options may be cancelled by the Board as of the effective date of any such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale, provided that notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of an option, and each such holder thereof shall have the right to exercise such option in full (without regard to any discretionary limitations imposed with respect to the option) during a 30-day period preceding the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale; or (iv) all outstanding options may be cancelled by the Board as of the date of any such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale,

 

-4-


provided that notice of such cancellation shall be given to each holder of an option and each such holder thereof shall have the right to exercise such option but only to the extent exercisable in accordance with any discretionary limitations imposed with respect to the option prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation, liquidation or sale; or (v) the Board may provide for the cancellation of all outstanding options and for the payment to the holders thereof of some part or all of the amount by which the value thereof exceeds the payment, if any, which the holder would have been required to make to exercise such option.

(c)    In the event the Company shall issue any of its shares as a share dividend upon or with respect to the shares of the class which shall at the time be subject to option hereunder, each optionee upon exercising an Option shall be entitled to receive (for the purchase price paid upon such exercise) the shares as to which he is exercising his Option and, in addition thereto (at no additional cost), such number of shares of the class or classes in which such share dividend or dividends were declared or paid, and such amount of cash in lieu of fractional shares, as he would have received if he had been the holder of the shares as to which he is exercising his Option at all times between the date of grant of such Option and the date of its exercise.

(d)    No adjustments shall be made for dividends paid in cash or in property other than securities of the Company.

(e)    No fractional shares shall actually be issued under the Plan. Any fractional shares which, but for this subparagraph, would have been issued to an optionee pursuant to an Option, shall be deemed to have been issued and immediately sold to the Company for their fair market value, and the optionee shall receive from the Company cash in lieu of such fractional shares.

(f)    Upon the happening of any of the foregoing events described in subparagraphs (a), (b) or (c) above, the class and aggregate number of shares set forth in paragraph 4 hereof which are subject to Options which previously have been or subsequently may be granted under the Plan shall also be appropriately adjusted to reflect the events specified in such subparagraphs. The Committee shall determine the specific adjustments to be made under this paragraph 11, and subject to paragraph 2, its determination shall be conclusive.

12.     Means of Exercising Options . An Option (or any part or installment thereof) shall be exercised by giving written notice to the Company at its principal office address. Such notice shall identify the Option being exercised and specify the number of shares as to which such Option is being exercised, accompanied by full payment of the purchase price therefore (i) in United States dollars in cash or by check, (ii) if specified in the applicable Option agreement as determined by the Committee, through delivery of Common Shares having fair market value equal as of the date of the exercise to the cash exercise price of the Option, (iii) if specified in the applicable Option agreement as determined by the Committee, by delivery of the optionee’s personal recourse note bearing interest payable not less than annually at no less than 100% of the lowest applicable Federal rate, as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code, (iv) if specified in the applicable Option agreement as determined by the Committee, by delivery to the Company of irrevocable instructions to a broker to (a) either sell the shares subject to the option or purchase authorization being exercised or hold such shares as collateral for a margin loan and (b) promptly deliver to the Company the amount of the sale or loan proceeds required to pay the exercise price or purchase price, as the case may be, or (v) if

 

-5-


specified in the applicable Option agreement as determined by the Committee, by any combination of (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above. The holder of an Option shall not have the rights of a shareholder with respect to the shares covered by his Option until the date of issuance of a shares certificate to him for such shares. Except as expressly provided above in paragraph 11 with respect to change in capitalization and shares dividends, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or similar rights for which the record date is before the date such shares certificate is issued.

13.     Restricted Shares . Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by an instrument (a “Restricted Shares Agreement”) in such form as the Committee shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with the Plan and shall comply with the following terms and conditions, and with such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its discretion, shall establish:

(a)    The Committee shall determine the number of Common Shares to be issued to an eligible person pursuant to the grant of Restricted Shares, and the extent, if any, to which they shall be issued in exchange for cash, other consideration, or both.

(b)    Shares issued pursuant to a grant of Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise determined by the Committee in the Restricted Shares Agreement, for such period as the Committee shall determine, from the date on which the Restricted Shares is granted (the “Restricted Period”). The Company will have the option to repurchase the Common Shares at such price as the Committee shall have fixed in the Restricted Shares Agreement, which option will be exercisable (i) if the Participant’s continuous employment or performance of services for the Company and the Related Companies shall terminate prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, (ii) if, on or prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period or the earlier lapse of such repurchase option, the Participant has not paid to the Company an amount equal to any federal, state, local or foreign income or other taxes which the Company determines is required to be withheld in respect of such Restricted Shares or (iii) under such other circumstances as determined by the Committee in its discretion. In addition, Restricted Shares shall be subject to such vesting and forfeiture provisions as are set forth in the Restricted Shares Agreement. Such repurchase option shall be exercisable on such terms and such Restricted Shares shall be forfeited, in such manner and during such period as shall be determined by the Committee in the Restricted Shares Agreement. Each certificate for shares issued as Restricted Shares shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the foregoing repurchase option and other restrictions; shall be deposited by the shareholder with the Company, together with a shares power endorsed in blank; or shall be evidenced in such other manner permitted by applicable law as determined by the Committee in its discretion. Any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of the foregoing repurchase option and other restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. If shares issued as Restricted Shares shall be repurchased pursuant to the repurchase option described above, or shall be forfeited, the shareholder, or in the event of his death, his personal representative, shall forthwith deliver to the Secretary of the Company the certificates for the shares, accompanied by such instrument of transfer, if any, as may reasonably be required by the Secretary of the Company. If the repurchase option described above is not exercised by the Company, such repurchase option and the restrictions imposed pursuant to the first sentence of this subparagraph 13 (b) shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

 

-6-


(c)    If a person who has been in continuous employment or performance of services for the Company or a Related Company since the date on which Restricted Shares were granted to him shall, while in such employment or performance of services, die, or terminate such employment or performance of services by reason of disability or by reason of early, normal or deferred retirement under an approved retirement program of the Company or a Related Company (or such other plan or arrangement as may be approved by the Committee in its discretion, for this purpose) and any of such events shall occur after the date on which the Restricted Shares was granted to him and prior to the end of the Restricted Period, the Committee may but is not obligated to determine to cancel the repurchase option (and any and all other restrictions, including forfeiture) on any or all of the Restricted Shares; and the repurchase option shall become exercisable at such time as to the remaining shares, if any.

14.     Term and Amendment of Plan . This Plan was adopted by the Board on May 17, 2004. The Plan shall expire on May 17, 2014 (except as to Options and Restricted Shares outstanding on that date). The Board may terminate or amend the Plan in any respect at any time. Termination or any modification or amendment of the Plan shall not, without consent of a participant, adversely affect his rights under any Option or Restricted Shares previously granted to him.

15.     Application of Funds . The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares pursuant to Options and Restricted Shares authorized under the Plan shall be used for general company purposes.

16.     Governmental Regulation . The Company’s obligation to sell and deliver shares of the Common Shares under this Plan is subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection with the authorization, issuance or sale of such shares.

17.     Withholding Taxes; Delivery of Shares . The Company’s obligation to deliver shares upon exercise of an Option or in connection with any other award hereunder, in whole or in part, shall be subject to the participant’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding and payment obligations. In addition, in the event any award hereunder becomes taxable to a participant in other circumstances, the participant’s right to retain and benefit from the award shall be subject to the participant’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding and payment obligations. If specified in the applicable award agreement, the participant may satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, by electing to (1) have the Company withhold Common Shares or (2) deliver to the Company already-owned Common Shares having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld; provided, however, that participants who are subject to the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act (“Section 16 Persons”) shall not have the benefit of the foregoing election but rather the Company shall, in all cases where tax withholding is required with respect to such participants, withhold Common Shares having a value equal to such withholding obligations. The value of shares to be withheld or delivered shall be based on the fair market value of the shares on the date the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the “Tax Date”). The election by a participant who is not a Section 16 Person to have shares withheld for this purpose will be subject to the following restrictions: (1) the election must be made prior to the Tax Date, and (2) the election must be irrevocable.

 

-7-


18.     Governing Laws; Construction . The validity and construction of the Plan and the instruments evidencing Options and Restricted Shares shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. In construing this Plan, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, unless the context otherwise requires.

19.     Exercise or Purchase Price . The exercise price of each option granted under the Plan, and the purchase price of each restricted share issued under the Plan, shall be not less than 85% of the fair value of a share of common membership interests of the Company except that the price shall be not less than 110% of the fair value of a share of common membership interests of the Company in the case of any person who owns securities possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities of the Company or its parent or subsidiaries possessing voting power.

20.     Information Obligation . To the extent required by Section 260.140.46 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, the Company shall deliver financial statements to Plan participants at least annually.

 

-8-


OPTION AGREEMENT

between

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

(the “Company”)

and

[                         ]

(the “Employee”)

GRANT DATE:                         

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the grant of this option effective as of the Grant Date set forth above, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises:

1.     Grant of Option . On the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Employee, and the Employee hereby accepts, the right and option (hereinafter called the “Option”) to purchase all and any part of an aggregate of          [                        ] of the Company’s Common Shares (the “Shares”), at $         (                         Dollars and          Cents) per share (the “Option Price”). This Option may be exercised by purchase of whole Shares only. Shares shall also mean any common shares substituted for Shares in connection with a Change of Control transaction.

2.     Vesting and Exercisability . For purposes of this Option, the Vesting Commencement Date is [                        ]. Provided the Employee remains an employee of the Company, one of its subsidiaries or a member of its control group, on a continuous and uninterrupted basis commencing with the Vesting Commencement Date and through each respective vesting date specified below, the Option shall vest and be exercisable as follows:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

For purposes of this Option, a month shall be considered a completed month of active full-time service if there is no interruption or termination of the Employee’s active full-time service. Partial months of active full-time service shall not be aggregated. Paid time off or vacation or sick leave (other than a period during which the Employee is compensated under a Company or State disability plan) shall not be considered an interruption of active full-time service. If the Employee commences an approved leave of absence that is unpaid or during which the Employee receives compensation under a Company or State disability plan, the Employee’s employment will not be considered interrupted as long as the Employee returns to active full-time service after such leave expires, and the Employee may upon such return re-commence credit for active full-time service for purposes of vesting under this Section 2. If the Employee does not return to


active service after such leave expires the Employee will be deemed to have terminated continuous service for the Company on the 91 st day after the commencement of such leave.

3.     Expiration . The Option shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, expire and become void June 1, 2014.

4.     Exercise Following Voluntary Termination or Termination Without Cause . Subject to Section 3 and Section 7, the Option shall expire 90 days following the voluntary termination by the Employee of the Employee’s employment with the Company or the termination of the Employee’s employment by the Company without cause (as defined in Section 5). The Employee may within such 90 day period exercise this Option with respect to vested shares under the Option not theretofore purchased in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employee could have exercised the Option at the date of the Employee’s termination of employment. Termination for cause is covered by Section 5 and termination by reason of death or disability is covered by Section 6.

5.     Termination For Cause . Subject to Section 3, the Option shall expire on the date of termination of the Employee’s employment if such termination is for cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean the Employee’s willful or repeated failure to perform his duties to the Company, dishonesty, disloyalty, gross misconduct, conviction of a felony, insubordination, aid of a competitor, material violation of company policy or breach of the provisions of Section 19 of this Agreement, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.     Exercise Following Death or Disability . Subject to Section 3 and Section 7, if the Employee dies while he is employed by the Company, the executors or administrator, or the legatees or heirs of the Employee’s estate, shall have the right at any time or times during the period of 12 months following the Employee’s death to exercise the Option in whole or in part with respect to vested shares under the Option not purchased prior to the Employee’s death, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employee could have exercised the Option at the date of the Employee’s death. Subject to Section 3 and Section 7, if the employment of the Employee is terminated as the result of disability, as hereinafter defined, the Employee or his legal representative shall have the right at any time or times during the period of 12 months following the Employee’s termination for disability to exercise the Option in whole or in part with respect to vested shares under the Option not purchased prior to the Employee’s termination, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employee could have exercised the Option at the date of the Employee’s termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “disability” means a physical or mental impairment which renders the Employee unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for 180 days in any one year period or for 90 consecutive days.

7.     Manner of Exercise . The Option is exercisable by delivering to the office of the Treasurer of the Company written notice of the number of Shares with respect to


which the Option is being exercised accompanied by full payment of the Option Price for such Shares. In addition, a condition to the exercise of the Option is that the Employee become a party to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company as then in effect (the “LLC Agreement”). If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, the provisions of the LLC Agreement shall govern. The Shares issued on the exercise of this Option shall be Vested Common Shares within the meaning of the LLC Agreement. Upon the issuance of Shares to the Employee on the exercise of this Option, the Employee shall become a Member of the Company and entitled to the benefits of and subject to the obligations of a Member and holder of Vested Common Shares set forth in the LLC Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Option may be exercised, and the Employee may become a Member of the Company, only as of March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 in any year, and any purported exercise of all or any portion of the Option on any other date shall be deemed to be an exercise as of the March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 next following the attempted exercise date.

8.     Non-Transferable . The Option is not transferable by the Employee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee.

9.     No Rights as a Member . The Employee shall have no rights as a Member of the Company with respect to any Shares issuable on the exercise of this Option until the Employee exercises the Option, becomes a party to the LLC Agreement and becomes the holder of record of such Shares, and no adjustment shall be made, except for adjustments made pursuant to Section 17, for dividends, distributions or other rights in respect of such Shares for which the record date is prior to the date on which the Employee becomes the holder of record thereof.

10.     Termination Repurchase Option .

(a)    All of the Common Shares acquired by the Employee upon the exercise of this Option, any securities of the Company acquired (directly or upon conversion of securities convertible into securities of the Company or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other rights) by the Employee, and any securities of the Company issued in respect of such securities by reason of any and all dividends, splits, recapitalizations or similar corporate action shall be deemed Shares and subject to the repurchase right of the Company or its assignee or designee (“Termination Repurchase Option”) set forth in this Section 10.

(b)    In the event that the Employee is an officer, director, or manager and is terminated by the Company for cause or breaches the provisions of Section 19 of this Agreement, the Company or its assignee or designee shall have the right to repurchase from the Employee or his personal representative, as the case may be, all or any portion of the Shares for an amount per Share equal to the Option Price, subject to adjustment for splits, dividends and recapitalizations occurring after the date of issuance.


(c)    Unless there is a breach of the provisions of Section 19 of this Agreement (in which case subsection 10(b) above shall govern), in the event that the Employee is terminated by the Company without cause or voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, or if his employment is terminated as the result of death or disability, the Company or its assignee or designee shall have the right to repurchase from the Employee or his personal representative, as the case may be, all or any portion of the Shares for an amount per Share equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share (as defined below).

(d)    If the Company wishes its assignee or designee to purchase all or any part of the Shares pursuant to Section 10(b) or 10(c), the Company shall notify the Employee in writing prior to the closing of the sale of the Shares of the persons or entities other than the Company to whom the Offered Shares are to be transferred.

(e)    For the purposes of this Agreement, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the market price of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate, as of the date of termination of the Employee’s employment. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Board of Directors shall be based on the prices reported in The Wall Street Journal. If the Shares are not publicly-traded, the Fair Market Value shall be established by the Board of Directors and, where applicable, in accordance with the requirements of California Code of Regulations, Chapter 10, Section 260.140.41 and 260.140.42. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(f)    The Termination Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice signed by an officer of the Company and delivered or mailed to the Employee or his legal representative, as the case may be, within 6 months after the date of the event giving rise to the Termination Repurchase Option, or in the case of the death or disability of the Employee, within 18 months after such death or disability, at the Employee’s address on the records of the Company. Such notice shall fix a time, location and date for the closing of the transfer of the Termination Repurchase Option which shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice. The place for any closing shall be at the principal office of the Company unless some other location is agreed to by the Company or its assignee or designee and the Employee or his legal representative. Upon payment, the Employee or his legal representative shall deliver to the Company or its assignee or designee the certificate or certificates, if any, representing the Shares being repurchased, endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed share assignment powers in favor of the Company or its assignee or designee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event at the time of termination of employment the Employee is not an officer, director, manager or consultant of the Company, the Termination Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice and deliver of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the Shares within 90 days of Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, or in the case of Shares issued on exercise after termination, within 90 days of Employee’s exercise of the Option.

(g)    The Termination Repurchase Option shall terminate on the first to occur of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; the sale or all or


substantially all of the equity interests of the Company; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are unable to do so following the transaction; and the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Shares.

11.     Share Splits and Dividends . If, from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Option there are distributions of any nature on the Company’s Common Shares other than cash distributions, including any share dividends or distributions of property, or share splits or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding securities of the Company; any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Employee is entitled by reason of the Employee’s ownership of Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Employee’s other Shares subject to Section 10. While the total Option Price shall remain the same after each such event, the Option Price per Share upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

12.     Market Stand-Off . In connection with the initial public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration filed under the Securities Act of 1933, the Employee will not, without the prior written consent of the Company’s managing underwriter, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of the Shares, whether any such transaction described in (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such restrictions shall not apply to any Shares registered in the initial public offering. Such restriction shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the initial public offering as shall be requested by the managing underwriter in such offering, but not to exceed 180 days. In order to enforce the restrictions set forth in this Section 12, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions until the end of the market stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be the beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 12.


13.     Legends . All certificates representing any Shares shall have endorsed thereon the following legends:

(a)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, DELIVERED AFTER SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS COVERING SUCH SHARES UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

(b)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN AN OPTION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER AND THE COMPANY’S LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, AND ARE TRANSFERABLE ONLY UPON COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENTS. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND, IF APPLICABLE, WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE HOLDER HEREOF FREE OF CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

(c)    Any legend required to be placed thereon by appropriate Blue Sky officials.

14.     Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company shall have no obligation to issue the Shares subject to this Agreement unless such issuance is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and applicable state securities laws.

(a)    The following notice is applicable to all Shares issued to Employees located in California:

THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED


UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(b)     Representations of Employee . The Employee acknowledges that the Employee is aware that the Shares to be issued to the Employee by the Company upon the exercise of the Option will not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In this connection, the Employee understands that in exercising the Option, the Employee will be warranting and representing to the Company that the Employee is acquiring such Shares for investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of said Shares or with any present intention of distributing or selling said Shares and the Employee does not presently have reason to anticipate any change in circumstances or any particular occasion or event which would cause the Employee to sell said Shares.

15.     Company’s Rights .

(a)    The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or the LLC Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

(b)    In the event the Employee fails to deliver its certificates representing Shares required to be transferred to the Company or its assignee or designee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company may (i) elect to establish a segregated account in which the purchase price for such Shares shall be placed, such account to be turned over to the Employee upon delivery of the certificates representing such Shares together with appropriate instruments of transfer, and (ii) immediately thereafter take such action as may be required to transfer record title of such Shares to itself or its assignee or designee. The Employee hereby grants the Company a power of attorney for effecting any transfer in accordance with the previous sentence, such power of attorney to be deemed coupled with an interest and irrevocable. The Company hereby agrees to recognize any such transfer and to treat the transferee as the owner of such Shares in all respects as if delivery of the certificates representing such Shares had been made as required by this Agreement.

(c)    The Employee acknowledges and agrees that a violation by him of any of the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable damage to the Company and that the Company will have no adequate remedy at law for such violation. Accordingly, the Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled as a matter of right to an injunction, specific performance, or other appropriate equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction, restraining any further violation of such provision or affirmatively compelling the Employee to carry out his obligations hereunder. Such right to equitable relief shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever remedies the Company may have at law or in equity.


16.     Rights of Employee As Member . Subject to the provisions of Section 16 above, the Employee shall, after exercise of the Option and while the Repurchase Option shall remain in effect, exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company with respect to the Shares then owned by him.

17.     Certain Adjustments . In the event there is any change in the Common Shares of the Company through the declaration of share dividends or through any recapitalization resulting in share splits or combinations or exchanges of shares or otherwise, the number of Shares subject to the Option and the Repurchase Option and the Option Price, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, and in such case, in the discretion of the Company, fractional parts of Shares may be disregarded.

18.     No Guaranty of Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company or any of its affiliates to continue the employment of the Employee for any exercise period described herein or the term of the Option, nor shall this Agreement be construed to create any duty of the Company or any of its affiliates or any of its other Members to the Employee, or any duty of the Employee of the Company or any of its other Members, comparable to the duties which partners or joint venturers may owe each other. However, during the period of the Employee’s employment, the Employee shall render diligently and faithfully the services which are assigned to the Employee from time to time and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly would be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates.

19.     Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation . The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the Option is being granted in partial consideration for the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions set forth in this Section 19, and in reliance on the performance by the Employee of the obligations hereinafter set forth. The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that a breach by the Employee of the provisions set forth in this Section 19 may result in the Employee’s termination for cause, forfeiture of the Option and/or the right of the Company to repurchase the Shares at cost:

(a)    During the period which commences on the date of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”) and which shall continue through and until the termination date of the Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason (the “Initial Restricted Period”), the Employee agrees that he shall not directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, control or otherwise engage or participate in, or be connected as an owner, partner, principal, creditor, guarantor, officer, advisor, member of the Board of Directors or Board of Managers, employee of or consultant in any entity or to any individual engaging in or developing a business to engage in the Business Activity in any Restricted Territory (as such terms are defined in subsection 19(c)) below, (the “Restricted Competitive Activities”). The Employee further agrees that during the period commencing on the termination date of the Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason and until the later of one year thereafter or 5 years after the Effective Date (the “Extended Restricted Period”), the Employee shall not use Company confidential


information that would constitute trade secrets to engage in the Restricted Competitive Activities.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection 19(a) and the restrictions set forth therein, the Employee may (i) own securities in any publicly held entity that is covered by the restrictions set forth in subsection 19(a), but only to the extent that the Employee does not own, of record or beneficially, more than 2% of the outstanding beneficial ownership of such entity and (2) be or become employed to provide sales and marketing services to his employer’s Installed Base of Users (as such term is defined in subsection 19(c) below) if the employer is a manufacturer or direct provider of services of the type provided by the Company’s current customers and by the Company’s prospective customers but not for an employer that is a distributor or sales channel for companies that manufacture or provide services to one of the industries set forth in subsection 19(c) below. For example, the Employee may become employed by one of the Company’s current customers (e.g., Lucent), in an inside-sales division that sells Lucent service contracts to end-users who own Lucent equipment and the Employee may also be or become employed by a distributor or sales channel partner of Lucent equipment (e.g., Ingram Micro), but not in a role in the inside-sales division that sells service contracts to customers who have previously purchased equipment from Ingram Micro. The Company shall have the right at any time, to waive compliance by the Employee with all or any of the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Section 19 either in its entirety or in any particular instance.

(c)    For purposes of this Section 19:

(i)    “Business Activity” shall mean the provision of (1) outsourced sales and/or marketing services for a client, which are provided substantially exclusively to such client’s Installed Base of Users and (2) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s Installed Base of Users, where such clients are companies that compete in the industries in which the Company’s current customers and the Company’s prospective customers are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

(A)    Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

(B)    Computer software;


(C)    Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

(D)    Medical equipment and devices;

(E)    Test and measurement equipment;

(F)    Recording systems; and

(G)    Data security and data management services.

(ii)    “Restricted Territory” shall mean North America, South America, Central America (including the Caribbean) and the countries comprising the European Economic Union.

(iii)    “Installed Base of Users” with respect to a company, shall mean all of the existing customers of such company who have purchased goods or services from such company in the past.

(d)    The Employee agrees that during the Initial Restricted Period, he will not, as an individual, partner, independent contractor, employee, shareholder, director, member, consultant or in association with any other person, business or enterprise, except on behalf of the Company of its affiliates, directly or indirectly:

(i)    attempt in any manner to solicit, entice or induce any Company Customer (as defined below) to become a customer of his or any other person, firm, corporation or other business with respect to products or services which compete with the Business Activity in any Restricted Territory, and the Employee shall not approach any such person, firm, corporation or business for such purpose; or

(ii)    solicit, persuade or attempt to solicit or persuade any person who is an employee of the Company as of the Effective Date or who becomes an employee of the Company or its affiliates during the Restricted Period to leave such employment or to become employed as an employee or retained as a consultant by anyone other than the Company or its affiliates,

(the Restricted Solicitation Activities”).

In addition, the Employee further agrees that during the Extended Restricted Period, the Employee shall not use Company confidential information that would constitute trade secrets to engage in the Restricted Solicitation Activities.

(e)    As used in this Agreement, a “Company Customer” shall mean:


(i)    anyone who is a customer of the Company on the Effective Date or anyone who was a customer of the Company during the 12-month period immediately prior to the Effective Date; or

(ii)    any prospective customer of the Company.

20.     Interpretation . By acceptance of this Option the Employee agrees that the Employee is subject in all respects to the foregoing terms and conditions. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the executor, administrator, legatees, heirs, legal representatives and assigns of the Employee and the successors and permitted assigns of the Company. In the event of any ambiguity concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, such ambiguity shall be resolved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

21.     Omnibus Share Plan . This Option is granted pursuant to and is subject to the provisions of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, a copy of which has been furnished to the Employee.

22.     Gender . Any references in this Agreement to “he”, “him”, or “his” shall also mean, where appropriate “she”, “her” or “hers”.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company and the Employee have caused this instrument to be executed effective as of the Grant Date set forth above.

 

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

EMPLOYEE

 

 

 

[EMPLOYEE NAME]


OPTION AGREEMENT

between

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

(the “Company”)

and

[                         ]

(the “Employee”)

GRANT DATE: [                        ]

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the grant of this option subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises:

1.     Grant of Option . On the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company hereby grants to the Employee, and the Employee hereby accepts, the right and option (hereinafter called the “Option”) to purchase all and any part of an aggregate of                          (        ) of the Company’s Common Shares (the “Shares”), at a price of $[    ] (        ) per share (the “Option Price”). This Option may be exercised by purchase of whole Shares only. Shares shall also mean any common shares substituted for Shares in connection with a Change of Control transaction.

2.     Exercisability . The Option shall be exercisable as to 100% of the total Shares purchasable immediately upon grant. However, the Company retains the right to repurchase some or all the Shares acquired through exercise of the Option at the Option Price, subject to the following provisions (the “Vesting Repurchase Option”).

(a)    From the date hereof until [first vesting date], the Vesting Repurchase Option will apply to 100% of the total Shares purchasable hereunder;

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

(d)    The term “Service” means the Employee’s service with the Company, whether in the capacity of an employee, director or consultant. The Employee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Employee renders service to the Company or a change in the Company, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Employee’s Service. The Employee’s Service with the Company also shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Employee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company provided the Employee returns to active service after such leave expires. An Employee who takes such an approved leave and who does not return to active service after such leave expires will be deemed to have terminated Service with

 

E 10/2006


the Company on the 91 st day after the commencement of such leave. Partial months of active full-time service shall not be aggregated. Paid time off or vacation or sick leave (other than a period during which the Employee is compensated under a Company or State disability plan) shall not be considered interruption of full-time active service. Unpaid time off or a period during which the Employee is compensated under a Company or State disability plan shall not be considered full-time active service.

3.     Change of Control . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2, the Vesting Repurchase Option shall expire in its entirety if there is:

 

 

 

a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

 

 

 

a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of the Company; or

 

 

 

a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company or the surviving entity following the transaction (collectively, a “Change of Control”)

AND if (a) the Employee has maintained continuous Service with the Company from the date hereof through the date of the Change of Control AND (b) within 12 months following the date of the Change of Control, either (i) the Employee’s employment with the Company or its successor is terminated by the Company or its successor without cause (as defined in Section 6) or (ii) the Employee resigns the Employee’s employment with the Company on account of a “Good Reason Event” on giving at least 30 days prior written notice to the Company objecting to the Good Reason Event and with such resignation effective within 60 days following the Good Reason Event. A “Good Reason Event” shall consist of the material diminution in the Employee’s job responsibilities without the Employee’s written consent or the relocation of the Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately preceding the Change of Control without the Employee’s written consent, provided that following written notice to the Company of the Employee’s objection to the change in job responsibilities or relocation, the Company has failed within 30 days to restore the Employee substantially to his prior job responsibilities or prior principal place of employment, as applicable. A change in the Employee’s title or reporting structure in connection with the merger or consolidation of the Company’s business into another Company’s business shall not be considered a material diminution in the Employee’s job responsibilities if after such change the Employee continues to have the same responsibilities with respect to the Company’s business as prior to such change.

4.     Expiration . The Option shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, expire and become void June 1, 2014.

5.     Exercise Following Voluntary Termination or Termination Without Cause . Subject to Section 4, the Option shall expire 90 days following the voluntary termination by the Employee of the Employee’s employment or other Service relationship with the Company or the termination of the Employee’s employment or other Service relationship by the Company

 

E 10/2006


without cause (as defined in Section 6). The Employee may within such 90-day period exercise this Option with respect to shares under the Option not theretofore purchased and not subject to the Vesting Repurchase Option as of the date of such termination in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employee could have exercised the Option at the date of the Employee’s termination of employment. Termination for cause is covered by Section 6 and termination by reason of death or disability is covered by Section 7.

6.     Termination For Cause . Subject to Section 4, the Option shall expire on the date of termination of the Employee’s employment if such termination is for cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “cause” shall mean the Employee’s willful or repeated failure to perform his duties to the Company, dishonesty, disloyalty, gross misconduct, conviction of a felony, insubordination, aid of a competitor, material violation of company policy or breach of the provisions of Section 20 of this Agreement, as determined by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion.

7.     Exercise Following Death or Disability . Subject to Section 4 and Section 8, if the Employee dies while the Employee is employed by the Company, the executors or administrator, or the legatees or heirs of the Employee’s estate shall have the right at any time or times during the period of 12 months following the Employee’s death to exercise the Option in whole or in part with respect to shares under the Option not purchased prior to the Employee’s death and not subject to the Vesting Repurchase Option as of the date of the Employee’s death, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employee could have exercised the Option at the date of the Employee’s death. Subject to Section 4 and Section 8, if the employment of the Employee is terminated as the result of disability, as hereinafter defined, the Employee or his legal representative shall have the right at any time or times during the period of 12 months following the Employee’s termination for disability to exercise the Option in whole or in part with respect to shares under the Option not purchased prior to the Employee’s termination and not subject to the Vesting Repurchase Option as of the date of the Employee’s employment termination, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Employee could have exercised the Option at the date of the Employee’s employment termination. For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “disability” means a physical or mental impairment which renders the Employee unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for 180 days in any one year period or for 90 consecutive days.

 

E 10/2006


8.     Manner of Exercise . The Option is exercisable by delivering to the office of the Treasurer of the Company written notice of the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised accompanied by full payment of the Option Price for such Shares. In addition, a condition to the exercise of the Option is that the Employee become a party to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company as then in effect (the “LLC Agreement”). If there is any inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the LLC Agreement, the provisions of the LLC Agreement shall govern. The Shares issued on the exercise of this Option shall be Vested Common Shares within the meaning of the LLC Agreement. Upon the issuance of Shares to the Employee on the exercise of this Option, the Employee shall become a Member of the Company and entitled to the benefits of and subject to the obligations of a Member and holder of Vested Common Shares set forth in the LLC Agreement. If the Employee is an officer of the Company, he acknowledges that his Shares will be subject to the right of first refusal set forth in Section 12.04 of the LLC Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Option may be exercised, and the Employee may become a Member of the Company, only as of March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 in any year, and any purported exercise of all or any portion of the Option on any other date shall be deemed to be an exercise as of the March 31, June 30, September 30 or December 31 next following the attempted exercise date .

9.     Non-Transferable . The Option is not transferable by the Employee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the lifetime of the Employee only by the Employee.

10.     No Rights as a Member . The Employee shall have no rights as a Member of the Company with respect to any Shares issuable on the exercise of this Option until the Employee exercises the Option, becomes a party to the LLC Agreement and becomes the holder of record of such Shares, and no adjustment shall be made, except for adjustments made pursuant to Section 18, for dividends, distributions or other rights in respect of such Shares for which the record date is prior to the date on which the Employee becomes the holder of record thereof.

11.     Termination Repurchase Option .

(a)    All of the Common Shares acquired by the Employee upon the exercise of this Option, any securities of the Company acquired (directly or upon conversion of securities convertible into securities of the Company or pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or other rights) by the Employee, and any securities of the Company issued in respect of such securities by reason of any and all dividends, splits, recapitalizations or similar corporate action shall be deemed Shares and subject to the repurchase right of the Company or its assignee or designee “Termination Repurchase Option” set forth in this Section 11.

(b)    In the event that the Employee’s Service terminated by the Company for cause, or breaches the provisions of Section 20 of this Agreement, the Company or its assignee or designee shall have the right to repurchase from the Employee or his personal representative, as the case may be, all or any portion of the Shares for an amount per Share equal to the Option Price, subject to adjustment for splits, dividends and recapitalizations occurring after the date of issuance.

 

E 10/2006


(c)    Unless there is a breach of the provisions of Section 20 of this Agreement, in the event that the Employee’s Service is terminated by the Company without cause or Employee voluntarily terminates his Service with the Company, or if his Service is terminated as the result of death or disability, the Company or its assignee or designee shall have the right to repurchase from the Employee or his personal representative, as the case may be, all or any portion of the Shares for an amount per Share equal to the Option Price with respect to Shares subject to the Vesting Repurchase Option as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment and for an amount per Share equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined below) with respect to Shares not subject to the Vesting Repurchase Option as of the date of Employee’s termination of employment. In the event the Employee has breached Section 20 of this Agreement, the Company may exercise this Termination Repurchase Right as to all or any portion of the Shares for an amount per Share equal to the Option Price regardless of whether they were subject to the Vesting Repurchase Option as of the Employee’s termination of employment.

(d)    If the Company wishes its assignee or designee to purchase all or any part of the Shares pursuant to Section 11(b) or 11(c), the Company shall notify the Employee in writing prior to the closing of the sale of the Shares of the persons or entities other than the Company to whom the Offered Shares are to be transferred.

(e)    For the purposes of this Agreement, “Fair Market Value” shall mean the market price of a Share, as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate, as of the date of termination of the Employee’s employment. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Board of Directors shall be based on the prices reported in The Wall Street Journal. If the Shares are not publicly-traded, the Fair Market Value shall be established by the Board of Directors and, where applicable, in accordance with the requirements of California Code of Regulations, Chapter 10, Section 260.140.41 and 260.140.42. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

(f)    The Termination Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice signed by an officer of the Company and delivered or mailed to the Employee or his legal representative, as the case may be, within 6 months after the date of the event giving rise to the Termination Repurchase Option, or in the case of the death or disability of the Employee, within 18 months after such death or disability, at the Employee’s address on the records of the Company. Such notice shall fix a time, location and date for the closing of the transfer of the Termination Repurchase Option which shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice. The place for any closing shall be at the principal office of the Company unless some other location is agreed to by the Company or its assignee or designee and the Employee or his legal representative. Upon payment, the Employee or his legal representative shall deliver to the Company or its assignee or designee the certificate or certificates, if any, representing the Shares being repurchased, endorsed for transfer or accompanied by duly executed share assignment powers in favor of the Company or its assignee or designee. In the event at the time of termination of employment the Employee is not an officer, director, manager or consultant of the Company, the Termination Repurchase Option shall be exercised by written notice and delivery of cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the Shares within 90 days of the Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, or in the case of Shares issued on exercise after termination, within 90 days of Employee’s exercise of the Option.

 

E 10/2006


(g)    The Termination Repurchase Option shall terminate on the first to occur of a Change of Control and the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s Common Shares.

12.     Share Splits and Dividends . If, from time to time during the term of the Repurchase Option there are distributions of any nature on the Company’s Common Shares other than cash distributions, including any share dividends or distributions of property, or share splits or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding securities of the Company; any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Employee is entitled by reason of the Employee’s ownership of Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Employee’s other Shares subject to Section 11. While the total Option Price shall remain the same after each such event, the Option Price per Share upon exercise of the Repurchase Option shall be appropriately adjusted.

13.     Market Stand-Off . In connection with the initial public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration filed under the Securities Act of 1933, the Employee will not, without the prior written consent of the Company’s managing underwriter, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Shares, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of the Shares, whether any such transaction described in (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Such restrictions shall not apply to any Shares registered in the initial public offering. Such restriction shall be in effect for such period of time following the date of the final prospectus for the initial public offering as shall be requested by the managing underwriter in such offering, but not to exceed 180 days. In order to enforce the restrictions set forth in this Section 13, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions until the end of the market stand-off period. The Company’s underwriters shall be the beneficiaries of the agreement set forth in this Section 13.

14.     Legends . All certificates representing any Shares shall have endorsed thereon the following legends:

(a)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, DELIVERED AFTER SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENTS COVERING SUCH SHARES UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

E 10/2006


(b)    THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER CONTAINED IN AN OPTION AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER DATED AND THE COMPANY’S LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT, AND ARE TRANSFERABLE ONLY UPON COMPLIANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENTS. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENTS ARE ON FILE IN THE OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND, IF APPLICABLE, WILL BE PROVIDED TO THE HOLDER HEREOF FREE OF CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

(c)    Any legend required to be placed thereon by appropriate Blue Sky officials.

15.     Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company shall have no obligation to issue the Shares subject to this Agreement unless such issuance is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and applicable state securities laws.

(a)    The following notice is applicable to all Shares issued to Employees located in California:

THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

(b)    Representations of Employee. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee is aware that the Shares to be issued to the Employee by the Company upon the exercise of the Option will not have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. In this connection, the Employee understands that in exercising the Option, the Employee will be warranting and representing to the Company that the Employee is acquiring such Shares for investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution of said Shares or with any present intention of distributing or selling said Shares and the Employee does not presently have reason to anticipate any change in circumstances or any particular occasion or event which would cause the Employee to sell said Shares.

 

E 10/2006


16.     Company’s Rights .

(a)    The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares which shall have been sold or transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or the LLC Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

(b)    In the event the Employee fails to deliver its certificates representing Shares required to be transferred to the Company or its assignee or designee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Company may (i) elect to establish a segregated account in which the purchase price for such Shares shall be placed, such account to be turned over to the Employee upon delivery of the certificates representing such Shares together with appropriate instruments of transfer, and (ii) immediately thereafter take such action as may be required to transfer record title of such Shares to itself or its assignee or designee. The Employee hereby grants the Company a power of attorney for effecting any transfer in accordance with the previous sentence, such power of attorney to be deemed coupled with an interest and irrevocable. The Company hereby agrees to recognize any such transfer and to treat the transferee as the owner of such Shares in all respects as if delivery of the certificates representing such Shares had been made as required by this Agreement.

(c)    The Employee acknowledges and agrees that a violation by him of any of the provisions of this Agreement will cause irreparable damage to the Company and that the Company will have no adequate remedy at law for such violation. Accordingly, the Employee agrees that the Company shall be entitled as a matter of right to an injunction, specific performance, or other appropriate equitable relief from any court of competent jurisdiction, restraining any further violation of such provision or affirmatively compelling the Employee to carry out his obligations hereunder. Such right to equitable relief shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever remedies the Company may have at law or in equity.

17.     Rights of Employee . Subject to the provisions of Section 16 above, the Employee shall, after exercise of the Option and while the Repurchase Option shall remain in effect, exercise all rights and privileges of a Member of the Company with respect to the Shares then owned by him.

18.     Certain Adjustments . In the event there is any change in the Common Shares of the Company through the declaration of share dividends or through any recapitalization resulting in share splits or combinations or exchanges of shares or otherwise, the number of Shares subject to the Option and the Repurchase Option and the Option Price, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Company, and in such case, in the discretion of the Company, fractional parts of Shares may be disregarded.

19.     No Guaranty of Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed or deemed by any person under any circumstances to bind the Company or any of its affiliates to continue the employment of the Employee for any exercise period described herein, nor shall this Agreement be construed to create any duty of the Company or any of its affiliates or any of its other Members to the Employee, or any duty of the Employee of the Company or

 

E 10/2006


any of its other Members, comparable to the duties which partners or joint venture partners may owe each other. However, during the period of the Employee’s employment, the Employee shall render diligently and faithfully the services which are assigned to the Employee from time to time and shall at no time take any action which directly or indirectly would be inconsistent with the best interests of the Company or any of its affiliates.

20.     Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation . The Employee agrees and acknowledges that the Options are being granted in partial consideration for the noncompetition and nonsolicitation provisions set forth in this Section 20, and in reliance on the performance by the Employee of the obligations hereinafter set forth. The Employee further acknowledges and agrees that a breach by the Employee of the provisions set forth in this Section 20 may result in the Employee’s termination for cause, forfeiture of Options and the right of the Company to repurchase the Shares at cost:

(a)    During the period which commences on the date of this Agreement (the “Effective Date”) and which shall continue through and until the termination date of the Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason (the “Initial Restricted Period”), the Employee agrees that the Employee shall not directly or indirectly own, manage, operate, control or otherwise engage or participate in, or be connected as an owner, partner, principal, creditor, guarantor, officer, advisor, member of the Board of Directors or Board of Managers, employee of or consultant in any entity or to any individual engaging in or developing a business to engage in the Business Activity in any Restricted Territory (as such terms are defined in subsection 20(c) below) (the “Restricted Competitive Activities”). The Employee further agrees that during the period commencing on the termination date of the Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason and until the later of one year thereafter or 5 years after the Effective Date (the “Extended Restricted Period”), the Employee shall not use Company confidential information that would constitute trade secrets to engage in the Restricted Competitive Activities.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing subsection 20(a) and the restrictions set forth therein, the Employee may (i) own securities in any publicly held entity that is covered by the restrictions set forth in subsection 20(a), but only to the extent that the Employee does not own, of record or beneficially, more than 2% of the outstanding beneficial ownership of such entity and (2) be or become employed to provide sales and marketing services to his employer’s Installed Base of Users (as such term is defined in subsection 20(c) below) if the employer is a manufacturer or direct provider of services of the type provided by the Company’s current customers and by the Company’s prospective customers listed on Exhibit A but not for an employer that is a distributor or sales channel for companies that manufacture or provide services to one of the industries set forth in subsection 20(c) below. For example, the Employee may become employed by one of the Company’s current customers (e.g., Lucent), in an inside-sales division that sells Lucent service contracts to end-users who own Lucent equipment and the Employee may also be or become employed by a distributor or sales channel partner of Lucent equipment (e.g., Ingram Micro), but not in a role in the inside-sales division that sells service contracts to customers who have previously purchased equipment from Ingram Micro. The Company shall have the right at any time, to waive compliance by the

 

E 10/2006


Employee with all or any of the limitations and restrictions set forth in this Section 20 either in its entirety or in any particular instance.

(c)    For purposes of this Section 20:

(i)    “Business Activity” shall mean the provision of (1) outsourced sales and/or marketing services for a client, which are provided substantially exclusively to such client’s Installed Base of Users and (2) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s Installed Base of Users, where such clients are companies that compete in the industries in which the Company’s current customers and the Company’s prospective customers set forth in Exhibit A are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

(A)    Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

(B)    Computer software;

(C)    Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

(D)    Medical equipment and devices;

(E)    Test and measurement equipment;

(F)    Recording systems; and

(G)    Data security and data management services.

(ii)    “Restricted Territory” shall mean North America, South America, Central America (including the Caribbean) and the countries comprising the European Economic Union.

(iii)    “Installed Base of Users” with respect to a company, shall mean all of the existing customers of such company who have purchased goods or services from such company in the past.

(d)    The Employee agrees that during the Initial Restricted Period, he will not, as an individual, partner, independent contractor, employee, shareholder, director, member, consultant or in association with any other person, business or enterprise, except on behalf of the Company of its affiliates, directly or indirectly:

 

E 10/2006


(i)    attempt in any manner to solicit, entice or induce any Company Customer (as defined below) to become a customer of his or any other person, firm, corporation or other business with respect to products or services which compete with the Business Activity in any Restricted Territory, and the Employee shall not approach any such person, firm, corporation or business for such purpose; or

(ii)    solicit, persuade or attempt to solicit or persuade any person who is an employee of the Company as of the Effective Date or who becomes an employee of the Company or its affiliates during the Restricted Period to leave such employment or to become employed as an employee or retained as a consultant by anyone other than the Company or its affiliates,

(the “Restricted Solicitation Activities”).

In addition, the Employee further agrees that during the Extended Restricted Period, the Employee shall not use Company confidential information that would constitute trade secrets to engage in the Restricted Solicitation Activities.

(e)    As used in this Agreement, a “Company Customer” shall mean:

(i)    anyone who is a customer of the Company on the Effective Date or anyone who was a customer of the Company during the 12-month period immediately prior to the Effective Date; or

(ii)    any prospective customer of the Company.

21.     Interpretation . By acceptance of this Option the Employee agrees that the Employee is subject in all respects to the foregoing terms and conditions. This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the executor, administrator, legatees, heirs, legal representatives and assigns of the Employee and the successors and permitted assigns of the Company. In the event of any ambiguity concerning the interpretation of this Agreement, such ambiguity shall be resolved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

22.     Omnibus Share Plan . This Option is granted pursuant to and is subject to the provisions of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, a copy of which has been furnished to the Employee.

23.     Gender . Any references in this Agreement to “he”, “him”, or “his” shall also mean, where appropriate “she”, “her” or “hers”.

[ signature page follows ]

 

E 10/2006


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company and the Employee have caused this instrument to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

Title: CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

 

[NAME]

 

E 10/2006

Exhibit 10.3

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

2008 SHARE OPTION PLAN

1.     Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this 2008 Share Option Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Members, Directors and Consultants, and promote the success of the Company’s business. The Plan permits the grant of Options.

2.     Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a)    “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b)    “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c)    “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d)    “ Change in Control ” shall have the same meaning as a “Sale of the Company” as defined in the Operating Agreement.

(e)    “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(f)    “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board pursuant to Section 5.2(e) of the Operating Agreement.

(g)    “ Company ” means ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, or any successor thereto.

(h)    “ Consultant ” means any person engaged by the Company or any Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(i)    “ Conversion ” means the conversion of the Company to a corporation, as such term is defined in the Operating Agreement.

(j)    “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k)    “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

-1-


(l)    “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Subsidiary. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(m)    “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n)    “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Options are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Options of the same type (which may have lower or higher exercise prices and different terms), Options of a different type, and/or cash, and/or (ii) the exercise price of an outstanding Option is reduced. The terms and conditions of any Exchange Program shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

(o)    “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Shares as determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(p)    “ Manager ” means Manager of the Company, as such term is defined in the Operating Agreement.

(q)    “ Member ” means Members of the Company, as such term is defined in the Operating Agreement.

(r)    “ Operating Agreement ” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as in effect from time to time.

(s)    “ Option ” means a share option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(t)    “ Option Agreement ” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Option granted under the Plan. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(u)    “ Participant ” means the holder of an outstanding Option.

(v)    “ Plan ” means this 2008 Share Option Plan.

(w)    “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(x)    “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Manager, Director or Consultant.

(y)    “ Share ” means Common Share interests in the Company, or in the event of a Conversion, means shares of common stock of the resulting corporation, as adjusted in accordance with Section 15.

(z)    “ Subsidiary ” means any legal entity of which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding stock or other equity or ownership interests.

 

-2-


3.     Shares Subject to the Plan .

(a)     Shares Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 15 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Options and sold under the Plan is 10,000,000 Shares, plus any Shares subject to options or similar awards granted under the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been forfeited to or repurchased by the Company. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Shares.

(b)     Lapsed Options . If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Option will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Option will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan.

(c)     Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4.     Administration of the Plan .

(a)     Procedure . The Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws and the Operating Agreement.

(b)     Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)    to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii)    to select the Service Providers to whom Options may be granted hereunder;

(iii)    to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Option granted hereunder;

(iv)    to approve forms of Option Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Option granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

-3-


(vi)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Options granted pursuant to the Plan;

(vii)    to institute an Exchange Program;

(viii)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(ix)    to modify or amend each Option (subject to Section 20(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period and maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 8);

(x)    to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 16;

(xi)    to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Option previously granted by the Administrator; and

(xii)    to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c)     Effect of Administrator’s Decision . The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Options.

5.     Eligibility . Options may be granted to Service Providers.

6.     Grant . Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

7.     Option Agreement . Each Option grant will be evidenced by an Option Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

8.     Term of Option . The term of each Option will be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof.

9.     Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a)     Exercise Price . The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(a), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on

 

-4-


the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(b)     Form of Consideration . The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (4) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (5) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

10.     Exercise of Options .

(a)     Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Member . Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive allocations of profits or losses or rights as a Member shall exist with respect to the Common Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b)     Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within three months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event

 

-5-


later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) to the extent that the Option is (1) exercisable on such date pursuant to any exercise restrictions set forth in the Option Agreement and (2) vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(c)     Disability of Participant . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within one year of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) to the extent the Option is (1) exercisable on such date pursuant to any exercise restrictions set forth in the Option Agreement and (2) vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(d)     Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within one year following the Participant’s death (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement) to the extent that the Option is (1) exercisable on such date pursuant to any exercise restrictions set forth in the Option Agreement and (2) vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

11.     Compliance With Code Section 409A . Options will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Option Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Option or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A, the Option will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

 

-6-


12.     Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Service Provider in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company and any Subsidiary. No such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract.

13.     Limited Transferability of Options . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes any Option transferable, such Option may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

14.     Conversion . Subject to the provisions of the merger, reorganization or other agreement setting forth the terms of a direct exchange, merger or other reorganization transaction, upon a Conversion, all Options granted under the Plan shall be exchanged for or converted into, in such transaction, options to acquire shares of the resulting corporation’s common stock with terms substantially equivalent to the terms of the Options they are intended to replace.

15.     Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control .

(a)     Adjustments . In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, share split, reverse share split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Option required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Option.

(b)     Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)     Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Option be assumed or an equivalent award substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator shall not be required to treat all Options similarly in the transaction.

 

-7-


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control in which the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Option, the Participant shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her outstanding Options, including Shares as to which such Option would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. In addition, if an Option is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option shall be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and any Option not assumed or substituted for shall terminate upon the expiration of such period for no consideration, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

For the purposes of this Section 15(c) the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Shares for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option , for each Share subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent corporation equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of common stock in the merger or Change in Control

16.     Tax Withholding .

(a)     Withholding Requirements . Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Option (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Option (or exercise thereof).

(b)     Withholding Arrangements . The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Option on the date that the amount of tax to be

 

-8-


withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

17.     No Effect on Employment or Service . Neither the Plan nor any Option will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

18.     Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

19.     Term of Plan . Subject to Section 23 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 20, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or Member approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

20.     Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a)     Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)     Member Approval . The Company will obtain Member approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c)     Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

21.     Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a)     Legal Compliance . Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b)     Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-9-


22.     Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

23.     Member Approval . The Plan will be subject to approval by the Members of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such Member approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

-10-


SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

2008 SHARE AWARD PLAN

SHARE OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2008 Share Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Share Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”).

I.     NOTICE OF SHARE OPTION GRANT

Name:

Address:

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Shares of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:

  
        

Vesting Commencement Date:

  
        

Exercise Price per Share:

   $     
        

Total Number of Shares Granted:

  
        

Term/Expiration Date:

  
        

Vesting Schedule:

  
        

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Insert vesting schedule]

Termination Period :

This Option shall be exercisable for three months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for one year after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 15(c) of the Plan.

II.     AGREEMENT


1.     Grant of Option . The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Share Option Grant in Part I of this Agreement (“ Participant ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Share Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Share Option Grant (the “ Exercise Price ”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Operating Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 20(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2.     Exercise of Option .

(a)     Right to Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Share Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b)     Method of Exercise . This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “ Exercise Notice ”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

3.     Participant’s Representations . In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

4.     Lock-Up Period . Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock (or other securities) of the Company into which Shares have been converted or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of common stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of common stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be

 

-2-


requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of common stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of common stock (or other securities) of the Company subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5.     Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    if the Option is converted into an option covering common stock of the Company, under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan.

6.     Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the Members of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7.     Non-Transferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

8.     Term of Option . This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Share Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option.

9.     Tax Obligations .

 

-3-


(a)     Tax Withholding . Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)     Code Section 409A . Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “ IRS ”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “ discount option ”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10.     Entire Agreement; Governing Law . The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan, the Operating Agreement and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of California.

11.     No Guarantee of Continued Service . PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-4-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT

     

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

         

Signature

     

By

         

Print Name

     

Print Name

         
     

Title

       

Residence Address

     

 

-5-


EXHIBIT A

2008 SHARE AWARD PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

ServiceSource International, LLC

Attention: Stock Option Administration

1.     Exercise of Option . Effective as of today,                 , 20    , the undersigned (“ Participant ”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “ Option ”) to purchase                          Common Shares (the “ Shares ”) of ServiceSource International, LLC (the “ Company ”) under and pursuant to the 2008 Share Award Plan (the “ Plan ”) and the Share Option Agreement dated                 ,          (the “ Option Agreement ”).

2.     Delivery of Payment . Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.     Representations of Participant . Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.     Rights as Member . Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive allocations of profits or losses or rights as a Member shall exist with respect to the Common Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement, which is incorporated herein by reference. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 15 of the Plan.

5.     Company’s Right of First Refusal . Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

(a)     Notice of Proposed Transfer . The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “ Offered Price ”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b)     Exercise of Right of First Refusal . At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)     Purchase Price . The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)     Payment . Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)     Holder’s Right to Transfer . If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)     Exception for Certain Family Transfers . Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)     Termination of Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of common stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6.     Tax Consultation . Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in

 

-2-


connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

7.     Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

(a)     Legends . Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)     Stop-Transfer Notices . Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)     Refusal to Transfer . The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

8.     Successors and Assigns . The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of

 

-3-


the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.     Interpretation . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.     Governing Law; Severability . This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.     Entire Agreement . The Plan and the Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:

PARTICIPANT

      

Accepted by:

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

          

Signature

      

By

          

Print Name

      

Print Name

                                                                                               , 20         

      

 

      

Date

      

Title

Address

      

                                                                                       , 20         

        

Date

      
        
      

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT

   :   

COMPANY

   :   

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

SECURITY

   :   

COMMON SHARES

AMOUNT

   :   

DATE

   :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration


under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.4

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Equity Incentive Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Service Providers and to promote the success of the Company’s business.

Awards to Service Providers granted hereunder may be Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents, at the discretion of the Administrator and as reflected in the terms of the written option agreement.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” shall mean the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” shall mean the legal requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under California corporate and securities laws and the Code.

(c) “ Award ” shall mean, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Shares, Performance Units, Deferred Stock Units or Dividend Equivalents.

(d) “ Award Agreement ” shall mean the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e) “ Awarded Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Award.

(f) “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“ Person ”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (i), the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control; or


(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(g), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

(h) “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock of the Company.

(j) “ Committee ” shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board of Directors or a sub-committee appointed by the Board’s designated committee in accordance with Section 4(a) of the Plan, if one is appointed.

(k) “ Company ” shall mean ServiceSource International, Inc.

(l) “ Consultant ” shall mean any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render services and who is compensated for such services; provided, however, that the term “Consultant” shall not include Outside Directors, unless such Outside Directors are compensated for services to the Company other than pursuant to their services as a Director.

 

-2-


(m) “ Continuous Status as a Director ” means that the Director relationship is not interrupted or terminated.

(n) “ Director ” shall mean a member of the Board.

(o) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(p) “ Dividend Equivalent ” shall mean a credit, payable in cash, made at the discretion of the Administrator, to the account of a Participant in an amount equal to the cash dividends paid on one Share for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant. Dividend Equivalents shall be subject to the same vesting restrictions as the related Shares subject to an Award.

(q) “ Employee ” shall mean any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. An Employee shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 91 st day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(r) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) “ Exchange Program ” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(t) “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system for the last market trading day prior to the time of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable or shall be such other value determined in good faith by the Administrator;

 

-3-


(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the last market trading day prior to the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable or shall be such other value determined in good faith by the Administrator; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(u) “ Fiscal Year ” shall mean a fiscal year of the Company.

(v) “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(w) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” shall mean an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(x) “ Officer ” shall mean a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(y) “ Option ” shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(z) “ Optioned Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(aa) “ Outside Director ” means a Director who is not an Employee or Consultant.

(bb) “ Parent ” shall mean a “parent corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(cc) “ Participant ” shall mean an Employee, Consultant or Outside Director who receives an Award.

(dd) “ Performance Goals ” means the goal(s) (or combined goal(s)) determined by the Administrator (in its discretion) to be applicable to a Participant with respect to an Award. As determined by the Administrator, the performance measures for any performance period will be any one or more of the following objective performance criteria, applied to either the Company as a whole or, except with respect to stockholder return metrics, to a region, business unit, affiliate or business segment, and measured either on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to a previous period’s results or to a designated comparison group, and, with respect to financial metrics, which may be determined in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), in accordance with accounting principles established by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB Principles”) or which may be adjusted when established to exclude any items otherwise includable under GAAP or under IASB Principles or to include any items otherwise excludable under GAAP or under IASB

 

-4-


Principles: (i) cash flow (including operating cash flow or free cash flow), (ii) revenue (on an absolute basis or adjusted for currency effects), (iii) gross margin, (iv) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue, (v) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), (vi) earnings per share, (vii) stock price, (viii) return on equity, (ix) total stockholder return, (x) growth in stockholder value relative to the moving average of the S&P 500 Index or another index, (xi) return on capital, (xii) return on assets or net assets, (xiii) return on investment, (xiv) economic value added, (xv) operating profit or net operating profit, (xvi) operating margin, (xvii) market share, (xviii) contract awards or backlog, (xix) overhead or other expense reduction, (xx) credit rating, (xxi) objective customer indicators, (xxii) new product invention or innovation, (xxiii) attainment of research and development milestones, (xxiv) improvements in productivity, (xxv) attainment of objective operating goals, and (xxvi) objective employee metrics.

(ee) “ Performance Share ” shall mean a performance share Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 13.

(ff) “ Performance Unit ” means a performance unit Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 14.

(gg) “ Plan ” shall mean this 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.

(hh) “ Registration Date ” means the effective date of the first registration statement that is filed by the Company and declared effective pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with respect to any class of the Company’s securities.

(ii) “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean a restricted stock Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Section 11.

(jj) “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 12. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(kk) “ Rule 16b-3 ” shall mean Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

(ll) “ Section 16(b) ” shall mean Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

(mm) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Consultant or Service Provider.

(nn) “ Share ” shall mean a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 19 of the Plan.

(oo) “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “SAR” shall mean a stock appreciation right granted pursuant to Section 8 of the Plan.

 

-5-


(pp) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan .

(a) Initial Reserve . Subject to the provisions of Section 19 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is approximately 9% of the estimated shares of common stock outstanding as of the completion of the Company’s initial public offering Shares, plus (i) any Shares that, as of the Registration Date, have been reserved but not issued under the Company’s 2004 Omnibus Share Plan (the “2004 Plan”) or the Company’s 2008 Share Award Plan (the “2008 Plan”) that are not subject to any awards granted thereunder, and (ii) any Shares subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2004 Plan and the 2008 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and Shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Plan and 2008 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company, with the maximum number of Shares to be added to the Plan pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) equal to                  Shares. The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2012 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the least of (i)                  Shares, (ii) four percent (4%) of the outstanding Shares on the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year or (iii) such lesser number of Shares determined by the Board.

(c) Lapsed Awards . If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Units or Performance Shares, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Deferred Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 19, the maximum number of Shares

 

-6-


that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

(d) Share Reserve . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) Procedure .

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies . If permitted by Applicable Laws, the Plan may be administered by different bodies with respect to Directors, Officers who are not Directors, and Employees who are neither Directors nor Officers.

(ii) Section 162(m) . To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the Plan shall be administered by a Committee consisting solely of two or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(iii) Administration With Respect to Officers Subject to Section 16(b) . With respect to Option grants made to Employees who are also Officers subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, if the Board may administer the Plan in compliance with Rule 16b-3, or (B) a committee designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which committee shall be constituted to comply with Rule 16b-3. Once appointed, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. From time to time the Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Rule 16b-3.

(iv) Administration With Respect to Other Persons . With respect to Award grants made to Employees or Consultants who are not Officers of the Company, the Plan shall be administered by (A) the Board, (B) a committee designated by the Board, or (C) a sub-committee designated by the designated committee, which committee or sub-committee shall be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws. Once appointed, such Committee shall serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board. The Board may increase the size of the Committee and appoint additional members, remove members (with or without cause) and substitute new members, fill vacancies (however caused), and remove all members of the Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

-7-


(v) Administration With Respect to Outside Directors . Any discretionary Award grants to Outside Directors shall be made by the Board or a committee thereof. The Board or a committee thereof shall administer the Plan with respect to Outside Director Awards.

(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 2(t) of the Plan;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine whether and to what extent Awards are granted hereunder;

(iv) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(v) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(vi) to determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;

(vii) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards vest or may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions (subject to compliance with applicable laws, including Code Section 409A), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(ix) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of qualifying for preferred tax treatment under foreign tax laws;

(x) to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 6 and Section 22(c) of the Plan), including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Options or SARs longer than is otherwise provided for in the Plan (but in no event more than ten years from the grant date);

(xi) to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares or cash to be issued upon exercise or vesting of an

 

-8-


Award that number of Shares or cash having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of any Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by a Participant to have Shares or cash withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable;

(xii) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xiii) to determine the terms and restrictions applicable to Awards;

(xiv) to determine whether Awards (other than Options or SARs) will be adjusted for Dividend Equivalents; and

(xv) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c) Delegation . The Board may delegate responsibility for administering the Plan, including with respect to designated classes of Employees and Consultants, to different committees consisting of one or more Directors subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate. To the extent consistent with applicable law, the Board or the Compensation Committee may authorize one or more officers of the Company to grant Awards to designated classes of Employees and Consultants, within limits specifically prescribed by the Board or the Compensation Committee; provided, however, that no such officer shall have or obtain authority to grant Awards to himself or herself or to other Company executive officers.

(i) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of any Awards granted under the Plan.

5. Eligibility . Awards may be granted only to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. A Service Provider who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted an additional Award or Awards.

6. Code Section 162(m) Provisions .

(a) Option and SAR Annual Share Limit . No Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to purchase more than 1,000,000 Shares; provided, however, that such limit shall be 2,000,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.

(b) Restricted Stock, Performance Share and Restricted Stock Unit Annual Limit . No Participant shall be granted, in any Fiscal Year, more than 500,000 Shares in the aggregate of the following: (i) Restricted Stock, (ii) Performance Shares, or (iii) Restricted Stock Units; provided, however, that such limit shall be 1,000,000 Shares in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.

 

-9-


(c) Performance Units Annual Limit . No Participant shall receive Performance Units, in any Fiscal Year, having an initial value greater than $1,000,000, provided, however, that such limit shall be $2,000,000 in the Participant’s first Fiscal Year of Company service.

(d) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions . For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals shall be set by the Administrator on or before the latest date permissible to enable the Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In granting Restricted Stock, Performance Shares, Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units which are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator shall follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).

(e) Changes in Capitalization . The numerical limitations in Sections 6(a) and (b) shall be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 19(a).

7. Stock Options .

(a) Type of Option . Each Option shall be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares subject to a Participant’s incentive stock options granted by the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 7(a), incentive stock options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time of grant.

(b) Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Notice of Grant; provided, however, that the term shall be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Notice of Grant.

 

-10-


(c) Exercise Price and Consideration .

(i) The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(A) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) In the case of any other Incentive Stock Option and any Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(d) The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator. Such consideration, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, may consist entirely of:

(i) cash;

(ii) check;

(iii) other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option shall be exercised;

(iv) broker-assisted cashless exercise;

(v) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment; or such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or

(vi) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grant of SARs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(a) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant.

(b) Exercise Price and other Terms . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Administrator and shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant. Otherwise, subject to Section 6(a) of the Plan, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have

 

-11-


complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan; provided, however, that no SAR may have a term of more than ten (10) years from the date of grant.

(c) Payment of SAR Amount . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

(d) Payment upon Exercise of SAR . At the discretion of the Administrator, but only as specified in the Award Agreement, payment for a SAR may be in cash, Shares or a combination thereof. If the Award Agreement is silent as to the form of payment, payment of the SAR may only be in Shares.

(e) SAR Agreement . Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, whether it may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

(f) Expiration of SARs . A SAR granted under the Plan shall expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement.

9. Exercise of Option or SAR .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option or SAR granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, including performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Participant, and as shall be permissible under the terms of the Plan.

An Option or SAR may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option or SAR shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option or SAR by the person entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and, with respect to Options only, full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the Company. With respect to Options only, full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 7(d) of the Plan. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 19 of the Plan.

 

-12-


(b) Termination of Status as a Service Provider . If a Participant ceases to serve as a Service Provider, other than upon their death or Disability, he or she may, but only within 90 days (or such other period of time as is determined by the Administrator and as set forth in the Option or SAR Agreement) after the date he or she ceases to be a Service Provider, exercise his or her Option or SAR to the extent that he or she was entitled to exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that he or she was not entitled to exercise the Option or SAR at the date of such termination, or if he or she does not exercise such Option or SAR (which he or she was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate.

(c) Disability . If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option or SAR is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option or SAR, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Participant . If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option or SAR may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option or SAR may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option or SAR is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option or SAR shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following Participant’s death. If the Option or SAR is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option or SAR shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option or SAR shall revert to the Plan.

10. Automatic Grants to Outside Directors . The Board or a Committee thereof may institute, by resolution, automatic Award grants to new and to continuing members of the Board, with the number and type of such Awards, with such terms and conditions, and based upon such criteria, if any, as is determined by the Board or its Committee, in their sole discretion.

11. Restricted Stock .

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(b) hereof, the Administrator shall have

 

-13-


complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Restricted Stock award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on continued provision of services but may include a performance-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant, vesting or issuance of Restricted Stock.

(b) Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan; provided that Restricted Stock may only be issued in the form of Shares. Restricted Stock grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock or the restricted stock unit is awarded. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Restricted Stock Award agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(c) Restricted Stock Award Agreement . Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify the purchase price (if any) and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine; provided; however, that if the Restricted Stock grant has a purchase price, such purchase price must be paid no more than ten (10) years following the date of grant.

12. Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Grant . Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it shall advise the Participant in writing or electronically of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 6(b) hereof, may be left to the discretion of the Administrator.

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms . The Administrator shall set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units . Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d) Form and Timing of Payment . Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, but only as specified in the Award Agreement, may pay earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. If

 

-14-


the Award Agreement is silent as to the form of payment, payment of the Restricted Stock Units may only be in Shares.

(e) Cancellation . On the date set forth in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units shall be forfeited to the Company.

13. Performance Shares .

(a) Grant of Performance Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Shares may be granted to Participants at any time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Subject to Section 6(b) hereof, the Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine (i) the number of Shares subject to a Performance Share award granted to any Participant, and (ii) the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Shares. Performance Shares shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the equivalent of one Share for purposes of determining the number of Shares subject to an Award. Until the Shares are issued, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the units to acquire Shares.

(b) Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Shares granted under the Plan. Performance Share grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Shares Award Agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the Shares of stock awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(c) Performance Share Award Agreement . Each Performance Share grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

14. Performance Units .

(a) Grant of Performance Units . Performance Units are similar to Performance Shares, except that they shall be settled in a cash equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares, determined as of the vesting date. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator shall have complete discretion to determine the conditions that must be satisfied, which typically will be based principally or solely on achievement of performance milestones but may include a service-based component, upon which is conditioned the grant or vesting of Performance Units. Performance Units shall be granted in the form of units to acquire Shares. Each such unit shall be the cash equivalent of one Share of Common Stock. No right to vote or receive dividends or

 

-15-


any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to Performance Units or the cash payable thereunder.

(b) Number of Performance Units . Subject to Section 6(c) hereof, the Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units granted to any Participant.

(c) Other Terms . The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Performance Units granted under the Plan. Performance Unit grants shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the grant is awarded, which may include such performance-based milestones as are determined appropriate by the Administrator. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign a Performance Unit agreement as a condition of the award. Any certificates representing the units awarded shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

(d) Performance Unit Award Agreement . Each Performance Unit grant shall be evidenced by an agreement that shall specify such terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

15. Deferred Stock Units .

(a) Description . Deferred Stock Units shall consist of a Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award that the Administrator, in its sole discretion permits to be paid out in installments or on a deferred basis, in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Administrator. Deferred Stock Units shall remain subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors until distributed to the Participant.

(b) 162(m) Limits . Deferred Stock Units shall be subject to the annual 162(m) limits applicable to the underlying Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit Award as set forth in Section 6 hereof.

16. Leaves of Absence . Unless the Administrator provides otherwise or as otherwise required by Applicable Laws, vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall cease commencing on the first day of any unpaid leave of absence and shall only recommence upon return to active service.

17. Part-Time Service . Unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, if as a condition to being permitted to work on a less than full-time basis, the Participant agrees that any service-based vesting of Awards granted hereunder shall be extended on a proportionate basis in connection with such transition to a less than a full-time basis, vesting shall be adjusted in accordance with such agreement. Such vesting shall be proportionately re-adjusted prospectively in the event that the Employee subsequently becomes regularly scheduled to work additional hours of service.

 

-16-


18. Non-Transferability of Awards . Except as determined otherwise by the Administrator in its sole discretion (but never a transfer in exchange for value), Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant, without the prior written consent of the Administrator. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

19. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Dissolution, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the number of shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Award, as well as the price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Award and the annual share limitations under Sections 6(a) and (b) hereof, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Option or SAR until ten (10) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Awarded Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Award would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option or forfeiture rights applicable to any Award shall lapse 100%, and that any Award vesting shall accelerate 100%, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised (with respect to Options and SARs) or vested (with respect to other Awards), an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger or Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines, including, without limitation, that each Award be assumed or an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. The Administrator will not be required to treat all Awards similarly in the transaction.

 

-17-


In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 19(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

(d) Outside Director Awards . With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for in a Change in Control or merger, if on the date of or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant (unless such voluntary resignation is at the request of the acquirer), then the Outside Director will immediately vest 100% in all such Awards.

20. Time of Granting Awards . The date of grant of an Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award or such later date as is specified by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each

 

-18-


Employee or Consultant to whom an Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

21. Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until ten years from the date of its initial adoption by the Board.

22. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Rule 16b-3 or with Section 422 of the Code (or any successor rule or statute or other applicable law, rule or regulation, including the requirements of any exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted). Such shareholder approval, if required, shall be obtained in such a manner and to such a degree as is required by the applicable law, rule or regulation.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company.

23. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

As a condition to the exercise or payout, as applicable, of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Option or SAR, or in the case of another Award (other than a Dividend Equivalent or Performance Unit), the person receiving the Shares upon vesting, to render to the Company a written statement containing such representations and warranties as, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, may be required to ensure compliance with any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of law, including a representation that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

24. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan. Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in

 

-19-


respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

25. Section 409A Compliance. Awards granted hereunder are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code to the extent Section 409A of the Code applies to such Awards, and any ambiguities in this Plan or Awards granted hereunder will be interpreted to so comply. The terms of the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered in a manner consistent with the foregoing intention to the extent the Administrator deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, the Administrator, to the extent it unilaterally deems necessary or advisable in its sole discretion, reserves the right, but shall not be required, to amend or modify the Plan and any Award granted under the Plan so that the Award qualifies for exemption from or complies with Section 409A of the Code; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation that the Awards granted under the Plan shall be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to Awards granted under the Plan.

26. Dodd-Frank Clawback . In the event that the Company is required to restate its audited financial statements due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, each current or former executive officer Participant shall be required to immediately repay the Company any compensation they received pursuant to Awards hereunder during the three-year period preceding the date upon which the Company is required to prepare the restatement that is in excess of what would have been paid to the executive officer Participant under the restated financial statement, in accordance with Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules promulgated thereunder. Any amount required to be repaid hereunder shall be determined by the Board or its Committee in its sole discretion, unless otherwise required by Applicable Laws, and shall be binding on all current and former executive officer Participants.

 

-20-


SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the ServiceSource International, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF GRANT

[Optionee’s Name and Address]

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number      
Grant Date      
Vesting Commencement Date      
Exercise Price per Share   $      
Total Number of Shares Granted      
Total Exercise Price   $      
Type of Option:   Nonstatutory Stock Option  
Term/Expiration Date:   10 Years From the Grant Date  

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to accelerated vesting as set forth in duly authorized written agreements by and between Optionee and the Company, this Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

[Insert Vesting Schedule]

 

II.

AGREEMENT

 

  1.

Grant of Option .


The Company hereby grants to the Optionee (the “Optionee”) named in the Notice of Grant section of this Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan (which is incorporated herein by reference) and this Option Agreement. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 

  2.

Exercise of Option .

(a) Right to Exercise . This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, subject to Optionee’s remaining a Service Provider on each vesting date.

(b) Post-Termination Exercise Period . If Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, then this Option may be exercised, but only to the extent vested on the date of such cessation as a Service Provider, until the earlier of (i) ninety days after the date upon which Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, or (ii) the original ten-year Option term.

(c) Method of Exercise . This option may be exercised with respect to all or any part of any vested Shares by giving the Company or any stock option plan administrator designated by the Company written or electronic notice of such exercise, in the form designated by the Company or the Company’s designated third-party stock option plan administrator, specifying the number of shares as to which this option is exercised and accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all exercised shares.

This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company or any third-party stock option plan administrator designated by the Company of such fully executed exercise notice accompanied by such aggregate Exercise Price.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise complies with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the exercised shares shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such exercised shares.

(d) Payment of Exercise Price . Payment of the aggregate exercise price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Optionee:

(i) cash; or

(ii) check; or

(iii) delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with such other documentation as the Administrator and a broker, if applicable, shall require to effect an exercise of the Option and delivery to the Company of the sale proceeds required to pay the exercise price.

 

  3.

Non-Transferability of Option .


This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by the Optionee. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the Optionee.

 

  4.

Term of Option .

This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

  5.

Tax Consequences .

Some of the federal tax consequences relating to this Option, as of the date of this Option, are set forth below. THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE. THE OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

(a) Exercising the Option . The Optionee may incur regular federal income tax liability upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the exercised shares on the date of exercise over their aggregate Exercise Price. If the Optionee is an Employee or a former Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from his or her compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount in cash equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise, and may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b) Disposition of Shares . If the Optionee holds NSO Shares for at least one year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

  6.

Entire Agreement; Governing Law .

The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Optionee with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Optionee’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Optionee. This agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of California.

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Optionee has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement. Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the


Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and Option Agreement. Optionee further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

OPTIONEE:     SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
           
Signature     By
           
Print Name     Title
         
Residence Address    

 

 


SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.

2011 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the ServiceSource International, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT

Name: __________________________________

You have been granted an Award of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant:

Total Number of RSUs Granted: ________________________

Vesting Schedule: The RSUs awarded by this Agreement shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[INSERT VESTING SCHEDULE]

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Unit . The Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of the Grant of Restricted Stock Units attached as Part I of this Agreement (“Notice of Grant”) an award of RSUs, as set forth in the Notice of Grant and subject to the terms and conditions in this Agreement and the Plan.

2. Company’s Obligation . Each RSU represents the right to receive a Share on the vesting date. Unless and until the RSUs vest, the Participant will have no right to receive Shares under such RSUs. Prior to actual distribution of Shares pursuant to any vested RSUs, such RSUs will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

3. Vesting Schedule . The RSUs awarded by this Agreement will vest in the Participant according to the vesting schedule specified in the Notice of Grant.

4. Forfeiture upon Termination as Employee, Director or Consultant . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Agreement or the Notice of Grant, if the Participant terminates as a Service Provider for any or no reason prior to vesting, the unvested RSUs awarded by this Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company.


5. Payment after Vesting . Any RSUs that vest in accordance with paragraph 3 will be paid to the Participant (or in the event of the Participant’s death, to his or her estate) in Shares, provided that to the extent determined appropriate by the Company, the minimum statutorily required federal, state and local withholding taxes with respect to such RSUs will be paid by reducing the number of vested RSUs actually paid to the Participant.

6. Payments after Death . Any distribution or delivery to be made to the Participant under this Agreement will, if the Participant is then deceased, be made to the administrator or executor of the Participant’s estate. Any such administrator or executor must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

7. Rights as Stockholder . Neither the Participant nor any person claiming under or through the Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to the Participant or Participant’s broker.

8. No Effect on Employment . The Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is on an at-will basis only. Accordingly, the terms of the Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries will be determined from time to time by the Company or the Subsidiary employing the Participant (as the case may be), and the Company or the Subsidiary will have the right, which is hereby expressly reserved, to terminate or change the terms of the employment of the Participant at any time for any reason whatsoever, with or without good cause or notice.

9. Grant is Not Transferable . Except to the limited extent provided in paragraph 6, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

10. Binding Agreement . Subject to the limitation on the transferability of this grant contained herein, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legatees, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

11. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock . If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to the Participant (or his or her estate), such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval will have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company will make all reasonable efforts to meet the requirements of any such state or federal law or securities exchange and to obtain any such consent or approval of any such governmental authority.


12. Plan Governs . This Agreement and the Notice of Grant are subject to all terms and provisions of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between one or more provisions of this Agreement or the Notice of Grant and one or more provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will govern.


By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this Award is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan and this Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT:     SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, INC.
      By:     
Signature      
      Title:     
Print Name      
Date:          Date:     
       
       
Residence Address      
       

Exhibit 10.5

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for the continuing employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (“ServiceSource” or the “Company”) of Michael Smerklo (“Employee”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.     EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS . ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this amended and restated Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), which replaces and supersedes in its entirety the employment agreement previously entered into by and between Employee and the Company (the “Original Agreement”).

2.     DUTIES .

a.     Responsibilities . Employee’s position is CEO, reporting to the ServiceSource Board of Directors (“Board”). Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks incident to his positions and as designated from time to time by the Board.

b.     Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Competitive Activity” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by the Company. Competitive Activities may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services and (b) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s installed base of users, where such clients are companies that compete in the industries in which the Company’s current customers and the Company’s prospective customers are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

(A)    Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

(B)    Computer software;

(C)    Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

(D)    Medical equipment and devices;

(E)    Test and measurement equipment;

(F)    Recording systems; and


(G) Data security and data management services

c.     ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3.     EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s Board possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by an authorized member of ServiceSource’s Board. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4.     COMPENSATION . In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement, ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee an annualized base salary of four hundred ten thousand dollars ($410,000), payable on a semi-monthly basis. In addition, Employee will be eligible for an on target bonus figure of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) per annum, with the terms and conditions for such bonus to be set forth in Employee’s annual Variable Compensation Plan. This bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and Employee must be employed as of the scheduled bonus payment date in order to be eligible to receive it. Employee’s salary and bonus target will be reviewed annually and may be adjusted as approved by the Board.

5.     EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION . Subject to (a) the terms of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and (b) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement, Employee has been granted, in connection with the Original Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase up to one-million, eight-hundred-thousand (1,800,000) of the Company’s Common Shares at a price of $4.26 (Four Dollars and Twenty Six Cents) per share. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and Option Agreement, these shares will have a four year vesting schedule, beginning as of January 1, 2007, whereby 25% will vest on January 1, 2008, and the remaining shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 2.083% per month until either the option is fully vested or Employee’s continuous Service ends, whichever occurs first. Employee was granted an additional option in 2010.

6.     BENEFITS . As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plans or policies adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement.

 

-2-


Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit policies or plans shall be governed solely by the terms of such policies or plans. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

7.     PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS) . Employee acknowledges that his/her employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by the Company and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

a.     Definition . “Proprietary and Confidential Information” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall include any and all non-public information relating to the Company or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sub licensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

b.     Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

c.     Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that the Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or

 

-3-


proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer because of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource.

d.     Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

e.     Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer, Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

f.     No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

g.     No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his employment or for a period of one year after his employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

h.     Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including,

 

-4-


without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

At all times, both during and after Employee’s employment by ServiceSource, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any Proprietary and Confidential Information or anything relating to it without the prior written consent of an authorized member of the Board, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ServiceSource.

8.     CHANGE OF CONTROL AND TERMINATION PAYMENT .

a.     Prior to Change of Control . If ServiceSource should terminate Employee’s employment hereunder without “Cause” (as defined in this Section 8(a)) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in this Section 8(a)) within 60 days of the events constituting “Good Reason’” then ServiceSource (xx) shall pay Employee’s earned, but not yet paid, target bonus, if any, with such amounts subject to applicable withholding for taxes and reduction on account of any amounts then owed by Employee to ServiceSource. The foregoing targeted bonus payment is hereinafter referred to as the “Termination Payment.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct. For purposes of the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities; (3) a reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus and/or aggregate level of benefits; or (4) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from the Company’s location at the time this Agreement is entered into; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2) or (3) above and within 30 days thereafter ServiceSource has failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, compensation or location.

b.     Following Change of Control . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 8(a) above) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in this Section 8(b)), in either ease within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as hereinafter defined), then (i) ServiceSource shall provide the Termination Payment to Employee (with such amount to be paid one time only, either under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b)), (ii) all of Employee’s outstanding equity compensation awards (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested. For purposes of the foregoing, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of

 

-5-


any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; or (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, location, compensation or benefits. For purposes of the foregoing, “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events; a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company.

c.     Release . All of the payments and benefits provided under Sections 8(a) and 8(b) above are subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of all legal claims, whether known or unknown, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No severance benefits pursuant to such sections shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53 d ) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409 A (“Section 409A”).

d.     Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of Employee’s termination of employment with the Company (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if Employee is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to Employee, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “Deferred Compensation Separation Payments”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Employee’s termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable

 

-6-


after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

9.     SEVERABILITY . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10.     MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be modified only in writing. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by an authorized member of the Board. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than an authorized member of the Board, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11.     COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT . This Agreement and Employee’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered and supersedes in its entirety the Original Agreement. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

12.     GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

13.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

14.     GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS . If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a

 

-7-


member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”), after reduction for taxes as described below. The ‘Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments after reduction for taxes as described below (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and, if applicable, the Excise Tax (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate regardless of Employee’s actual marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s participant’s awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

15.     TAX PAYMENTS . Employee acknowledges and agrees that, for so long as the Company is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and Employee owns outstanding shares of the Company, Employee will be responsible for paying all federal and state income and self-employment taxes on all compensation and benefits payable to him by the Company (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement). Nonetheless, the Employee as the taxpayer of record has directed the Company withhold Federal and state income and self-employment taxes on Employee’s compensation and benefits on the Employee’s behalf and direction. So long as the Company is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and Employee owns outstanding shares of the Company, Employee may in his discretion terminate such direction in writing and begin paying such taxes directly. In the event any taxes, penalties or interest are assessed against Employee in addition to those withheld and paid by the Company on his behalf, Employee will bear the full responsibility for such liabilities. The Company will bear responsibility solely for paying over to the applicable taxing authorities any taxes that it does in fact withhold from Employee’s compensation and benefits. In the event either (a) the Company changes its tax classification to a corporation, or (b) Employee owns no outstanding shares of the Company, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company will withhold all applicable income and employment taxes from compensation and benefits payable to Employee.

 

-8-


 

S O A GREED :

     

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

     

By:

 

/s/ Paul Warenski

     

June 8, 2010

       

Date

Its:

 

SVP & General Counsel

     

E MPLOYEE

     

/s/ Michael Smerklo

 

     

June 8, 2010

Michael Smerklo

     

Date

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.6

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (hereinafter “ ServiceSource ” or the “ Company ”) of Jeffrey M. Bizzack (“ Employee ”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.     EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS . ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this amended and restated Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), which replaces and supersedes in its entirety the employment agreement previously entered into by and between Employee and the Company (the “ Original Agreement ”).

2.     DUTIES .

(a)     Responsibilities . Employee’s position is President of ServiceSource, reporting to Mike Smerklo, Chief Executive Officer. Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks as directed by ServiceSource.

(b)     Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Competitive Activity ” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by ServiceSource. Competitive Activities may include, without limitation, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services, or (b) consulting services for a client with respect to the sales and marketing of services agreements to end users where such clients compete with ServiceSource and/or its customers.

(c)     ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3.     EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of

 

-1-


Employee’s employment status, and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4.     COMPENSATION . In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement, ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee an annual base salary of $375,000, paid on ServiceSource’s normal payroll dates. In addition, Employee will be eligible for a potential annual target bonus amount of up to $175,000. The bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and is also subject to Company performance requirements as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Employee must be employed as of the date of the scheduled bonus payment in order to be eligible for any form of bonus payment.

5.     EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION . Subject to (a) the terms of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2008 Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and (b) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement under the Plan (the “ Option Agreement ”), Employee has been granted, in connection with the Original Agreement, an option to purchase up to 1,695,372 of ServiceSource’s Common Shares, which constitutes three percent (3%) of ServiceSource’s total shares outstanding of 56,512,389, at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of a single Common Share as of the grant date as determined by the Board of Directors on the grant date. 1,130,248 shares of the option will vest over four years, with 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of Employee’s March 2, 2009 start date and the remainder vesting monthly on a pro rata basis over the following 36 months, so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. 565,124 shares will vest over five years, with 25% vesting on the second anniversary of Employee’s March 2, 2009 start date and the remainder vesting monthly on a pro rata basis over the following 36 months, so as to be 100% vested on the fifth anniversary of the grant date. In all cases, vesting is subject to Employee remaining as a Service Provider (as such term is defined in the Plan) through each vesting date, subject to any acceleration of vesting as provided in this Agreement.

6.     BENEFITS . As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plan or policy adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit plan or policy shall be governed solely by the terms of such plan or policy. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

7.     PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS) . Employee acknowledges that his/her employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by ServiceSource and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

 

-2-


(a)     Definition . “ Proprietary and Confidential Information ” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any and all non-public information relating to ServiceSource or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sublicensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

(b)     Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

(c)     Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer by accepting employment with ServiceSource.

(d)     Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

 

-3-


(e)     Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer of Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(f)     No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

(g)     No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his/her employment or for a period of one year after employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

(h)     Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

8.     SEVERANCE BENEFITS .

(a)     Prior to Change of Control . If ServiceSource should terminate Employee’s employment hereunder without “Cause” (as hereinafter defined) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined) within 60 days of the events constituting “Good Reason,” then ServiceSource shall pay Employee a lump-sum severance benefit equal to 6 months of Employee’s then base salary, as well as 6 months target bonus, if any (subject to applicable withholding for taxes and reduction on account of any amounts then owed by Employee

 

-4-


to ServiceSource), and shall pay on behalf of Employee the premiums for up to 12 months of group health plan coverage, assuming that Employee has timely elected such coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA ”); the foregoing lump sum payment and COBRA premiums are hereinafter referred to as the “ Severance Benefit ”). In addition, in the event ServiceSource terminates Employee’s employment without “Cause” during his first year of employment, or Employee terminates his employment for “Good Reason” during his first year of employment within 60 days of the events constituting “Good Reason,” then two hundred and eighty two thousand, five hundred and sixty two (282,562) shares of the stock option provided for in Section 5 above will be fully accelerated so as to be 100% vested on the termination date. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities; (3) a reduction in Employee’s base salary or target bonus (other than a reduction generally applicable to all Company senior executives) (4) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 50 miles from his location in San Diego County at the time this Agreement is entered into; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2) or (3) above and within 30 days thereafter ServiceSource has failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, compensation or location.

(b)     Following Change of Control . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without Cause (as defined in Section 8(a) above) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), in either case on or within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as hereinafter defined), then (i) ServiceSource shall provide the Severance Benefit to Employee (with such amount to be paid one time only, either under Section 8(a) or Section 8(b)), and (ii) all of Employee’s outstanding equity compensation awards (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, including the assignment of the same job title at the divisional level of a larger organization; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 50 miles from his then current location (whether in San Diego County or otherwise) immediately prior to the Change of Control; (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary or target bonus as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, location, salary or target bonus. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the

 

-5-


equity interests of ServiceSource; or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of ServiceSource.

(c)     Release; Timing of Severance Payments . All of the payments and benefits provided under Sections 8(a) and 8(b) above are subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of claims, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No severance benefits pursuant to such sections shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by ServiceSource in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53d) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“ Section 409A ”).

(d)     Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of Employee’s termination of employment with ServiceSource (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if Employee is a “specified employee” of ServiceSource (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of Employee’s termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to Employee, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Payments ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Employee’s termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. ServiceSource and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

 

-6-


9.     SEVERABILITY . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10.     MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be modified only in writing by mutual agreement of ServiceSource and Employee. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11.     COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT . This Agreement and Employee’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered and supersede in its entirety the Original Agreement. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

12.     DISPUTE RESOLUTION . This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. Any dispute arising from this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of state and federal courts located in the Northern District of California. The prevailing party in any such dispute shall recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs from the losing party, including any fees or costs arising from an appeal.

13.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

14.     GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS . If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from ServiceSource or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code ”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which ServiceSource is a member (the “ Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “ Safe Harbor Amount ” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“ Excise Tax ”). The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments (prior to any reduction, above). Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all

 

-7-


applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax, (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

 

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

   

By:

 

/s/ Mike Smerklo

     

December 8, 2010

Mike Smerklo

 

Its: Chief Executive Officer

     

Date

Employee

   

/s/ Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     

October 20, 2010

Jeffrey M. Bizzack

     

Date

 

-8-

Exhibit 10.7

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (hereinafter “ ServiceSource ”) of David Oppenheimer (“ Employee ”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.    EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS. ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), with such employment to commence on August 2, 2010 (the “ Commencement Date ”).

2.    DUTIES.

(a)      Responsibilities . Employee’s position is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ServiceSource, reporting to Mike Smerklo, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks as directed by ServiceSource.

(b)      Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Competitive Activity ” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by ServiceSource. Competitive Activities may include, without limitation, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services, or (b) consulting services for a client with respect to the sales and marketing of services agreements to end users where such clients compete with ServiceSource and/or its customers.

(c)      ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3.    EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL. Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this


Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status, and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4.    COMPENSATION. In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement, ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee an annual base salary of $300,000, paid on ServiceSource’s normal payroll dates. In addition, Employee will be eligible for a potential annual target bonus amount (“ Target Bonus ”) of forty percent (40%) of his annual base salary (currently $120,000), prorated for 2010 based on Employee’s length of service. The bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and is also subject to Company performance requirements as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Employee must be employed as of the date of the scheduled bonus payment in order to be eligible for any form of bonus payment. Employee will also be eligible to participate in the Company’s one-time 2010 Net RRR Incremental Incentive Bonus Plan up to a level of $20,000 (prorated from $50,000). Payment of this bonus is conditional upon the Company meeting specified revenue and Net RRR goals for 2010, as established by the Company’s Board of Directors.

5.    EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION. Employee will be eligible to participate in the ServiceSource International, LLC 2008 Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). Subject to (a) approval by ServiceSource’s Board of Directors, (b) the terms of the Plan, and (c) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement under the Plan (the “ Option Agreement ”), Employee will be granted an option to purchase up to 650,000 of ServiceSource’s Common Shares, at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of a single Common Share as of the grant date as determined by the Board of Directors on the grant date. The option will vest over four years, with 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of the Commencement Date and the remainder vesting monthly on a pro rata basis over the following 36 months, so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. In all cases, vesting is subject to Employee remaining as a Service Provider (as such term is defined in the Plan) through each vesting date, subject to any acceleration of vesting as provided in this Agreement.

6.    BENEFITS. As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plan or policy adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit plan or policy shall be governed solely by the terms of such plan or policy. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

 

-2-


7.    PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS). Employee acknowledges that his/her employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by ServiceSource and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

(a)      Definition . “ Proprietary and Confidential Information ” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “ Confidential Information ” shall include any and all non-public information relating to ServiceSource or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sublicensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

        Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

(b)      Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

 

-3-


(c)      Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer by accepting employment with ServiceSource.

(d)      Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

(e)      Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer of Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(f)      No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

(g)      No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to

 

-4-


ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his/her employment or for a period of one year after employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

(h)      Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

8.    TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT.

(a)      Termination Other than for Cause; Resignation for Good Reason . If ServiceSource should terminate Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in Section 8(c) below) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 8(c) below) at any time, Employee shall receive the following benefits and payments:

(i)     Employee shall receive six (6) months of Employee’s then current base salary plus 50% of Employee’s then current Target Bonus, in a single lump sum payment, subject to all applicable withholding requirements;

(ii)     Employee will have a period of nine (9) months from the date of termination in which to exercise any portion of Employee’s vested options, subject to the maximum 10-year term of such options under the Company’s applicable equity incentive plan(s). In addition, any such options that qualify as incentive stock options will lose tax advantaged status and automatically will convert to nonqualified options on the first day following the three-month anniversary of termination of Employee’s employment.

(iii)     Provided that Employee timely elects continued group health insurance participation following the Termination Date pursuant to federal COBRA law or similar state law (collectively, “ COBRA ”), then for a period of twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, the Company will reimburse Employee’s COBRA premiums sufficient to continue group health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents at the same level of coverage in effect as of the termination date, to the extent such coverage remains available.

(b)      Equity Compensation Vesting Acceleration Following Change in Control . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment

 

-5-


without Cause or Employee should terminate his employment for Good Reason, in either case within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 8(c) below), then all of Employee’s outstanding equity compensation awards (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested.

(c)      Definitions : For purposes of this Section 8:

(i)    “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct;

(ii)    “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events, without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s duties, authorities or job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided , that Good Reason shall exist if, following a Change in Control, Employee is not the Chief Financial Officer of the successor reporting to the Chief Executive Officer of the successor; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; or (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, duties, authorities, responsibility, location, salary, target bonus or benefits; and

(iii)    “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company.

(d)      Release . The equity compensation vesting acceleration described in Sections 8(a) and 8(b) above is subject to Employee’s execution of the general release of claims in the form set forth as Schedule A , and such release becoming effective in

 

-6-


accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No vesting acceleration pursuant to such section shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53 d ) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“ Section 409A ”).

(e)      Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of Employee’s termination of employment with the Company (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if Employee is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to Employee, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “ Deferred Compensation Separation Payments ”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Employee’s termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

9.    SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible

 

-7-


under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10.    MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement may be modified only in writing by mutual agreement of ServiceSource and Employee. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11.    COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

12.    DISPUTE RESOLUTION. This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. Any dispute arising from this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of state and federal courts located in the Northern District of California. The prevailing party in any such dispute shall recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs from the losing party, including any fees or costs arising from an appeal.

13.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

14.    GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS. If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code ”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “ Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “ Safe Harbor Amount ” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“ Excise Tax ”), after reduction for taxes as described below.

 

-8-


The “ Taxed Amount ” is the total amount of the Payments after reduction for taxes as described below (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and, if applicable, the Excise Tax (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate regardless of Employee’s actual marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

 

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

   

By:

 

/s/    Mike Smerklo

   

July 6, 2010

 

Mike Smerklo

   

Date

Its: Chief Executive Officer

   

E MPLOYEE

   

/s/    David Oppenheimer

   

July 7, 2010

David Oppenheimer

   

Date

 

-9-


S CHEDULE A

F ORM OF R ELEASE

In exchange for the consideration provided to me by this Agreement that I am not otherwise entitled to receive, and subject to the Company’s compliance with its post-termination obligations to Executive, I hereby generally and completely release the Company and its directors, officers, employees, shareholders, partners, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, parent and subsidiary entities, insurers, affiliates, and assigns from any and all claims, liabilities and obligations, both known and unknown, that arise out of or are in any way related to events, acts, conduct, or omissions occurring prior to my signing this Agreement. This general release includes, but is not limited to: (1) all claims arising out of or in any way related to my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; (2) all claims related to my compensation or benefits from the Company, including salary, bonuses, commissions, vacation pay, expense reimbursements, severance pay, fringe benefits, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company; (3) all claims for breach of contract, wrongful termination, and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing; (4) all tort claims, including claims for fraud, defamation, emotional distress, and discharge in violation of public policy; and (5) all federal, state, and local statutory claims, including claims for discrimination, harassment, retaliation, attorneys’ fees, or other claims arising under the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964 (as amended), the federal Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the federal Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (as amended) (“ ADEA ”), the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act; California Fair Employment and Housing Act (as amended), any state labor code; the Equal Pay Act, of 1963, as amended.

S ECTION  1542 W AIVER . I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California, which reads as follows:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the release of any unknown or unsuspected claims I may have against the Company, its affiliates, and the entities and persons specified above.

ADEA Waiver and Release . I acknowledge that I am knowingly and voluntarily waiving and releasing any rights I may have under the ADEA, as amended. I also acknowledge that the consideration given for the waiver and release in the preceding paragraph hereof is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I


further acknowledge that I have been advised by this writing, as required by the ADEA, that: (a) my waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise after the execution date of this Agreement; (b) I have been advised that I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (c) I have been given twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement; (d) I have seven (7) days following the execution of this Agreement by the parties to revoke the Agreement; and (e) this Agreement will not be effective until the date upon which the revocation period has expired, which will be the eighth day after this Agreement is executed by you, provided that the Company has also executed this Agreement by that date (“ Effective Date ”). The parties acknowledge and agree that revocation by you of the ADEA Waiver and Release is not effective to revoke your waiver or release of any other claims pursuant to this Agreement.

 

By:

       

Date:

   

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for the continuing employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (“ServiceSource” or the “Company”) of Robert Sturgeon (“Employee”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.     EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS . ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this amended and restated Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), which replaces and supersedes in its entirety the employment agreement previously entered into by and between Employee and the Company (the “Original Agreement”).

2.     DUTIES .

(a)     Responsibilities . Employee’s position is Executive Vice President, Client Delivery reporting to Jeff Bizzack, President. Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks incident to his position and as designated from time to time by the CEO.

(b) Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Competitive Activity” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by the Company. Competitive Activities may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services and (b) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s installed base of users, where such clients are companies that compete in die industries in which the Company’s current customers and the Company’s prospective customers are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

(i)    Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

(ii)    Computer software;

(iii)    Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

(iv)    Medical equipment and devices;

(v)    Test and measurement equipment;


(vi)    Recording systems; and

(vii)    Data security and data management services

(c)     ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3.     EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only CEO possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by the CEO. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4.     COMPENSATION . In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee a base salary of Two Hundred and Seventy-Five Thousand dollars ($275,000), payable on a semi-monthly basis. In addition, Employee will be eligible for an on target bonus figure of Two Hundred and Twenty-Five Thousand dollars ($225,000) per annum, with the terms and conditions for such bonus to be set forth in Employee’s annual Variable Compensation Plan. This bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and Employee must be employed as of the scheduled bonus payment date in order to be eligible to receive it. Employee’s salary and bonus target will be reviewed annually and may be adjusted as approved by the CEO.

5.     EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION . Subject to (a) the terms of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and (b) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement, Employee has been granted, in connection with the Original Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase up to, Five Hundred and Twenty-Five Thousand (525,000) of the Company’s Common Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and Option Agreement, these shares will have a four year vesting schedule, beginning as of your start date whereby, 25% will vest on at your 1 year anniversary date, and the remaining shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 2.083% per month, until either the option is fully vested or Employee’s continuous Service ends, whichever occurs first.

6.     BENEFITS . As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plans or policies adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit policies or plans


shall be governed solely by the terms of such policies or plans. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

7.     PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS) . Employee acknowledges that his employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by the Company and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

(a)     Definition . “Proprietary and Confidential Information” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall include any and all non-public information relating to the Company or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sub licensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

(b)     Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

(c)     Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and


that the Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer because of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource.

(d)     Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

(e)     Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer, Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(f)     No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

(g)     No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his employment or for a period of one year after his employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.


(h)     Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

At all times, both during and after Employee’s employment by ServiceSource, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any Proprietary and Confidential Information or anything relating to it without the prior written consent of the CEO, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ServiceSource.

8.     CHANGE OF CONTROL EQUITY COMPENSATION VESTING ACCELERATION .

(a)     Equity Compensation Vesting Acceleration . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 8(b) below), in either case within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 8(b) below), then all of Employee’s outstanding equity compensation awards (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested.

(b)     Definitions : For purposes of Section 8(a) above,

(i)    “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct;

(ii)    “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events, without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; or (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, location, salary, target bonus or benefits; and


(iii)    “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company.

(c)     Release . The equity compensation vesting acceleration described in Section 8(a) above is subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of all legal claims, whether known or unknown, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No vesting acceleration pursuant to such section shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53 d ) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”).

(d)     Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of Employee’s termination of employment with the Company (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if Employee is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to Employee, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “Deferred Compensation Separation Payments”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Employee’s termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary,


appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

9.     SEVERABILITY . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10.     MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be modified only in writing. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by the CEO. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than by the CEO, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11.     COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT . This Agreement and Employee’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered and supersede in its entirety the Original Agreement. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

12.     GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS . If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”), after reduction for taxes as described below. The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments after reduction for taxes as described below (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and, if applicable, the Excise Tax (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate regardless of Employee’s actual marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following


order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

13.     GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

14.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

15.     TAX PAYMENTS . Employee acknowledges and agrees that, for so long as the Company is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and Employee exercises and takes ownership of outstanding shares of the Company, Employee will be responsible for paying all federal and state income and self-employment taxes on all compensation and benefits payable to him by the Company (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement). Nonetheless, the Employee as the taxpayer of record may direct the Company to continue to withhold federal and state income and self-employment taxes on Employee’s compensation and benefits on the Employee’s behalf and direction. So long as the Company is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and Employee takes ownership of outstanding shares of the Company, Employee may in his discretion terminate such direction in writing and begin paying such taxes directly. In the event any taxes, penalties or interest are assessed against Employee in addition to those withheld and paid by the Company on his behalf, Employee will bear the full responsibility for such liabilities. The Company will bear responsibility solely for paying over to the applicable taxing authorities any taxes that it does in fact withhold from Employee’s compensation and benefits. In the event either (a) the Company changes its tax classification to a corporation, or (b) Employee owns no outstanding shares of the Company, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company will withhold all applicable income and employment taxes from compensation and benefits payable to Employee.

 

S O A GREED :

   

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

   

/s/    Mike Smerklo

   

December 8, 2010

B Y :

 

M IKE S MERKLO

   

Date

I TS :

 

C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICER

   

E MPLOYEE

   

/s/

 

Robert Sturgeon

   

November 4, 2010

Robert Sturgeon

   

Date

Exhibit 10.9

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (hereinafter “ ServiceSource ”) of Ganesh Bell (“ Employee ”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.    EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS. ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this Employment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), with such employment to commence on May 24, 2010 (the “ Commencement Date ”).

2.    DUTIES.

(a)      Responsibilities . Employee’s position is Executive Vice President, Product, reporting to Mike Smerklo, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks as directed by ServiceSource.

(b)      Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “ Competitive Activity ” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by ServiceSource. Competitive Activities may include, without limitation, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services, or (b) consulting services for a client with respect to the sales and marketing of services agreements to end users where such clients compete with ServiceSource and/or its customers.

(c)      ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3.     EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status, and that any such change may be made only by an express written


employment contract signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4.    COMPENSATION. In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement, ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee an annual base salary of $260,000, paid on ServiceSource’s normal payroll dates. In addition, Employee will be eligible for a potential annual target bonus amount of up to $117,000. The bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and is also subject to Company performance requirements as determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Employee must be employed as of the date of the scheduled bonus payment in order to be eligible for any form of bonus payment.

5.    EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION. Employee will be eligible to participate in the ServiceSource International, LLC 2008 Share Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). Subject to (a) approval by ServiceSource’s Board of Directors, (b) the terms of the Plan, and (c) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement under the Plan (the “ Option Agreement ”), Employee will be granted an option to purchase up to 300,000 of ServiceSource’s Common Shares, at an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of a single Common Share as of the grant date as determined by the Board of Directors on the grant date. The option will vest over four years, with 25% vesting on the one year anniversary of the Commencement Date and the remainder vesting monthly on a pro rata basis over the following 36 months, so as to be 100% vested on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. In all cases, vesting is subject to Employee remaining as a Service Provider (as such term is defined in the Plan) through each vesting date, subject to any acceleration of vesting as provided in this Agreement.

6.    BENEFITS. As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plan or policy adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit plan or policy shall be governed solely by the terms of such plan or policy. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

7.    PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS). Employee acknowledges that his/her employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by ServiceSource and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

(a)      Definition . “ Proprietary and Confidential Information ” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term

 

-2-


Confidential Information ” shall include any and all non-public information relating to ServiceSource or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sublicensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

(b)      Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

(c)      Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer by accepting employment with ServiceSource.

(d)      Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

(e)      Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer of Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

-3-


(f)      No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

(g)      No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his/her employment or for a period of one year after employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

(h)      Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

8.    STOCK ACCELERATION IN THE EVENT OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL.

If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without Cause (as defined below) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as hereinafter defined), in either case on or within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as hereinafter defined), then all stock options and other equity instruments previously granted to the Employee will be fully accelerated so as to be 100% vested on the termination date. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Cause ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional,

 

-4-


material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct. “ Good Reason ” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, including the assignment of the same job title at the divisional level of a larger organization; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 50 miles from his then current location immediately prior to the Change of Control; (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary or target bonus as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the appropriate job title, responsibility, location, compensation and/or benefits. For purposes of the foregoing, “ Change of Control ” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; or a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of ServiceSource. The benefits provided under this Section 8 are subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of claims, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective without revocation.

9.    SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10.    MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT. This Agreement may be modified only in writing by mutual agreement of ServiceSource and Employee. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11.    COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT. This Agreement, the Plan and the Option Agreement constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

 

-5-


12.    DISPUTE RESOLUTION. This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws. Any dispute arising from this Agreement shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of state and federal courts located in the Northern District of California. The prevailing party in any such dispute shall recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs from the losing party, including any fees or costs arising from an appeal.

13.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

14.    GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS. If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from ServiceSource or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Code ”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which ServiceSource is a member (the “ Payments ”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “ Safe Harbor Amount ” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“ Excise Tax ”). The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments (prior to any reduction, above). Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax, (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of the share option; reduction of employee benefits. ServiceSource and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at ServiceSource’s expense.

 

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

    

By: /s/ Ray Martinelli

    

April 13, 2010

      Ray Martinelli

    

Date

Its: EVP of Human Resource

    

E MPLOYEE

    

/s/ Ganesh Bell

    

April 13, 2010

      Ganesh Bell

    

Date

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.10

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (“ServiceSource” or the “Company”) of Ray Martinelli (“Employee”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1.      EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS . ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this amended and restated Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), which replaces and supersedes in its entirety the employment agreement previously entered into by and between Employee and the Company (the “Original Agreement”).

2.    DUTIES.

a.     Responsibilities . Employee’s position is Executive Vice President, Human Resources reporting to Mike Smerklo, CEO, Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks as directed by ServiceSource. Employee understands and agrees that ServiceSource has complete discretion to modify and change Employee’s job title and responsibilities at any time, for any reason and without notice

b.     Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly, engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Competitive Activity” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource, during Employee’s employment by the Company. Competitive Activities may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services (b) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s installed base of users, where such clients are companies that compete in the industries in which the Company’s current customers and the Company’s prospective customers are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

(A)    Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

(B)    Computer software;

(C)    Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

(D)    Medical equipment and devices;

(E)    Test and measurement equipment;


(F)    Recording systems; and

(G)    Data security and data management services

c.     ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource at its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3.     EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s CEO possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status and the binding arbitration of employment-related disputes, and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by ServiceSource’s CEO. Employee and ServiceSource further acknowledge and agree that ServiceSource may modify (with the exception of at will employment) Employee’s job title, job duties, compensation, benefits, work hours, or any other terms and conditions of employment at will, i.e., with or without cause and with or without advance notice. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4.    COMPENSATION . In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement, ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee a base salary of eleven thousand, two hundred and fifty dollars ($11,250) paid semi-monthly, equal to two hundred and seventy thousand dollars ($270,000), on an annualized basis. In addition, Employee will be eligible for a potential bonus figure of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) per annum. The bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and will be paid on a pro rata basis; Employee must be employed as of the scheduled bonus payment in order to be eligible.

5.    EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION . Subject to (a) the terms of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and (b) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement, Employee has been granted, in connection with the Original Agreement, an option to purchase up to two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) of the Company’s Common Shares. This represented, at the time of grant, approximately 0.5% of fully diluted shares outstanding. These options will vest over 4 years from the date of your employment (one year cliff and then monthly thereafter).


6.    CHANGE OF CONTROL EQUITY COMPENSATION VESTING ACCELERATION.

a.     Equity Compensation Vesting Acceleration . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in Section 6(b) below) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 6(b) below), in either case within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 6(b) below), then all of Employee’s outstanding equity compensation awards (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested.

b.     Definitions : For purposes of Section 6(a) above,

(A)    “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct;

(B)    “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events, without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; or (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the required job title, responsibility location, salary, target bonus or benefits; and

(C)    “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company.

c.     Release . The equity compensation vesting acceleration described in Section 6(a) above is subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of all legal claims, whether known or unknown, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No


vesting acceleration pursuant to such section shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53 d ) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”).

d.     Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of Employee’s termination of employment with the Company (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if Employee is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to Employee, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “Deferred Compensation Separation Payments”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Employee’s termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

7.    BENEFITS . As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits to ServiceSource employees, in accordance with any benefit plan adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit policies or plan shall be governed solely by the terms of such policies or plans. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.


8.    PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS) . Employee acknowledges that his/her employment with ServiceSource will allow him/her access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by the Company and which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information which the law treats as privileged, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

a.     Definition . “Proprietary and Confidential Information” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “Confidential information” shall include any and all non-public information relating to the Company or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sublicensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employ. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

b.     Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he/she will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, or corporation, or employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder thereof, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

c.     Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer or other person or entity and that the Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that


Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer by accepting employment with ServiceSource.

d.     Third Party Information . I recognize that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. I agree to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out my work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

e.     Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to notification by ServiceSource to any subsequent employer, Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

f.     No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of Service Source which, as Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on, solicit or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person, firm, or ServiceSource.

g.     No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he/she has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he/she will not, either during his/her employment or for a period of one year after employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

h.     Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to Service Source anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the


ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

At all times, both during and after Employee’s employment by ServiceSource, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any Proprietary and Confidential Information or anything relating to it without the prior written consent of an officer of ServiceSource, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ServiceSource.

9.    SEVERABILITY . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10.    MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be modified only in writing. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by ServiceSource’s CEO. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than ServiceSource’s CEO, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship in any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11.    COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT . This Agreement and Employee’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered and supersede in its entirety the Original Agreement. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

12.    GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS . If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”), after reduction for taxes as described below. The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments after reduction for taxes as described below (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of


comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and, if applicable, the Excise Tax (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate regardless of Employee’s actual marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

13.    GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by California law.

14.    SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

Agreed,

 

/s/    Ray Martinelli

   

December 2, 2010

Ray Martinelli

   

Date

Mike Smerklo

   

December 8, 2010

ServiceSource International, LLC

   

Date

Exhibit 10.11

PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL

August 1, 2010

Natalie Anne McCullough

RE: Amended and Restated Employment Terms

Dear Natalie,

ServiceSource International, LLC (hereinafter “ServiceSource” or the “Company”) hereby employs you, and you hereby accept employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this amended and restated offer letter (this “Agreement”), which replaces and supersedes in its entirety the offer letter previously entered into by and between you and ServiceSource (the “Original Agreement”).

Your position is Chief Marketing Officer, reporting to Mike Smerklo, Chief Executive Officer. This letter will confirm the terms of your employment with the Company as follows:

Base Salary : In consideration of your services and your commitment to working a full time position, you will be paid a base salary at the rate of Two Hundred and Thirty-Five Thousand Dollars ($235,000) per year which will be paid semi-monthly in the amount of Nine Thousand, Seven Hundred, Ninety-One Dollars and Sixty Six Cents ($9,791.66) less applicable taxes in accordance with ServiceSource’s normal payroll processing.

Incentive Bonus : You will remain eligible to participate in ServiceSource’s Company Performance Bonus Program (the “Program”). This Program is a discretionary incentive program that ServiceSource funds based on the achievement of business results and objectives established by ServiceSource, such as corporate financial results, business unit financial results and organizational MBO results. Once the total funding level is established by ServiceSource, managers will determine in their discretion the award level for their employees based on the manager’s assessment of individual performance. Accordingly, there is no specified or guaranteed amount that you will receive or become entitled to, and the Program is subject to change or discontinuation at any time.

You will be eligible for a target bonus of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per annum.

Benefits; Expenses : You will be entitled to receive the employee benefits made available to other employees and officers of the Company to the full extent of your eligibility. We have put a great deal of emphasis on our benefits, and expect that they will continue to evolve as we grow and as the needs of our people and their families change. ServiceSource shall reimburse you for all


reasonable business and travel expenses actually incurred or paid by you in the performance of your services on behalf of the Company, in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy as from time to time in effect.

Proprietary Information Agreement : You will continue to comply with the Company’s standard employee confidentiality and non-competition agreement.

Confidentiality : Except as required by applicable laws, neither party shall disclose the contents of this agreement without first obtaining the prior written consent of the other party, provided, however, that you may disclose this agreement to your attorney, financial planner and tax advisor if such persons agree to keep the terms hereof confidential.

If you choose to accept this offer, your employment with ServiceSource will be voluntarily entered into and will be for no specified period. As a result, you will be free to resign at any time, for any reason or for no reason, as you deem appropriate. ServiceSource will have a similar right and may conclude its employment relationship with you at any time, with or without cause.

Change Of Control Equity Compensation Vesting Acceleration:

If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate your employment without “Cause” (as defined below) or you should terminate your employment for “Good Reason” (as defined below), in either case within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as defined below), then all of your outstanding equity compensation awards granted on and after January 31, 2007 (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards granted on and after January 1, 2007) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested.

For purposes of this Agreement:

“Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) your commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) your commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) your intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between you and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) your unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) your gross misconduct;

“Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events, without your written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in your job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in your job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of your principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; or (4) any reduction in your base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided that your have notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2),

 

-2-


(3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore you to the required job title, responsibility, location, salary, target bonus or benefits; and

“Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company.

The equity compensation vesting acceleration described above is subject to your execution of a general release of all legal claims, whether known or unknown, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No vesting acceleration pursuant to such section shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which you are entitled shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53 d ) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”).

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of your termination of employment with ServiceSource (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if you are a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to you, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “Deferred Compensation Separation Payments”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following your termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of your termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if you die following your employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of your employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so

 

-3-


comply. The Company and you agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to you under Section 409A.

If any of the payments to you (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which you have the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”), after reduction for taxes as described below. The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments after reduction for taxes as described below (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and, if applicable, the Excise Tax (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate regardless of your actual marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the your awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

This Agreement and your written equity compensation agreements with the Company constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered and supersede in its entirety the Original Agreement. You expressly warrant that you have read and fully understand this Agreement; that you have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of your own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to you; that you are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that you are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

Very truly yours,

Michael Smerklo, CEO & Chairman, ServiceSource

/s/ Mike Smerklo     December 8, 2010
ServiceSource International LLC     Date

 

-4-


 

 

 

 

I accept the terms of this letter and agree to keep the terms of this letter confidential.

 

/s/ Natalie McCullough        
Signature of Natalie McCullough     Date Signed

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

In consideration for employment by ServiceSource International, LLC (hereinafter “ServiceSource” or the “Company”) of Paul Warenski (“Employee”), ServiceSource and Employee acknowledge and agree as follows:

1. EMPLOYMENT TERMS AND CONDITIONS . ServiceSource hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with ServiceSource upon all of the terms and conditions described in this amended and restated Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”), which replaces and supersedes in its entirety the employment agreement previously entered into by and between Employee and the Company (the “Original Agreement”).

2. DUTIES .

(a) Responsibilities . Employee’s position is Senior Vice President, General Counsel, reporting to David Oppenheimer, Chief Financial Officer (CFO). Employee shall be responsible for and expected to perform all duties and tasks incident to his position and as designated from time to time by the CFO or Chief Executive Officer.

(b) Loyal and Full Time Performance of Duties . While employed by ServiceSource, Employee shall not directly or indirectly engage in any Competitive Activity. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Competitive Activity” is any activity which is the same as or competitive with any activity engaged in by ServiceSource at any time during Employee’s employment by ServiceSource. Competitive Activities may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the provision of (a) outsourced sales and/or marketing services and (b) consulting services for a client with respect to sales and marketing aimed at such client’s installed base of users, where such clients are companies that compete in the industries in which ServiceSource’s current customers and ServiceSource’s prospective customers are engaged, including, without limitation, manufacturing and sales and distribution companies in the following industries:

(i) Information technology hardware (such as laptops, desktops, work stations, servers, mainframes, networking equipment, storage equipment, point of sale equipment, ATMs, handheld devices, electronic appliances, printing/imaging devices and other peripheral devices);

(ii) Computer software;

(iii) Telecommunications equipment (both wireless and wireline);

(iv) Medical equipment and devices;

(v) Test and measurement equipment;


(vi) Recording systems; and

(vii) Data security and data management services

(c) ServiceSource Policies . Employee agrees to abide by ServiceSource’s rules, regulations, policies and practices, written and unwritten, as they may from time to time be adopted or modified by ServiceSource in its sole discretion. ServiceSource’s written rules, policies, practices and procedures shall be binding on Employee unless superseded by or in conflict with this Agreement.

3. EMPLOYMENT AT-WILL . Employee and ServiceSource acknowledge and agree that during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource the parties intend to strictly maintain an at-will employment relationship. This means that at any time during the course of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee is entitled to resign with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Similarly, ServiceSource specifically reserves the same right to terminate Employee’s employment at any time with or without cause and with or without advance notice. Nothing in this Agreement or the relationship between the parties now or in the future may be construed or interpreted to create an employment relationship for a specific length of time or a right to continued employment. Employee and ServiceSource understand and agree that only ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer possesses the authority to alter the at-will nature of Employee’s employment status and that any such change may be made only by an express written employment contract signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. No implied contract concerning any employment-related decision or term or condition of employment can be established by any other statement, conduct, policy or practice.

4. COMPENSATION . In consideration for the services and covenants described in this Agreement ServiceSource agrees to pay Employee a base salary of Two Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand Two Hundred and Fifty dollars ($236,250), payable on a semi-monthly basis. In addition, Employee will be eligible for an on target bonus figure of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) per annum, with the terms and conditions for such bonus to be set forth in Employee’s annual Variable Compensation Plan. This bonus is discretionary, not guaranteed, and Employee must be employed as of the scheduled bonus payment date in order to be eligible to receive it. Employee’s salary and bonus target will be reviewed annually and may be adjusted as approved by the CEO. Compensation will be paid to Employee less applicable taxes and withholdings.

5. EMPLOYEE’S SHARE OPTION . Subject to (a) the terms of the ServiceSource International, LLC 2004 Omnibus Share Plan, as amended (the “Plan”) and (b) the terms of Employee’s Option Agreement, Employee has been granted, in connection with the Original Agreement, an option under the Plan to purchase up to One Hundred Thousand (100,000) of the Company’s Common Shares (the “Option”). Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and Option Agreement, these shares will have a four year vesting schedule, beginning as of Employee’s start date, whereby 25% will vest on Employee’s 1 year anniversary date, and the remaining shares will vest monthly thereafter at the rate of 2.083% per month, until either the option is fully vested or Employee’s continuous Service ends, whichever occurs first.

 

-2-


6. BENEFITS . As a full-time employee, Employee shall be entitled to all of the benefits provided to ServiceSource executive employees, in accordance with any benefit plan or policy adopted by ServiceSource from time to time during the existence of this Agreement. Employee’s rights and those of Employee’s dependents under any such benefit plan or policy shall be governed solely by the terms of such plan or policy. ServiceSource reserves to itself or its designated administrators exclusive authority and discretion to determine all issues of eligibility, interpretation and administration of each such benefit plan or policy.

7. PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION (INCLUDING TRADE SECRETS) . Employee acknowledges that his employment with ServiceSource will allow him access to Proprietary and Confidential Information. Employee understands that Proprietary and Confidential Information includes customer and applicant lists, whether written or solely a function of memory, data bases, whether on computer disc or not, business files, contracts and all other information which is used in the day-to-day operation of ServiceSource which is not known by persons not employed by ServiceSource and for which ServiceSource undertakes efforts to maintain its secrecy. Employee understands and agrees that this is confidential information under the law, therefore protecting an employer from use without consent.

(a) Definition . “Proprietary and Confidential Information” is defined as all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, of a confidential or secret nature that pertains in any manner to the business of ServiceSource. As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” shall include any and all non-public information relating to ServiceSource or its business, operations, financial affairs, performance, assets, technology, research and development, processes, products, contracts, customers, licensees, sublicensees, suppliers, personnel, plans or prospects, whether or not in written form and whether or not expressly designated as confidential, including (without limitation) any such information consisting of or otherwise relating to trade secrets, know-how, technology (including software and programs), designs, drawings, photographs, samples, processes, license or sublicense arrangements, formulae, proposals, product specifications, customer lists or preferences, pricing lists, referral sources, marketing or sales techniques or plans, operating manuals, service manuals, financial information or projections, lists of suppliers or distributors or sources of supply.

Proprietary and Confidential Information shall include both information developed by Employee for ServiceSource and information Employee obtained while in ServiceSource’s employment. All Proprietary and Confidential Information, whether created by Employee or other employees, shall remain the property of ServiceSource.

(b) Non-Disclosure and Return . Employee agrees that he will not, under any circumstances, or at any time, whether as an individual, partnership, corporation, employee, principal, agent, partner or shareholder, in any way, either directly or indirectly, divulge, disclose, copy, use, divert or attempt to divulge, disclose, copy, use or divert ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information, except to the extent authorized and necessary to carry out Employee’s responsibilities during employment with ServiceSource, or as required by law. Upon termination of Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, Employee shall immediately return to ServiceSource all property in Employee’s possession or control that belongs to ServiceSource, including all property in electronic form and all copies of Proprietary and Confidential Information.

 

-3-


(c) Former Employer Information . Employee agrees that Employee will not, during Employee’s employment with ServiceSource, improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employer or other person or entity, and that Employee will not bring onto the premises of ServiceSource any unpublished document or proprietary information belonging to any such employer, person or entity unless consented to in writing by such employer, person or entity. Employee represents and warrants to ServiceSource that Employee is not in breach of any agreement with any former Employer by accepting employment with ServiceSource.

(d) Third Party Information . Employee recognizes that ServiceSource may have received and in the future may continue to receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information as they may so designate, subject to a duty on ServiceSource’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Employee agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation or to use it except as necessary in carrying out Employee’s work for ServiceSource consistent with ServiceSource’s agreement with such third party.

(e) Notification to New Employer . In the event that Employee’s employment with ServiceSource ends, Employee consents to ServiceSource’s notification to any subsequent employer of Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(f) No Solicitation of Clients Using Proprietary and Confidential Information . Employee acknowledges and agrees that the names, addresses, and contact information of ServiceSource’s clients, and all other confidential information relating to those clients, have been compiled by ServiceSource at great expense and represent a real asset of ServiceSource. Employee further understands and agrees that this information is deemed confidential by ServiceSource and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource. Employee understands that this information has been provided to Employee in confidence, and Employee agrees that the sale or unauthorized use or disclosure of any of ServiceSource’s trade secrets obtained by Employee during employment with ServiceSource constitutes unfair competition. Employee agrees and promises not to engage in any unfair competition with ServiceSource. Employee further agrees not to, directly or indirectly, during or after termination of employment, make known to any person, firm, or company any information concerning any of the clients of ServiceSource (which, Employee acknowledges, is confidential and constitutes trade secrets of ServiceSource). Nor shall Employee use any such confidential and trade secret information to solicit, take away, or attempt to call on or take away any of the clients of ServiceSource on whom Employee called or whose accounts Employee had serviced during employment with ServiceSource, whether on Employee’s own behalf or for any other person or entity.

(g) No Solicitation of Employees . Employee understands and acknowledges that as an employee of ServiceSource he has certain fiduciary duties to ServiceSource which would be violated by the solicitation and/or encouragement of ServiceSource employees to leave the employ of ServiceSource. Employee therefore agrees that he will not, either during his employment or for a period of one year after employment has terminated, solicit any of ServiceSource’s employees for a competing business or otherwise induce or attempt to induce such employees to terminate

 

-4-


employment with ServiceSource. Employee agrees that any such solicitation during that period of time would constitute unfair competition.

(h) Assignment of Rights . All Proprietary and Confidential Information and all patents, patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, trademark rights and other rights (including, without limitation, intellectual property rights) owned by or otherwise belonging to ServiceSource anywhere in the world in connection therewith, is and shall be the sole property of the ServiceSource. Employee hereby assigns to ServiceSource any and all rights, title and interest Employee may have or acquire in ServiceSource’s Proprietary and Confidential Information and ServiceSource’s property.

8. CHANGE OF CONTROL EQUITY COMPENSATION VESTING ACCELERATION .

(a) Equity Compensation Vesting Acceleration . If ServiceSource or a successor should terminate Employee’s employment without “Cause” (as defined in Section 8(b) below) or Employee should terminate his employment for “Good Reason” (as defined in Section 8(b) below), in either case within 12 months following a “Change of Control” (as defined in Section 8(b) below), then all of Employee’s outstanding equity compensation awards (including, without limitation, all stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and any other equity compensation awards) shall immediately have their vesting accelerated 100%, so as to become fully vested.

(b) Definitions : For purposes of Section 8(a) above,

(i) “Cause” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events, as determined by ServiceSource in its sole discretion: (i) Employee’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud or dishonesty under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Employee’s commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against ServiceSource; (iii) Employee’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between Employee and ServiceSource or any statutory duty owed to ServiceSource; (iv) Employee’s unauthorized use or disclosure of Proprietary and Confidential Information; or (v) Employee’s gross misconduct;

(ii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any one of the following events, without Employee’s written consent: (1) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job title from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (2) a material, adverse change in Employee’s job responsibilities from that in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; (3) a relocation of Employee’s principal place of employment beyond a radius of 30 miles from its location immediately prior to the Change of Control; or (4) any reduction in Employee’s base salary, target bonus or aggregate level of benefits measured against such compensation or benefits as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control; provided that Employee has notified ServiceSource in writing of the event described in (1), (2), (3) or (4) above and ServiceSource (or its successor) has within 30 days thereafter failed to restore Employee to the required job title, responsibility location, salary, target bonus or benefits; and

(iii) “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of one of the following events: a sale of all or substantially all of the equity interests of ServiceSource; a merger,

 

-5-


consolidation or similar transaction involving ServiceSource following which the persons entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource immediately before the transaction are not entitled to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of ServiceSource or the surviving entity following the transaction; or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the company.

(c) Release . The equity compensation vesting acceleration described in Section 8(a) above is subject to Employee’s execution of a general release of all legal claims, whether known or unknown, in the form requested by ServiceSource, and such release becoming effective in accordance with its terms within fifty-two (52) days following the termination date. No vesting acceleration pursuant to such section shall be paid or provided unless and until the release becomes effective. Any severance payment to which Employee is entitled shall be paid by the Company in cash and in full on the fifty-third (53 d ) day following Employee’s employment termination date or such later date as is required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A (“Section 409A”).

(d) Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, no Deferred Compensation Separation Payments (as defined below) that become payable under this letter by reason of Employee’s termination of employment with the Company (or any successor entity thereto) will be made unless such termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Further, if Employee is a “specified employee” of the Company (or any successor entity thereto) within the meaning of Section 409A on the date of your termination of employment (other than a termination of employment due to death), then the severance payable to Employee, if any, under this letter, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are in each case considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together the “Deferred Compensation Separation Payments”) that are payable within the first six (6) months following Employee’s termination of employment, shall be delayed until the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day after the date of Employee’s termination of employment, when they shall be paid in full arrears. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Payments, if any, will be paid in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Employee dies following Employee’s employment termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of his employment termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this letter is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable

 

-6-


to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to Employee under Section 409A.

9. SEVERABILITY . In the event that any provision of this Agreement is determined by an arbitrator or by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable to any extent, such term or provision shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the law and all remaining terms and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect.

10. MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT . This Agreement may be modified only in writing. Any such writing must specifically state that it is intended to modify the parties’ Agreement and state which specific provision or provisions this writing intends to modify. Such written modification will only be effective if signed by ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer. Any attempt to modify this Agreement orally, or by a writing signed by any person other than ServiceSource’s Chief Executive Officer, or by any other means, shall be null and void. This Agreement is intended to be the final and complete statement of the parties’ agreement concerning the legal nature of their employment relationship and any and all disputes arising from that relationship.

11. COMPLETE AND VOLUNTARY AGREEMENT . This Agreement and Employee’s written equity compensation agreements with the Company constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subject covered and supersede in its entirety the Original Agreement. The parties expressly warrant that they have read and fully understand this Agreement; that they have had the opportunity to consult with legal counsel of their own choosing to have the terms of this Agreement fully explained to them; that they are not executing this Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations or inducements other than those contained herein; and that they are executing this Agreement voluntarily, free of any duress or coercion.

12. GOLDEN PARACHUTE BEST AFTER TAX RESULTS . If any of the payments to Employee (prior to any reduction, below) provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments which Employee has the right to receive from the Company or any corporation which is a member of an “affiliated group” as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), without regard to Section 1504(b) of the Internal Revenue Code), of which the Company is a member (the “Payments”) would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), and if the Safe Harbor Amount is greater than the Taxed Amount, then the total amount of such Payments shall be reduced to the Safe Harbor Amount. The “Safe Harbor Amount” is the largest portion of the Payments that would result in no portion of the Payments being subject to the excise tax set forth at Section 4999 of the Code (“Excise Tax”), after reduction for taxes as described below. The “Taxed Amount” is the total amount of the Payments after reduction for taxes as described below (prior to any reduction, above) notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Solely for the purpose of comparing which of the Safe Harbor Amount and the Taxed Amount is greater, the determination of each such amount, shall be made on an after-tax basis, taking into account all applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes, and, if applicable, the Excise Tax (all of which shall be computed at the highest applicable marginal rate regardless of Employee’s actual marginal rate). If a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount is necessary, then the reduction shall occur in the following order: reduction of cash payments; cancellation of accelerated vesting of

 

-7-


equity awards other than options; cancellation of accelerated vesting of options; and reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards or options is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of the Employee’s awards. The Company and its tax advisors shall make all determinations and calculations required to be made to effectuate this paragraph at the Company’s expense.

13. GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by California law, without regard to its principles of conflicts of laws.

 

-8-


14. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS . This Agreement will be binding upon Employee’s heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of ServiceSource, its successors, and its assigns.

 

S O A GREED :

     

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC

     

/s/ Mike Smerklo

     

December 8, 2010

B Y : M IKE S MERKLO

     

Date

I TS : C HIEF E XECUTIVE O FFICER

     

E MPLOYEE

     

/s/ Paul Warenski

     

December 7, 2010

PAUL WARENSKI

     

Date

Exhibit 10.13

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

The undersigned hereby agree to the following terms of this Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”). This Summary is hereby incorporated into and made a part of the attached Office Lease (this Summary and the Office Lease to be known collectively as the “ Lease ”) which pertains to the office building (the “ Building ”) which is located at 634 Second Street, San Francisco, California. Each reference in the Office Lease to any term of this Summary shall have the meaning as set forth in this Summary for such term. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Summary and the Office Lease, the terms of the Office Lease shall prevail. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the Office Lease.

 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

a.) Date:

 

October 31, 2007

b.) Landlord:

 

Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

c.) Address of Landlord:

 

c/o Manchester Capital Management

3657 Main Street

Manchester Village, Vermont 05254

d.) Tenant:

 

ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

e.) Address of Tenant (Paragraph 8):

 

634 Second Street

San Francisco, CA 94107

Attn: John Adams, CFO

f.) Premises (Paragraph 1):

 

45,881 rentable square feet of space comprising all rentable space on all of the floors (ground, mezzanine, second and third floors) of the Building, excepting only 878 rentable square feet of retail space located on the ground and mezzanine floors, all as more particularly set forth in the attached Exhibit A .

g.) Building (Paragraph 1):

 

634 Second Street, San Francisco, California.

 

Total square footage of rentable space of the Building: approximately 46,759 rentable square feet.

 

i


 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

h.) Term (Paragraph 2):

 

(i) Lease Commencement Date:

 

Upon Substantial Completion of both the Landlord’s Work and the Initial Improvements to be constructed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter (estimated to be May 1, 2008)

(ii) Lease Expiration Date:

 

The day immediately preceding the seven (7) year anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date.

i.) Renewal Option (Paragraph 2.2):

 

One additional five (5) year term, subject to 18 month advance notice.

j.) Monthly Basic Rent (NNN; Paragraph 4):

 

Months 1 through 12:

Months 13 through 24:

Months 25 through 36:

Months 37 through 48:

Months 49 through 60:

Months 61 through 72:

Months 73 through 84

 

$114,702.50

$118,525.92

$122,349.33

$126,172.75

$129,996.17

$133,819.58

$137,643.00

Subject to adjustment to Fair Market Rental Value at the commencement of the Extended Term.

k.) Security Deposit (Paragraph 6):

 

$1,000,000 in a letter of credit or cash, at Tenant’s election, subject to periodic reduction pursuant to Paragraph 6.

1.) Prepaid Rent (Paragraph 4.1):

 

$114,702.50

m.) Operating Expenses (Paragraph 5):

 

All Operating Expenses of the Building, consisting of property taxes, insurance premiums and deductibles, utility charges, and maintenance and repairs, shall be Tenant’s responsibility, excepting only separately metered electricity to the 966 rentable square feet of the Building not a part of the Premises (the “ Retail Space ”).

n.) Tenant’s Share (Paragraph 5):

 

98.12%

 

ii


 

TERMS OF LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION

o.) Brokers (Paragraph 9):

 

Tenant’s Broker:

 

NAI BT Commercial

(Chad Clemetson)

 

Landlord’s Broker:

 

Newmark Knight Frank

(Mike Brown)

p.) Work Letter:

 

Attached as Exhibit B .

The foregoing terms of this Summary are agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

 

LANDLORD:

   

TENANT:

S IX T HIRTY -F OUR S ECOND S TREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC, a

Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Hall

   

By:

 

/s/ Mike Smerklo

Name:

 

Jeffery S. Hall

   

Name:

 

Mike Smerklo

Its:

 

Agent

   

Its:

 

CEO

 

iii


Table of Contents

 

          Page  
1.   

The Premises

     1   
2.   

Term

     2   
3.   

Early Access and Possession

     2   
4.   

Monthly Basic Rent/Rent Increases

     3   
5.   

Payment of Taxes, Operating Expenses and Utilities; Other Charges

     4   
6.   

Security Deposit

     8   
7.   

Use

     10   
8.   

Payments and Notices

     12   
9.   

Brokers

     12   
10.   

Holding Over

     13   
11.   

Taxes on Tenant’s Property

     13   
12.   

Condition of Premises

     14   
13.   

Alterations

     14   
14.   

Repairs and Maintenance

     18   
15.   

Liens

     19   
16.   

Entry by Landlord

     19   
17.   

Utilities and Services

     19   
18.   

Indemnification

     20   
19.   

Damage to Tenant’s Property

     21   
20.   

Insurance

     21   
21.   

Damage or Destruction

     24   
22.   

Eminent Domain

     25   
23.   

Bankruptcy

     26   
24.   

Defaults and Remedies

     27   
25.   

Assignment and Subletting

     29   
26.   

Quiet Enjoyment

     31   
27.   

Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment

     31   
28.   

Estoppel Certificate

     31   
29.   

Conflict of Laws

     32   
30.   

Successors and Assigns

     32   
31.   

Surrender of Premises

     32   
32.   

Professional Fees

     32   
33.   

Performance by Tenant

     32   
34.    Landlord Mortgagee and Senior Lessor Protection; Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreements in Favor of Tenant’s Lenders      33   
35.   

Definition of Landlord

     33   
36.   

Waiver

     34   
37.   

Identification of Tenant

     34   
38.   

Terms and Headings

     34   
39.   

Examination of Lease

     34   
40.   

Time

     34   
41.   

Prior Agreement; Amendments

     34   
42.   

Severability

     35   


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

43.

  

Recording

     35   

44.

  

Limitation on Liability

     35   

45.

  

Signs

     35   

46.

  

Parking

     35   

47.

  

Modification For Lender

     36   

48.

  

Accord and Satisfaction

     36   

49.

  

Financial Statements

     36   

50.

  

Tenant as Corporation

     36   

51.

  

No Partnership or Joint Venture

     36   

52.

  

Counterparts

     37   


OFFICE LEASE

THIS LEASE, dated October 31, 2007, for purposes of reference only, is made and entered into by and between Six Thirty-Four Second Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”).

1. The Premises .

1.1 Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises designated in the Summary of Basic Lease Information (“ Summary ”) attached hereto, and which is more particularly described and outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and marked Exhibit A, all of which is incorporated herein by this reference. The Premises is located in the building at the address designated in the Summary (the “ Building ”), and located on the parcel of real property (the “ Site ”) under the Building. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, Building, or Site except as specifically stated in this Lease. The parties hereto agree that said letting and hiring is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth and Tenant and Landlord covenant as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to keep and perform each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions by it to be kept and performed, and this Lease is made upon the condition of such performance.

1.2 Tenant acknowledges that certain furniture, fixtures and equipment is located within the Premises, and that the Premises currently contains certain data communication cabling within the wall and ceiling. All of such personal property and cabling shall remain at the Premises and Tenant shall have the right to use all of the same during the Term. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall return all of the original personal property to Landlord in good condition and repair, subject to normal wear and tear and casualty.

1.3 Landlord agrees to construct the Initial Improvements, as defined in the Work Letter, in connection with Tenant’s intended use of the Premises. The rights and obligations of the parties regarding the Initial Improvements, including the parties’ respective monetary obligations for the construction of the Initial Improvements, are described in, and shall be controlled by, the work letter (the “ Work Letter ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit B . The provisions of the Work Letter shall control in the event of an inconsistency between the Work Letter and the provisions of this Lease.

1.4 References in this Lease to “rentable square feet”, “rentable square footage” and “rentable area” shall have the same meanings, and Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the rentable square footage of the Premises shall be deemed, and is, 45,881 rentable square feet, and the rentable square footage of the Building shall be deemed, and is, 46,759 rentable square feet. Landlord represents that the foregoing square footage determinations were the result of a measurement made of the Building and the Premises in accordance with BOMA standards. The parties agree that the 45,881 rentable square foot measurement of the Premises and the 46,759 rentable square foot measurement of the Building shall not be changed, and no adjustment in the Monthly Basic Rent, any monetary or other obligation of Tenant, or any other term of this Lease

 

1


shall be made by reason of a change in the rentable square footage of the Premises or the Building except in connection with a physical change in the size of the Premises.

2. Term .

2.1 The term of this Lease (“ Term ”) shall be for the period designated in the Summary. The Term shall commence on the Lease Commencement Date and end on the Lease Expiration Date, unless the Term shall be sooner terminated or extended as hereinafter provided.

2.2 Tenant shall have one option (the “ Extension Option ”) to extend the Term, for an additional five (5) year period (the “ Extended Term ”) on all the terms and conditions contained in this Lease with the exception of the Monthly Basic Rent which shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 4.2. In order to exercise the Extension Option, Tenant shall deliver written notice of its exercise of the option (“ Option Notice ”) to Landlord at least eighteen (18) months before the expiration of the initial Term. The Extension Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) The Extension Option may be exercised only by delivery of the Option Notice as provided in this Paragraph and only if, as of the date of delivery of the Option Notice and the commencement date of the Extended Term, Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond applicable notice and cure periods.

(b) The rights contained in this Paragraph shall be personal to the originally named Tenant and may be exercised only by the originally named Tenant (or an entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant or to any person or entity which acquires substantially all of the assets of Tenant as a going concern) and only if the originally named Tenant (or an entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any entity resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant or to any person or entity which acquires substantially all of the assets of Tenant as a going concern) occupies at least 50% of the Premises as of the date it exercises the Extension Option in accordance with the terms of this Paragraph.

(c) If Tenant properly exercises the Extension Option and is not in default, beyond applicable notice and cure periods, under this Lease at the end of the initial Term, the Term shall be extended for the applicable Extended Term.

References in this Lease to the “Term” shall include the initial Term of seven (7) years, and shall, in addition, include the Extended Term, if applicable.

3. Early Access and Possession . Landlord shall allow Tenant, and Tenant’s contractors, vendors and service providers, access to the Premises and the Building at any time after March 1, 2008 for the purpose of installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, equipment and other personal property, and to prepare the Premises for Tenant’ occupancy; provided, however, that Tenant’s activities shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid any interference with construction of the Initial Improvements. Tenant shall provide Landlord with reasonable written evidence of liability insurance pursuant to Paragraph 20.1(a) prior to Tenant’s entry onto the Premises for fixturization. Landlord shall have no liability or responsibility for any damage to Tenant’s

 

2


property stored or kept on the Premises, whether prior or subsequent to the Lease Commencement Date.

4. Monthly Basic Rent/Rent Increases .

4.1 Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, on a monthly basis, the Monthly Basic Rent designated in the Summary, including all annual increases described in the Summary. Tenant shall pay the Monthly Basic Rent in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during said Term, except that the Monthly Basic Rent due for the first month of the Term shall be paid upon the execution hereof. In the event that the Lease Commencement Date occurs other than on the first day of a calendar month, and the full first month’s Monthly Basic Rent has been previously paid as provided in this Lease, then the rent for the initial partial calendar month of the Lease Term shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of days this Lease is in effect during such calendar month bears to the actual number of days in the first month of the Term, and the prepaid first month’s Monthly Basic Rent shall be applied to such prorated amount with the balance of the prepaid first month’s Monthly Basic Rent being applied to reduce the payment of Monthly Basic Rent to be paid on the first day of the first full calendar month of the Term of this Lease. Monthly Basic Rent shall be paid to Landlord without any prior demand therefor and without any deduction or offset whatsoever, except as expressly provided herein, in lawful money of the United States of America, which shall be legal tender at the time of payment, at the address of Landlord designated in Subparagraph (c) of the Summary or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. For purposes of this Lease, any amount due to Landlord from Tenant, including without limitation Monthly Basic Rent, shall be considered “rent”.

4.2 In the event Tenant exercises its option to extend the Term pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2, the Monthly Basic Rent shall be adjusted at the commencement of the Extended Term to reflect 100% of the “then-Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Paragraph. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s good faith estimation of the Fair Market Rental Value in writing within thirty (30) days of receipt of the Option Notice. If Tenant does not agree with Landlord’s estimation, Tenant shall deliver written notice of Tenant’s objection to Landlord within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice from Landlord, or Landlord’s estimation of the Fair Market Rental Value shall be final. If Tenant timely objects to Landlord’s estimation, Landlord and Tenant shall diligently attempt in good faith to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises on or before the thirtieth (30 th ) day following delivery of Tenant’s written objection to Landlord’s estimation (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”). If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the new Monthly Basic Rent by the Outside Agreement Date, the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises shall be determined by real estate brokers pursuant to this Paragraph. The parties shall each select a broker within thirty (30) days of the Outside Agreement Date, who together shall attempt to determine the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises. If either party fails to appoint a broker within such time period, the broker timely appointed by the other party shall be the sole broker, whose determination shall be binding on both parties. If two brokers are timely appointed, but they are unable to agree on the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises within sixty (60) days of the Outside Agreement Date, they shall mutually select a third broker and the third broker shall, within thirty (30) days of his/her selection, choose either of the first two brokers’ determination of Fair Market Rental Value as the applicable determination based on which of the two (2) it believes to be closest to

 

3


its own determination. The third broker shall have no option but to select one or the other of the first two brokers’ determination, and shall not have the power to propose a different Fair Market Rental Value. Each party shall bear the cost of their respective brokers; if a third broker is necessary, the parties shall share equally the cost of the third broker. All brokers shall be licensed as such by the State of California, and shall have a minimum of ten (10) years experience in the leasing of commercial properties in the San Francisco south of Market Street area. The Fair Market Rental Value shall be based on comparable space in San Francisco taking into consideration location, views, quality and nature of improvements, and parking availability, which shall (i) not be subleased, and (ii) shall be leased for a term comparable to the subject option term, upon terms comparable to those contained in this Lease other than Monthly Base Rent. The Monthly Basic Rent shall be adjusted to reflect the Fair Market Rental Value, as so determined; provided, however, in no event shall the Monthly Basic Rent decrease. The brokers shall expressly consider in their determination of Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises the date on which the Extended Term is to commence, acknowledging that the date on which the determination is made may be several months prior to the date on which the Extended Term commences. The determination of Fair Market Rental Value shall also include the determination of annual increases in the Monthly Basic Rent throughout the Extended Term, to the extent that such increases are typically being applied in the leases of comparable properties used in determining the Fair Market Rental Value.

4.3 All payments received by Landlord from Tenant shall be applied to the oldest payment obligation owed by Tenant to Landlord. No designation by Tenant either in a separate writing or in a check or money order, shall modify this clause or have any force or effect.

5. Payment of Taxes, Operating Expenses and Utilities: Other Charges .

5.1 Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Tenant-owned leasehold improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or elsewhere. When possible, Tenant shall cause its leasehold improvements other than the Initial Improvements, trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord.

5.2 Landlord shall pay prior to delinquency all Real Property Taxes (as defined below) which accrue in connection with the Building beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the Term of this Lease, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Share of all Real Property Taxes paid by Landlord relating to the Premises within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor and evidence of payment. If any installment of Real Property Taxes paid by Landlord covers any period of time prior to the Commencement Date or after expiration of the Term, Tenant’s Share of the Real Property Taxes shall be equitably prorated to cover only the period of time on and after the Commencement Date that this Lease is in effect, and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any overpayment by reason of such proration.

As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax, any tax levied on the collection of rent payable under this Lease (whether in the form of a business tax or rental income tax), any general, special, ordinary or extraordinary assessment,

 

4


any improvement bond, levy or similar tax (or any other fee, charge, or excise which may be imposed as a substitute for any of the foregoing) imposed upon the Building by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, county, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage or other improvement district, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Premises. Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any estate, inheritance, transfer, gift, state or federal income or franchise taxes, or any penalties or interest accrued in connection with the Real Property Taxes (unless the result of Tenant’s failure to comply with its obligations under this Lease). Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any increase in Real Property Taxes during the Term resulting from construction of the Initial Improvements or any subsequent improvements constructed by Tenant during the Term. To the extent any Real Property Taxes may permit the payment in installments (such as a special assessment), Landlord shall elect to cause the same to be paid in installments, and Tenant shall only be responsible for paying those installments to the extent accruing during the Term of the Lease.

Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) prior to contesting any Real Property Taxes Tenant is obligated to pay hereunder, and in the event of such tax contest by Tenant, Tenant shall (i) fully indemnify Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, and (ii) bear the full cost of any such contest including without limitation the cost of any interest and penalties which may be assessed. If a change in Real Property Taxes is obtained for any year of the Term, then Real Property Taxes for that year shall be retroactively adjusted to reflect any actual reduction realized by Landlord and Landlord shall provide Tenant with a credit, if any, based on the actual adjustment. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of any material change in any tax assessment or reassessment of the Building and the Site within sufficient time to allow Tenant to review (and protest or appeal, if appropriate) such assessment or reassessment. Landlord shall cooperate at no more than a nominal cost to Landlord and in good faith with Tenant in connection with any protest or contest of taxes or assessments made by Tenant.

5.3 Tenant shall contract for and pay directly prior to delinquency all charges for electricity, telecommunications, janitorial (which Tenant shall provide at a level commensurate with similar class buildings in the general area of the Building), and security for, delivered to and consumed at the Premises, beginning on the Lease Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the Term of the Lease. Landlord shall not be liable, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement of Rent (including without limitation Monthly Basic Rent), for the reduction, interruption or suspension of any utility service to the Premises unless caused by the negligent act or omission of Landlord or its agents; provided, however, that Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant at Tenant’s request to reestablish any such interrupted services. No such interruption, reduction or suspension of utilities shall constitute an eviction of Tenant from the Premises.

5.4 Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share (as defined in Paragraph (n) of the Summary) of all expenses incurred by Landlord in the operation of the Building, excluding any expenses paid directly by any tenant of the Building, (the “ Operating Expenses ”) pursuant to this Paragraph; provided, however, that during periods during the Term that the Retail Space is not leased or occupied, Tenant shall pay 100% of Operating Expenses. Operating Expenses are intended to be inclusive of all costs of operating and maintaining the Building and the real

 

5


property on which it is situated. Landlord agrees to make reasonable efforts to minimize costs insofar as such efforts are not inconsistent with Landlord’s intent to operate and maintain the Building in a first class manner. Operating Expenses may include, but shall not be limited to, the following: All costs and expenses of repairing, operating and maintaining the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system for the Building, the elevators, and all other major systems and components of the Building, including maintenance contracts therefore; all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in providing water and sewer service to the Building, and other utilities and services not directly provided and paid for by Tenant; all costs incurred by Landlord for accountants and other professionals reasonably necessary in making the computations required hereunder; all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in operating, managing, maintaining and repairing the Building including without limitation, all sums expended in connection with the general maintenance and repair of the Building, window washing, maintenance and repair of elevators, stairways, Building signs, sprinkler systems, planting and landscaping (if any), fire protection and life safety systems, automatic sprinkler systems, lighting systems, electrical, plumbing and other utility systems, costs of supplies and personnel to implement such services, rental and/or depreciation of machinery and equipment used in providing maintenance and other services, fire protection services, and trash removal services. Landlord may cause any or all of said services to be provided by an independent contractor or contractors, or the Building management company, provided that any salary, wage or other similar charges or expenses payable by Landlord in excess of the management fee specified in Paragraph 5.6 below shall not be included in the Operating Expenses other than (i) direct labor costs incurred by Landlord to perform maintenance and repairs and other services at the Building, and (ii) a portion of the salary of a building manager/superintendent to the extent the same is dedicated to the Building and the cost thereof is passed through to Landlord by Landlord’s building management company. Operating Expenses may also include all costs of capital improvements or replacements made to the Building or any Building system (other than those which are Landlord’s sole responsibility pursuant to Paragraph 14 below) in order to conform to changes subsequent to the date of this Lease in any applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building, or any capital improvements or replacements that reduce Operating Expenses or improve the performance or efficiency of any Building system. Expenditures for the foregoing shall be amortized including interest at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum over the useful life of such capital improvement or replacement as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (“GAAP”). Costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in operating, managing and maintaining the Building which are incurred exclusively for the benefit of a specific tenant of the Building will not be included in the Operating Expenses.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the following shall not be included within Operating Expenses: (i) leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements, and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with tenants, or in connection with leasing, renovating, or improving space for tenants or other occupants or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building; (ii) the cost of any service sold to any tenant (including Tenant) or other occupant for which Landlord is entitled to be reimbursed as an additional charge or rental over and above the basic rent and escalations payable under the lease with that tenant; (iii) depreciation other than depreciation on exterior window coverings provided by Landlord and carpeting in public corridors and common areas and the personal property referred to above; (iv) expenses in connection with services or other

 

6


benefits of a type that are not provided to Tenant but which are provided another tenant or occupant of the Building; (v) overhead profit increments paid to Landlord’s subsidiaries or affiliates for management or other services on or to the building or for supplies or other materials to the extent that the cost of the services, supplies, or materials exceeds the cost that would have been paid had the services, supplies, or materials been provided by unaffiliated parties on a competitive basis; (vi) all interest, loan fees, and other carrying costs related to any mortgage or deed of trust or related to any capital item, and all rental and other payable due under any ground or underlying lease, or any lease for any equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature (except janitorial equipment which is not affixed to the Building); (vii) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants, or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord; (viii) advertising and promotional expenditures; (ix) costs of repairs and other work occasioned by fire, windstorm, or other casualty of an insurable nature; (x) any costs, fines, or penalties incurred due to violations by Landlord of any governmental rule or authority, this Lease or any other lease in the Building, or due to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct; (xi) the cost of correcting any building code or other violations which were violations prior to the Lease Commencement Date; (xii) the cost of containing, removing, or otherwise remediating any contamination of the Building (including the underlying land and ground water) by any toxic or Hazardous Materials (defined in Paragraph 7.2(b)) where such contamination was not caused by Tenant; (xiii) any management fees (Paragraph 5.6 below addresses Landlord’s management fee); (xiv) costs for sculpture, paintings, or other objects of art (and insurance thereon or extraordinary security in connection therewith); (xv) wages, salaries, or other compensation paid to any executive employees above the grade of building manager; and (xvi) any other expense that under generally accepted accounting principles and practice consistently applied would not be considered a normal maintenance or operating expense.

Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term one-twelfth of Tenant’s Share of the estimated annual Operating Expenses, which estimated amount Landlord shall provide to Tenant in writing. At anytime and from time to time during the Term, Landlord may furnish Tenant with written notice of a re-estimation of the annual Operating Expenses to reflect more accurately, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the then-current Operating Expenses. Commencing on the first day of the calendar month next succeeding delivery of such notice to Tenant, and continuing on the first day of each subsequent calendar month during the term (until subsequently re-estimated), Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth of the Tenant’s Share of the estimated annual Operating Expenses, as re-estimated.

After the commencement of each calendar year during the Term hereof Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an itemized statement, certified as correct by Landlord, setting forth the total Operating Expenses for the preceding calendar year, the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the payments made by Tenant with respect to such calendar year (“ Landlord’s Statement ”). If Tenant’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds the payment so made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. If the payments so made by Tenant exceed Tenant’s Share of the actual Operating Expenses, Tenant shall be entitled to offset the excess against the next payment(s) due to Landlord because of Operating Expenses, or cash in such amount, within thirty days if the Lease has terminated. Until Tenant receives Landlord’s Statement pursuant to this Paragraph setting forth a new amount of Tenant’s estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the new calendar year, Tenant shall continue to pay such Tenant’s Share at the rate

 

7


being paid for the year just completed. Within 90 days after receipt of Landlord’s Statement, Tenant shall have the right to audit at Landlord’s local offices, at Tenant’s expense, Landlord’s accounts and records relating to Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes. Such audit shall be conducted by an employee of Tenant or by a certified public accountant approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In no event shall Tenant use an auditing service that performs operating expense audits on a “contingency” or “percentage savings” basis. If such audit reveals that Landlord has overcharged Tenant, the amount overcharged shall be credited against Tenant’s next Operating Expenses payment obligation, or paid in cash within thirty days, if the Lease has terminated. In the event the audit reveals Tenant has underpaid its portion of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall remit the shortfall to Landlord within thirty (30) days.

5.5 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord intends to obtain a LEED-EB certification for the Building (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design – Existing Building), and that the cost of obtaining such certification (not to exceed $0.55 per rentable square foot of the Building), in the form of installing certain systems and equipment to obtain compliance, will be amortized over the useful life of such systems calculated in accordance with GAAP, and the monthly amortized cost thereof (including an annual interest rate factor of eight percent (8%)) shall be included as a part of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant. Tenant also agrees to cooperate with Landlord to obtain and maintain the LEED-EB certification, including without limitation complying with Landlord’s rules and regulations regarding recycling, use of “green” cleaning products and the like, as the same may be required in connection with the LEED-EB program.

5.6 In addition to the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on a monthly basis a Building management fee not to exceed four percent (4%) of the sum of (i) the Monthly Basic Rent, (ii) Tenant’s Share (estimated on a monthly basis and subject to year end reconciliation) of all (A) Operating Expenses, (B) Real Property Taxes and (C) insurance premiums, and (iii) janitorial, utility, and maintenance and repair expenses, but expressly excluding any and all salary reimbursements.

6. Security Deposit .

6.1 As and for security for Tenant’s full and faithful performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant, Tenant, upon execution of this Lease, shall deposit with Landlord a security deposit of $1,000,000 in cash or an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (“ LOC ”) in favor of Landlord in a form and from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If at any time during the Term, any item constituting rent as provided herein, or any other sum payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, shall be overdue and unpaid beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, then Landlord may, at the sole option of Landlord, but without any requirement to do so, and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, access the cash deposit or draw down or make a claim or demand for draw against the LOC the sum equal to the overdue and unpaid amount, together with Landlord’s actual and reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the default, and apply such sum to payment of such overdue rent or other sum. The LOC shall provide that any draw thereunder shall be accompanied by a certificate of an officer of Landlord stating that Tenant is in default under the Lease and that Landlord or its authorized agent is entitled to draw down on the LOC the amount requested pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Further in the event

 

8


of the failure of Tenant to keep and perform any non-monetary term, covenant or condition of this Lease to be kept or performed by Tenant beyond any applicable cure periods and the receipt of any required notice, at the sole option of Landlord, and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have, Landlord may access the cash deposit or draw down the entire LOC, or so much thereof as may be necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage sustained or suffered by Landlord, or which Landlord may sustain or suffer, due to such breach on the part of Tenant. In the event that all or any portion of the cash deposit is accessed or the LOC is drawn down by Landlord to pay overdue rent or other sums due and payable to Landlord by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of written demand of Landlord, deliver to Landlord a sufficient amount in an additional letter of credit (or cash, as the case may be) to restore Landlord’s security to the original, total amount of the security deposit as provided in this Paragraph, or such other sum as is required pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 6.2 below. Any failure on the part of Tenant to do so within ten (10) days following the date on which written demand for restoration is deemed given hereunder, shall constitute a default of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 24.1 below without further written notice to Tenant. The LOC shall be maintained by Tenant during the entire Term of this Lease (subject to reduction as provided below) and for a period of thirty (30) days thereafter (the last day of such thirty day period shall be referred to as the “ Return Date ”). If the LOC is to expire before the Return Date, Tenant shall replace the LOC by providing Landlord with a substitute LOC at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration date of the then effective LOC being held by Landlord in the applicable amount required hereunder and the failure to do so shall constitute a default entitling Landlord to draw the full amount of the LOC and hold the proceeds thereof as a cash security deposit hereunder. The LOC shall provide, in part, that the LOC shall be automatically renewed through and including at least the Return Date unless the issuer gives written notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the LOC that such issuer does not intend to renew the LOC. In such event, Landlord shall be entitled to draw the full amount of the LOC and hold the proceeds thereof as a cash security deposit hereunder unless a substitute LOC is delivered by Tenant to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of the then existing LOC. Any cash deposit held by Landlord as security shall be non-interest bearing and may be commingled by Landlord with other funds of Landlord. In the event Landlord transfers the security deposit to any successor in interest of Landlord to title of the Site and Building, then, in such event, Landlord shall be discharged from any further obligation or liability with respect to the security deposit. Any LOC issued in favor of Landlord shall allow for transfer by Landlord of the LOC to a lender holding a mortgage or deed of trust on the Site and Building. Tenant waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 and all other provisions of law now in force or that become in force after the date of execution of this Lease that provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damages caused by Tenant, or to clean the Premises. Landlord and Tenant agree that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by the act or omission by Tenant or Tenant’s officers, agents, employees, independent contractors or invitees as elsewhere provided herein. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return to Tenant within twenty (20) days of Tenant vacating the Premises so much of the security deposit as has not been applied or entitled to be held by Landlord to be applied to cure any and all defaults by Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages or loss suffered or which may be suffered by Landlord resulting from the default or breach by Tenant.

 

9


6.2 Provided that Tenant has not previously been in default of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period, beginning on the second anniversary of the Commencement Date and on each anniversary thereafter, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to allow Tenant to reduce the security deposit by the sum of $200,000 per year; provided, however, that in no event shall the security deposit be reduced below $400,000.

7. Use .

7.1 Tenant shall use the Premises for general office purposes, including administrative functions, and all purposes reasonably incident thereto, and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day/ 365 days per year. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Site or of any law, code, regulation, rule, order, or injunction or of the Certificate of Occupancy issued for the Building. Upon five (5) business days written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall discontinue any specific use of the Premises which is declared by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Site or of any law, code, regulation, rule, order, or injunction or of the Certificate of Occupancy. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition Landlord’s consent to Tenant’s installation of antennae on the roof of the Building. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any governmental authority having jurisdiction which shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s specific use or alteration of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Site, the Building, the Premises, and/or property located therein and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau or any other organization performing a similar function. Upon demand, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Paragraph 7. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall not cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Site, the Building and/or the Premises, or allow any noxious odors to exist at or emanate from the Site, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Site, the Building and/or the Premises and shall keep the Premises in good repair and appearance. Tenant shall not place a load upon the Premises which exceeds the average pounds of live load per square foot of floor area specified for the Building by Landlord’s architect, with the partitions to be considered a part of the live load. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, files and heavy equipment which Tenant desires to place in the Premises so as to distribute properly the weight thereof. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building shall be so installed, maintained and used by

 

10


Tenant as to eliminate such vibration or noise. Tenant shall be responsible for all structural engineering required to determine structural load. Tenant shall fasten all files, bookcases and like furnishings to walls in a manner to prevent tipping over in the event of earth movements. Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage or liability for such events.

7.2 Except for the normal and proper use and storage of typical cleaning fluids and solutions, and office equipment supplies (such as copier toner), in amounts commensurate with Tenant’s permitted use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall not use, introduce to the Site, the Building and/or the Premises, generate, manufacture, produce, store, release, discharge or dispose of, on, under or about the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or transport to or from the Site, the Building and/or the Premises any Hazardous Material (as defined below in Paragraph 7.2(b)) or allow its employees, agents, contractors, invitees or any other person or entity to do so. Tenant warrants that it shall not make any use of the Site, the Building and/or the Premises which may cause contamination of the soil, the subsoil or ground water. Tenant shall not permit the Premises to be in violation of any laws regarding Hazardous Materials brought onto the Premises by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors; provided however that nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose responsibility on Tenant for the remediation of Hazardous Materials that (i) were present in, on or under the Building on the Lease Commencement Date, (ii) are introduced into the Premises by Landlord’ its employees, agents or contractors, or (iii) which may migrate to the Premises through the air water or soil through no fault of Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors. Tenant shall give immediate written notice to Landlord of (i) any action, proceeding or inquiry by any governmental authority or any third party with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property or (ii) any spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials that occurs with respect to the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or Tenant’s operations, of which Tenant has notice. Landlord shall give immediate written notice to Tenant of (i) any action, proceeding or inquiry by any governmental authority or any third party with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property or (ii) any spill, release or discharge of Hazardous Materials that occurs with respect to the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or Landlord’s operations, of which Landlord has notice.

(a) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its directors, officers, members, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively “ Landlord Parties ”, individually a “ Landlord Party ”) from and against any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises in violation of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Paragraph 7. The indemnity shall include all costs, fines, penalties, judgments, losses, attorney’s fees, expenses and liabilities incurred by any of the Landlord Parties for any such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon including, without limitation, (a) all actual damages; and (b) the costs of any cleanup, detoxification or other ameliorative work of any kind or nature required by any governmental agency having jurisdiction thereof, including without limitation all costs of monitoring and all fees and expenses of consultants and experts retained by and of the Landlord Parties. This indemnity shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. In any action or proceeding brought against any of the Landlord Parties by reason of any such claim, upon notice from such Landlord Party if such Landlord Party does not elect to retain separate counsel, Tenant shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably

 

11


satisfactory to such Landlord Party. Landlord shall indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its directors, officers, members, employees, agents, successors and assigns (collectively “ Tenant Parties ”, individually a “ Tenant Party ”) from and against any and all claims arising from the use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises occurring prior to the Lease Commencement Date or during the Lease Term as a result of Landlord’s or Landlord Parties’ use, generation, manufacture, production, storage, release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials on the Site, the Building and/or the Premises.

(b) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” shall mean any substance or material which has been determined by any state, federal or local governmental authority to be capable of posing a risk of injury to health, safety or property, including all of those materials and substances designated as hazardous or toxic by the city or state in which the Premises are located, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Food and Drug Administration, the California Water Resources Control Board, the Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Francisco Bay Region, the California Air Resources Board, CAL/OSHA Standards Board, Division of Occupational Safety and Health, the California Department of Food and Agriculture, the California Department of Health Services, and any federal agencies that have overlapping jurisdiction with such California agencies, or any other governmental agency now or hereafter authorized to regulate materials and substances in the environment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Hazardous Material” shall included all of those materials and substances defined as “hazardous materials” or “hazardous waste” in Sections 66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 30, as the same shall be amended from time to time, petroleum, petroleum-related substances and the by-products, fractions, constituents and sub-constituents of petroleum or petroleum-related substances, asbestos, and any other materials requiring remediation now or in the future under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, regulations or policies.

8. Payments and Notices . All rents and other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be paid to Landlord by check or cash at the address designated by Landlord in the Summary or at such other places as Landlord may hereafter designate in writing. Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder must be in writing and may be given by personal delivery, certified mail, return receipt requested, or by recognized overnight courier. If notice is given by personal delivery, such notice shall be deemed to be given upon delivery. If notice is given by certified mail addressed to Tenant or to Landlord at the address designated in the Summary, then such notice shall be deemed given three (3) business days following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant or to Landlord at the addresses designated in the Summary. If notice is given by overnight courier, notice shall be deemed given the next business day following delivery to the courier, charges prepaid, addressed as stated above. Either party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except that Landlord may in any event use the Premises as Tenant’s address for notice purposes. If more than one person or entity constitutes the “Tenant” under this Lease, the giving of any notice upon any one of said persons or entities shall be deemed as giving notice to all of said persons or entities.

9. Brokers . The parties recognize that the brokers who negotiated this Lease are the brokers whose names are stated in Paragraph (o) of the Summary, and agree that Landlord shall be solely

 

12


responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to said brokers. Tenant shall have no responsibility therefor. As part of the consideration for the granting of this Lease, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that no other broker, agent or finder was hired by Tenant, negotiated with Tenant or, to Tenant’s knowledge, was instrumental in negotiating or consummating this Lease and to Tenant’s knowledge there is no other real estate broker, agent or finder who is, or might be, entitled to a commission or compensation in connection with this Lease. Any broker, agent or finder of Tenant whom Tenant has failed to disclose herein shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall hold Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) harmless from all damages and indemnify Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) for all said damages paid or incurred by Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) resulting from any claims that may be asserted against Landlord (and/or each of the Landlord Parties) by any broker, agent or finder who has, or has claimed to have, rendered services to Tenant undisclosed by Tenant herein. Landlord shall hold Tenant harmless from all damages and indemnify Tenant for all said damages paid or incurred by Tenant resulting from any claims that may be asserted against Tenant by any broker, agent or finder who has, or has claimed to have, rendered services to Landlord undisclosed by Landlord herein.

10. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with Landlord’s express consent, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month to month tenancy at a rent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant but, in no event less than the Monthly Basic Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month before the date of expiration or earlier termination. The month to month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease except as provided in the preceding sentence and the Lease clauses concerning extension rights. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof without the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance only, at a rental rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Basic Rent which would be applicable to the Premises upon the date of expiration of the Term (prorated on a daily basis), and otherwise subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein specified, so far as applicable including, without limitation, the obligation to pay increased Operating Expenses as provided in Paragraph 5. Acceptance by Landlord of rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal. The foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 10 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises within ten (10) days of written demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability arising out of such failure, including without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant founded on or resulting from such failure to surrender. No provision of this Paragraph 10 shall be construed as implied consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Paragraph 10 shall not be considered to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided in this Lease or at law; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be entitled to consequential damages except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 10.

11. Taxes on Tenant’s Property . Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay before delinquency, taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against

 

13


Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed value of the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant, and if Landlord, after ten (10) business days’ prior written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon such increased assessments, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof, but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, then, upon demand Tenant shall repay to Landlord the taxes levied against Landlord, or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and at no expense or cost to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right, in the name of Landlord and with Landlord’s full cooperation, to bring a good faith suit in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under protest, any amount so recovered to belong to Tenant.

12. Condition of Premises . Other than with respect to the completion of Landlord’s construction obligations set forth in the Work Letter, which shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, and other than as expressly stated in this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties have made any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Site, the Premises and/or the Building or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant is relying solely upon Tenant’s own inspection of the Site, the Building and the Premises, and Tenant is not relying on any representation or warranty from the Landlord regarding the Site, the Premises or the Building, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, including, without limitation, any representation or warranty as to the physical condition, design or layout of the Site, the Building and the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord expressly represents and warrants that all Building systems serving the Premises are, or will be as of the Lease Commencement Date, in good working condition and shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation the Americans With Disabilities Act (“ADA”), and all applicable codes relating to restroom facilities.

13. Alterations .

13.1 Other than changes to the roof, the structural portions of the Building and/or structural portions of the Premises, and to the foundation, Tenant may, at any time and from time to time during the Term of this Lease, at its sole cost and expense, make alterations, additions, installations, substitutions, improvements and decorations (hereinafter collectively called “ Changes ” and individually, a “ Change ”) in and to the Premises, on the following conditions, provided that such Changes will not result in a violation of applicable laws, codes, regulations, orders or injunctions or require a change in the Certificate of Occupancy applicable to the Premises:

(a) The outside appearance, character or use of the Building shall not be affected, and no Changes shall weaken or impair the structural strength or, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, lessen the value of the Building, the Site, and/or the Premises or create the potential for unusual expenses to be incurred upon the removal of Changes and the restoration of the Premises upon the termination of this Lease.

(b) No part of the Building outside of the Premises shall be physically affected (other than tie ins to Building systems pursuant to approved plans).

 

14


(c) The proper functioning of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary and other service systems or installations of the Building (“ Service Facilities ”) shall not be adversely affected, and there shall be no construction which might interfere with Landlord’s free access to the Service Facilities or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing the Service Facilities.

(d) In performing the work involved in making such Changes, Tenant shall be bound by and observe all of the conditions and covenants contained in this Paragraph 13, and Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with or unreasonably disturb any other tenants (of such tenants, invitees, employees, or agents) use and enjoyment of the Site and the Building.

(e) All work shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord from time to time may reasonably designate.

(f) Tenant shall not be permitted to install and make part of the Premises any materials, fixtures or articles which are subject to liens, conditional sales contracts or chattel mortgages.

(g) At the date upon which the Term of this Lease shall end, or the date of any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, unless otherwise agreed to by Landlord in writing at the time Tenant seeks Landlord’s consent to the subject Change (and Landlord shall be obligated to advise Tenant upon Tenant’s request for consent whether or not Landlord will require removal of the Change), restore the Premises to their condition prior to the making of any Changes permitted by this Paragraph, reasonable wear and tear, and damage for which Tenant is not liable, excepted, If Tenant fails to complete the restoration before expiration of the Term, Landlord may complete the restoration and charge the cost of the restoration to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to restore the Premises to its condition prior to the construction of the Initial Improvements contemplated by Paragraph 1.3.

13.2 Before proceeding with any Change (exclusive only of changes to items constituting Tenant’s personal property), Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications for the work to be done, which shall in all cases require Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense Landlord may confer with consultants in connection with the review of such plans and specifications. If Landlord or such consultant(s) shall disapprove of any of the Tenant’s plans, Tenant shall be advised of the reasons of such disapproval. In any event, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, the reasonable out of pocket cost of such consultation and review immediately upon receipt of invoices either from Landlord or such consultant(s). Any Change for which approval has been received shall be performed in accordance with the approved plans and specifications, and no material amendments or additions to such plans and specifications shall be made without the prior written consent of Landlord.

13.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, shall be permitted to make Cosmetic Alterations, provided that: (a) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within thirty (30) days of completion of the Cosmetic Alteration, and (b) Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, remove the Cosmetic Alteration at the termination of the Lease and restore the Leased Premises to their condition prior to such Cosmetic Alteration. As used herein, the term “Cosmetic Alterations” shall mean any Changes

 

15


which do not affect the Building’s structural components, or systems, are not visible from the outside of the Leased Premises, and on an aggregate basis in any one year do not cost in excess of $20,000.

13.4 If the proposed Change requires approval by or notice to the lessor of a superior lease or the holder of a mortgage, no Change shall be commenced until such approval has been received, or such notice has been given, as the case may be, and all applicable conditions and provisions of said superior lease or mortgage with respect to the proposed Change or alteration have been met or complied with at Tenant’s expense; and Landlord, if it approves the Change, will request such approval or give such notice, as the case may be.

13.5 Tenant shall submit to Landlord the name and address of each contractor intended to be used by Tenant in connection with construction of Changes. If Landlord does not object to a contractor within ten (10) business days of receipt of Tenant’s written notification of the identity of the contractor, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the contractor. No contractor which is unacceptable to Landlord shall be engaged by Tenant. All costs and expenses incurred in Changes shall be paid by Tenant prior to delinquency. If Landlord approves the construction of specific interior improvements in the Premises by contractors or mechanics selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord, then Tenant’s contractors shall obtain on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, (i) all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Tenant’s Changes and for final approval thereof upon completion, and (ii) at Landlord’s request with respect to any Change or Changes which exceed $150,000.00 in cost, a completion and lien indemnity bond, or other security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, for the Changes. In the event Tenant shall request any Changes in the work to be performed after the submission of the plans referred to in this Paragraph 13, such additional Changes shall be subject to the same approvals and notices as the Changes initially submitted by Tenant.

13.6 All Changes and the performance thereof shall at all times comply with (i) all laws, rules, orders, ordinances, directions, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities, agencies, offices, departments, bureaus and boards having jurisdiction thereof, (ii) all rules, orders, directions, regulations and requirements of the Pacific Fire Rating Bureau, or of any similar insurance body or bodies, and (iii) all rules and regulations of Landlord, and Tenant shall cause Changes to be performed in compliance therewith and in good and first class workmanlike manner, using materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the installations of the Building. Changes shall be performed in such manner as not to unreasonably interfere with the occupancy of any other tenant in the Building nor delay or impose any additional expense upon Landlord in construction, maintenance or operation of the Building, and shall be performed by Contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord and submitted to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph, who shall coordinate their work in cooperation with any other work being performed with respect to the Site and/or the Building. Throughout the performance of Changes, Tenant, at its expense, shall carry, or cause to be carried, workmen’s compensation insurance in statutory limits, and general liability insurance for any occurrence in or about the Building, of which Landlord and its managing agent shall be named as parties insured, in such limits as Landlord may reasonably prescribe, with insurers reasonably satisfactory to Landlord all in compliance with Subparagraph 20.2. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, in no event shall Landlord be required to undertake any alteration or any improvements of any kind

 

16


whatsoever in connection with the Premises or the Building as a result of or in connection with any Changes being made by Tenant. Without limitation to the foregoing, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or alteration of any kind whatsoever in order to comply with any applicable laws, orders, ordinances, regulations or building codes which may be required in connection with Changes being made by Tenant.

13.7 Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Building for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by Tenant, by bond (pursuant to California Civil Code Section 3143) or otherwise, within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant of the filing thereof, at the cost and expense of Tenant. All alterations, decorations, additions or improvements upon the Premises, made by either party, including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) all wall covering, built-in cabinet work, paneling and the like, shall, unless Landlord elects otherwise, become the property of Landlord, and shall remain upon, and be surrendered with the Premises, as a part thereof, at the end of the Term hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may by written notice, given to Tenant at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the Term, require Tenant to remove all partitions, counters, railings, changes and the like installed by Tenant, and Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from such removal or, at Landlord’s option, shall pay to the Landlord all of Landlord’s costs of such removal and repair. Notwithstanding the sentence immediately above, Tenant shall not be required to remove or restore any Changes which Landlord agreed in accordance with the provisions of Subparagraph 13.1(g) need not be removed or restored.

13.8 All articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, furniture and movable partitions owned by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises shall be and remain the property of Tenant. Tenant may remove such items at Tenant’s sole cost and expense at any time during the Term, and Tenant shall repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant shall restore and repair all damage to the Premises caused by such removal, and shall otherwise perform such removal in accordance with Landlord’s reasonably imposed scheduling and other requirements. If Tenant shall fail to remove all of its effects from said Premises upon termination of this Lease for any cause whatsoever, Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose, and store said effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord upon demand any and all expenses incurred in such removal, including court costs and attorneys’ fees and storage charges on such effects for any length of time that the same shall be in Landlord’s possession, or Landlord may, at its option, without notice, sell said effects, or any of the same, at private sale and without legal process, for such price as Landlord may obtain. Landlord shall apply such proceeds of such sale upon any amounts due under this Lease from Tenant to Landlord and upon the expense incident to the removal and sale of said effects.

13.9 Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right at any time and from time to time without the same constituting an actual or constructive eviction and without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, to make such changes, alterations, additions, improvements, repairs or replacements in or to the Site or the Building (including the Premises if required so to do by any law or regulation) and to the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages and stairways thereof; provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to avoid

 

17


unreasonable interference with Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, Landlord may change the name by which the Building is commonly known, as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13, shall be deemed to relieve Tenant of any duty, obligation or liability of Tenant with respect to the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, to making any repair, replacement or improvement required hereby, or to complying with any law, order or requirement of any government or other authority. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 13, shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation, responsibility or liability whatsoever, for the care, supervision of repair of the Site, the Building and/or the Premises or any part thereof other than as provided in this Lease.

13.10 The construction of the Initial Improvements pursuant to the provisions of the Work Letter attached to this Lease as Exhibit B shall be governed by the terms of such Work Letter to the extent inconsistent with the provisions of this Paragraph 13.

13.11 Within thirty (30) days of completion of any Changes (other than for mere decorative Changes), Tenant shall provide Landlord with a set of final “as-built” plans.

14. Repairs and Maintenance .

14.1 Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall be responsible for repairing and maintaining the Building and all components and systems which are a part of or serve the Building, and the corresponding costs of maintenance and repairs shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses and paid by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 5 above. Tenant shall be responsible for performing janitorial, maintenance and repairs to the Premises. Tenant shall upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term surrender the Premises to Landlord in good condition, reasonable wear and tear and items for which Landlord bears responsibility for repair and maintenance excepted. Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof (except as provided in the Work Letter and this Lease), and the parties hereto affirm that Landlord has made no representations to Tenant respecting the condition of the Premises except as specifically set forth in this Lease.

Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, repair and maintain the structural components of the Premises (consisting of the exterior and other load bearing walls, footings, columns, structural floors and foundations) except to the extent such maintenance and repairs (i) are caused by the act, neglect, fault of or omission of any duty of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees or (ii) are necessitated by any Changes Tenant performs to the Premises or the Building, in which case Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, the reasonable cost of such maintenance and repairs caused thereby. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs, or to perform any maintenance, required of Landlord unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant. There shall be no abatement of Rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 and of any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

18


15. Liens . Tenant shall not permit any mechanic’s, material men’s or other liens to be filed against the real property of which the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises form a part, nor against the Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right at all reasonable times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such liens. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Lease to the contrary, if any such liens are filed, and the same are not removed by Tenant within thirty (30) days after the notice of such filing, Landlord may, without waiving its rights and remedies based on such breach of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any of its obligations, cause such liens to be released by any means it shall deem proper, including payment in satisfaction of the claim giving rise to such lien. Thereafter Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, upon notice by Landlord, any sum paid by Landlord to remove such liens, together with interest at the lesser of 10% or the maximum rate per annum permitted by law from the date of such payment by Landlord.

16. Entry by Landlord . Landlord reserves and shall at any and all reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant of not less than twenty four (24) hours (except in the case of emergency) have the right to enter the Premises to inspect the same, to supply any service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant hereunder, to submit said Premises to prospective purchasers or mortgagors/lenders or, to post notices of non-responsibility, to alter, improve or repair the Premises or any other portion of the Building, to show the Premises during the last six (6) months of the Term of this Lease to prospective tenants, all without being deemed guilty of any eviction of Tenant and without abatement of rent; provided that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to avoid unreasonable interference with Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises. In order to carry out such purposes, Landlord may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with as little as is reasonably practicable. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby. Landlord agrees to use its good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises. For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in, upon and about the Premises (excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes), and Landlord shall have the means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises. Any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means shall not, under any circumstances, be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. It is understood and agreed that no provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed herein to be performed by Landlord. In the exercise of its rights under this Paragraph 16, or in entering the Premises to make any repairs pursuant to Paragraph 14, Landlord shall use good faith and commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises.

17. Utilities and Services . Tenant shall contract directly for and obtain (and Landlord is to have no responsibility for) utilities and services necessary for the operation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of Rent by reason of the discontinuation of utilities to the Premises where such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any character,

 

19


or for other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; provided, however, that to the extent there is an interruption in utility service resulting from a particular cause which, if the Rent were to abate, such rental abatement would be covered by insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 20, then in such event, and to the extent Landlord actually receives payment under such policy, Monthly Basic Rent due hereunder, and all other monetary payments and additional Rent owed by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (but only to the extent Tenant’s use thereof has been diminished), shall abate. Additionally, in the event of an interruption of utility services, Landlord shall cooperate with and assist Tenant as reasonably requested by Tenant (and at no more than nominal cost to Landlord) to reestablish such services as soon as is possible. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental regulation permitting the termination of this Lease due to the interruption or failure of or inability to provide any services required to be provided by Landlord hereunder.

18. Indemnification .

18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except to the extent caused by the negligence or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, or by Landlord’s breach of this Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, protect and hold Landlord and Landlord Parties harmless against and from any and all loss, cost, damage or liability arising in whole or in part from Tenant’s use of the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises or the conduct of its business or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees in or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises arising from any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant, or of its agents, employees or invitees, and from and against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses and liabilities incurred for such claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties by reason of any such claim, Tenant upon notice from Landlord hereby agrees to defend Landlord and the Landlord Parties at Tenant’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Landlord. Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to Landlord, hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises from any cause whatsoever except that which is caused by Landlord’s negligence or intentional misconduct or breach of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives all its claims in respect thereof against Landlord.

18.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law Landlord hereby agrees to defend, indemnify, protect and hold Tenant harmless against and from any and all loss, cost, damage or liability suffered by Tenant arising in whole or in part from the negligence (to the extent covered by liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees in or about the Site, the Building, and/or the Premises, including without limitation any liability or injury to the person or property of Tenant, its officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, invitees or guests. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Tenant by reason of any such claim, Landlord upon notice from Tenant hereby agrees to defend Tenant at Landlord’s expense by counsel approved in writing by Tenant (provided, that any counsel appointed by an insurance carrier shall be deemed acceptable to Tenant). Nothing herein shall relieve Tenant of liability for its own willful acts or negligence.

 

20


19. Damage to Tenant’s Property . Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 18 to the contrary, except to the extent caused by the negligence (to the extent covered by liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) or misconduct of Landlord or its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, or Landlord’s breach of this Lease, Landlord and each of the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for any damage to property entrusted to employees of the Building, or for loss of or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, or for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building (including, but not limited to, the Premises) or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other patent or latent cause whatsoever. Landlord and each of the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for interference with the light, air, view or intangible characteristics or qualities of the Premises. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises or in the Building or of defects known to Tenant therein or in the fixtures or equipment located therein. Notwithstanding any provision of Paragraph 18 to the contrary, neither Landlord nor any partner, director, officer, member, agent, servant or employee of Landlord shall be liable: (i) for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about the Building, or caused by operations in the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work (the limitations of liability set forth in this clause (i) shall not apply to any damage or liability caused by the negligence (to the extent covered by liability insurance carried by Tenant pursuant to this Lease) or intentional misconduct of Landlord Parties); or (ii) for consequential damages, including lost profits, of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant.

20. Insurance .

20.1 During the Term hereof, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall obtain and keep in force the following insurance:

(a) Commercial general liability insurance designating Landlord as a named insured against any and all claims for bodily injury and property damage occurring in, or about the Premises (including without limitation damage or injury to vehicles or persons in the parking lot located on the Site) arising out of Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. Such insurance shall have a combined single limit of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence with a Five Million Dollar ($5,000,000) aggregate limit. Such liability insurance shall be primary and not contributing to any insurance available to Landlord and any insurance maintained by Landlord shall be excess thereto. In no event shall the limits of such insurance be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

(b) Personal property insurance insuring all equipment, trade fixtures, inventory, fixtures and personal property located on or in the Premises for perils covered by the causes of loss -special form (all risk) and in addition, and boiler and machinery (if applicable). Such insurance shall be written on a replacement cost basis in an amount equal to the full replacement value of the aggregate of the foregoing less any applicable deductible.

(c) Workers’ compensation insurance in accordance with statutory law.

 

21


(d) Loss of income and extra expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent tenants or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as result of such perils.

(e) Policies of insurance in the name of Landlord, with loss payable to Landlord and any Mortgagee identified in writing by Landlord, insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease for an aggregate amount equal to such amounts as are payable for a period of not less than the ensuing year. Such insurance shall provide that in the event that the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of Rent from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed evaluation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted bi-annually to reflect the projected Rent payable by Tenant for the next twelve (12) month period. Tenant shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of a loss.

20.2 The policies required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder shall be with companies rated AVIII or better in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Reports. Insurers shall be licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and domiciled in the USA. Any deductible amounts under any insurance policies required hereunder shall not exceed $10,000.00 (with the exception of the earthquake coverage, Tenant’s responsibility for which shall not exceed $50,000). Certificates of insurance shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Tenant’s entry onto the Premises to fixturize the Premises and annually thereafter at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration date of the old policy. Tenant shall have the right to provide insurance coverage which it is obligated to carry pursuant to the terms hereof in either or both a blanket or umbrella policy, provided such blanket or umbrella policy expressly affords coverage to the Premises and to Landlord as required by this Lease. Each policy of insurance, to the extent consistent with insurance industry practices for the type of insurance, shall provide that Landlord (and any mortgagee) are additional insureds and shall provide notification to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to any cancellation or modification to reduce the insurance coverage.

20.3 Landlord shall maintain fire and casualty insurance, with loss payable to Landlord and to any Mortgagee, insuring against loss or damage to the Building. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the estimated replacement cost of the Building (as the same may increase during the Term), exclusive of foundations, as the same shall exist from time to time, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Landlord shall additionally maintain earthquake insurance on the Building in an amount equal to thirty percent (30%) of the replacement cost of the Building, and a policy of building liability insurance in a commercially reasonable amount. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant’s Share of the premiums for earthquake, fire and casualty, and liability insurance (subject to proration to the extent the premium covers a period prior or subsequent to the Term) within fifteen (15) days of receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. The insurance required by this Paragraph shall, in addition, include coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Premises

 

22


required to be demolished, and shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause and waiver of subrogation. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, then Tenant shall be liable for the full deductible amount; provided, however, that Tenant’s responsibility for earthquake insurance deductible shall not exceed $25,000 per occurrence. Landlord shall not be required to insure against any damage caused by flood, terrorism, mold or environmental contamination.

20.4 Tenant will not knowingly keep, use, sell, or offer for sale in, or upon, the Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy periodically in force covering the Premises. If Tenant’s occupancy or business in, or on, the Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same, results in any increase in premiums for the insurance required or actually carried by Tenant and/or Landlord with respect to the Premises, Tenant shall pay any such increase in premiums as additional Rent. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises, a schedule issued by the organization computing the insurance rate on the Premises showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up such rate. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance authority or any present or future insurer relating to the Premises.

20.5 If any insurance policy required to be maintained by Tenant shall be canceled or cancellation shall be threatened or the coverage thereunder reduced or threatened to be reduced in any way because of the specific use of the Premises or any part thereof by Tenant or any assignee or sub-tenant of Tenant or by anyone Tenant permits on the Premises and, if Tenant fails to remedy the condition giving rise to such cancellation, threatened cancellation, reduction of coverage, threatened reduction of coverage, increase in premiums, or threatened increase in premiums, within five (5) business days after written notice thereof, Landlord may, at its option, enter upon the Premises and attempt to remedy such condition, and Tenant shall promptly pay all costs thereof to Landlord as additional Rent. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage or injury caused to any property of Tenant or of others located on the Premises resulting from such entry. If Landlord is unable, or elects not, to remedy such condition, then Landlord shall have all of the remedies provided for in this Lease in the event of a default by Tenant.

20.6 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss of, or damage to, either parties’ property, to the extent that such loss or damage is insured by an insurance policy required to be in effect at the time of such loss or damage. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if required by its insurer whereby the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the other party.

20.7 In the event Tenant does not purchase the insurance required by this Lease or keep the same in full force and effect, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to purchase the necessary insurance and pay the premium. The Tenant shall repay to Landlord, as additional Rent, the amount so paid promptly upon demand. In addition, Landlord may recover from Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay, as additional Rent, any and all reasonable expense (including attorneys’ fees) and damages which Landlord may sustain by reason of the failure to Tenant to obtain and maintain such insurance.

 

23


21. Damage or Destruction .

21.1 In the event that the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty which is covered under insurance pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing Paragraph, Landlord shall restore such damage provided that: (i) the insurance proceeds, plus the amount of any deductible (the payment of which shall be Tenant’s responsibility), are sufficient to pay substantially all of the cost of restoration; and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, the restoration can be completed within three hundred sixty-five (365) days after the date of the damage or casualty under the laws and regulations of the state, federal, county and municipal authorities having jurisdiction. Landlord shall notify Tenant whether or not the Building will be restored under this Paragraph within forty-five (45) days of the occurrence of the casualty. If such conditions apply so as to require Landlord to restore such damage pursuant to this Paragraph, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of Monthly Basic Rent at all times during which Tenant’s use of the Premises is interrupted, such proportionate reduction to be based on the extent to which the damage and restoration efforts actually interfere with Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant’s right to a reduction of Rent hereunder shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy in connection with any such damage.

21.2 In the event that the Building is damaged by a casualty against which Tenant is not required to maintain insurance pursuant to this Lease, and Landlord is not required to restore such damage in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding Paragraph, Landlord shall have the option to either (i) repair or restore such damage, with the Lease continuing in full force and effect, but Monthly Basic Rent to be proportionately abated as provided above; or (ii) give notice to Tenant at any time within forty-five (45) days after the occurrence of such damage terminating this Lease as of a date to be specified in such notice which date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after the date on which such notice of termination is given. In the event of the giving of such notice of termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Monthly Basic Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction in Monthly Basic Rent as provided for above, shall be paid to the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Subparagraph, if within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice Tenant elects to provide the funds necessary to make up the shortage (or absence) of insurance proceeds and provides Landlord with reasonable assurance thereof, Landlord shall restore the Building as provided in this Subparagraph provided that the Building are reasonably subject to restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which the casualty occurs.

21.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease if the Building is damaged by fire or other casualty (and the reasonably estimated cost of restoration of the Building exceeds ten percent (10%) of the then replacement value of the Building) and such damage or casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease (or the Term of the Extended Term, if applicable) by giving the other written notice thereof at any time within thirty (30) days following the occurrence of such damage or casualty. Such notice shall specify the date of such termination, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice of termination is given. In the event of the giving of such notice of termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the

 

24


Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Rent shall be paid to the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall not have the right to terminate this Lease if damage or casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Term if Tenant timely exercises the Extension Option within twenty (20) days after the date of such damage or casualty.

21.4 In the event that the damage to the Building cannot be restored as required herein under applicable laws and regulations within one hundred eighty (180) days of the damage or casualty, notwithstanding the availability of insurance proceeds, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving the other notice thereof within thirty (30) days of date of the occurrence of such casualty specifying the date of termination which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice of termination is given. In the event of the giving of such notice of termination, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on the date so specified in such notice and the Monthly Basic Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction in Rent as provided for above, shall be paid to the date of such termination.

21.5 Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Paragraph, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except for (i) items which have already accrued and are then unpaid by either Tenant or Landlord under the Lease, (ii) any prepaid (and unearned) Monthly Basic Rent or unused security deposit amounts, and (iii) any amount owed by either Tenant to Landlord under the Work Letter.

21.6 Tenant shall not be released from any of its obligations under this Lease except to the extent and upon the conditions expressly stated in this Paragraph 21. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 21, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from repairing or restoring the damaged Premises within one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant may give Landlord written notice terminating this Lease, and in the event Landlord does not substantially complete the reconstruction of the Premises within sixty (60) days of receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate.

21.7 In connection with Landlord’s performance of its obligation to rebuild, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent to modifications to the Initial Improvements or the Building proposed by Landlord, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises. The repair and restoration of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, and to any uninsured Changes, shall be the obligation of Tenant.

21.8 Tenant hereby waives California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for termination of hiring upon destruction of the thing hired and Sections 1941 and 1942, providing for repairs to and of premises.

22. Eminent Domain .

22.1 In case the whole of the Premises, or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any

 

25


lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, either party shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the taking authority for any compensation because of such taking (provided that Tenant may present a separate claim for Tenant’s relocation costs and lost personal property, so long as such claim does not diminish any award otherwise available to Landlord), and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. In the event the amount of property or the type of estate taken shall not substantially interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant. If this Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Premises to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking, and a proportionate allowance shall be made to Tenant for the rent corresponding to the time during which, and to the part of the Premises of which, Tenant shall be so deprived on account of such taking and restoration. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in any award separately made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and trade fixtures belonging to Tenant or for moving costs incurred by Tenant in relocating Tenant’s business. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that if Landlord is obligated to repair or restore the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 22.1, Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs or restoration only of those portions of the Premises which were originally provided at Landlord’s expense (including the Initial Improvements) and only to the extent of any award amount received by Landlord.

22.2 In the event of taking of the Premises or any part thereof for temporary use, (i) this Lease shall be and remain unaffected thereby and rent shall not abate, and (ii) Tenant shall be entitled to receive for itself such portion or portions of any award made for such use with respect to the period of the taking which is within the Term, provided that if such taking shall remain in force at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall then pay to Landlord a sum equal to the reasonable cost of performing Tenant’s obligations under Paragraph 14 with respect to surrender of the Premises and upon such payment shall be excused from such obligations. For purpose of this Subparagraph 22.2, a temporary taking shall be defined as a taking for a period of 270 days or less.

22.3 Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or governmental regulation providing for, or allowing either party to petition the courts of the state of California for, a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Building.

23. Bankruptcy . If Tenant shall file a petition in bankruptcy under any chapter of federal bankruptcy law as then in effect, or if Tenant be adjudicated a bankrupt in involuntary bankruptcy proceedings and such adjudication shall not have been vacated within ninety (90) days from the date thereof, or if a receiver or trustee be appointed of Tenant’s property and the order appointing such receiver or trustee not be set aside or vacated within ninety (90) days after the entry thereof, or if Tenant shall assign Tenant’s estate or effects for the benefit of creditors, or if this Lease shall otherwise by operation of law pass to any person or persons other than Tenant, then in any such event Landlord may, if Landlord so elects, with or without notice of

 

26


such election and with or without entry or action by Landlord, forthwith terminate this Lease. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Lease, Landlord, in addition to any and all rights and remedies allowed by law or equity, shall upon such termination be entitled to recover damages in the amount provided in Subparagraph 24.2 below. In the event of such termination, neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant or by virtue of any statute or order of any court shall be entitled to possession of the Premises, and Tenant shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove and obtain as damages by reason of any such termination an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of damages recoverable under the provisions of this Paragraph 23.

24. Defaults and Remedies .

24.1 The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant:

(a) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, as provided by California law.

(b) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Monthly Basic Rent, additional rent or any other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder as and when due, where such failure continues for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure 1161.

(c) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express or implied covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in Subparagraph 24.1(a) or 24.1(b) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure 1161; provided, further, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently and without interruption prosecute such cure to completion.

(d) (1) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within ninety (90) days); (3) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within ninety (90) days; or (4) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease where such seizure is not discharged within ninety (90) days.

 

27


24.2 In the event of any such default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder. Upon such termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable existing or future law, ordinance or regulation providing for recovery of damages for such breach, (but not consequential damages except as provided in Civil Code Section 1951.2) including but not limited to the following:

(a) the worth at the time of award of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(b) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform his obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

As used in Subparagraphs 24.2(a) and 24.2(b) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by allowing interest at the maximum rate permitted by law per annum. As used in Subparagraph 24.2(c) above, the Worth at the time of awards is computed by discounting to present value at the time of the award such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

24.3 If a default exists under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its rights under California Civil Code Section 1951.4 and may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant has breached this Lease and abandoned the Premises and Landlord may recover rent as it becomes due; provided, however that Tenant has the right to sublet or assign this Lease, subject to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver upon initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession.

24.4 During the continuance of a default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and remove all of Tenant’s personal property, and any of Tenant’s trade fixtures from the Premises and store them at Tenant’s risk and expense. If Landlord removes such property from the Premises and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any rent then due, then after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner and at such times and places as Landlord deems commercially reasonable Landlord shall provide reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the

 

28


payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, the preparation for and the conducting of such sale, and for attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith; and the balance shall be applied to any past due amount owing hereunder.

Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s reentering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Paragraph 24, and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, cost or damage resulting from any such act. No reentry by Landlord shall constitute or be construed as a forcible entry by Landlord.

24.5 All rights, options’ and remedies of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver. The consent or approval or Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar acts by Tenant.

25. Assignment and Subletting . Except in connection with a “Permitted Transfer” (defined below) Tenant shall not voluntarily assign, hypothecate or encumber its interest in this Lease or in the Premises, or sublease all or any part of the Premises, or allow any other person or entity to occupy or use all or any part of the Premises, without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation or sublease without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be voidable, at Landlord’s election, and shall constitute a default. No consent to any assignment, encumbrance, or sublease shall constitute a further waiver of the provisions of this Paragraph. No later than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease other than a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent to assign, encumber, hypothecate or sublease, the name of the proposed assignee or sublessee, information concerning the financial responsibility of the proposed assignee or sublessee and the terms of the proposed assignment or subletting, and Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such written notice as well as any additional information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s financial responsibility, elect one of the following:

(a) Consent to such proposed assignment, encumbrance or sublease;

(b) Refuse such consent, which refusal shall be on reasonable grounds, including but not limited to those matters set forth hereinbelow;

(c) Elect to terminate this Lease in the case of a request for assignment or to sublet 50% or more of the Premises (or in the event of a request to sublet a portion of the Premises for all or substantially all of the remainder of the term of the Lease, that portion of the Premises proposed to be sublet). In the event that Landlord elects to terminate the Lease by reason of a proposed

 

29


assignment or by reason of a proposed sublease as described immediately above, Landlord shall give such election (“ Recapture Notice ”) to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant of the proposed assignment or sublease, as well as any additional information reasonably requested by Landlord concerning the proposed assignee’s or sublessee’s financial responsibility. The Recapture Notice, if given, shall in addition to stating Landlord’s election to terminate this Lease, state the date of termination of the Lease, which, in no event, shall be earlier than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Recapture Notice is given, nor later than 90 days following the date on which the Recapture Notice is given.

Without limiting the other instances in which it may be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent in the following instances: (i) if at the time consent is requested Tenant is in default beyond applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease; (ii) if the proposed assignee or subtenant’s credit, character and business or professional standing does not meet the reasonable standards of Landlord; or (iii) if the proposed assignee is an existing tenant of the Building (unless Landlord is not able to accommodate such existing tenant) or Landlord is currently actively marketing comparable space (which marketing shall include a written proposal from Landlord and a tour of the proposed space) in the Building to such proposed assignee.

In the event that Landlord shall consent to any assignment or sublease under the provisions of this Paragraph, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable processing costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in giving such consent (not to exceed $2,500). Landlord’s consent to any assignment or sublease, including without limitation in connection with a Permitted Transfer, shall not release or relieve Tenant from its obligations for the full and timely performance of each and every term and condition to be performed by Tenant hereunder. If for any proposed assignment or sublease Tenant receives Rent or other consideration, either initially or over the term of the assignment or sublease, in excess of the Rent and monthly amortization of Transfer Costs (defined below) called for hereunder, or, in case of the sublease of a portion of the Premises, in excess of the monthly amortization of all Transfer Costs and such Rent fairly allocable to such portion, after appropriate adjustments to assure that all other payments called for hereunder are taken into account, Tenant shall, except where such assignee or subtenant is an affiliate of Tenant, pay to Landlord as additional Rent hereunder 50% of the excess of each such payment of Rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt. As used herein, “Transfer Costs” shall mean commercially reasonable brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees, and reasonable tenant improvement costs, incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or sublease, such Transfer Costs to be amortized for the purposes of Tenant’s recovery of same from excess consideration, on a straight-line basis without interest over the then remaining Term of this Lease as of the effective date of such assignment or subletting. Landlord’s waiver or consent to any assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant from any obligation under this Lease.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises, or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s consent, to any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant; to any entity which results from a merger of, reorganization of, or consolidation with Tenant; or to any entity which acquires substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, as a going concern, with respect

 

30


to the business that is being conducted in the Premises (hereinafter each a “ Permitted Transfer ”). In addition, a sale or transfer of the capital stock of Tenant shall be deemed a Permitted Transfer if (1) such sale or transfer occurs in connection with any bona fide financing or capitalization for the benefit of Tenant, or (2) Tenant becomes a publicly traded corporation. Landlord shall have no right to terminate the Lease in connection with, and shall have no right to any sums or other economic consideration resulting from, any Permitted Transfer.

26. Quiet Enjoyment . Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent required under this Lease and paying all other charges and performing all of the covenants and provisions aforesaid on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease and subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises in accordance with this Lease.

27. Subordination, Non-disturbance and Attornment . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, as of the Lease Commencement Date, there is no mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Premises and agree that if any loan is subsequently obtained by Landlord to be secured by the Premises, upon request Tenant shall agree to subordinate this Lease to the lien of such mortgage or deed of trust pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph 25. Tenant agrees that in the event that any future mortgage or deed of trust is foreclosed or a conveyance in lieu of foreclosure is made for any reason, Tenant shall, if requested by the mortgagee or beneficiary, as applicable, agree in writing to attorn to and become the Tenant of the successor in interest to Landlord provided that in all events Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be affected absent any uncured Default by Tenant. Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver, upon request by Landlord and in the form reasonably requested by Landlord, any additional documents evidencing the subordination of this Lease with respect to any such future mortgage or deed of trust, provided that such documents shall confirm that Tenant’s leasehold interest and its rights under Paragraphs 49 and 50 below, and any offset rights of Tenant expressly set forth in this Lease, shall not be terminated or otherwise affected as a result of such financing or any exercise by lender of any rights against Landlord or the Premises thereunder.

28. Estoppel Certificate .

28.1 Within ten (10) business days following any written request which Landlord or Tenant (“ Requesting Party ”) may make from time to time, Tenant or Landlord, as applicable (“ Responding Party ”) shall execute and deliver to Requesting Party a statement, in a form acceptable to Requesting Party, certifying; (i) the Lease Commencement Date; (ii) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications hereto, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (iii) the date to which the rental and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (iv) the fact that to the knowledge of the Responding Party, there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in such statement; and (v) such other matters reasonably requested by the Requesting Party. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Paragraph 28 may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee, beneficiary, purchaser, assignee or subtenant of the Premises or any interest therein or any auditor of either Landlord or Tenant.

 

31


28.2 The Responding Party’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Responding Party (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Requesting Party, (ii) that there are no known uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) that not more than one (1) month’s Rent has been paid in advance.

29. Conflict of Laws . This Lease shall be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the State of California.

30. Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representative, successors and assigns.

31. Surrender of Premises . The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies. Upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably surrender the Premises and all alterations and additions thereto broom-clean, in good order, repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear and damage for which Tenant is not liable excepted. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to Landlord’s agent or any employee thereof shall not be sufficient to constitute a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

32. Professional Fees .

32.1 In the event that Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provisions of this Lease, or for any other relief against Tenant or Landlord hereunder, or should either party bring suit against the other with respect to matters arising from or growing out of this Lease, then all costs and expenses, including without limitation, its reasonable professional fees such as appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

32.2 Should Landlord and/or any of the Landlord Parties be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord and/or such Landlord Party its costs and expenses incurred in such suit as and when incurred, including without limitation, its reasonable professional fees such as appraiser’s, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees.

33. Performance by Tenant . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, all covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such cost being extremely difficult and impractical to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance and note secured by any encumbrance covering the Premises or the Building of which the Premises are a part. Therefore if any amount due Landlord from Tenant

 

32


hereunder has not been received on or before five (5) days after written notice is delivered to Tenant that the required payment has not been received by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without notice or demand, as additional rent, seven percent (7%) of the overdue amount as a late charge; provided, however, that Tenant’s first late payment of Monthly Basic Rent in any twelve (12) consecutive month period shall not give rise to assessment of a late fee. Such overdue amount shall also bear interest, as additional rent, at the maximum rate permissible by law calculated, as appropriate, from that date which is five (5) days following the date of receipt of said notice until the date of payment to Landlord. Landlord’s acceptance of any late charge or interest shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount or prevent Landlord from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or any law now or hereafter in effect.

34. Landlord’s Mort g agee and Senior Lessor Protection: Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreements in favor of Tenant’s Lenders .

34.1 No default hereunder on the part of Landlord which would entitle Tenant under the terms of this Lease, or by law, to be relieved of Tenant’s obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease (if any), shall result in a release of such obligations or a termination of this Lease unless (a) Tenant has given notice to Landlord and to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgage covering the Site and/or the Building (or any portion thereof) and to the lessor under any master or ground lease covering the Building, the Site or any interest therein whose identity and address shall have been furnished in writing to Tenant, and (b) Tenant offers such beneficiary, mortgagee or lessor a reasonable opportunity (but in no event less than thirty (30) days) to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or of judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure (but only if the beneficiary, lender or mortgagee responds to Tenant’s notice within a reasonable time confirming that such beneficiary, lender or mortgagee intends to cure the subject default). Landlord shall, from time to time, give Tenant written notice of the identity and address of the beneficiary of any deed of trust or mortgage covering the Site and/or the Building (or any portion thereof) and/or the lessor under any master or ground lease.

34.2 Upon request by Tenant, Landlord agrees to execute and deliver to Tenant and Tenant’s lenders a commercially reasonable form of Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreement required by Tenant’s lenders relating to Landlord’s waiver of any lien on Tenant’s personal property and such lender’s right to remove Tenant’s personal property (not including the personal property of Landlord describe in Paragraph 1.2 above) from the Premises, within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s request therefore.

35. Definition of Landlord . The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean, and include only, the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title to, or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease of the Site or master lease of the Building. In the event of any transfer, assignment or other conveyance or transfer of any such title or interest, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance of all liability accruing thereafter with respect to the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed and, without further agreement, the

 

33


transferee of such title or interest shall be deemed to have agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, during its ownership of the Premises. Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises without the consent of Tenant and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

36. Waiver . The failure of Landlord or Tenant to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon strict performance of, any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation or prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation, nor shall any custom or practice which may become established between the parties in the administration of the terms hereof be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of Landlord or Tenant to insist upon the performance by Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, in strict accordance with said terms. The subsequent acceptance or payment of rent hereunder by Landlord or Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant or Landlord of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent.

37. Identification of Tenant . If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, (a) each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, and (b) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy or this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

38. Terms and Headings . The words “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. Words used in any gender include other genders. The Paragraph headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof. Terms capitalized but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to such terms in the Summary.

39. Examination of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for Lease and it is not effective as a Lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

40. Time . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time or performance is a factor.

41. Prior Agreement; Amendments . This Lease contains all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and no prior agreement or understanding, oral or written, express or implied, pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an

 

34


agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. The parties acknowledge that all prior agreements, representations and negotiations are deemed superseded by the execution of this Lease to the extent they are not incorporated herein.

42. Severability . Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal in no way affects, impairs or invalidates any other provision hereof, and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

43. Recording . Tenant shall not record this Lease nor a short memorandum thereof without the consent of Landlord and if such recording occurs, it shall be at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, including any documentary transfer taxes or other expenses related to such recordation.

44. Limitation on Liability . The obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or Tenant, and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall seek recourse against the individual partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders of Landlord or Tenant, or any of their personal assets for satisfaction of any liability in respect to this Lease. In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord, the sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Landlord’s interest in the Building.

45. Signs . Tenant shall have the right to place signage on the exterior walls of the Building facing Second Street and Stanford Street subject to Landlord’s reasonable consent as to size, location and style. All signs shall be constructed, erected and affixed to the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and Tenant shall be responsible for the removal of such signage, and the repair of any damage to the Premises caused thereby, at the end of the Term. All signs shall be in full compliance with all applicable ordinances, statutes and regulations imposed by all applicable governmental authorities. Landlord agrees to reasonably assist Tenant at no material cost to Landlord in obtaining governmental approval of all Landlord approved signage. Tenant shall also be permitted to install signage in the lobby/ground floor entrance to the Building and in the elevator lobbies on all floors of the Building occupied by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s reasonable consent and at Tenant’s cost.

46. Parking . Landlord has certain rights to a parking lot located across Stanford Street from the Building (the “Lot”), and hereby agrees to allow Tenant to rent up to twenty-five (25) of the parking spaces located in the Lot to which Landlord has rights. Tenant shall give Landlord at least sixty-five (65) days advance notice of its desire to utilize any of the allotted spaces, and any such utilization shall be subject to Landlord’s agreement with the owner of the Lot and shall require that the user of the space enter into a parking agreement with the owner of the Lot. Landlord’s obligations under this Paragraph are subject to the provisions of Landlord’s agreement with the owner of the Lot. Landlord represents that it has secured the parking rights described above for the benefit of the Building, and Landlord will not modify the parking agreement in a manner which would decrease its rights thereunder without Tenant’s prior consent. Tenant acknowledges receiving a copy of the parking agreement.

47. Modification for Lender . If in connection with obtaining construction, interim or permanent financing for the Premises, the lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a

 

35


condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s rights hereunder, and provided further that such modifications are essentially ministerial in nature.

48. Accord and Satisfaction . No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease. Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this lease or imposed by any statute or at common law.

49. Financial Statements . If requested by Landlord in connection with a potential sale or financing of the Site and/or the Building (or any interest therein), Tenant shall, upon fifteen (15) business days prior written notice from Landlord, provide Landlord with Tenant’s last financial statement, year to date financial statements and, to the extent prepared and existing, financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year for Tenant. Additionally, Tenant shall provide to Landlord calendar quarter financial statements and yearly audited financial statements within fifteen (15) days of the end of each calendar quarter and year, respectively, without request from Landlord. Such statement shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, shall either be audited by an independent certified public accountant or certified by an officer of Tenant. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of any such statement and to request that any proposed buyer or lender similarly treat the information contained in such statement as being confidential in nature, such that such information shall only be disclosed to the consultants, analysts or counsel as may be reasonably necessary in order to evaluate a potential purchase of, or loan upon, the Site and/or the Building (or any interest thereof).

50. Tenant as Corporation . If Tenant executes this Lease as a legal entity, then Tenant represents and warrants that (a) the individuals executing this Lease on Tenant’s behalf are duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on the entity’s behalf and (b) that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms.

51. No Partnership or Joint Venture . Nothing in this Lease shall be deemed to constitute Landlord and Tenant as partners or joint venturers. It is the express intent of the parties hereto that their relationship with regard to this Lease be and remain that of landlord and tenant.

 

36


52. Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

   

TENANT:

S IX T HIRTY -F OUR S ECOND S TREET LLC,

   

S ERVICE S OURCE I NTERNATIONAL , LLC, a

a Delaware limited liability company

   

Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Jeffrey S. Hall

   

By:

 

/s/ Mike Smerklo

Name:

 

Jeffrey S. Hall

   

Name:

 

Mike Smerklo

Its:

 

Agent

   

Its:

 

CEO

 

37

Exhibit 10.14

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

by and among

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

as Borrower,

THE LENDERS THAT ARE SIGNATORIES HERETO

as the Lenders,

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.

as the Arranger and Administrative Agent,

and

COMERICA BANK and KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated as of April 29, 2008

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

1.    

 

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

     1   
 

1.1          Definitions

     1   
 

1.2          Accounting Terms

     1   
 

1.3          Code

     1   
 

1.4          Construction

     1   
 

1.5          Schedules and Exhibits

     2   

2.

 

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

     2   
 

2.1          Revolver Advances

     2   
 

2.2          Term Loan

     2   
 

2.3          Borrowing Procedures and Settlements

     3   
 

2.4          Payments

     8   
 

2.5          Overadvances

     11   
 

2.6          Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Dates, Payments, and Calculations

     12   
 

2.7          Cash Management

     13   
 

2.8          Crediting Payments; Clearance Charge

     14   
 

2.9          Designated Account

     14   
 

2.10        Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations

     14   
 

2.11        Fees

     15   
 

2.12        Letters of Credit

     15   
 

2.13        LIBOR Option

     18   
 

2.14        Capital Requirements

     20   
 

2.15        Increase in Revolver Commitments

     20   

3.

 

CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT

     21   
 

3.1          Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit

     21   
 

3.2          Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit

     21   
 

3.3          Term

     22   
 

3.4          Effect of Termination

     22   
 

3.5          Early Termination by Borrower

     22   
 

3.6          Conditions Subsequent to the Initial Extension of Credit

     23   

4.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     23   
 

4.1          No Encumbrances

     23   
 

4.2          Eligible Accounts

     23   
 

4.3          [Intentionally Omitted]

     23   
 

4.4          Equipment

     23   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
 

4.5          Location of Equipment

     23   
 

4.6          [Intentionally Omitted]

     24   
 

4.7          Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number;

                 Commercial Tort Claims

     24   
 

4.8          Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries

     24   
 

4.9          Due Authorization; No Conflict

     25   
 

4.10        Litigation

     26   
 

4.11        No Material Adverse Change

     26   
 

4.12        Fraudulent Transfer

     26   
 

4.13        Employee Benefits

     26   
 

4.14        Environmental Condition

     26   
 

4.15        Intellectual Property

     27   
 

4.16        Leases

     27   
 

4.17        Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

     27   
 

4.18        Complete Disclosure

     27   
 

4.19        Indebtedness

     27   
 

4.20        Patriot Act

     27   

5.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     28   
 

5.1          Accounting System

     28   
 

5.2          Collateral Reporting

     28   
 

5.3          Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates

     28   
 

5.4          Guarantor Reports

     28   
 

5.5          Inspection

     28   
 

5.6          Maintenance of Properties

     28   
 

5.7          Taxes

     28   
 

5.8          Insurance

     29   
 

5.9          Location of Equipment

     29   
 

5.10        Compliance with Laws

     29   
 

5.11        Leases

     29   
 

5.12        Existence

     29   
 

5.13        Environmental

     30   
 

5.14        Disclosure Updates

     30   
 

5.15        Control Agreements

     30   
 

5.16        Formation of Subsidiaries

     30   
 

5.17        Further Assurances

     31   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
 

5.18        Subsidiary Covenants

     31   
 

5.19        Repatriation Requirement

     31   

6.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     31   
 

6.1          Indebtedness

     31   
 

6.2          Liens

     32   
 

6.3          Restrictions on Fundamental Changes

     32   
 

6.4          Disposal of Assets

     32   
 

6.5          Change Name

     32   
 

6.6          Nature of Business

     33   
 

6.7          Prepayments and Amendments

     33   
 

6.8          Change of Control

     33   
 

6.9          [Intentionally Omitted]

     33   
 

6.10        Distributions

     33   
 

6.11        Accounting Methods

     33   
 

6.12        Investments

     33   
 

6.13        Transactions with Affiliates

     34   
 

6.14        Use of Proceeds

     34   
 

6.15        Equipment with Bailees

     34   
 

6.16        Financial Covenants

     35   
 

6.17        Certain Calculations

     36   

7.

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     36   

8.

 

THE LENDER GROUP’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

     38   
 

8.1          Rights and Remedies

     38   
 

8.2          Remedies Cumulative

     38   

9.

 

TAXES AND EXPENSES

     38   

10.

 

WAVERS; INDEMNIFICATION

     39   
 

10.1          Demand; Protest; etc

     39   
 

10.2          The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral

     39   
 

10.3          Indemnification

     39   

11.

 

NOTICES

     40   

12.

 

CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE

     41   

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

13.

 

ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS

     42   
 

13.1          Assignments and Participations

     42   
 

13.2          Successors

     44   

14.

 

AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS

     44   
 

14.1          Amendments and Waivers

     44   
 

14.2          Replacement of Holdout Lender

     45   
 

14.3          No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies

     46   

15.

 

AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP

     46   
 

15.1          Appointment and Authorization of Agent

     46   
 

15.2          Delegation of Duties

     47   
 

15.3          Liability of Agent

     47   
 

15.4          Reliance by Agent

     47   
 

15.5          Notice of Default or Event of Default

     48   
 

15.6          Credit Decision

     48   
 

15.7          Costs and Expenses; Indemnification

     48   
 

15.8          Agent in Individual Capacity

     49   
 

15.9          Successor Agent

     49   
 

15.10        Lender in Individual Capacity

     49   
 

15.11        Withholding Taxes

     50   
 

15.12        Collateral Matters

     52   
 

15.13        Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments

     52   
 

15.14        Agency for Perfection

     53   
 

15.15        Payments by Agent to the Lenders

     53   
 

15.16        Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents

     53   
 

15.17        Field Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and

                   Information

     53   
 

15.18        Several Obligations; No Liability

     54   
 

15.19        Bank Product Providers

     54   

16.

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

     55   
 

16.1          Effectiveness

     55   
 

16.2          Section Headings

     55   
 

16.3          Interpretation

     55   
 

16.4          Severability of Provisions

     55   
 

16.5          Counterparts; Electronic Execution

     55   

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  
 

16.6          Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations

     55   
 

16.7          Confidentiality

     55   
 

16.8          Lender Group Expenses

     56   
 

16.9          USA PATRIOT Act

     56   
 

16.10        Integration

     56   
 

16.11        No Novation

     56   

 

-v-


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A-1

  

Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B-1

  

Form of Borrowing Base Certificate

Exhibit C-1

  

Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit L-1

  

Form of LIBOR Notice

Schedule A-1

  

Agent’s Account

Schedule C-1

  

Revolver Commitments

Schedule D-1

  

Designated Account

Schedule P-1

  

Permitted Investments

Schedule P-2

  

Permitted Liens

Schedule 1.1

  

Definitions

Schedule 2.7(a

  

Cash Management Banks

Schedule 3.1

  

Conditions Precedent

Schedule 4.5

  

Locations of Equipment

Schedule 4.7(a)

  

States of Organization

Schedule 4.7(b)

  

Chief Executive Offices

Schedule 4.7(c)

  

Organizational Identification Numbers

Schedule 4.7(d)

  

Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 4.8(b)

  

Capitalization of Borrower

Schedule 4.8(c)

  

Capitalization of Borrower’s Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.10

  

Litigation

Schedule 4.14

  

Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.15

  

Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.17

  

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

Schedule 4.19

  

Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 5.2

  

Collateral Reporting

Schedule 5.3

  

Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates

 

-i-


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of April 29, 2008, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (such lenders, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC ., a California corporation, as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), COMERICA BANK and KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as co-documentation agents, and SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL , LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ Borrower ”), with reference to the following facts:

WHEREAS, Agent and Borrower entered into that certain Credit Agreement dated as of June 13, 2006, which was amended pursuant to that certain Amendment Number One to Credit Agreement and Consent dated as of June 18, 2007 (as so amended, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and the Lenders amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement to, among other things, provide a $20,000,000 term loan facility to Borrower and increase the amount of the revolving credit commitments.

The parties agree to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement in its entirety as follows:

 

1.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

1.1     Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified therefor on Schedule 1.1 .

1.2     Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. Whenever the term “Borrower” is used in respect of a financial covenant or a related definition, it shall be understood to mean Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

1.3     Code . Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein; provided , however , that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern.

1.4     Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and


supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of all Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations and other than any Bank Product Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding and that are not required by the provisions of this Agreement to be repaid or cash collateralized. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

1.5     Schedules and Exhibits . All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

 

2.

LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .

2.1     Revolver Advances .

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and during the term of this Agreement, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make advances (“ Advances ”) to Borrower in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Revolver Amount less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, and (ii) the Borrowing Base at such time less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time.

(b)    Anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 notwithstanding, Agent shall have the right to establish reserves against the Borrowing Base in such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as Agent in its Permitted Discretion shall deem necessary or appropriate, including reserves with respect to (i) sums that Borrower or its Subsidiaries are required to pay under any Section of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (such as taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) and has failed to pay, and (ii) amounts owing by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to any Person to the extent secured by a Lien on, or trust over, any of the Collateral (other than a Permitted Lien), which Lien or trust, in the Permitted Discretion of Agent likely would have a priority superior to the Agent’s Liens (such as Liens or trusts in favor of landlords, warehousemen, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, or Liens or trusts for ad valorem , excise, sales, or other taxes where given priority under applicable law) in and to such item of the Collateral.

(c)    Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1 , may be repaid and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, reborrowed at any time during the term of this Agreement. The outstanding principal amount of the Advances, together with interest accrued thereon, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which they are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.2     Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Restatement Effective Date each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) to Borrower in an amount equal to such

 

-2-


Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan Amount. The principal of the Term Loan shall be repaid on the following dates and in the following amounts:

 

Date

  

Installment Amount

June 30, 2008

   $125,000

September 30, 2008

   $125,000

December 31, 2008

   $125,000

March 31, 2009

   $125,000

June 30, 2009

   $583,000

September 30, 2009

   $583,000

December 31, 2009

   $583,000

March 31, 2010

   $251,000

June 30, 2010

   $1,000,000

September 30, 2010

   $1,000,000

December 31, 2010

   $1,000,000

March 31, 2011

   $1,000,000

June 30, 2011

   $1,250,000

September 30, 2011

   $1,250,000

December 31, 2011

   $1,250,000

March 31, 2012

   $1,250,000

June 30, 2012

   $1,500,000

September 30, 2012

   $1,500,000

December 31, 2012

   $1,500,000

March 31, 2013

   $1,500,000

April 29, 2013

   $2,500,000

The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the earliest of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof, and (iii) the date of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(c) . All principal of, interest on, and other amounts payable in respect of the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations.

2.3     Borrowing Procedures and Settlements .

(a)     Procedure for Borrowing . Each Borrowing shall be made by an irrevocable written request by an Authorized Person delivered to Agent. Unless Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan pursuant to Section 2.3(b) below, such notice must be received by Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date specifying (i) the amount of such Borrowing, and (ii) the requested Funding Date, which shall be a Business Day; provided , however , that if Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan as to a requested Borrowing, such notice must be received by Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Business Day prior to the date that is the requested Funding Date. At Agent’s election, in lieu of delivering the above-described written request, any

 

-3-


Authorized Person may give Agent telephonic notice of such request by the required time. In such circumstances, Borrower agrees that any such telephonic notice will be confirmed in writing within 24 hours of the giving of such telephonic notice, but the failure to provide such written confirmation shall not affect the validity of the request.

(b)     Making of Swing Loans . In the case of a request for an Advance and so long as either (i) the aggregate amount of Swing Loans made since the last Settlement Date plus the amount of the requested Advance does not exceed $2,000,000, or (ii) Swing Lender, in its sole discretion, shall agree to make a Swing Loan notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, Swing Lender shall make an Advance in the amount of such Borrowing (any such Advance made solely by Swing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) being referred to as a “ Swing Loan ” and such Advances being referred to collectively as “ Swing Loans ”) available to Borrower on the Funding Date applicable thereto by transferring immediately available funds to Borrower’s Designated Account. Each Swing Loan shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions applicable to other Advances, except that all payments on any Swing Loan shall be payable to Swing Lender solely for its own account. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Swing Lender shall not make and shall not be obligated to make any Swing Loan if Swing Lender has actual knowledge that (i) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing, or (ii) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date. Swing Lender shall not otherwise be required to determine whether the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 have been satisfied on the Funding Date applicable thereto prior to making any Swing Loan. The Swing Loans shall be secured by the Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Advances that are Base Rate Loans.

(c)     Making of Loans .

(i)    In the event that Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan, then promptly after receipt of a request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , Agent shall notify the Lenders, not later than 1:00 p.m. (California time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the Funding Date applicable thereto, by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of the requested Borrowing. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, not later than 10:00 a.m. (California time) on the Funding Date applicable thereto. After Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of such Advances, Agent shall make the proceeds thereof available to Borrower on the applicable Funding Date by transferring immediately available funds equal to such proceeds received by Agent to the Designated Account; provided , however , that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Agent shall not request any Lender to make, and no Lender shall have the obligation to make, any Advance if Agent shall have actual knowledge that (1) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing unless such condition has been waived, or (2) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date.

(ii)    Unless Agent receives notice from a Lender prior to 9:00 a.m. (California time) on the date of a Borrowing, that such Lender will not make available as and when required hereunder to Agent for the account of Borrower the amount of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, Agent may assume that each Lender has made or will make such amount available to Agent in immediately available finds on the Funding Date and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made its full amount available to Agent in immediately available funds and Agent in such circumstances

 

-4-


has made available to Borrower such amount, that Lender shall on the Business Day following such Funding Date make such amount available to Agent, together with interest at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day during such period. A notice submitted by Agent to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this subsection shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If such amount is so made available, such payment to Agent shall constitute such Lender’s Advance on the date of Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to Agent on the Business Day following the Funding Date, Agent will notify Borrower of such failure to fund and, upon demand by Agent, Borrower shall pay such amount to Agent for Agent’s account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Advances composing such Borrowing. The failure of any Lender to make any Advance on any Funding Date shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make an Advance on such Funding Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Advance to be made by such other Lender on any Funding Date.

(iii)    Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by Borrower to Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s benefit, and, in the absence of such transfer to the Defaulting Lender, Agent shall transfer any such payments to each other non-Defaulting Lender member of the Lender Group ratably in accordance with their Commitments (but only to the extent that such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was funded by the other members of the Lender Group) or, if so directed by Borrower and if no Default or Event of Default had occurred and is continuing (and to the extent such Defaulting Lender’s Advance was not funded by the Lender Group), retain same to be re-advanced to Borrower as if such Defaulting Lender had made Advances to Borrower. Subject to the foregoing, Agent may hold and, in its Permitted Discretion, re-lend to Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender the amount of all such payments received and retained by Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender. Solely for the purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to the Loan Documents, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” and such Lender’s Commitment shall be deemed to be zero. This Section shall remain effective with respect to such Lender until (x) the Obligations under this Agreement shall have been declared or shall have become immediately due and payable, (y) the non-Defaulting Lenders, Agent, and Borrower shall have waived such Defaulting Lender’s default in writing, or (z) the Defaulting Lender makes its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Advance and pays to Agent all amounts owing by Defaulting Lender in respect thereof. The operation of this Section shall not be construed to increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, to relieve or excuse the performance by such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder, or to relieve or excuse the performance by Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder to Agent or to the Lenders other than such Defaulting Lender. Any such failure to fund by any Defaulting Lender shall constitute a material breach by such Defaulting Lender of this Agreement and shall entitle Borrower at its option, upon written notice to Agent, to arrange for a substitute Lender to assume the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, such substitute Lender to be acceptable to Agent. In connection with the arrangement of such a substitute Lender, the Defaulting Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder, and agrees to execute and deliver a completed form of Assignment and Acceptance in favor of the substitute Lender (and agrees that it shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such document if it fails to do so) subject only to being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations, but including an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability) without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever; provided , however , that any such assumption of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any of the Lender Groups’ or Borrower’s rights or remedies against any such Defaulting Lender arising out of or in relation to such failure to fund.

 

-5-


(d)     Protective Advances and Optional Overadvances .

(i)    Agent hereby is authorized by Borrower and the Lenders, from time to time in Agent ‘ s sole discretion, (A) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) at any time that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 are not satisfied, to make Advances to Borrower on behalf of the Lenders that Agent, in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (2) to enhance the likelihood of repayment of the Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations), or (3) to pay any other amount chargeable to Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including Lender Group Expenses and the costs, fees, and expenses described in Section 9 (any of the Advances described in this Section 2.3(d)(i) shall be referred to as “ Protective Advances ”).

(ii)    Any contrary provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Lenders hereby authorize Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, and either Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, may, but is not obligated to, knowingly and intentionally, continue to make Advances (including Swing Loans) to Borrower notwithstanding that an Overadvance exists or thereby would be created, so long as (A) after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage does not exceed the Borrowing Base by more than $2,000,000, and (B) after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) does not exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount. In the event Agent obtains actual knowledge that the Revolver Usage exceeds the amounts permitted by the immediately foregoing provisions, regardless of the amount of, or reason for, such excess, Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as practicable (and prior to making any (or any additional) intentional Overadvances (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) unless Agent determines that prior notice would result in imminent harm to the Collateral or its value), and the Lenders with Revolver Commitments thereupon shall, together with Agent, jointly determine the terms of arrangements that shall be implemented with Borrower intended to reduce, within a reasonable time, the outstanding principal amount of the Advances to Borrower to an amount permitted by the preceding paragraph. In such circumstances, if any Lender with a Revolver Commitment objects to the proposed terms of reduction or repayment of any Overadvance, the terms of reduction or repayment thereof shall be implemented according to the determination of the Required Lenders. Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be obligated to settle with Agent as provided in Section 2.3(e) for the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any unintentional Overadvances by Agent reported to such Lender, any intentional Overadvances made as permitted under this Section 2.3(d)(ii) , and any Overadvances resulting from the charging to the Loan Account of interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses.

(iii)    Each Protective Advance and each Overadvance shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder, except that no Protective Advance or Overadvance shall be eligible to be a LIBOR Rate Loan and all payments on the Protective Advances shall be payable to Agent solely for its own account. The Protective Advances and Overadvances shall be repayable on demand, secured by the Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. The provisions of this Section 2.3(d) are for the exclusive benefit of Agent, Swing Lender, and the Lenders and are not intended to benefit Borrower in any way.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances and intentional Overadvances outstanding at any time shall not exceed $2,000,000 in excess of the Borrowing Base without first obtaining the consent of the Required Lenders.

 

-6-


(e)     Settlement . It is agreed that each Lender’s funded portion of the Advances is intended by the Lenders to equal, at all times, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Advances. Such agreement notwithstanding, Agent, Swing Lender, and the other Lenders agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of Borrower) that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among the Lenders as to the Advances, the Swing Loans, and the Protective Advances shall take place on a periodic basis in accordance with the following provisions:

(i)    Agent shall request settlement (“ Settlement ”) with the Lenders on a weekly basis, or on a more frequent basis if so determined by Agent (1) on behalf of Swing Lender, with respect to the outstanding Swing Loans, (2) for itself, with respect to the outstanding Protective Advances, and (3) with respect to Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Collections received, as to each by notifying the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of such requested Settlement, no later than 2:00 p.m. (California time) on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of such requested Settlement (the date of such requested Settlement being the “ Settlement Date ”). Such notice of a Settlement Date shall include a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances for the period since the prior Settlement Date. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein (including Section 2.3(c)(iii) ): (y) if a Lender’s balance of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) exceeds such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, then Agent shall, by no later than 12:00 p.m. (California time) on the Settlement Date, transfer in immediately available funds to a Deposit Account of such Lender (as such Lender may designate), an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances), and (z) if a Lender’s balance of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) is less than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, such Lender shall no later than 12:00 p.m. (California time) on the Settlement Date transfer in immediately available funds to the Agent’s Account, an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon transfer of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances). Such amounts made available to Agent under clause (z) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Swing Loans or Protective Advances and, together with the portion of such Swing Loans or Protective Advances representing Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, shall constitute Advances of such Lenders. If any such amount is not made available to Agent by any Lender on the Settlement Date applicable thereto to the extent required by the terms hereof, Agent shall be entitled to recover for its account such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate.

(ii)    In determining whether a Lender’s balance of the Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances is less than, equal to, or greater than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances as of a Settlement Date, Agent shall, as part of the relevant Settlement, apply to such balance the portion of payments actually received in good funds by Agent with respect to principal, interest, fees payable by Borrower and allocable to the Lenders hereunder, and proceeds of Collateral. To the extent that a net amount is owed to any such Lender after such application, such net amount shall be distributed by Agent to that Lender as part of such next Settlement.

(iii)    Between Settlement Dates, Agent, to the extent no Protective Advances or Swing Loans are outstanding, may pay over to Swing Lender any payments received by Agent, that in accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of the Advances, for application to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Advances. If, as of any Settlement Date, Collections of Borrower or its Subsidiaries received since the then immediately preceding Settlement Date have been

 

-7-


applied to Swing Lender ‘ s Pro Rata Share of the Advances other than to Swing Loans, as provided for in the previous sentence, Swing Lender shall pay to Agent for the accounts of the Lenders, and Agent shall pay to the Lenders, to be applied to the outstanding Advances of such Lenders, an amount such that each Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have, as of such Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Advances. During the period between Settlement Dates, Swing Lender with respect to Swing Loans, Agent with respect to Protective Advances, and each Lender (subject to the effect of agreements between Agent and individual Lenders) with respect to the Advances other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances, shall be entitled to interest at the applicable rate or rates payable under this Agreement on the daily amount of funds employed by Swing Lender, Agent, or the Lenders, as applicable.

(f)     Notation . Agent shall record on its books the principal amount of the Advances owing to each Lender, including the Swing Loans owing to Swing Lender, and Protective Advances owing to Agent, and the interests therein of each Lender, from time to time and such records shall, absent manifest error, conclusively be presumed to be correct and accurate.

(g)     Lenders’ Failure to Perform . All Advances (other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances) shall be made by the Lenders contemporaneously and in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares. It is understood that (i) no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Advance (or other extension of credit) hereunder, nor shall any Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, and (ii) no failure by any Lender to perform its obligations hereunder shall excuse any other Lender from its obligations hereunder.

2.4     Payments .

(a)     Payments by Borrower .

(i)    Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower shall be made to Agent’s Account for the account of the Lender Group and shall be made in immediately available funds, no later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) on the date specified herein. Any payment received by Agent later than 11:00 a.m. (California time) shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such following Business Day.

(ii)    Unless Agent receives notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that Borrower will not make such payment in full as and when required, Agent may assume that Borrower has made (or will make) such payment in full to Agent on such date in immediately available funds and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent Borrower does not make such payment in full to Agent on the date when due, each Lender severally shall repay to Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.

(b)     Apportionment and Application .

(i)    So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all principal and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according to the unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to which

 

-8-


such payments relate held by each Lender) and all payments of fees and expenses (other than fees or expenses that are for Agent’s separate account) shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders having a Pro Rata Share of the type of Commitment or Obligation to which a particular fee or expense relates. All payments to be made hereunder by Borrower shall be remitted to Agent and all (subject to Section 2.4(b)(iv) hereof) such payments, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent, shall be applied, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to reduce the balance of the Advances outstanding and, thereafter, to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(ii)    At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all payments remitted to Agent and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent shall be applied as follows:

(A)     first , to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to Agent under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(B)     second , to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(C)     third , to pay interest due in respect of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

(D)     fourth , to pay the principal of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

(E)     fifth , ratably to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(F)     sixth , ratably to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(G)     seventh , ratably to pay interest due in respect of the Advances (other than Protective Advances), the Swing Loans, and the Term Loan until paid in full,

(H)     eighth , ratably (i) to pay the principal of all Swing Loans until paid in full, (ii) to pay the principal of all Advances until paid in full, (iii) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the ratable benefit of Issuing Lender and those Lenders having a Revolver Commitment, as cash collateral in an amount up to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, (iv) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers, as cash collateral in an amount up to the amount of the Bank Product Reserve established prior to the occurrence of, and not in contemplation of, the subject Event of Default, and (v) to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan (in the inverse order of the maturity due thereunder) until the Term Loan is paid in full,

(I)     ninth , to pay any other Obligations (including the provision of amounts to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers, as cash collateral in an amount up to the amount determined by Agent in its Permitted Discretion as the amount necessary to secure Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in respect of Bank Products), and

 

-9-


(J)     tenth , to Borrower (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(iii)    Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender, pursuant to the applicable wire instructions received from each Lender in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive, subject to a Settlement delay as provided in Section 2.3(e) .

(iv)    In each instance, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Section 2.4(b)(i) shall not apply to any payment made by Borrower to Agent and specified by Borrower to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement.

(v)    For purposes of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , “paid in full” means payment of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents according to the terms thereof, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, whether or not any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(vi)    In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and any other provision contained in any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.

(c)     Mandatory Prepayments .

(i)    Immediately upon the receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the proceeds of any voluntary or involuntary sale or disposition by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of property or assets (including casualty losses or condemnations but excluding sales or dispositions which qualify as Permitted Dispositions under clauses (a), (b), (c), or (d) of the definition of Permitted Dispositions), Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds (including condemnation awards and payments in lieu thereof) received by such Person in connection with such sales or dispositions; provided that, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, (B) Borrower shall have given Agent prior written notice of Borrower’s intention to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the properties or assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the cost of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (C) the monies are held in a cash collateral account in which Agent has a perfected first-priority security interest, and (D) Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, complete such replacement, purchase, or construction within 180 days after the initial receipt of such monies, Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have the option to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the property or assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the costs of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries unless and to the extent that such applicable period shall have expired without such replacement, purchase or construction being made or completed, in which case, any amounts remaining in the cash collateral account shall be paid to Agent and applied in accordance with Section 2.4(d) . Nothing contained in this Section 2.4(c)(i) shall permit Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any property or assets other than in accordance with Section 6.4 .

 

-10-


(ii)    Immediately upon the receipt by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Extraordinary Receipts, Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipts, net of any reasonable expenses incurred in collecting such Extraordinary Receipts.

(iii)    Immediately upon the issuance or incurrence by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(a) , (b) , (c) , (d) , (e) , (f) , (g)  or (h) ), Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such issuance or incurrence. The provisions of this Section 2.4(c)(iii) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such issuance or incurrence otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(iv)    Within 10 days of delivery to Agent and the Lenders of audited annual financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3 , commencing with the delivery to Agent and the Lenders of the financial statements for Borrower’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 or, if such financial statements are not delivered to Agent and the Lenders on the date such statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.3 , 10 days after the date such statements are required to be delivered to Agent and the Lenders pursuant to S ection 5.3 , Borrower shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year; provided that (A) if the Leverage Ratio as of the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 is less than 1.25:1.00, the foregoing percentage shall be reduced to 25% with respect to such year and (B) if the Leverage Ratio as of the end of any subsequent fiscal year is less than 1.00 to 1.00, the foregoing percentage shall be reduced to 25% with respect to such subsequent year.

(d)     Application of Payments . Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(c) above shall (A) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan until paid in full, and (B) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Each such prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal of the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).

(e)     Optional Prepayments .

(i)     Advances . Borrower may prepay the principal of any Advance at any time in whole or in part, without premium or penalty (except for Borrower’s obligation to indemnify the Lender Group with respect to Funding Losses).

(ii)     Term Loan . Borrower may, upon at least 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent, prepay the principal of the Term Loan, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty. Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(e)(ii) shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid. Each such prepayment shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal due on the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).

2.5     Overadvances . If, at any time or for any reason, the amount of Obligations owed by Borrower to the Lender Group pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.12 is greater than any of the limitations set

 

-11-


forth in Section 2.1 or Section 2.12 , as applicable (an “ Overadvance ”), Borrower immediately shall pay to Agent, in cash, the amount of such excess, which amount shall be used by Agent to reduce the Obligations in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 2.4(b) . Borrower promises to pay the Obligations (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses) in Dollars in full on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which the Obligations are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

2.6     Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Dates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a)     Interest Rates . Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) , all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof as follows (i) if the relevant Obligation is an Advance that is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, (ii) if the relevant Obligation is a portion of the Term Loan that is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin, (iii) if the relevant Obligation is a portion of the Term Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Term Loan Margin, and (iv) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin.

(b)     Letter of Credit Fee . Borrower shall pay Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Lenders with a Revolver Commitment, subject to any agreements between Agent and individual Lenders), a Letter of Credit fee (in addition to the charges, commissions, fees, and costs set forth in Section 2.12(e) ) which shall accrue at a rate equal to the LIBOR Rate Margin times the Daily Balance of the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

(c)     Default Rate . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default (and at the election of Agent or the Required Lenders),

(i)    all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit and except for Bank Product Obligations) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder, and

(ii)    the Letter of Credit fee provided for in Section 2.6(b) shall be increased to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder.

(d)     Payment . Except as provided to the contrary in Section 2.11 or Section 2.13(a) , interest, Letter of Credit fees, and all other fees payable hereunder shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the first day of each month at any time that Obligations or Commitments are outstanding. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent, from time to time without prior notice to Borrower, to charge all interest and fees (when due and payable), all Lender Group Expenses (as and when incurred), all charges, commissions, fees, and costs provided for in Section 2.12(e) (as and when accrued or incurred), all fees and costs provided for in Section 2.11 (as and when accrued or incurred), and all other payments as and when due and payable under any Loan Document (including the amounts due and payable with respect to the Term Loan and including any amounts due and payable to the Bank Product Providers in respect of Bank Products up to the amount of the Bank Product Reserve) to the Loan Account, which amounts thereafter shall constitute Advances hereunder and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by being charged to the Loan Account and shall thereafter constitute Advances hereunder and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans.

 

-12-


(e)     Computation . All interest and fees chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In the event the Base Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the rates of interest hereunder based upon the Base Rate automatically and immediately shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to such change in the Base Rate.

(f)     Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate . In no event shall the interest rate or rates payable under this Agreement, plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable. Borrower and the Lender Group, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rate or rates of interest and manner of payment stated within it; provided , however , that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if said rate or rates of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto , as of the date of this Agreement, Borrower is and shall be liable only for the payment of such maximum as allowed by law, and payment received from Borrower in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, shall be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of such excess.

2.7     Cash Management .

(a)    Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to (i) establish and maintain cash management services of a type and on terms satisfactory to Agent at one or more of the banks set forth on Schedule 2.7(a) (each a “ Cash Management Bank ”), and shall request in writing and otherwise take such reasonable steps to ensure that all of its and its Subsidiaries’ Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to such Cash Management Bank, and (ii) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their Collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries) into a bank account in Agent’s name (a “ Cash Management Account ”) at one of the Cash Management Banks.

(b)    Each Cash Management Bank shall establish and maintain Cash Management Agreements with Agent and Borrower. Each such Cash Management Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (i) the Cash Management Bank will comply with any instructions originated by Agent directing the disposition of the funds in such Cash Management Account without further consent by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, (ii) the Cash Management Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the applicable Cash Management Account other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Cash Management Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (iii) it will forward, by daily sweep, all amounts in the applicable Cash Management Account to the Agent’s Account.

(c)    So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may amend Schedule 2.7(a) to add or replace a Cash Management Bank or Cash Management Account; provided , however , that (i) such prospective Cash Management Bank shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and (ii) prior to the time of the opening of such Cash Management Account, Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) and such prospective Cash Management Bank shall have executed and delivered to Agent a Cash Management Agreement. Borrower (or its Subsidiaries, as applicable) shall close any of its Cash Management Accounts (and establish replacement cash management accounts in accordance with the

 

-13-


foregoing sentence) promptly and in any event within 30 days of notice from Agent that the creditworthiness of any Cash Management Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment, or as promptly as practicable and in any event within 60 days of notice from Agent that the operating performance, funds transfer, or availability procedures or performance of the Cash Management Bank with respect to Cash Management Accounts or Agent’s liability under any Cash Management Agreement with such Cash Management Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment.

(d)    Each Cash Management Account shall be a cash collateral account subject to a Control Agreement.

2.8     Crediting Payments; Clearance Charge . The receipt of any payment item by Agent (whether from transfers to Agent by the Cash Management Banks pursuant to the Cash Management Agreements or otherwise) shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment item is a wire transfer of immediately available federal funds made to the Agent’s Account or unless and until such payment item is honored when presented for payment. Should any payment item not be honored when presented for payment, then Borrower shall be deemed not to have made such payment and interest shall be calculated accordingly. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, any payment item shall be deemed received by Agent only if it is received into the Agent’s Account on a Business Day on or before 11:00 a.m. (California time). If any payment item is received into the Agent’s Account on a non-Business Day or after 11:00 a.m. (California time) on a Business Day, it shall be deemed to have been received by Agent as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. From and after the Restatement Effective Date, Agent shall be entitled to charge Borrower for 1 Business Day of ‘clearance’ at the rate then applicable under Section 2.6 to Advances that are Base Rate Loans on all Collections that are received by Borrower and its Subsidiaries (regardless of whether forwarded by the Cash Management Banks to Agent). This across-the-board 1 Business Day clearance charge on all Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is acknowledged by the parties to constitute an integral aspect of the pricing of the financing of Borrower and shall apply irrespective of whether or not there are any outstanding monetary Obligations; the effect of such clearance charge being the equivalent of charging interest on such Collections through the completion of a period ending 1 Business Day after the receipt thereof. The parties acknowledge and agree that the economic benefit of the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.8 shall be for the exclusive benefit of Agent.

2.9     Designated Account . Agent is authorized to make the Advances and the Term Loan, and Issuing Lender is authorized to issue the Letters of Credit, under this Agreement based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an Authorized Person or, without instructions, if pursuant to Section 2.6(d) . Borrower agrees to establish and maintain the Designated Account with the Designated Account Bank for the purpose of receiving the proceeds of the Advances requested by Borrower and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed by Agent and Borrower, any Advance, Protective Advance, or Swing Loan requested by Borrower and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder shall be made to the Designated Account.

2.10     Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations . Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of Borrower (the “ Loan Account ”) on which Borrower will be charged with the Term Loan, all Advances (including Protective Advances and Swing Loans) made by Agent, Swing Lender, or the Lenders to Borrower or for Borrower’s account, the Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender for Borrower’s account, and with all other payment Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (except for Bank Product Obligations), including, accrued interest, fees and expenses, and Lender Group Expenses. In accordance with Section 2.8 , the Loan Account will be credited with all payments received by Agent from Borrower or for Borrower’s account, including all amounts received in the Agent’s

 

-14-


Account from any Cash Management Bank. Agent shall render statements regarding the Loan Account to Borrower, including principal, interest, fees, and including an itemization of all charges and expenses constituting Lender Group Expenses owing, and such statements, absent manifest error, shall be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate and constitute an account stated between Borrower and the Lender Group unless, within 30 days after receipt thereof by Borrower, Borrower shall deliver to Agent written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in any such statements.

2.11     Fees . Borrower shall pay to Agent, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Agent Fee Letter and the Lender Fee Letter, the fees set forth in the Agent Fee Letter and the Lender Fee Letter.

2.12     Letters of Credit .

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Issuing Lender agrees to issue letters of credit for the account of Borrower (each, an “ L/C ”) or to purchase participations or execute indemnities or reimbursement obligations (each such undertaking, an “ L/C Undertaking ”) with respect to letters of credit issued by an Underlying Issuer (as of the Restatement Effective Date, the prospective Underlying Issuer is to be Wells Fargo) for the account of Borrower. Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or the amendment, renewal, or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit, shall be made in writing by an Authorized Person and delivered to the Issuing Lender and Agent via hand delivery, telefacsimile, or other electronic method of transmission reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension. Each such request shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuing Lender in its Permitted Discretion and shall specify (i) the amount of such Letter of Credit, (ii) the date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension of such Letter of Credit, (iii) the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (iv) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof (or the beneficiary of the Underlying Letter of Credit, as applicable), and (v) such other information (including, in the case of an amendment, renewal, or extension, identification of the outstanding Letter of Credit to be so amended, renewed, or extended) as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew, or extend such Letter of Credit. If requested by the Issuing Lender, Borrower also shall be an applicant under the application with respect to any Underlying Letter of Credit that is to be the subject of an L/C Undertaking. The Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if any of the following would result after giving effect to the issuance of such requested Letter of Credit:

(i)    the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Borrowing Base less the outstanding amount of Advances, or

(ii)    the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $7,500,000, or

(iii)    the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount less the outstanding amount of Advances less the Bank Product Reserve, and less the aggregate amount of reserves, if any, established by Agent under Section 2.1(b) .

Borrower and the Lender Group acknowledge and agree that certain Underlying Letters of Credit may be issued to support letters of credit that already are outstanding as of the Closing Date. Each Letter of Credit (and corresponding Underlying Letter of Credit) shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Issuing Lender (in the exercise of its Permitted Discretion), including the requirement that the amounts payable thereunder must be payable in Dollars. If Issuing Lender is obligated to advance funds under a Letter of Credit, Borrower immediately shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement to Issuing Lender by paying to Agent

 

-15-


an amount equal to such L/C Disbursement not later than 11:00 a.m., California time, on the date that such L/C Disbursement is made, if Borrower shall have received written or telephonic notice of such L/C Disbursement prior to 10:00 a.m., California time, on such date, or, if such notice has not been received by Borrower prior to such time on such date, then not later than 11:00 a.m., California time, on the Business Day that Borrower receives such notice, if such notice is received prior to 10:00 a.m., California time, on the date of receipt, and, in the absence of such reimbursement, the L/C Disbursement immediately and automatically shall be deemed to be an Advance hereunder and, initially, shall bear interest at the rate then applicable to Advances that are Base Rate Loans. To the extent an L/C Disbursement is deemed to be an Advance hereunder, Borrower’s obligation to reimburse such L/C Disbursement shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting Advance. Promptly following receipt by Agent of any payment from Borrower pursuant to this paragraph, Agent shall distribute such payment to the Issuing Lender or, to the extent that Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.12(b) to reimburse the Issuing Lender, then to such Lenders and the Issuing Lender as their interests may appear.

(b)    Promptly following receipt of a notice of L/C Disbursement pursuant to Section 2.12(a) , each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Advance deemed made pursuant to the foregoing subsection on the same terms and conditions as if Borrower had requested such Advance and Agent shall promptly pay to Issuing Lender the amounts so received by it from the Lenders. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment to a Letter of Credit increasing the amount thereof) and without any further action on the part of the Issuing Lender or the Lenders with Revolver Commitments, the Issuing Lender shall be deemed to have granted to each Lender with a Revolver Commitment, and each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, a participation in each Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability of such Letter of Credit, and each such Lender agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any payments made by the Issuing Lender under such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Lender and not reimbursed by Borrower on the date due as provided in Section 2.12(a) , or of any reimbursement payment required to be refunded to Borrower for any reason. Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to deliver to Agent, for the account of the Issuing Lender, an amount equal to its respective Pro Rata Share of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.12(b) shall be absolute and unconditional and such remittance shall be made notwithstanding the occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default or Default or the failure to satisfy any condition set forth in Section 3 . If any such Lender fails to make available to Agent the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each L/C Disbursement made by the Issuing Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section, such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender and Agent (for the account of the Issuing Lender) shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate until paid in full.

(c)    Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, defend, and hold the Lender Group harmless from any loss, cost, expense, or liability, and reasonable attorneys fees incurred by the Lender Group arising out of or in connection with any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be obligated hereunder to indemnify for any loss, cost, expense, or liability to the extent that it is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any other member of the Lender Group. Borrower agrees to be bound by the Underlying Issuer’s regulations and interpretations of any Underlying Letter of Credit or by Issuing Lender’s interpretations of any L/C issued by Issuing Lender to or for Borrower’s account, even though this interpretation may be different from Borrower’s own, and Borrower

 

-16-


understands and agrees that the Lender Group shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letter of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto. Borrower understands that the L/C Undertakings may require Issuing Lender to indemnify the Underlying Issuer for certain costs or liabilities arising out of claims by Borrower against such Underlying Issuer. Borrower hereby agrees to indemnify, save, defend, and hold the Lender Group harmless with respect to any loss, cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys fees), or liability incurred by the Lender Group under any L/C Undertaking as a result of the Lender Group’s indemnification of any Underlying Issuer; provided , however , that Borrower shall not be obligated hereunder to indemnify for any loss, cost, expense, or liability to the extent that it is caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any other member of the Lender Group. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that neither the Lender Group nor the Issuing Lender shall be responsible for delays, errors, or omissions resulting from the malfunction of equipment in connection with any Letter of Credit.

(d)    Borrower hereby authorizes and directs any Underlying Issuer to deliver to the Issuing Lender all instruments, documents, and other writings and property received by such Underlying Issuer pursuant to such Underlying Letter of Credit and to accept and rely upon the Issuing Lender’s instructions with respect to all matters arising in connection with such Underlying Letter of Credit and the related application.

(e)    Any and all issuance charges, commissions, fees, and costs incurred by the Issuing Lender relating to Underlying Letters of Credit shall be Lender Group Expenses for purposes of this Agreement and immediately shall be reimbursable by Borrower to Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender; it being acknowledged and agreed by Borrower that, as of the Restatement Effective Date, the issuance charge imposed by the prospective Underlying Issuer is .825% per annum times the undrawn amount of each Underlying Letter of Credit, that such issuance charge may be changed from time to time, and that the Underlying Issuer also imposes a schedule of charges for amendments, extensions, drawings, and renewals.

(f)    If by reason of (i) any change after the Restatement Effective Date in any applicable law, treaty, rule, or regulation or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (ii) compliance by the Underlying Issuer or the Lender Group with any direction, request, or requirement (irrespective of whether having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority or monetary authority including, Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board as from time to time in effect (and any successor thereto):

(i)    any reserve, deposit, or similar requirement is or shall be imposed or modified in respect of any Letter of Credit issued hereunder, or

(ii)    there shall be imposed on the Underlying Issuer or the Lender Group any other condition regarding any Underlying Letter of Credit or any Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto,

and the result of the foregoing is to increase, directly or indirectly, the cost to the Lender Group of issuing, making, guaranteeing, or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount receivable in respect thereof by the Lender Group, then, and in any such case, Agent may, at any time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the amount received is reduced, notify Borrower, and Borrower shall pay on demand such amounts as Agent may specify to be necessary to compensate the Lender Group for such additional cost or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from the date of such demand until payment in full thereof at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder. The determination by Agent

 

-17-


of any amount due pursuant to this Section, as set forth in a certificate setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, shall, in the absence of manifest or demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto.

2.13     LIBOR Option .

(a)     Interest and Interest Payment Dates . In lieu of having interest charged at the rate based upon the Base Rate, Borrower shall have the option (the “ LIBOR Option ”) to have interest on all or a portion of the Advances or the Term Loan be charged (whether at the time when made (unless otherwise provided herein), upon conversion from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or upon continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan) at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans shall be payable on the earliest of (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof, or (iii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. On the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrower properly has exercised the LIBOR Option with respect thereto, the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically shall convert to the rate of interest then applicable to Base Rate Loans of the same type hereunder. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower no longer shall have the option to request that Advances or the Term Loan bear interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate and Agent shall have the right to convert the interest rate on all outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder.

(b)     LIBOR Election .

(i)    Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, elect to exercise the LIBOR Option by notifying Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (California time) at least 3 Business Days prior to the commencement of the proposed Interest Period (the “ LIBOR Deadline ” ). Notice of Borrower’s election of the LIBOR Option for a permitted portion of the Advances or the Term Loan and an Interest Period pursuant to this Section shall be made by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline, or by telephonic notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline (to be confirmed by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. (California time) on the same day). Promptly upon its receipt of each such LIBOR Notice, Agent shall provide a copy thereof to each of the affected Lenders.

(ii)    Each LIBOR Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrower. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense incurred by Agent or any Lender as a result of (A) the payment of any principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (B) the conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (C) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date specified in any LIBOR Notice delivered pursuant hereto (such losses, costs, or expenses, “ Funding Losses ” ). Funding Losses shall, with respect to Agent or any Lender, be deemed to equal the amount determined by Agent or such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (1) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such LIBOR Rate Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBOR Rate that would have been applicable thereto, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert, or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period therefor), minus (2) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which Agent or such Lender would be offered were it to be offered, at the commencement of such period, Dollar deposits of a comparable amount

 

-18-


and period in the London interbank market. A certificate of Agent or a Lender delivered to Borrower setting forth any amount or amounts that Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii)    Borrower shall have not more than 5 LIBOR Rate Loans in effect at any given time. Borrower only may exercise the LIBOR Option for LIBOR Rate Loans of at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof.

(c)     Conversion . Borrower may convert LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans at any time; provided , however , that in the event that LIBOR Rate Loans are converted or prepaid on any date that is not the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, including as a result of any automatic prepayment through the required application by Agent of proceeds of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Collections in accordance with Section 2.4(b) or for any other reason, including early termination of the term of this Agreement or acceleration of all or any portion of the Obligations pursuant to the terms hereof, Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders and their Participants harmless against any and all Funding Losses in accordance with Section 2.13(b)(ii) above.

(d)     Special Provisions Applicable to LIBOR Rate .

(i)    The LIBOR Rate may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then applicable Interest Period, including changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), excluding the Reserve Percentage, which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding or maintaining loans bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrower and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrower may, by notice to such affected Lender (y) require such Lender to furnish to Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for adjusting such LIBOR Rate and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment, or (z) repay the LIBOR Rate Loans with respect to which such adjustment is made (together with any amounts due under Section 2.13(b)(ii) ).

(ii)    In the event that any change in market conditions or any law, regulation, treaty, or directive, or any change therein or in the interpretation of application thereof, shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for such Lender to fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans or to continue such funding or maintaining, or to determine or charge interest rates at the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrower and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and (y) in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender that are outstanding, the date specified in such Lender’s notice shall be deemed to be the last day of the Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loans, and interest upon the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender thereafter shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans, and (z) Borrower shall not be entitled to elect the LIBOR Option until such Lender determines that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to do so.

(e)     No Requirement of Matched Funding . Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither Agent, nor any Lender, nor any of their Participants, is required actually to acquire

 

-19-


eurodollar deposits to fund or otherwise match fund any Obligation as to which interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate. The provisions of this Section shall apply as if each Lender or its Participants had match funded any Obligation as to which interest is accruing at the LIBOR Rate by acquiring eurodollar deposits for each Interest Period in the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loans.

2.14     Capital Requirements . If, after the date hereof, any Lender determines that (i) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by such Lender or its parent bank holding company with any guideline, request, or directive of any such entity regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s Commitments hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such holding company’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender may notify Borrower and Agent thereof. Following receipt of such notice, Borrower agrees to pay such Lender on demand the amount of such reduction of return of capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 90 days after presentation by such Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail such Lender’s calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error). In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

2.15     Increase in Revolver Commitments .

(a)    From time to time during the period from and after the Restatement Effective Date until the Maturity Date (but not more than on 3 occasions), the existing Revolver Commitments and the Maximum Revolver Amount may be increased (each increase that satisfies the terms and conditions herein, an “ Approved Increase ”) by an amount not in excess of the Available Increase Amount at the option of Borrower by delivery of a written notice of a proposed increase to Agent if (i) Agent has approved the proposed increase (ii) each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied as of the Increase Effective Date, (iii) Borrower has delivered to Agent updated pro forma Projections (after giving effect to the proposed increase) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidencing compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants in Section 6.16 for the 12 calendar months (on a quarter-by-quarter basis) following the Increase Effective Date, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Agent, (iv) Borrower has agreed to pay on the Increase Effective Date a fee in respect of the increase in an amount to be agreed upon by Borrower, Agent and the lenders providing the additional Revolver Commitments, and (v) Agent has obtained the commitment of one or more Lenders or other lenders reasonably satisfactory to Agent to provide the proposed increase. Each such notice shall specify the date on which the proposed increase is to be effective (the “ Increase Effective Date ”), which date shall not be less than 10 Business Days after the date of such notice. Each proposed increase shall be in an amount of at least $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $5,000,000 in excess thereof.

(b)    So long as each of the requirements set forth in Section 2.15(a) are satisfied, the increased Revolver Commitments with respect to an Approved Increase shall become effective, as of such Increase Effective Date.

(c)    Agent shall invite each Lender to increase its Revolver Commitment (it being understood that no Lender shall be obligated to increase its Revolver Commitment) or may invite any other

 

-20-


Person who is reasonably satisfactory to Agent to become a Lender in connection with an Approved Increase by executing a joinder agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to which such Person, Borrower, and Agent are party (the “ Increase Joinder ”). Such Increase Joinder may, with the consent of Borrower and the Required Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of Agent, to effectuate the provisions of this Section 2.15 .

(d)    Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, all references in this Agreement and any other Loan Document to Advances shall be deemed, unless the context otherwise requires, to include Advances made pursuant to the increased Revolver Commitments and Maximum Revolver Amount pursuant to this Section 2.15 .

(e)    To the extent any Advances or Letters of Credit are outstanding on the Increase Effective Date, each of the Lenders having a Revolver Commitment prior to the Increase Effective Date (the “ Pre-Increase Revolver Lenders ”) shall assign to any Lender which is acquiring a new or additional Revolver Commitment on the Increase Effective Date (the “ Post-Increase Revolver Lenders ”), and such Post-Increase Revolver Lenders shall purchase from each Pre-Increase Revolver Lender, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Advances and participation interests in Letters of Credit on such Increase Effective Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Advances and participation interests in Letters of Credit will be held by Pre-Increase Revolver Lenders and Post-Increase Revolver Lenders ratably in accordance with their Pro Rata Share after giving effect to such increased Revolver Commitments.

(f)    The Advances, Revolver Commitments, and Maximum Revolver Amount established pursuant to this Section 2.15 shall constitute Advances, Revolver Commitments, and Maximum Revolver Amount under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the guarantees and security interests created by the Loan Documents. Borrower shall take any actions reasonably required by Agent to ensure and demonstrate that the Liens granted by the Loan Documents continue to be perfected under the Code or otherwise after giving effect to the establishment of any such new Revolver Commitments and Maximum Revolver Amount.

 

3.

CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1     Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for hereunder, is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.1 , (the making of such initial extension of credit by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent).

3.2     Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to make any Advances hereunder (or to extend any other credit hereunder) at any time shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)    the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by

 

-21-


materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such extension of credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date);

(b)    no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such extension of credit, nor shall either result from the making thereof;

(c)    no injunction, writ, restraining order, or other order of any nature restricting or prohibiting, directly or indirectly, the extending of such credit shall have been issued and remain in force by any Governmental Authority against Borrower, Agent, or any Lender; and

(d)    no Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since November 30, 2007.

3.3     Term . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on April 29, 2013 (the “ Maturity Date ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Lender Group, upon the election of the Required Lenders, shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default.

3.4     Effect of Termination . On the date of termination of this Agreement, all Obligations (including contingent reimbursement obligations of Borrower with respect to outstanding Letters of Credit and including all Bank Product Obligations) immediately shall become due and payable without notice or demand (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations). No termination of this Agreement, however, shall relieve or discharge Borrower or its Subsidiaries of their duties, Obligations, or covenants hereunder or under any other Loan Document and the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral shall remain in effect until all Obligations have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit hereunder have been terminated. When this Agreement has been terminated and all of the Obligations have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit under the Loan Documents have been terminated irrevocably, Agent will, at Borrower’s sole expense, execute and deliver any termination statements, lien releases, mortgage releases, re-assignments of trademarks, discharges of security interests, and other similar discharge or release documents (and, if applicable, in recordable form) as are reasonably necessary to release, as of record, the Agent’s Liens and all notices of security interests and liens previously filed by Agent with respect to the Obligations.

3.5     Early Termination by Borrower . Borrower has the option, at any time upon 90 days prior written notice to Agent, to terminate this Agreement and terminate the Commitments hereunder by paying to Agent, in cash, the Obligations (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations), in full. If Borrower has sent a notice of termination pursuant to the provisions of this Section, then the Commitments shall terminate and Borrower shall be obligated to repay the Obligations (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by

 

-22-


Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations), in full, on the date set forth as the date of termination of this Agreement in such notice.

3.6     Conditions Subsequent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to continue to make Advances (or otherwise extend credit hereunder) is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the date applicable thereto, of each of the conditions subsequent set forth below (the failure by Borrower to so perform or cause to be performed constituting an Event of Default):

(a)    Within 30 days after the Restatement Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion), Agent shall have received a Control Agreement with respect to ServiceSource Inc.’s Deposit Account at Wells Fargo Bank, account number 4121519052.

(b)    Within 60 days after the Restatement Effective Date (or such longer period as may be agreed to by Agent in its sole discretion), Agent shall have received Collateral Access Agreements with respect to the following locations: (i) 100 Centerview Drive, Suite 210, Nashville, Tennessee 37214 and (ii) 634 Second Street, San Francisco, CA 94107.

 

4.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

In order to induce the Lender Group to enter into this Agreement, Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects, as of the date hereof, and shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects, as of the Restatement Effective Date and at and as of the date of the making of each Advance (or other extension of credit) made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such Advance (or other extension of credit) (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

4.1     No Encumbrances . Borrower and its Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their personal property assets and good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their Real Property, in each case, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

4.2     Eligible Accounts . As to each Account that is identified by Borrower as an Eligible Account in a borrowing base report submitted to Agent, such Account is (a) a bona fide existing payment obligation of the applicable Account Debtor created by the rendition of services to such Account Debtor in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, (b) owed to Borrower without any known defenses, disputes, offsets, counterclaims, or rights of return or cancellation, and (c) not excluded as ineligible by virtue of one or more of the excluding criteria set forth in the definitions of Eligible Agency Model Accounts or Eligible A/R Model Accounts.

4.3    [ Intentionally Omitted ].

4.4     Equipment . Each material item of Equipment of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is used or held for use in their business and is in good working order, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted.

4.5     Location of Equipment . The Equipment (other than vehicles or Equipment out for repair) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are not stored with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party and are located

 

-23-


only at, or in-transit between, the locations identified on Schedule 4.5 (as such Schedule may be updated pursuant to Section 5.9 ).

4.6    [ Intentionally Omitted ].

4.7     Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims .

(a)    The name of (within the meaning of Section 9-503 of the Code) and jurisdiction of organization of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is set forth on Schedule 4.7(a) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.5 ).

(b)    The chief executive office of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is located at the address indicated on Schedule 4.7(b) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.9 ).

(c)    Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ tax identification numbers and organizational identification numbers, if any, are identified on Schedule 4.7(c) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 6.5 ).

(d)    As of the Restatement Effective Date, Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not hold any commercial tort claims, except as set forth on Schedule 4.7(d) .

4.8     Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries .

(a)    Borrower is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(b)    Set forth on Schedule 4.8(b) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.16 ), is a complete and accurate description of the authorized capital Stock of Borrower, by class, and, as of the Restatement Effective Date, a description of the number of shares of each such class that are issued and outstanding. Other than as described on Schedule 4.8(b) , there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Borrower’s capital Stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. Borrower is not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its capital Stock.

(c)    Set forth on Schedule 4.8(c) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes permitted to be made under Section 5.16 ), is a complete and accurate list of Borrower’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries, showing: (i) the jurisdiction of their organization, (ii) the number of shares of each class of common and preferred Stock authorized for each of such Subsidiaries, and (iii) the number and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned directly or indirectly by Borrower. All of the outstanding capital Stock of each such Subsidiary has been validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.

(d)    Except as set forth on Schedule 4.8(c) , there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ capital Stock, including any right of conversion or

 

-24-


exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any such capital Stock.

4.9     Due Authorization; No Conflict .

(a) The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrower.

(b) The execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to Borrower, the Governing Documents of Borrower, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Borrower, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of Borrower, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of Borrower, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of Borrower’s interestholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of Borrower, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(c) Other than the filing of financing statements and other filings or actions necessary to perfect Liens granted to Agent in the Collateral, the execution, delivery, and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(d) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party, and all other documents contemplated hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by Borrower will be the legally valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(e) The Agent’s Liens are validly created, perfected (other than (i) in respect of motor vehicles and (ii) any Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts not subject to a Control Agreement as permitted by Section 6.12 , and subject only to the filing of financing statements, and first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

(f) The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Guarantor.

(g) The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to such Guarantor, the Governing Documents of such Guarantor, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on such Guarantor, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of such Guarantor, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever

 

-25-


upon any properties or assets of such Guarantor, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of such Guarantor’s interestholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of such Guarantor, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(h) Other than the filing of financing statements and other filings or actions necessary to perfect Liens granted to Agent in the Collateral, the execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(i) The Loan Documents to which each Guarantor is a party, and all other documents contemplated hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by such Guarantor will be the legally valid and binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

4.10     Litigation . Other than those matters disclosed on Schedule 4.10 and other than matters arising after the Restatement Effective Date that reasonably could not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower, threatened against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

4.11     No Material Adverse Change . All financial statements relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries that have been delivered by Borrower to the Lender Group have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly in all material respects, Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial condition as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a Material Adverse Change with respect to Borrower and its Subsidiaries since November 30, 2007.

4.12     Fraudulent Transfer .

(a) Each of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent.

(b) No transfer of property is being made by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and no obligation is being incurred by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

4.13     Employee Benefits . None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to any Benefit Plan.

4.14     Environmental Condition . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , (a) to Borrower’ s knowledge, none of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been used by Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or by previous owners or operators in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any Hazardous Materials, where such use, production, storage, handling, treatment, release or transport was in violation, in any material respect, of any applicable Environmental Law, (b) to Borrower’s knowledge, none of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a Hazardous Materials disposal site,

 

-26-


(c) neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that a Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any revenues or to any Real Property owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (d) neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries has received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal or state governmental agency concerning any action or omission by Borrower or its Subsidiaries resulting in the releasing or disposing of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

4.15     Intellectual Property . Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or hold licenses in, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, and licenses that are necessary to the conduct of its business as currently conducted, and attached hereto as Schedule 4.15 (as updated from time to time) is a true, correct, and complete listing of all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, copyrights, and copyright registrations as to which Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries is the owner or is an exclusive licensee; provided , however , that Borrower may amend Schedule 4.15 to add additional property so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than 10 days before the date on which Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower acquires any such property after the Restatement Effective Date.

4.16     Leases . Borrower and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases material to their business and to which they are parties or under which they are operating, and all of such material leases are valid and subsisting and no material default by Borrower or its Subsidiaries exists under any of them.

4.17     Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . Set forth on Schedule 4.17 is a listing of all of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person, and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

4.18     Complete Disclosure . All factual information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender (including all information contained in the Schedules hereto or in the other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate, in all material respects, on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. On the date on which any Projections are delivered to Agent, such Projections represent Borrower’s good faith estimate of its and its Subsidiaries future performance for the periods covered thereby based upon assumptions believed by Borrower to be reasonable at the time of the delivery thereof to Agent (it being understood that such projections and forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of Borrower and its Subsidiaries and no assurances can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realized).

4.19     Indebtedness . Set forth on Schedule 4.19 is a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Restatement Effective Date that is to remain outstanding after the Restatement Effective Date and such Schedule accurately sets forth the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and the principal terms thereof.

4.20     Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control

 

-27-


regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (Title 111 of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”). No part of the proceeds of the loans made hereunder will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

5.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to do all of the following.

5.1     Accounting System . Maintain a system of accounting that enables Borrower to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP and maintain records pertaining to the Collateral that contain information as from time to time reasonably may be requested by Agent. Borrower agrees not to change in any material way its accounting practices that are in effect as of the Restatement Effective Date without obtaining the prior written consent of Agent. Borrower also shall keep a reporting system that shows all additions, sales, claims, returns, and allowances with respect to its and its Subsidiaries’ sales.

5.2     Collateral Reporting . Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein.

5.3     Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth on Schedule 5.3 at the times specified therein. In addition, Borrower agrees that no Subsidiary of Borrower will have a fiscal year different from that of Borrower.

5.4     Guarantor Reports . Cause each Guarantor to deliver its annual financial statements at the time when Borrower provides its audited financial statements to Agent, but only to the extent such Guarantor’s financial statements are not consolidated with Borrower’s financial statements.

5.5     Inspection . Permit Agent, each Lender, and each of their duly authorized representatives or agents to visit any of its properties and inspect any of its assets or books and records, to examine and make copies of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and employees at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent or any such Lender may designate and, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, with reasonable prior notice to Borrower.

5.6     Maintenance of Properties . Maintain and preserve all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear, tear, and casualty excepted (and except where the failure to do so could not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change), and comply at all times with the provisions of all material leases to which it is a party as lessee, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

5.7     Taxes . Cause all assessments and taxes, whether real, personal, or otherwise, due or payable by, or imposed, levied, or assessed against Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective assets to be paid in full, before delinquency or before the expiration of any extension period, except to the extent that the

 

-28-


validity of such assessment or tax shall be the subject of a Permitted Protest. Borrower will and will cause its Subsidiaries to make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of it and them by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Agent with proof satisfactory to Agent indicating that Borrower and its Subsidiaries have made such payments or deposits.

5.8     Insurance .

(a) At Borrower’s expense, maintain insurance respecting its and its Subsidiaries’ assets wherever located, covering loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, and all other hazards and risks as ordinarily are insured against by other Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses. Borrower also shall maintain business interruption, public liability, and product liability insurance, as well as insurance against larceny, embezzlement, and criminal misappropriation. All such policies of insurance shall be in such amounts and with such insurance companies as are reasonably satisfactory to Agent. Borrower shall deliver copies of all such policies to Agent with an endorsement naming Agent as the sole loss payee (under a satisfactory lender’s loss payable endorsement) or additional insured, as appropriate. Each policy of insurance or endorsement shall contain a clause requiring the insurer to give not less than 30 days prior written notice to Agent in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever.

(b) Borrower shall give Agent prompt notice of any loss exceeding $100,000 covered by such insurance. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the exclusive right to adjust any losses payable under any such insurance policies which are less than $100,000. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or in the case of any losses payable under such insurance exceeding $100,000, Agent shall have the exclusive right to adjust any losses payable under any such insurance policies, without any liability to Borrower whatsoever in respect of such adjustments.

5.9     Location of Equipment . Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Equipment (other than vehicles and Equipment out for repair) only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.5 and their chief executive offices only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.7(b) , including the new location to which Borrower’s chief executive office will be moved after the Restatement Effective Date as reflected on Schedule 4.7(b) ; provided , however , that Borrower may amend Schedule 4.5 or Schedule 4.7(b) so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than 15 days prior to the date on which such Equipment is moved to such new location or such chief executive office is relocated, so long as such new location is within the continental United States, and so long as, at the time of such written notification, Borrower provides Agent a Collateral Access Agreement with respect thereto.

5.10     Compliance with Laws . Comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority, other than laws, rules, regulations, and orders the non-compliance with which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.11     Leases . Pay when due all rents and other amounts payable under any material leases to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which Borrower’s or any such Subsidiaries’ properties and assets are bound, unless such payments are the subject of a Permitted Protest.

5.12     Existence . At all times preserve and keep in full force and effect Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries, valid existence and good standing and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a

 

-29-


Material Adverse Change, any rights, franchises, permits, licenses, accreditations, authorizations, or other approvals material to their businesses.

5.13     Environmental .

(a) Keep any property either owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Liens or post bonds or other financial assurances sufficient to satisfy the obligations or liability evidenced by such Environmental Liens, (b) comply, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws and provide to Agent documentation of such compliance which Agent reasonably requests, (c) promptly notify Agent of any release of a Hazardous Material in any reportable quantity from or onto property owned or operated by Borrower or its Subsidiaries and take any Remedial Actions required to abate said release or otherwise to come into compliance with applicable Environmental Law, and (d) promptly, but in any event within 5 days of its receipt thereof, provide Agent with written notice of any of the following: (i) notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any of the real or personal property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (ii) commencement of any Environmental Action or notice that an Environmental Action will be filed against Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (iii) notice of a violation, citation, or other administrative order which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.14     Disclosure Updates . Promptly and in no event later than 5 Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify Agent if any written information, exhibit, or report furnished to the Lender Group contained, at the time it was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, any notification pursuant to the foregoing provision will not cure or remedy the effect of the prior untrue statement of a material fact or omission of any material fact nor shall any such notification have the effect of amending or modifying this Agreement or any of the Schedules hereto.

5.15     Control Agreements . Take all reasonable steps in order for Agent to obtain control in accordance with Sections 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, and 9-107 of the Code with respect to (subject to the proviso contained in Section 6.12 ) all of its Securities Accounts, Deposit Accounts, electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter-of-credit rights.

5.16     Formation of Subsidiaries . At the time that Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Restatement Effective Date, Borrower or such Guarantor shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a joinder to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement, together with such other security documents (including Mortgages with respect to any Real Property of such new Subsidiary), as well as appropriate financing statements (and with respect to all property subject to a Mortgage, fixture filings), all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (including being sufficient to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary); provided that if such new Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, the execution and delivery of such joinder and other security documents shall not be required if it would result in material adverse tax consequences to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (b) provide to Agent a pledge agreement and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, hypothecating all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; provided that if such new Subsidiary is a Foreign Subsidiary, the pledge of only 65% of its ownership interests shall be required if the pledge of any greater percentage would result in material adverse tax consequences to Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (c) provide to Agent all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the

 

-30-


applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance or other documentation with respect to all property subject to a Mortgage). Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.16 shall be a Loan Document.

5.17     Further Assurances . At any time upon the request of Agent, Borrower shall execute or deliver to Agent, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to execute or deliver to Agent, any and all financing statements, fixture filings, security agreements, pledges, assignments, endorsements of certificates of title, mortgages, deeds of trust, opinions of counsel, and all other documents (collectively, the “ Additional Documents ”) that Agent may request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to create, perfect, and continue perfected or to better perfect the Agent’s Liens in all of the properties and assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired, tangible or intangible, real or personal), to create and perfect Liens in favor of Agent in any Real Property acquired by Borrower or its Subsidiaries after the Restatement Effective Date, and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereby and under the other Loan Documents. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower authorizes Agent to execute any such Additional Documents in Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s name, as applicable, and authorizes Agent to file such executed Additional Documents in any appropriate filing office.

5.18     Subsidiary Covenants . ServiceSource Canada shall only: (a) conduct the ServiceSource Canada/Sun Canada Business; (b) utilize employees, facilities and operations that are otherwise being utilized by Borrower in the conducting of its business, it being further agreed that neither ServiceSource, Inc., ServiceSource Canada nor Borrower shall physically maintain any employees or facilities, nor shall they physically conduct any operations, in Canada; (c) maintain those assets set forth on Schedule 4.17 consisting of Deposit Accounts and related Accounts; and (d) incur those liabilities not prohibited by this Agreement. ServiceSource Inc. and ServiceSource Canada, respectively, shall not amend any of the Autodesk Agreements or the ServiceSource Canada/Sun Canada Agreements in any manner that would be adverse to the interests of the Lender Group without Agent’s prior written consent, it being understood and agreed that any amendment which purports to undertake any of the following actions shall require Agent’s prior written consent: (a) the granting of any liens or security interests (except for Autodesk’s liens in the Autodesk Accounts as permitted by subsection (n) of the definition of Permitted Liens); or (b) materially increasing ServiceSource Inc.’s obligations under the Autodesk Agreements or ServiceSource Canada’s obligations under the ServiceSource Canada/Sun Canada Agreements.

5.19     Repatriation Requirement . Comply with the Repatriation Requirement.

 

6.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Borrower will not and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to do any of the following:

6.1     Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with Indebtedness owed to Underlying Issuers with respect to Underlying Letters of Credit,

(b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.19 and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

 

-31-


(c)    Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(d)    endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,

(e)    Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments,

(f)    guaranties by Borrower of Indebtedness of a Guarantor or guaranties by a Subsidiary of Borrower of Indebtedness of Borrower or a Guarantor with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1,

(g)    Indebtedness of any Guarantor to Borrower or to any other Guarantor, or of Borrower to any Guarantor; provided , (i) all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by promissory notes and all such notes shall be subject to a Lien pursuant to the Security Agreement, (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and (iii) any payment by any such Guarantor under any Guaranty shall result in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any Indebtedness owed by such Guarantor to Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries for whose benefit such payment is made, and

(h)    Other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries which is unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations in a manner satisfactory to Agent in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $100,000.

6.2     Liens . Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except for Permitted Liens.

6.3     Restrictions on Fundamental Changes .

(a)    Enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Stock,

(b)    Liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or

(c)    Suspend or go out of a substantial portion of its or their business;

provided that none of the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any Subsidiary of Borrower so long as (i) the occurrence of any such action or circumstance described above could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (ii) such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor or a Pledged Subsidiary, and (iii) the Accounts of such Subsidiary are not part of the Borrowing Base. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Subsidiaries of Borrower may merge with and into Borrower.

6.4     Disposal of Assets . Other than Permitted Dispositions, convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into an agreement to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of) any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries assets.

6.5     Change Name . Change Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name, organizational identification number, state of organization or organizational identity; provided , however , that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may change their names upon at least 15 days prior written notice to Agent of such

 

-32-


change and so long as, at the time of such written notification, Borrower or its Subsidiary provides any financing statements necessary to perfect and continue perfected the Agent’s Liens.

6.6     Nature of Business . Engage in any business other than (a) the business engaged in by Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Restatement Effective Date and similar or related businesses and (b) such other lines of business as may be consented to by the Required Lenders.

6.7     Prepayments and Amendments . Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1 ,

(a)    optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than payment of the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement,

(b)    make any payment on account of Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions, or

(c)    directly or indirectly, amend, modify, alter, increase, or change any of the terms or conditions of any agreement, instrument, document, indenture, or other writing evidencing or concerning Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) or (c) .

6.8     Change of Control . Cause, permit, or suffer, directly or indirectly, any Change of Control.

6.9    [ Intentionally Omitted ].

6.10     Distributions . Make any distribution or declare or pay any dividends (in cash or other property, other than common Stock) on, or purchase, acquire, redeem, or retire any of Borrower’s Stock, of any class, whether now or hereafter outstanding; provided that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately prior to or after giving effect to any such distribution, (a) Borrower may make distributions to its members pursuant to Article XI Section 11.02 of Borrower’s Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended from time to time, on account of tax obligations of such members and (b) Borrower may make an additional distribution to its members one time during any 12 month period if (i) EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended 12 month period was at least $18,500,000, (ii) the financial results of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended 12 month period have been reviewed by a Nationally Recognized Accounting Firm and include at least some portion of an audited year by such firm, and (iii) Borrower has at least $5,000,000 of Excess Availability after giving effect to such distribution.

6.11     Accounting Methods . Modify or change its fiscal year or its method of accounting (other than as may be required to conform to GAAP) or enter into, modify, or terminate any agreement currently existing, or at any time hereafter entered into with any third party accounting firm or service bureau for the preparation or storage of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ accounting records without said accounting firm or service bureau agreeing to provide Agent information regarding Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ financial condition.

6.12     Investments . Except for Permitted Investments, directly or indirectly, make or acquire any Investment or incur any liabilities (including contingent obligations) for or in connection with any Investment; provided , however , that (a) Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than ServiceSource Inc. in connection with the Autodesk Accounts) shall not have Permitted Investments (other than in the Cash

 

-33-


Management Accounts) in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts in an aggregate amount in excess of $10,000 at any one time unless Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries (other than ServiceSource Inc. in connection with the Autodesk Accounts), as applicable, and the applicable securities intermediary or bank have entered into Control Agreements governing such Permitted Investments in order to perfect (and further establish) the Agent’s Liens in such Permitted Investments and (b) Borrower’s Foreign Subsidiaries shall not have Permitted Investments in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts in an aggregate amount in excess of $3,000,000 at any one time. Subject to clause (a) in the foregoing proviso, Borrower shall not and shall not permit its Domestic Subsidiaries to establish or maintain any Deposit Account or Securities Account unless Agent shall have received a Control Agreement in respect of such Deposit Account or Securities Account.

6.13     Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except for:

(a)    transactions (other the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, or advisory fees) between Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, so long as such transactions (i) are upon fair and reasonable terms, (ii) are fully disclosed to Agent if they involve one or more payments by Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000 for any single transaction or series of transactions, and (iii) are no less favorable to Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate;

(b)    the payment of reasonable fees, compensation, or employee benefit arrangements to, and any indemnity provided for the benefit of, outside directors of Borrower in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice;

(c)    the payment of compensation to officers and other employees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice; and

(d)    transactions between Borrower and any Guarantor.

It is understood and agreed that Borrower may enter into transactions with: (i) its Subsidiary ServiceSource Europe under that certain Management and Marketing Services Agreement dated as of March 30, 2005 between Borrower and ServiceSource Europe, as in effect on the Closing Date, and (ii) its Subsidiary ServiceSource Inc. under that certain Intercorporate Management Services Agreement effective as of June 1, 2007 between Borrower and ServiceSource Inc., as in effect on such date, so long as (x) no Event of Default under Sections 7.1 , 7.3 , 7.4 , 7.5 or 7.6 has occurred and is continuing at the time of any payment by Borrower thereunder and (y) any payments thereunder are made in the ordinary course of business and are consistent with past practices between the parties.

6.14     Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Advances and the Term Loan for any purpose other than (a) on the Restatement Effective Date, (i) to repay, in full, the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and accrued fees and expenses owing to the Existing Lenders and (ii) to pay transactional fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for its lawful and permitted purposes.

6.15     Equipment with Bailees . Store the Equipment of Borrower or its Subsidiaries at any time now or hereafter with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party.

 

-34-


6.16     Financial Covenants

(a)     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, less than the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

    Applicable Ratio    

  

    Applicable Period    

1.25:1.00   

For the 12 month period

ending June 30, 2008

1.25:1.00   

For the 12 month period

ending September 30, 2008

1.50:1.00   

For the 12 month period

ending December 31, 2008

1.50:1.00   

For the 12 month period

ending March 31, 2009

1.50:1.00   

For the 12 month period

ending June 30, 2009

1.50:1.00   

For the 12 month period

ending September 30, 2009

1.75:1 .00   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009

and the 12 month period ending at the end of

each quarter thereafter

(b)     Leverage Ratio . Have a Leverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, more than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable date set forth opposite thereto:

 

    Applicable Ratio    

  

    Applicable Date    

2.25:1.00    June 30, 2008
2.00:1.00    September 30, 2008
2.00:1.00    December 31, 2008
1.75:1.00    March 31, 2009
1.50:1.00    June 30, 2009
1.25:1.00   

September 30, 2009

and as of the last day of each quarter thereafter

(c)     Capital Expenditures . Make Capital Expenditures (net of Excluded Cap Ex Items) in any fiscal year in excess of the amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period; provided such amount for any fiscal year shall be increased by an amount equal to the excess, if any, (but in no event more than $250,000) of such amount for the previous fiscal year (as adjusted in accordance with this proviso) over the actual amount of Capital Expenditures for such previous fiscal year:

 

        $5,000,000    

  

Fiscal year 2008 and each

fiscal year thereafter

 

-35-


6.17     Certain Calculations . With respect to any period during which a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Disposition has occurred (each, a “ Subject Transaction ”), for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 , EBITDA and the components of Fixed Charges shall be calculated with respect to such period on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the SEC) using the historical audited financial statements of any business so acquired or to be acquired or sold or to be sold and the consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be reformulated as if such Subject Transaction, and any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection therewith, had been consummated or incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant acquisition at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding loans incurred during such period).

 

7.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

7.1    If Borrower fails to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable, (a) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender Group, reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts (other than any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and such failure continues for a period of 3 Business Days, or (b) all or any portion of the principal of the Obligations;

7.2    If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries:

(a)    fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 2.7 , 5.2 , 5.3 , 5.4 , 5.5 , 5.8 , 5.12 , 5.14 , 5.16 , 5.17 and 6.1 through 6.16 of this Agreement or Section 6 of the Security Agreement;

(b)    fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 5.6 , 5.7 , 5.9 , 5.10 , 5.11 and 5.15 of this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 10 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Borrower or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent; or

(c)    fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, other than any such covenant or agreement that is the subject of another provision of this Section 7 (in which event such other provision of this Section 7 shall govern), and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Borrower or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Borrower by Agent;

7.3    If any material portion of the assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any third Person and the same is not discharged before the earlier of 30 days after the date it first arises or 5 days

 

-36-


prior to the date on which such property or asset is subject to forfeiture by Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary;

7.4    If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

7.5    If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any of the following events occur: (a) Borrower or such Subsidiary consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it, (b) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted, (c) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within 60 calendar days of the date of the filing thereof, (d) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (e) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

7.6    If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of the business affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

7.7    If one or more judgments, orders, or awards involving an aggregate amount of $1,000,000, or more (except to the extent fully covered by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has accepted liability therefor in writing) shall be entered or filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to any of their respective assets, and the same is not released, discharged, bonded against, or stayed pending appeal before the earlier of 30 days after the date it first arises or 5 days prior to the date on which such asset is subject to being forfeited by Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary;

7.8    If there is a default in one or more agreements to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with one or more third Persons relative to Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Indebtedness involving an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more, and such default (i) occurs at the final maturity of the obligations thereunder, or (ii) results in a right by such third Person(s), irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Borrower’s or the applicable Subsidiary’s obligations thereunder;

7.9    If any warranty, representation, statement, or Record made herein or in any other Loan Document or delivered to Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document proves to be untrue in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of the date of issuance or making or deemed making thereof;

7.10    If the obligation of any Guarantor under the Guaranty is limited or terminated by operation of law or by such Guarantor, or any such Guarantor becomes the subject of an Insolvency Proceeding;

7.11    If the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent permitted by the terms hereof or thereof, first priority Lien on or security interest in the Collateral covered hereby or thereby, except as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement;

7.12    At any time that the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan is greater than $7,500,000, Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall lose, fail to keep in force, suffer the termination, suspension or revocation of or terminate, or forfeit any Material Contract; or

 

-37-


7.13    Any provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason be declared to be null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or a proceeding shall be commenced by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or its Subsidiaries, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall deny that Borrower or its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document.

 

8.

THE LENDER GROUP’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .

8.1     Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence, and during the continuation, of an Event of Default, the Required Lenders (at their election but without notice of their election and without demand) may authorize and instruct Agent to do any one or more of the following on behalf of the Lender Group (and Agent, acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, shall do the same on behalf of the Lender Group), all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a)    Declare all or any portion of the Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable;

(b)    Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement, under any of the Loan Documents, or under any other agreement between Borrower and the Lender Group;

(c)    Terminate this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents as to any future liability or obligation of the Lender Group, but without affecting any of the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral and without affecting the Obligations; and

(d)    The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or pursuant to any other Loan Document.

The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 7.4 or Section 7.5 , in addition to the remedies set forth above, without any notice to Borrower or any other Person or any act by the Lender Group, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Obligations then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and all other amounts due under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrower.

8.2     Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of the Lender Group under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by the Lender Group of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by the Lender Group shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

 

9.

TAXES AND EXPENSES .

If Borrower fails to pay any monies (whether taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased properties or assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) due to third Persons, or fails to make any deposits or furnish any required proof of payment or deposit, all as required under the terms of

 

-38-


this Agreement, then, Agent, in its sole discretion and without prior notice to Borrower, may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof, (b) set up such reserves against the Borrowing Base or the Maximum Revolver Amount as Agent deems necessary to protect the Lender Group from the exposure created by such failure, or (c) in the case of the failure to comply with Section 5.8 hereof, obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type described in Section 5.8 and take any action with respect to such policies as Agent deems prudent. Any such amounts paid by Agent shall constitute Lender Group Expenses and any such payments shall not constitute an agreement by the Lender Group to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Agent need not inquire as to, or contest the validity of, any such expense, tax, or Lien and the receipt of the usual official notice for the payment thereof shall be conclusive evidence that the same was validly due and owing.

 

10.

WAVERS; INDEMNIFICATION .

10.1     Demand; Protest; etc . Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by the Lender Group on which Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2     The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral . Borrower hereby agrees that: (a) so long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, the Lender Group shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

10.3     Indemnification . Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent-Related Persons, the Lender-Related Persons, and each Participant (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance, or administration (including any restructuring or workout with respect hereto) of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the monitoring of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, (b) with respect to any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the use of the proceeds of the credit provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or arising out of any presence or release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, to or from any assets or properties owned, leased or operated by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Actions, Environmental Liabilities and Costs or Remedial Actions related in any way to any such assets or properties of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (each and all of the foregoing, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower shall have no obligation to any Indemnified Person under this Section 10.3 with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified

 

-39-


Liability as to which Borrower was required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrower with respect thereto. W ITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON .

 

11.

NOTICES .

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by Borrower or Agent to the other relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, electronic mail (at such email addresses as Borrower or Agent, as applicable, may designate to each other in accordance herewith), or telefacsimile to Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, at its address set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:

  

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

  

735 Battery Street, Fourth Floor

  

San Francisco, CA 94111

  

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  

Fax No. (415) 962-3250

with copies to:

  

COOLEY GODWARD, LLP

  

5 Palo Alto Square

  

3000 El Camino Real

  

Palo Alto, CA 94306-2155

  

Attn: John Hale, Esq.

  

Fax No.: (650) 849-7400

If to Agent:

  

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.

  

2450 Colorado Avenue, Suite 3000 West

  

Santa Monica, CA 90071

  

Attn: Michael Ganann, Vice President

  

Fax No.: (866) 533-0289

with copies to:

  

SHEPPARD, MULLIN, RICHTER & HAMPTON LLP

  

333 South Hope Street, 48th Floor

  

Los Angeles, CA 90071

  

Attn: Richard Pugh, Esq.

  

Fax No.: (213) 620-1398

Agent and Borrower may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other party. All notices or demands sent in accordance with this Section 11 , other than notices by Agent in connection with enforcement rights against the Collateral under the provisions of the Code, shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt or 3 Business Days after the deposit thereof in the mail. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that notices sent by the Lender Group in connection with the exercise of enforcement rights against Collateral under the

 

-40-


provisions of the Code shall be deemed sent when deposited in the mail or personally delivered, or, where permitted by law, transmitted by telefacsimile or any other method set forth above.

 

12.

CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE .

(a)    THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

(b)    THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(c)    BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS VIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d)    THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT PREFER THAT ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM BE RESOLVED IN LITIGATION SUBJECT TO A JURY TRIAL WAIVER AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 12(c) . IF, HOWEVER, UNDER THE THEN APPLICABLE LAW OF THE JURISDICTION IN WHICH A PARTY SEEKS TO COMMENCE ANY SUCH LITIGATION, A PRE-DISPUTE JURY TRIAL WAIVER OF THE TYPE PROVIDED FOR IN SECTION 12(c) IS UNENFORCEABLE IN LITIGATION TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE, CLAIM, CAUSE OF ACTION OR CONTROVERSY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (EACH, A “ CLAIM ”), THEN, UPON THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF SUCH PARTY, SUCH CLAIM, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL QUESTIONS OF LAW OR FACT RELATING

 

-41-


THERETO, SHALL BE DETERMINED EXCLUSIVELY BY A JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROCEEDING. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN SECTION 12(b) , VENUE FOR ANY SUCH REFERENCE PROCEEDING SHALL BE THE STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE COUNTY OR DISTRICT WHERE VENUE IS APPROPRIATE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW (THE “ COURT ”). THE PARTIES SHALL SELECT A SINGLE NEUTRAL REFEREE, WHO SHALL BE A RETIRED STATE OR FEDERAL JUDGE. IF THE PARTIES CANNOT AGREE UPON A REFEREE, THE COURT SHALL APPOINT THE REFEREE. THE REFEREE SHALL REPORT A STATEMENT OF DECISION TO THE COURT. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL LIMIT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY AT ANY TIME TO EXERCISE SELF-HELP REMEDIES, FORECLOSE AGAINST COLLATERAL OR OBTAIN PROVISIONAL REMEDIES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIM AND DELIVERY, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, ATTACHMENT OR THE APPOINTMENT OF A RECEIVER). THE PARTIES SHALL BEAR THE FEES AND EXPENSES OF THE REFEREE EQUALLY UNLESS THE REFEREE ORDERS OTHERWISE. THE REFEREE ALSO SHALL DETERMINE ALL ISSUES RELATING TO THE APPLICABILITY, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS SECTION 12(d) . THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT ANY CLAIM DETERMINED BY REFERENCE PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION 12(d) SHALL NOT BE ADJUDICATED BY A JURY.

 

13.

ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS .

13.1     Assignments and Participations .

(a)    Any Lender may assign and delegate to one or more assignees (each an “ Assignee ”) that are Eligible Transferees all or any portion of the Obligations, the Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in a minimum amount (unless waived by the Agent) of $5,000,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (x) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or (y) a group of new Lenders, each of whom is an Affiliate of each other or a fund or account managed by any such new Lender or an Affiliate of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $5,000,000); provided , however , that Borrower and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Borrower and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee, (ii) such Lender and its Assignee have delivered to Borrower and Agent an Assignment and Acceptance and Agent has notified the assigning Lender of its receipt thereof in accordance with Section 13.1(b) , and (iii) unless waived by the Agent, the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent for Agent’s separate account a processing fee in the amount of $3,500. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the payment of any fees shall not be required and the Assignee need not be an Eligible Transferee if such assignment is in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or any substantial portion of the business or loan portfolio of the assigning Lender.

(b)    From and after the date that Agent notifies the assigning Lender (with a copy to Borrower) that it has received an executed Assignment and Acceptance and, if applicable, payment of the required processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except with respect to Section 10.3 hereof)

 

-42-


and be released from any future obligations under this Agreement (and in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and thereto), and such assignment shall effect a novation among Borrower, the assigning Lender, and the Assignee; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Section 15 and Section 16.7(a) of this Agreement.

(c)    By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of Borrower or the performance or observance by Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to Agent, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d)    Immediately upon Agent’s receipt of the required processing fee, if applicable, and delivery of notice to the assigning Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(b) , this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such Commitment of the assigning Lender pro tanto .

(e)    Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in all or any portion of its Obligations, its Commitment, and the other rights and interests of that Lender (the “ Originating Lender ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that (i) the Originating Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Participant receiving the participating interest in the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and interests of the Originating Lender hereunder shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and the Originating Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) Borrower, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has the right to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment to, or consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or of any other Loan Document would (A) extend the final maturity date of the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating,

 

-43-


(B) reduce the interest rate applicable to the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (D) postpone the payment of, or reduce the amount of, the interest or fees payable to such Participant through such Lender, or (E) change the amount or due dates of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments or premiums, and (v) all amounts payable by Borrower hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement. The rights of any Participant only shall be derivative through the Originating Lender with whom such Participant participates and no Participant shall have any rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any direct rights as to the other Lenders, Agent, Borrower, the Collections of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Obligations. No Participant shall have the right to participate directly in the making of decisions by the Lenders among themselves.

(f)    In connection with any such assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 16.7 , disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

(g)    Any other provision in this Agreement notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Bank or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR §203.24, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

13.2     Successors . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , that Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the Lenders’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio . No consent to assignment by the Lenders shall release Borrower from its Obligations. A Lender may assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its rights and duties hereunder and thereunder pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof and, except as expressly required pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, no consent or approval by Borrower is required in connection with any such assignment.

 

14.

AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS .

14.1     Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than Bank Product Agreements or the Fee Letter), and no consent with respect to any departure by Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and Borrower and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; , provided , however , that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders directly affected thereby and Borrower, do any of the following:

(a)    increase or extend any Commitment of any Lender,

 

-44-


(b)    postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts due hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(d)    change the Pro Rata Share that is required to take any action hereunder,

(e)    amend or modify this Section or any provision of this Agreement providing for consent or other action by all Lenders,

(f)    other than as permitted by Section 15.12 , release Agent’s Lien in and to any of the Collateral,

(g)    change the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”,

(h)    contractually subordinate any of the Agent’s Liens,

(i)    other than in connection with a merger, liquidation, dissolution or sale of such Person expressly permitted by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents, release Borrower or any Guarantor from any obligation for the payment of money,

(j)    amend any of the provisions of Section 2.4(b) ,

(k)    change the definition of Borrowing Base or the definitions of Eligible Accounts, Eligible Agency Model Accounts, Eligible A/R Model Accounts, Maximum Revolver Amount, Available Increase Amount, or Term Loan Amount, or change Section 2.1(b) , or

(l)    amend any of the provisions of Section 15 .

and, provided further , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent, Issuing Lender, or Swing Lender, as applicable, affect the rights or duties of Agent, Issuing Lender, or Swing Lender, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing notwithstanding, any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lender Group among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of Borrower, shall not require consent by or the agreement of Borrower.

14.2     Replacement of Holdout Lender .

(a)    If any action to be taken by the Lender Group or Agent hereunder requires the unanimous consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders and if such action has received the consent, authorization, or agreement of the Required Lenders but not all of the Lenders, then Agent, upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice, may permanently replace any Lender (a “ Holdout Lender ”) that failed to give its consent, authorization, or agreement with one or more substitute Lenders (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”), and the Holdout Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder. Such notice to replace the Holdout Lender shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 15 Business Days after the date such notice is given.

 

-45-


(b)    Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance, subject only to the Holdout Lender being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations (including an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability) without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever. If the Holdout Lender shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such Assignment and Acceptance prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance. The replacement of any Holdout Lender shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1 . Until such time as the Replacement Lenders shall have acquired all of the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and obligations of the Holdout Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Holdout Lender shall remain obligated to make the Holdout Lender’s Pro Rata Share of Advances and to purchase a participation in each Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Risk Participation Liability of such Letter of Credit.

14.3     No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or delay by Agent or any Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by Agent or any Lender on any occasion shall affect or diminish Agent’s and each Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement. Agent’s and each Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may have.

 

15.

AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP .

15.1     Appointment and Authorization of Agent . Each Lender hereby designates and appoints WFF as its representative under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to execute and deliver each of the other Loan Documents on its behalf and to take such other action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 15 . The provisions of this Section 15 (other than the proviso to Section 15.11(a) ) are solely for the benefit of Agent, and the Lenders, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein. Any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document notwithstanding, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent; it being expressly understood and agreed that the use of the word “Agent” is for convenience only, that WFF is merely the representative of the Lenders, and only has the contractual duties set forth herein. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions that Agent expressly is entitled to take or assert under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other provision of the Loan Documents that provides rights or powers to Agent, Lenders agree that Agent shall have the right to exercise the following powers as long as this Agreement remains in effect: (a) maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and related matters, (b) execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices,

 

-46-


amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to the Loan Documents, (c) make Advances, for itself or on behalf of Lenders as provided in the Loan Documents, (d) exclusively receive, apply, and distribute the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as provided in the Loan Documents, (e) open and maintain such bank accounts and cash management arrangements as Agent deems necessary and appropriate in accordance with the Loan Documents for the foregoing purposes with respect to the Collateral and the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (f) perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lender Group with respect to Borrower, the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, or otherwise related to any of same as provided in the Loan Documents, and (g) incur and pay such Lender Group Expenses as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to the Loan Documents. No Lender that also is designated as a “Documentation Agent” hereunder shall have any right, power, duty, responsibility, obligation or liability under this Agreement, except for the duties, responsibilities, obligations and liabilities of a Lender hereunder.

15.2     Delegation of Duties . Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney in fact that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3     Liability of Agent . None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, or any officer or director thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the books and records or properties of Borrower or the books or records or properties of any of Borrower’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

15.4     Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrower or counsel to any Lender), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Agent shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate and until such instructions are received, Agent shall act, or refrain from acting, as it deems advisable. If Agent so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in

 

-47-


accordance with a request or consent of the requisite Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.5     Notice of Default or Event of Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest, fees, and expenses required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders and, except with respect to Events of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default, and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” Agent promptly will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or of any Event of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge. If any Lender obtains actual knowledge of any Event of Default, such Lender promptly shall notify the other Lenders and Agent of such Event of Default. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for giving any notices to its Participants, if any. Subject to Section 15.4 , Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 8 ; provided , however , that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

15.6     Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower and any other Person party to a Loan Document, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrower. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrower and any other Person party to a Loan Document. Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of Borrower and any other Person party to a Loan Document that may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

15.7     Costs and Expenses; Indemnification . Agent may incur and pay Lender Group Expenses to the extent Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions, powers, and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, including court costs, attorneys fees and expenses, fees and expenses of financial accountants, advisors, consultants, and appraisers, costs of collection by outside collection agencies, auctioneer fees and expenses, and costs of security guards or insurance premiums paid to maintain the Collateral, whether or not Borrower is obligated to reimburse Agent or Lenders for such expenses pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Agent is authorized and directed to deduct and retain sufficient amounts from the Collections of Borrower and its Subsidiaries received by Agent to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket costs and expenses prior to the distribution of any amounts to Lenders. In the event Agent is not reimbursed for such costs and expenses by Borrower or its Subsidiaries,

 

-48-


each Lender hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay to Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Whether or not Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), according to their Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct nor shall any Lender be liable for the obligations of any Defaulting Lender in failing to make an Advance or other extension of credit hereunder. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any costs or out of pocket expenses (including attorneys, accountants, advisors, and consultants fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrower. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

15.8     Agent in Individual Capacity . WFF and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though WFF were not Agent hereunder, and, in each case, without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, WFF or its Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver Agent will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. The terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include WFF in its individual capacity.

15.9     Successor Agent . Agent may resign as Agent upon 45 days notice to the Lenders (unless such notice is waived by the Required Lenders). If Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent for the Lenders. If no successor Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders, a successor Agent. If Agent has materially breached or failed to perform any material provision of this Agreement or of applicable law, the Required Lenders may agree in writing to remove and replace Agent with a successor Agent from among the Lenders. In any such event, upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers, and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 15 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 45 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.

15.10     Lender in Individual Capacity . Any Lender and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Borrower and its

 

-49-


Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though such Lender were not a Lender hereunder without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, such Lender and its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding Borrower or its Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver such Lender will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), such Lender shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to the Swing Loans and Protective Advances, Swing Lender shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the sub-agent of Agent.

15.11     Withholding Taxes .

(a)    All payments made by Borrower hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Taxes is required, Borrower shall comply with the penultimate sentence of this Section 15.11(a) . “Taxes” shall mean, any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments (but excluding any tax imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein measured by or based on the net income or net profits of any Lender) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto. If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement, any note, or Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 15.11(a) after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein; provided, however, that Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts if the increase in such amount payable results from Agent’s or such Lender’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Borrower will furnish to Agent as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Tax is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrower.

(b)    If a Lender claims an exemption from United States withholding tax, Lender agrees with and in favor of Agent and Borrower, to deliver to Agent:

(i)    if such Lender claims an exemption from United States withholding tax pursuant to its portfolio interest exception, (A) a statement of the Lender, signed under penalty of perjury, that it is not a (I) a “bank” as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, (II) a 10% shareholder of Borrower (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the IRC), or (III) a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the IRC, and (B) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN, before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower;

(ii)    if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower;

 

-50-


(iii)    if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower; or

(iv)    such other form or forms, including IRS Form W-9, as may be required under the IRC or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower.

Lender agrees promptly to notify Agent and Borrower of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(c)    If a Lender claims an exemption from withholding tax in a jurisdiction other than the United States, Lender agrees with and in favor of Agent and Borrower, to deliver to Agent any such form or forms, as may be required under the laws of such jurisdiction as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, foreign withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent or Borrower.

Lender agrees promptly to notify Agent and Borrower of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(d)    If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax and such Lender sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of Borrower to such Lender, such Lender agrees to notify Agent and Borrower of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of Borrower to such Lender. To the extent of such percentage amount, Agent and Borrower will treat such Lender’s documentation provided pursuant to, Sections 15.11(b) or 15.11(c) as no longer valid. With respect to such percentage amount, Lender may provide new documentation, pursuant to Sections 15.11 (b) or 15.11(c) , if applicable.

(e)    If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by subsection (b) or (c)  of this Section 15.11 are not delivered to Agent, then Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

(f)    If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender due to a failure on the part of the Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent, as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent under this Section 15.11 , together with all costs and expenses (including attorneys

 

-51-


fees and expenses). The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

15.12     Collateral Matters .

(a)    The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full by Borrower of all Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Borrower certifies to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under Section 6.4 of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property in which Borrower or its Subsidiaries owned no interest at the time the Agent’s Lien was granted nor at any time thereafter, or (iv) constituting property leased to Borrower or its Subsidiaries under a lease that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders, or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders. Upon request by Agent or Borrower at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 15.12 ; provided , however , that (1) Agent shall not be required to execute any document necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of Borrower in respect of) all interests retained by Borrower, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.

(b)    Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrower or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise provided herein.

15.13     Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments .

(a)    Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to Borrower or any deposit accounts of Borrower now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

(b)    If, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such

 

-52-


proceeds or payments received by such Lender from Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from Agent in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all such distributions by Agent, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided , however , that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.

15.14     Agency for Perfection . Agent hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent (and each Lender hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting the Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

15.15     Payments by Agent to the Lenders . All payments to be made by Agent to the Lenders shall be made by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to such wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by written notice to Agent. Concurrently with each such payment, Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion thereof) represents principal, premium, fees, or interest of the Obligations.

15.16     Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents . Each member of the Lender Group authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each member of the Lender Group agrees that any action taken by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the Collateral and the exercise by Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.17     Field Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information . By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:

(a)    is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each field audit or examination report (each a “ Report ” and collectively, “ Reports ”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,

(b)    expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,

(c)    expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding Borrower and will rely significantly upon Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ books and records, as well as on representations of Borrower’s personnel,

 

-53-


(d)    agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 16.7 , and

(e)    without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrower, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

In addition to the foregoing: (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by Borrower to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by Borrower to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of the Loan Documents, to request additional reports or information from Borrower, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of Borrower the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from Borrower, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Borrower a statement regarding the Loan Account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.

15.18     Several Obligations; No Liability . Notwithstanding that certain of the Loan Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit available hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their respective Commitments, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Revolver Commitments. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters relating to the Loan Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any Participant of any other Lender. Except as provided in Section 15.7 , no member of the Lender Group shall have any liability for the acts of any other member of the Lender Group. No Lender shall be responsible to Borrower or any other Person for any failure by any other Lender to fulfill its obligations to make credit available hereunder, nor to advance for it or on its behalf in connection with its Commitment, nor to take any other action on its behalf hereunder or in connection with the financing contemplated herein.

15.19     Bank Product Providers . Each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed a party hereto for purposes of any reference in a Loan Document to the parties for whom Agent is acting it being understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of such Bank Product Provider under the Loan Documents consist exclusively of such Bank Product Provider’s right to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as more fully set forth herein. In connection with any such distribution of payments and collections, Agent shall

 

-54-


be entitled to assume no amounts are due to any Bank Product Provider unless such Bank Product Provider has notified Agent in writing of the amount of any such liability owed to it prior to such distribution.

 

16.

GENERAL PROVISIONS .

16.1     Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by Borrower, Agent, and each Lender whose signature is provided for on the signature pages hereof.

16.2     Section Headings . Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

16.3     Interpretation . Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group or Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

16.4     Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5     Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

16.6     Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations . If the incurrence or payment of the Obligations by Borrower or Guarantor or the transfer to the Lender Group of any property should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (each, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Borrower or Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.

16.7     Confidentiality .

(a)    Agent and Lenders each individually (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that material, non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans shall be treated by Agent and the Lenders in a confidential manner,

 

-55-


and shall not be disclosed by Agent and the Lenders to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (i) to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to any member of the Lender Group, (ii) to Subsidiaries and Affiliates of any member of the Lender Group (including the Bank Product Providers), provided that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 16.7 , (iii) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (iv) as may be agreed to in advance by Borrower or as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, (v) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Agent or the Lenders), (vi) in connection with any assignment, participation or pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that any such assignee, participant, or pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section, and (vii) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 16.7(a) shall survive for 2 years after the payment in full of the Obligations.

(b)    Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Agent may provide information concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to loan syndication and pricing reporting services.

16.8     Lender Group Expenses . Borrower agrees to pay any and all Lender Group Expenses promptly after demand therefor by Agent and agrees that its obligations contained in this Section 16.8 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

16.9     USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Act hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

16.10     Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

16.11     No Novation . This Agreement does not extinguish the obligations for the payment of money outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or discharge or release the obligations or the liens or priority of any mortgage, pledge, security agreement or any other security therefor. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the obligations outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments executed concurrently herewith. Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement shall be construed as a release or other discharge of Borrower or any guarantor from any of its obligations or liabilities under the Existing Credit Agreement or any of the security agreements, pledge agreements, mortgages, guaranties, or other loan documents executed in connection therewith. Borrower hereby (i) confirms and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the Restatement Effective Date all references in any such Loan Document to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof’, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Existing Credit Agreement shall mean the Existing Credit Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement; and (ii) confirms and agrees that to the extent that any such Loan Document purports to assign or pledge to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, or to grant to the Agent,

 

-56-


for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in or lien on, any collateral as security for the obligations of Borrower from time to time existing in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement, such pledge, assignment, or grant of the security interest or lien is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW.]

 

-57-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

By:

 

/s/ Michael Smerklo

Title:

 

CEO

 

[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

 

-2-


 

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

a California corporation, as Agent and as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Michael Ganann

Title:

 

Vice President

COMERICA BANK,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Kim Crosslin

Title:

 

Vice President

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Jeff Kalinowski

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.15

AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of May 19, 2009, by and among SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC. , as administrative agent (“Agent”) and the Lenders whose signatures appear on the signature pages hereof, in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, by and among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), with respect to the following:

RECITALS

A.    Borrower has requested that the Lender Group agree to certain amendments of the Credit Agreement; and

B.    The Lender Group is willing to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and the Lender Group hereby amend the Credit Agreement as follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including in the preamble and recitals) shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

2.     AMENDMENTS .

(a)    The following existing definitions in Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal year and with respect to Borrower, determined on a consolidated basis (a) TTM EBITDA, minus (b) the sum of (i) the cash portion of Interest Expense paid during such year, (ii) the cash portion of distributions made by Borrower to its members during such year for payment of income taxes payable by such members as a result of income realized by Borrower as permitted under Section 6.10 of the Agreement plus the amount of income taxes paid directly by Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such year, (iii) all scheduled principal payments made in respect of the Term Loan and any servicing fees paid to Agent during such year, and (iv) the cash portion of Capital Expenditures (net of (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(c)(i) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures (including pursuant to Capital Leases)) made during such year (including the Excluded Cap Ex Items).

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of the amounts determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to (i) Interest Expense,


(ii) scheduled payments of principal on Total Debt, (iii) Capital Expenditures (but excluding the Excluded Cap Ex Items) and (iv) the cash portion of distributions made by Borrower to its members during such year for payment of income taxes payable by such members as a result of income realized by Borrower as permitted under Section 6.10 of the Agreement plus the amount of income taxes paid directly by Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such year.

TTM EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis for the 12 month period most recently ended.

3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that all of Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof.

4.     NO DEFAULTS OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

5.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Agent of:

(a)    this Amendment duly executed by Borrower and the Required Lenders;

(b)    an Acknowledgement of Guarantor duly executed by ServiceSource Inc. in the form attached hereto; and

(c)    such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

6.     COSTS AND EXPENSES . Borrower shall pay to Agent all of Agent’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

7.     LIMITED EFFECT . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

8.     REPRESENTATIONS . Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group that (i) this Amendment has been duly authorized, (ii) no consents are necessary from any third person for the execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment which have not already been obtained and a copy thereof delivered to Agent, and (iii) this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof against it may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles of general application (whether considered in an action at law or in equity).

 

-2-


9.     GOVERNING LAW . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

10.     MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.

11.     ELECTRONIC DELIVERY . Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be no less effective than delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

12.     BINDING AGREEMENT . It is understood and agreed that this Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender Group and Borrower, and their respective successors and assigns.

13.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

as Borrower

By:

 

    /s/    Charles D. Boynton        

Name:

 

    Charles D. Boynton

Title:

 

    Chief Financial Officer

 

S-1


WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

as Agent and as a Lender

By:

 

    /s/    Michael Ganann        

Name:

 

    Michael Ganann

Title:

 

    Vice President

COMERICA BANK,

as a Lender

By:

 

    /s/    Kim Crosslin        

Name:

 

    Kim Crosslin

Title:

 

    Vice President

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:

 

    /s/    Raed Y. Alfayoumi        

Name:

 

    Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Title:

 

    Vice President

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.16

AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment Number Two to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of August 21, 2009, by and among SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC. , as administrative agent (“Agent”) and the Lenders whose signatures appear on the signature pages hereof, in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, by and among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), with respect to the following:

RECITALS

A.    Borrower has requested that the Lender Group agree to a certain amendment of the Credit Agreement; and

B.    The Lender Group is willing to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and the Lender Group hereby amend the Credit Agreement as follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including in the preamble and recitals) shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

2.     AMENDMENTS .

(a)    The following existing definition in Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Excluded Cap Ex Items ” means Capital Expenditures made by Borrower during the period from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2009, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $6,000,000, in connection with (a) the build out of CRM/DR systems, (b) the build out of Borrower’s Nashville, Tennessee physical plant, and (c) the relocation of Borrower’s headquarters office in San Francisco, California (it being acknowledged that $1,864,128 of Capital Expenditures made by Borrower during the year ending December 31, 2008 were “Excluded Cap Ex Items”, leaving a balance of $4,135,872 available for the year ending December 31, 2009).

3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that all of Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all respects as of the date hereof.

4.     NO DEFAULTS OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

5.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Agent of:

 

-1-


(a)    this Amendment duly executed by Borrower and the Required Lenders;

(b)    an Acknowledgement of Guarantor duly executed by ServiceSource Inc. in the form attached hereto; and

(c)    such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

6.     COSTS AND EXPENSES . Borrower shall pay to Agent all of Agent’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

7.     LIMITED EFFECT . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

8.     REPRESENTATIONS . Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group that (i) this Amendment has been duly authorized, (ii) no consents are necessary from any third person for the execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment which have not already been obtained and a copy thereof delivered to Agent, and (iii) this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof against it may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles of general application (whether considered in an action at law or in equity).

9.     GOVERNING LAW . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

10.     MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.

11.     ELECTRONIC DELIVERY . Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be no less effective than delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

12.     BINDING AGREEMENT . It is understood and agreed that this Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender Group and Borrower, and their respective successors and assigns.

13.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

as Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Charles D. Boynton

Name:

 

Charles D. Boynton

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

-3-


 

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

as Agent and as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Michael Ganann

Name:

 

Michael Ganann

Title:

 

Vice President

COMERICA BANK,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Kim Crosslin

Name:

 

Kim Crosslin

Title:

 

V.P.

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/ Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Name:

 

Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Title:

 

Vice President

 

-4-


ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BY GUARANTOR

Dated as of August 20, 2009

In order to induce the Lender Group to execute Amendment Number Two to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Amendment ”), amending that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of April 29, 2008, among ServiceSource International, LLC, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders (the “ Lenders ”) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), the undersigned hereby represents, warrants and agrees that the undersigned has reviewed and approved the Amendment and that nothing contained therein shall diminish, alter, amend or otherwise affect the undersigned’s obligations under the Guaranty or any other Loan Document executed by it in connection with the Credit Agreement. The undersigned further confirms that each Loan Document executed by it shall continue in full force and effect and agrees that it shall continue to be liable under each such Loan Document in accordance with the terms thereof. The undersigned further confirms that it has no defense, counterclaim or offset right whatsoever with respect to its obligations under the Loan Documents. Unless otherwise noted, any and all initially capitalized terms set forth in this Acknowledgment by Guarantor shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement, as amended by the Amendment.

 

SERVICESOURCE INC.

By:

 

/s/ Charles D. Boynton

Name:

 

Charles D. Boynton

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment Number Three to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of April 30, 2010, by and among SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC (formerly known as Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as administrative agent (“Agent”), and the Lenders whose signatures appear on the signature pages hereof, in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, by and among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), with respect to the following:

RECITALS

A.    Borrower has requested that the Lender Group agree to certain amendments of the Credit Agreement; and

B.    The Lender Group is willing to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and the Lender Group hereby amend the Credit Agreement as follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including in the preamble and recitals) shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

2.     AMENDMENTS .

(a)    The following existing definitions in Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Stock, by contract, or otherwise; provided , however , that, for purposes of Section 6.13 of the Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.


Available Increase Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the result of (a) $10,000,000 minus (h) the aggregate principal amount of increases to the Revolver Commitments and the Maximum Revolver Amount previously made pursuant to Section 2.15 .

Base LIBOR Rate ” means the greater of (a) 2.0% per annum, and (b) the rate per annum rate appearing on Bloomberg L.P.’s (the “Service”) Page BBAM1/(Official BBA USD Dollar Libor Fixings) (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service) 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Leverage Ratio Period, for a term and in an amount comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan requested (whether as an initial LIBOR Rate Loan or as a continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or as a conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) by Borrower in accordance with the Agreement, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

Base Rate ” means the greater of (a) 3.0% per annum, and (b) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate”, with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate.

Base Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Advances on such date that is a Base Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Agreement (the “ Leverage Ratio Calculation ”):

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio Calculation

  

Base Rate Margin

I    If the Leverage Ratio is greater than
1.00:1.00
   2.75 percentage points
II    If the Leverage Ratio is less than or
equal to 1.00:1.00
   2.25 percentage points

The Base Rate Margin shall be based upon the most recent Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The Base Rate Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. The foregoing notwithstanding and without limiting the right of the Agent or the Required Lenders to charge additional interest at the default rate under Section 2.6(c) of the Agreement, at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

 

-2-


Base Rate Term Loan Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Term Loan on such date that is a Base Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Agreement (the “ Leverage Ratio Calculation ”); provided , however , that for the period from the Amendment Number Three Effective Date through March 31, 2011, the Base Rate Term Loan Margin shall be 2.75 percentage points:

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio Calculation

  

Base Rate Term Loan Margin

I    If the Leverage Ratio is greater than
1.00:1.00
   2.75 percentage points
II    If the Leverage Ratio is less than or
equal to 1.00:1.00
   2.25 percentage points

Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Base Rate Term Loan Margin shall be based upon the most recent Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Base Rate Term Loan Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the Base Rate Term Loan Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Base Rate Term Loan Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. The foregoing notwithstanding and without limiting the right of the Agent or the Required Lenders to charge additional interest at the default rate under Section 2.6(c) of the Agreement, at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Base Rate Term Loan Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal year and with respect to Borrower, determined on a consolidated basis (a) TTM EBITDA, minus (b) the sum of (i) the cash portion of Interest Expense paid during such year, (ii) the cash portion of distributions made by Borrower to its members during such year for payment of income taxes payable by such members as a result of income realized by Borrower as permitted under Section 6.10 of the Agreement plus the amount of income taxes paid directly by Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such year, (iii) all scheduled principal payments and voluntary prepayments made in respect of the Term Loan and any servicing fees paid to Agent during such year, and (iv) the cash portion of Capital Expenditures (net of (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(c)(i) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures (including pursuant to Capital Leases)) made during such year.

Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of the amounts determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to (i) Interest Expense, (ii) scheduled payments of principal on Total Debt, and (iii) the cash portion of distributions made by Borrower to its members during such year for payment of income taxes payable by such members

 

-3-


as a result of income realized by Borrower as permitted under Section 6.10 of the Agreement plus the amount of income taxes paid directly by Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such year.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means the ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of Borrower of (a) TTM EBITDA for the 12 month period then ending less Capital Expenditures made during such 12 month period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such 12 month period.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Advances on such date that is a LIBOR Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Agreement (the “ Leverage Ratio Calculation ”):

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio Calculation

  

LIBOR Rate Margin

I    If the Leverage Ratio is greater than
1.00:1.00
   3.75 percentage points
II    If the Leverage Ratio is less than or
equal to 1.00:1.00
   3.25 percentage points

The LIBOR Rate Margin shall be based upon the most recent Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. The LIBOR Rate Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level 1” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. The foregoing notwithstanding and without limiting the right of the Agent or the Required Lenders to charge additional interest at the default rate under Section 2.6(c) of the Agreement, at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin ” means, as of any date of determination (with respect to any portion of the outstanding Term Loan on such date that is a LIBOR Rate Loan), the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Agreement (the “ Leverage Ratio Calculation ”); provided , however , that for the period from the Amendment Number Three Effective Date through March 31, 2011, the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin shall be 3.75 percentage points:

 

Level

  

Leverage Ratio Calculation

  

LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin

I    If the Leverage Ratio is greater than
1.00:1.00
   3.75 percentage points
II    If the Leverage Ratio is less than or
equal to 1.00:1.00
   3.25 percentage points

 

-4-


Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin shall be based upon the most recent Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.3 ; provided , however , that if Borrower fails to provide such certification when such certification is due, the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. The foregoing notwithstanding and without limiting the right of the Agent or the Required Lenders to charge additional interest at the default rate under Section 2.6(c) of the Agreement, at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the LIBOR Rate Term Loan Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level I” as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default.

Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Bank Product Agreements, any Credit Amount Certificate, the Cash Management Agreements, the Control Agreements, the Agent Fee Letter, the Lender Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Mortgages, the Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower in connection with the Agreement and payable to a member of the Lender Group, and any other agreement entered into, now or in the future, by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, and the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement.

Material Contract ” means each contract or agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party that has generated, or is projected to generate, directly or indirectly, 15% or more of Consolidated Revenues for any period of 12 consecutive months, whether such revenues are proceeds from Accounts owing from the contract party or from End User Customers.

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $15,000,000, as such amount may be increased in accordance with Section 2.15 .

Permitted Acquisition ” means any acquisition by Borrower or any Guarantor, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Stock of, or a business line or unit or a division of any Person; provided ,

(a)    immediately prior to, and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

 

-5-


(b)    all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable requirements of Governmental Authorities;

(c)    (i) in the case of the acquisition of Stock, all of the Stock (except for any such securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares required pursuant to applicable law) acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Borrower or a Guarantor; and (ii) Borrower or such Guarantor shall have complied with Section 5.16 or Section 5.17 , as applicable, of the Agreement in connection with such acquisition;

(d)    Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 of the Agreement on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Borrower most recently ended, (as determined in accordance with Section 6.17 of the Agreement); and (ii) shall be projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 of the Agreement for the first full four fiscal quarter period ending after the proposed date of consummation of such acquisition (as determined in accordance with Section 6.17 of the Agreement);

(e)    Borrower shall have delivered to Agent at least twenty-one Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition, a Compliance Certificate and Projections evidencing compliance with Section 6.16 of the Agreement as required under clause (d) above, together with all relevant financial information and supporting details with respect to such acquired Person or assets, including, without limitation, the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Section 6.16 of the Agreement;

(f)    Borrower shall have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed acquisition at least twenty-one Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition and, not later than five Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent;

(g)    the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the assets being acquired) are located within the United States or the Person whose Stock is being acquired is organized in a jurisdiction located within the United States;

(h)    any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith (i) shall be in the same business or lines of business in which Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged as of the Restatement Effective Date and (z) shall have generated positive EBITDA for the four quarter period most recently ended prior to the date of such acquisition; and

(i)    (i) Borrower has at least 5,000,000 of Excess Availability after giving effect to the consummation of such acquisition and (ii) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not have issued or incurred any Indebtedness to pay for any such acquisition.

 

-6-


(b)    The following new definitions are hereby added to Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement in alphabetical order:

Amendment Number Three Effective Date ” means April 30, 2010.

Consolidated Revenues ” means, with respect to any period, the consolidated revenues of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, calculated on a basis consistent with Borrower’s historical financial statements.

Credit Amount ” means (a) for the period through December 31, 2010, the result of (i) 0.35 times (ii) TTM Adjusted Consolidated Revenues, and (b) for the period from and after January 1, 2011, the result of (i) 0.30 times (ii) TTM Adjusted Consolidated Revenues (the calculation of TTM Adjusted Consolidated Revenues being made as of the last month for which financial statements have most recently been delivered pursuant to Section 5.3 ).

Credit Amount Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 that is attached to Amendment Number Three to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement.

Credit Amount Excess ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.4(c)(v) .

TTM Adjusted Consolidated Revenues ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to Consolidated Revenues for the 12 month period most recently ended minus the amount of any Consolidated Revenues realized during such 12 month period that are attributable to a Material Contract that has expired or been terminated.

(c)    The definitions of “ Agency Model Dilution ”, “ Agency Model Dilution Reserve ”, “ A/R Model Dilution ”, “ A/R Model Dilution Reserve ”, “ Borrowing Base ”, “ Borrowing Base Certificate ”, “ Eligible Accounts ”, “ Eligible Agency Model Accounts ”, “ Eligible A/R Model Accounts ” and “ Excluded Cap Ex Items ” are hereby deleted from Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement.

(d)    Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and during the term of this Agreement, each Lender with a Revolver Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make advances (“ Advances ”) to Borrower in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Maximum Revolver Amount less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, and (ii) the Credit Amount at such time less the Letter of Credit Usage at such time less the principal balance of the Term Loan at such time.

(b)    Anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 notwithstanding, Agent shall have the right to establish reserves against the borrowing formula set forth in subsection (a) above in such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as Agent in its Permitted Discretion shall deem necessary or appropriate, including reserves with respect to (i) sums that Borrower or its Subsidiaries are required to pay under any

 

-7-


Section of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (such as taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) and has failed to pay, and (ii) amounts owing by Borrower or its Subsidiaries to any Person to the extent secured by a Lien on, or trust over, any of the Collateral (other than a Permitted Lien), which Lien or trust, in the Permitted Discretion of Agent likely would have a priority superior to the Agent’s Liens (such as Liens or trusts in favor of landlords, warehousemen, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, or Liens or trusts for ad valorem , excise, sales, or other taxes where given priority under applicable law) in and to such item of the Collateral.

(e)    Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

2.2     Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Restatement Effective Date each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) to Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan Amount. The principal of the Term Loan shall be repaid on the following dates and in the following amounts:

 

Date

  

Installment Amount

June 30, 2008

   $125,000

September 30, 2008

   $125,000

December 31, 2008

   $125,000

March 31, 2009

   $125,000

June 30, 2009

   $583,000

September 30, 2009

   $583,000

December 31, 2009

   $583,000

March 31, 2010

   $251,000

June 30, 2010

   $375,000

September 30, 2010

   $375,000

December 31, 2010

   $375,000

March 31, 2011

   $375,000

June 30, 2011

   $375,000

September 30, 2011

   $375,000

December 31, 2011

   $375,000

March 31, 2012

   $375,000

June 30, 2012

   $375,000

September 30, 2012

   $375,000

December 31, 2012

   $375,000

March 31, 2013

   $375,000

April 29, 2013

   Remaining Unpaid Principal

(f)    Subsections (d)(ii) and (d)(iv) of Section 2.3 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:

 

-8-


(ii)    Any contrary provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Lenders hereby authorize Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, and either Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, may, but is not obligated to, knowingly and intentionally, continue to make Advances (including Swing Loans) to Borrower notwithstanding that an Overadvance exists or thereby would be created, so long as (A) after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage does not exceed the amount equal to the Credit Amount less the principal balance of the Term Loan by more than $2,000,000, and (B) after giving effect to such Advances, the outstanding Revolver Usage (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) does not exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount. In the event Agent obtains actual knowledge that the Revolver Usage exceeds the amounts permitted by the immediately foregoing provisions, regardless of the amount of, or reason for, such excess, Agent shall notify the Lenders as soon as practicable (and prior to making any (or any additional) intentional Overadvances (except for and excluding amounts charged to the Loan Account for interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses) unless Agent determines that prior notice would result in imminent harm to the Collateral or its value), and the Lenders with Revolver Commitments thereupon shall, together with Agent, jointly determine the terms of arrangements that shall be implemented with Borrower intended to reduce, within a reasonable time, the outstanding principal amount of the Advances to Borrower to an amount permitted by the preceding paragraph. In such circumstances, if any Lender with a Revolver Commitment objects to the proposed terms of reduction or repayment of any Overadvance, the terms of reduction or repayment thereof shall be implemented according to the determination of the Required Lenders. Each Lender with a Revolver Commitment shall be obligated to settle with Agent as provided in Section 2.3(e) for the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any unintentional Overadvances by Agent reported to such Lender, any intentional Overadvances made as permitted under this Section 2.3(d)(ii) , and any Overadvances resulting from the charging to the Loan Account of interest, fees, or Lender Group Expenses.

(iv)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the aggregate principal amount of Protective Advances and intentional Overadvances outstanding at any time shall not exceed $2,000,000 in excess of the amount equal to the Credit Amount less the Revolver Usage less the principal balance of the Term Loan without first obtaining the consent of the Required Lenders.

(g)    The following new subsection (c)(v) of Section 2.4 is hereby added to the Credit Agreement:

(v)    If, at any time, (A) the sum of the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan on such date plus the Revolver Usage on such date exceeds (B) the Credit Amount (such excess being referred to as the “ Credit Amount Excess ”), other than in connection with an Overadvance made pursuant to Section 2.3(d) , then Borrower shall immediately prepay the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an aggregate amount equal to the Credit Amount Excess.

 

-9-


(h)    Section 2.4(d) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(d)     Application of Payments . Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(c) shall (A) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied first , to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan until paid in full, second , to the outstanding principal amount of the Advances, until paid in full, and third , to cash collateralize the Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the then extant Letter of Credit Usage, and (B) if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Each such prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal of the Term Loan in the inverse order of maturity (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).

(i)    Clause (a)(i) of Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(i)    the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Credit Amount less the outstanding amount of Advances less the principal balance of the Term Loan, or )

(j)    Section 2.15(a) of the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(a)    From time to time during the period from and after the Restatement Effective Date until the Maturity Date (but not more than on 2 occasions), the existing Revolver Commitments and the Maximum Revolver Amount may be increased (each increase that satisfies the terms and conditions herein, an “ Approved Increase ”) by an amount not in excess of the Available Increase Amount at the option of Borrower by delivery of a written notice of a proposed increase to Agent if (i) Agent has approved the proposed increase (ii) each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied as of the Increase Effective Date, (iii) Borrower has delivered to Agent updated pro forma Projections (after giving effect to the proposed increase) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries evidencing compliance on a pro forma basis with the financial covenants in Section 6.16 for the 12 calendar months (on a quarter-by-quarter basis) following the Increase Effective Date, in form and content reasonably acceptable to Agent, (iv) Borrower has agreed to pay on the Increase Effective Date a fee in respect of the increase in an amount to be agreed upon by Borrower, Agent and the lenders providing the additional Revolver Commitments, (v) after giving effect to the Approved Increase and any Advances to be borrowed on the Increase Effective Date, Borrower shall be in compliance with the borrowing formula set forth in Section 2.1(a) , and (vi) Agent has obtained the commitment of one or more Lenders or other lenders reasonably satisfactory to Agent to provide the proposed increase. Each such notice shall specify the date on which the proposed increase is to be effective (the “ Increase Effective Date ”), which date shall not be less than 10 Business Days after the date of such notice. Each proposed increase shall be in an amount of at least $5,000,000 and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

 

-10-


(k)    Section 3.5 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.5     Early Termination by Borrower . Borrower has the option, at any time upon 30 days prior written notice to Agent, to terminate this Agreement and terminate the Commitments hereunder by paying to Agent, in cash, the Obligations (including (a) either (i) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations), in full. If Borrower has sent a notice of termination pursuant to the provisions of this Section, then the Commitments shall terminate and Borrower shall be obligated to repay the Obligations (including (a) either (1) providing cash collateral to be held by Agent for the benefit of those Lenders with a Revolver Commitment in an amount equal to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage, or (ii) causing the original Letters of Credit to be returned to the Issuing Lender, and (b) providing cash collateral (in an amount determined by Agent as sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers with respect to the Bank Product Obligations), in full, on the date set forth as the date of termination of this Agreement in such notice.

(l)    Section 4.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

4.2    [Intentionally Omitted]

(m)    Section 6.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

6.3     Restrictions on Fundamental Changes .

(a)    Other than in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, enter into (provided that Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries may enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassification of its Stock, if Borrower or such Subsidiary has disclosed to the other Persons party to the transaction any required consent of Agent and the Lenders hereunder) or consummate any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Stock,

(b)    Liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or

 

-11-


(c)    Suspend or go out of a substantial portion of its or their business;

provided that none of the foregoing restrictions shall apply to any Subsidiary of Borrower so long as (i) the occurrence of any such action or circumstance described above could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (ii) such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor or a Pledged Subsidiary, and (iii) Borrower is in compliance with the borrowing formula set forth in Section 2.1(a) after giving effect to the consummation of such transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Subsidiaries of Borrower may merge with and into Borrower or any Guarantor.

(n)    Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

6.10     Distributions . Make any distribution or declare or pay any dividends (in cash or other property, other than common Stock) on, or purchase, acquire, redeem, or retire any of Borrower’s Stock, of any class, whether now or hereafter outstanding; provided that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing immediately prior to or after giving effect to any such distribution:

(a) Borrower may make distributions to its members pursuant to Article XI Section 11.02 of Borrower’s Limited liability Company Agreement, as amended from time to time, on account of tax obligations of such members;

(b) Borrower may make an additional distribution to its members one time during any 12 month period if (i) EBITDA of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended 12 month period was at least $18,500,000, (ii) the financial results of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the most recently ended 12 month period have been reviewed by a Nationally Recognized Accounting Firm and include at least some portion of an audited year by such firm, and (iii) Borrower has at least $5,000,000 of Excess Availability after giving effect to such distribution; and

(c) Borrower may purchase, acquire, redeem or retire its Stock in one or more transactions so long as (i) the aggregate amount of consideration paid by Borrower for all such transactions does not exceed $10,000,000, (ii) Borrower shall have provided Agent with at least 10 days prior notice of each such transaction, (iii) Borrower has Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash of at least $7,500,000 after giving effect to each such transaction, (iv) Borrower shall have provided Agent with satisfactory evidence that Borrower will be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to each such transaction as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of Borrower most recently ended and will be projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 for the first full four fiscal quarter period ending after the date of consummation of each such transaction, and (v) any such transaction is consummated no later than December 31, 2010.

 

-12-


(n)    Section 6.16 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

6.16     Financial Covenants .

(a)     Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, less than 1.50:1.00.

(b)     Leverage Ratio . Have a Leverage Ratio, measured on a fiscal quarter-end basis, more than 1.60:1.00.

(c)    [ Intentionally Omitted ].

(o)    Section 9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

9.     TAXES AND EXPENSES .

If Borrower fails to pay any monies (whether taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased properties or assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) due to third Persons, or fails to make any deposits or furnish any required proof of payment or deposit, all as required under the terms of this Agreement, then, Agent, in its sole discretion and without prior notice to Borrower, may do any or all of the following: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof, (b) set up such reserves against the borrowing formula set forth in Section 2.1(a) as Agent deems necessary to protect the Lender Group from the exposure created by such failure, or (c) in the case of the failure to comply with Section 5.8 hereof, obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type described in Section 5.8 and take any action with respect to such policies as Agent deems prudent. Any such amounts paid by Agent shall constitute Lender Group Expenses and any such payments shall not constitute an agreement by the Lender Group to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Agent need not inquire as to, or contest the validity of, any such expense, tax, or Lien and the receipt of the usual official notice for the payment thereof shall be conclusive evidence that the same was validly due and owing.

(p)    The notice information relating to “Cooley Godward, LLP” in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

with copies to:   

WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI, P.C.

650 Page Mill Road

Palo Alto, CA 94304

Attn: Tony Jeffries, Esq.

Fax No: (650) 493-6811

 

-13-


(q)    Clause (k) of Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(k)    change the definitions of Maximum Revolver Amount, Available Increase Amount, Credit Amount or Term Loan Amount, or change Section 2.1(b) , or

(r)    Clause (j) of Schedule 5.3 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(j)    immediately after Borrower has knowledge of the termination of a Material Contract, notice of the termination thereof.

(s)    Exhibit B-1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit B-1 attached to this Amendment.

(t)    Schedule 5.2 to the Credit Agreement is hereby replaced with Schedule 5.2 attached to this Amendment.

3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that all of Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date).

4.     NO DEFAULTS OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

5.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Agent of:

(a)    this Amendment duly executed by Borrower and the Lenders;

(b)    an Acknowledgement of Guarantor duly executed by ServiceSource Inc. in the form attached hereto;

(c)    Amendment Number One to Amended and Restated Fee Letter duly executed by Borrower;

(d)    Agent shall have received an amendment fee of $150,000; and

(e)    such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

6.     COSTS AND EXPENSES . Borrower shall pay to Agent all of Agent’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of its counsel, search fees, filing and recording fees, documentation fees, and other fees) arising in connection with the preparation, execution, and delivery of this Amendment and all related documents.

 

-14-


7.     LIMITED EFFECT . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

8.     REPRESENTATIONS . Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group that (i) this Amendment has been duly authorized by its board of directors (or equivalent governing body), (ii) no consents are necessary from any third person for the execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment which have not already been obtained and a copy thereof delivered to Agent, and (iii) this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof against it may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles of general application (whether considered in an action at law or in equity).

9.     GOVERNING LAW . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

10.     MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.

11.     ELECTRONIC DELIVERY . Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be no less effective than delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

12.     BINDING AGREEMENT . It is understood and agreed that this Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender Group and Borrower, and their respective successors and assigns.

13.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto, and supersedes all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

-15-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

as Borrower

By:

 

/s/  Paul Warenski

Name:

 

Paul Warenski

Title:

 

SVP & General Counsel

 

S-1


 

WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,

as Agent and as a Lender

By:

 

/s/  Michael Ganann

Name:

 

Michael Ganann

Title:

 

Vice President

 

COMERICA BANK,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/  Kim Crosslin

Name:

 

Kim Crosslin

Title:

 

VP

 

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/  Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Name:

 

Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Title:

 

Vice President

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.18

AMENDMENT NUMBER FOUR

TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This Amendment Number Four to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of November 4, 2010, by and among SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Borrower”), WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC (formerly known as Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC), as administrative agent (“Agent”), and the Lenders whose signatures appear on the signature pages hereof, in connection with that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 29, 2008, by and among Borrower, Agent and the Lenders (as amended, restated, extended, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), with respect to the following:

RECITALS

A.    Borrower has requested that the Lender Group amend Schedule C-1 to the Credit Agreement; and

B.    The Lender Group is willing to amend Schedule C-1 as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, Borrower and the Lender Group hereby amend the Credit Agreement as follows:

1.     DEFINITIONS . All initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including in the preamble and recitals) shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement unless specifically defined herein.

2.     AMENDMENT .

(a) Schedule C-1 to the Credit Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolver
Commitment
     Term Loan
Commitment
     Total
Commitment
 

Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC

   $ 5,000,000.00       $ 6,666,666.66       $ 11,666,666.66   

Comerica Bank

   $ 5,000,000.00       $ 6,666,666.67       $ 11,666,666.67   

Keybank National Association

   $ 5,000,000.00       $ 6,666,666.67       $ 11,666,666.67   

All Lenders

   $ 15,000,000.00       $ 20,000,000.00       $ 35,000,000.00   

3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that all of Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date).


4.     NO DEFAULTS OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT . Borrower hereby affirms to the Lender Group that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing as of the date hereof.

5.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT . The effectiveness of this Amendment is expressly conditioned upon receipt by Agent of:

(a)    this Amendment duly executed by Borrower and the Lenders; and

(b)    an Acknowledgement of Guarantor duly executed by ServiceSource Inc. in the form attached hereto.

6.     LIMITED EFFECT . In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of this Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall govern. In all other respects, the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.

7.     REPRESENTATIONS . Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender Group that (i) this Amendment has been duly authorized by its board of directors (or equivalent governing body), (ii) no consents are necessary from any third person for the execution, delivery or performance of this Amendment which have not already been obtained and a copy thereof delivered to Agent, and (iii) this Amendment constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof against it may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforceability of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles of general application (whether considered in an action at law or in equity).

8.     GOVERNING LAW . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

9.     MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS; EFFECTIVENESS . This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute but one agreement. It shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one counterpart signed by the party to be charged.

10.     ELECTRONIC DELIVERY . Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be no less effective than delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

11.     BINDING AGREEMENT . It is understood and agreed that this Amendment shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender Group and Borrower, and their respective successors and assigns.

12.     ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Amendment represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof between the parties hereto, and supersedes all

 

-2-


other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

[Signature Pages to Follow]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first set forth above.

 

SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC,

as Borrower

By:

 

/s/    David Oppenheimer

Name:

 

David Oppenheimer

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

S-1


WELLS FARGO CAPITAL FINANCE, LLC,

as Agent and as a Lender

By:

 

/s/    Michael Ganann

Name:

 

Michael Ganann

Title:

 

Vice President

COMERICA BANK,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/    Kim Crosslin

Name:

 

Kim Crosslin

Title:

 

Vice President

KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as a Lender

By:

 

/s/    Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Name:

 

Raed Y. Alfayoumi

Title:

 

Vice President

 

S-2

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF SERVICESOURCE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction

ServiceSource International, Inc.*

  

Delaware

GlobalSource Maintenance Renewals, ULC

  

Canada

ServiceSource Europe, Ltd.

  

Ireland

SSI Europe UK Limited

  

United Kingdom

ServiceSource International Singapore Pte. Ltd.

  

Singapore

ServiceSource International Malaysia SDN. BHD.

  

Malaysia

 

*

The name of this entity will change prior to the conversion pursuant to which ServiceSource International, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, will convert to ServiceSource International, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 29, 2010, except for net income (loss) per common share information discussed in Note 3, the 2010 amendments to the credit facility discussed in Note 7, the adoption of the accounting standard on unrecognized tax benefits discussed in Note 12 and segment information discussed in Note 13, as to which the date is December 20, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements of ServiceSource International, LLC and Subsidiaries, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

San Francisco, California

December 20, 2010